WO2007052679A1 - Information management system, information reading device, tag label creation device, and radio tag circuit element - Google Patents

Information management system, information reading device, tag label creation device, and radio tag circuit element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007052679A1
WO2007052679A1 PCT/JP2006/321797 JP2006321797W WO2007052679A1 WO 2007052679 A1 WO2007052679 A1 WO 2007052679A1 JP 2006321797 W JP2006321797 W JP 2006321797W WO 2007052679 A1 WO2007052679 A1 WO 2007052679A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
tag
circuit element
rfid
acquisition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/321797
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kazunari Taki
Yasuhisa Ichikawa
Katsuyuki Kuramoto
Tomoyasu Fukui
Tomoaki Shibata
Katsumi Toda
Kunihiro Yasui
Takuya Nagai
Original Assignee
Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2005315692A external-priority patent/JP4239179B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005315718A external-priority patent/JP4640703B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005315932A external-priority patent/JP4636326B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005324418A external-priority patent/JP4640704B2/en
Application filed by Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha filed Critical Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Publication of WO2007052679A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007052679A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K17/00Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B13/00Burglar, theft or intruder alarms
    • G08B13/22Electrical actuation
    • G08B13/24Electrical actuation by interference with electromagnetic field distribution
    • G08B13/2402Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting
    • G08B13/2405Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting characterised by the tag technology used
    • G08B13/2414Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting characterised by the tag technology used using inductive tags
    • G08B13/2417Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting characterised by the tag technology used using inductive tags having a radio frequency identification chip
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B13/00Burglar, theft or intruder alarms
    • G08B13/22Electrical actuation
    • G08B13/24Electrical actuation by interference with electromagnetic field distribution
    • G08B13/2402Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting
    • G08B13/2465Aspects related to the EAS system, e.g. system components other than tags
    • G08B13/2482EAS methods, e.g. description of flow chart of the detection procedure

Definitions

  • Information management system information reader, tag label generator, RFID circuit element
  • the present invention can function as an information management system that acquires information from an information holding unit provided for an information acquisition target and performs information management, an information reading device for acquiring the information, and an information holding unit
  • the present invention relates to a radio tag circuit element and a tag label producing apparatus for producing a radio tag label including the radio tag circuit element.
  • the wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined wireless tag information and an antenna that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits and receives information, and the wireless tag is dirty. Even if it is placed in an invisible position, it is possible to access the wireless tag information of the IC circuit section from the reader side (reading information and Z writing), and already in various fields, Practical use is progressing.
  • a wireless tag information reading system including an interrogator that reads information by using the wireless tag information (see Patent Document 1, for example).
  • an interrogator that reads information by using the wireless tag information
  • a response signal is transmitted from each RFID tag circuit element existing within the communication range to the interrogator. The information of the RFID tag circuit element is read.
  • Patent Document 2 there is a technique for managing the movement of articles in a store.
  • a wireless tag is attached to an article, while a purchaser also holds a wireless tag.
  • the tag ID (purchaser ID) is written in the wireless tag of the purchased article.
  • Another reader (shoplifting prevention device) force provided at the store exit After reading the tag ID of the wireless tag of the person who passes here and the purchaser tag ID written on the wireless tag of the product, These are compared, and if they match, it is determined that the purchase is appropriate by the purchaser. If they do not match, it is determined that theft / shoplifting is not appropriate and a predetermined warning is issued.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11 149530
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-115086
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-229263
  • a plurality of RFID circuit elements have a management target to be read (hereinafter referred to as a first reading target) that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency, and information at a relatively low frequency.
  • a management target to be read hereinafter referred to as a first reading target
  • the management object that is the target of reading hereinafter referred to as the second reading target.
  • the wireless tag information reading system of the prior art described in Patent Document 1 is used even though it is not necessary to read information frequently with respect to the RFID circuit element to be read. Therefore, it is necessary to transmit the interrogator power inquiry signal at a high frequency according to the first reading target, and to read information at a high frequency for both the first and second reading target RFID circuit elements.
  • unnecessary reading such as reading information at a high frequency with respect to the second reading target, which only needs to read information at a low frequency, is performed, which reduces the reading efficiency. I was invited.
  • a first object of the present invention is to provide an information management system, an information reading device, a tag label producing device, and a wireless tag circuit element that can improve the manageability of an object to be managed through a smooth information acquisition operation.
  • a second object of the present invention is to provide an information management system and an information reading system capable of executing a smooth information acquisition operation by quickly and efficiently reading information and improving the manageability of a management object.
  • the present invention provides a device, a tag label producing device, and a wireless tag circuit element.
  • a third object of the present invention is to provide an information management system capable of realizing fully automated article management without a manual operation by a smooth information acquisition operation and improving the manageability of a management object. There is.
  • a fourth object of the present invention is to obtain information smoothly and easily in a few steps from a plurality of information acquisition targets while preventing mutual interference 'adverse effects during information acquisition. It is an object of the present invention to provide an information reading apparatus that can improve the manageability of the information.
  • the first invention has an information holding unit provided corresponding to an information acquisition target, and manages information based on the information acquired from the information holding unit.
  • An information management system to perform comprising: first setting means for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting an operation mode factor at the time of the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit It is characterized by that.
  • the first setting means sets the operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor, and the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit is executed according to the operation mode factor. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
  • the second invention is the first invention, wherein the information holding unit is connected to an IC circuit unit for storing information and the IC circuit unit
  • a tag-side antenna that includes a device-side antenna that transmits and receives information to and from the RFID tag circuit element, and an inquiry signal to the RFID tag circuit element.
  • An interrogator having information access means for generating access information, transmitting the access information to the RFID circuit element via the device-side antenna, and reading information from an IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element;
  • the RFID tag circuit element is provided with a tag side response rate setting means as the first setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal when the inquiry signal is received from the interrogator.
  • the tag side response rate setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal.
  • the RFID circuit element outputs a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal according to the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means.
  • a high response rate is set for the first RFID tag circuit element provided for the first reading target that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency, and information is read at a relatively low frequency. If the response rate is set low for the second RFID circuit element provided for the sufficient second reading target, the response signal is output at a high frequency for the first RFID circuit element in response to the interrogator inquiry signal.
  • the second RFID tag circuit element can output a response signal at a low frequency.
  • a response signal at a low frequency.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary reading such as reading information to a reading target that is sufficient if reading information is performed at a low frequency, so that a uniform response rate (response or non-response) Information can be read quickly and efficiently as compared with the case where information is read at a uniform frequency for all reading targets using the alternative RFID tag circuit element.
  • the tag-side response rate setting means includes a tag-side random number generation means for generating a random number, a random number generated by the tag-side random number generation means, and a predetermined number.
  • Response determination means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing with a threshold value.
  • a random number is generated by the tag-side random number generating means included in the RFID circuit element, and the random number is compared with a predetermined threshold and value by the response determining means.
  • the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by determining whether or not to output a response signal. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the random number generated by the tag-side random number generator is less than a predetermined threshold value. If the generated random number is larger than the predetermined threshold value and the response signal is not output, the response rate is set high by setting the threshold value to a large value. Conversely, the response rate can be set low by setting the threshold value to a small value.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved. it can.
  • the interrogator has apparatus-side random number generating means for generating random numbers
  • the tag-side response rate setting means is the apparatus-side random number generating means.
  • Response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing the random number generated by the interrogator power and the predetermined threshold value. It is characterized by that.
  • the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means possessed by the interrogator is transmitted to the interrogator power wireless tag circuit element, and the response determination means possessed by the wireless tag circuit element
  • the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by determining whether to output a response signal by comparing the random number with a predetermined threshold value. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means is equal to or less than the predetermined threshold value, and on the contrary, the generated random number is determined from the predetermined threshold V and value. If it is determined that the response signal is not output, the response rate can be set high by setting the threshold value to a large value.
  • the response rate can be set low by setting a small value.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read with a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the tag-side response rate setting means includes a counting means for counting the number of times the interrogation power inquiry signal is received, and an inquiry signal counted by the counting means.
  • Response determination means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal by comparing the number of times of reception with a predetermined threshold value.
  • the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by deciding whether or not to output a response signal by comparing the threshold value. Therefore, for example, if the threshold value is set to 10 and it is determined to output a response signal when the number of receptions counted by the counting means reaches 10, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set to lZio. It becomes possible. In this way, it is possible to set the response rate according to the reading target by setting the threshold value to an appropriate value, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result Reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the RFID circuit element is received from the interrogator and nonvolatile storage means for storing the predetermined threshold value.
  • changing means for changing the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means in accordance with the rewritten signal.
  • the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means possessed by the RFID circuit element is rewritten according to the rewrite signal received by the interrogator.
  • Change the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means As a result, the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element can be finely set according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
  • the information holding unit is connected to an IC circuit unit for storing information and the IC circuit unit
  • a database in which tag identification information of the RFID tag circuit element and management target location information as the information acquisition target corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element are stored and held.
  • the first setting means is a mode setting means that can access the database and set a plurality of operation modes as the operation mode factors based on the access result as the setting auxiliary factor. Depending on the operation mode set by the means, information is transmitted by wireless communication with the RFID circuit element. At least one first wireless communication means for receiving and acquiring the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element is provided.
  • the existence position information of the management target and the tag identification information (tag ID) of the corresponding RFID circuit element are stored and held in the database, and a plurality of operation modes are set.
  • Possible mode setting means sets various operation modes based on the access result to the database, and the first wireless communication means transmits and receives information by wireless communication with the wireless tag circuit element according to the set operation mode.
  • the operation mode of the first wireless communication means is set according to the state of the database and the tag identification information is acquired, so that the location of the management target and its fluctuation are automatically managed. be able to.
  • the mode setting means includes the location information in the state where the location information of the management target is held in the database.
  • the first wireless communication means corresponding to the above-mentioned first wireless communication means transmits and receives information, and has a normal mode for acquiring the tag identification information of the wireless tag circuit element.
  • the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the normal mode
  • the first wireless communication means corresponding to the presence location information transmits and receives information.
  • the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element is acquired. Thereby, the existence position can be automatically confirmed for the management target.
  • it is difficult to acquire the tag identification information it can be confirmed that the location has changed, and corresponding processing can be performed.
  • the normal mode provided in the mode setting means includes the first identification information of the article as the management target and the corresponding RFID circuit element for the article.
  • the mode setting means executes the first procedure at a repetition frequency ratio of 3 to 5 times that of the second procedure in the normal mode. It is set to be performed.
  • the mode setting means passes the first procedure and the second procedure as the operation mode according to a predetermined temporal condition. It is characterized by having an inventory mode for changing and executing the repetition frequency ratio of the first procedure as compared with the normal mode.
  • the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the inventory mode when a specific time period in a day or a predetermined busy period in a year is reached. It is characterized by doing.
  • inventory can be automatically executed at a specific time zone such as late-night time zone or a specific time such as a settlement period.
  • the article RFID tag circuit element and the article are arranged near an exit passage of a building where the first wireless communication device is installed. It has a second wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information to and from the person wireless tag circuit element by wireless communication and acquiring the first and second tag identification information. [0041] Thereby, it is possible to automatically perform take-out management of articles and out-of-person management of persons.
  • the second wireless communication means acquires the first tag identification information of the radio tag circuit element for goods, the corresponding wireless tag for person is used.
  • the second tag identification information of the circuit element cannot be obtained, it has a notification control means for performing a notification process corresponding to the operator.
  • the notification process is automatically executed in such a case, so that the operator in charge of the management can be notified.
  • the mode setting means corresponds to the first wireless communication means corresponding to specific location information in the normal mode as the operation mode. If the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element cannot be acquired by the above and the location information of the management target is not held in the database, the first wireless communication means or the other first wireless communication means Thus, a search mode for trying to acquire the tag identification information is provided.
  • the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the search mode, whereby another first wireless communication means (or the same The first wireless communication means) tries to acquire tag identification information of the RFID circuit element.
  • the information management system automatically indicates that the management object has moved to the communication range of the other first wireless communication means (or that the management object has moved because of a detection error in the normal mode, etc.). Can be recognized.
  • tag label creating means for creating a RFID label including the RFID circuit element, and the first and all the first modes in the normal mode and the search mode. Even if an attempt is made to acquire the tag identification information by wireless communication means, and the presence position information of the management target is not held in the database, a new RFID tag label is newly generated using the tag identification information.
  • tag label production control means for controlling the tag label production means.
  • the tag identification information cannot be acquired even if all the first wireless communication means are tried in the normal mode or the search mode, and the presence position information is not retained in the database, the corresponding wireless tag circuit element is There is a high probability that it was damaged or lost.
  • the mode setting means when new information is registered in the database as the operation mode, includes the first wireless communication means.
  • the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the registration mode, so that the tag identification information of the wireless tag circuit element is obtained by the first wireless communication means.
  • the acquired location information corresponding to the first wireless communication means is associated with the tag identification information and stored in the database.
  • the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the search mode or the registration mode, and completes the corresponding processing.
  • the operation mode is set to the normal mode.
  • the process can automatically shift to the normal existence position confirmation process.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the present invention is characterized in that, in any one of the seventh to eighteenth aspects, the first wireless communication device is installed at a plurality of locations of at least one building, respectively. To do.
  • the existence position confirmation process of the management target corresponding to the RFID circuit element is automatically performed at a plurality of locations in the building (when the search mode is provided, the movement detection process is also performed). It can be carried out.
  • the twentieth invention is an information reading device for acquiring the held information from an information holding unit provided corresponding to the information acquisition object, wherein the information It has the 2nd setting means which sets the said operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor at the time of acquisition operation, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
  • the second setting means sets the operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor, whereby the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit is executed according to the operation mode factor.
  • the twenty-first invention is the first identification held in the first information holding unit provided corresponding to the first information acquisition object in the twentieth invention.
  • the second identification information held in the second information holding unit provided corresponding to the second information acquisition target is set by the second setting means to be different from the first acquisition mode.
  • a second acquisition means for reading and acquiring in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as the operation mode factor.
  • the second acquisition means is performed according to the acquisition result.
  • the second identification information held in the second information holding unit is acquired in the second acquisition mode.
  • the first and second acquisition means are configured so that the first and second RFID tag circuit elements as the first and second information holding units are 1st and 2nd As one of the two acquisition modes, radio communication using ultra high frequency waves is performed, and as the other of the first and second acquisition modes, radio communication using short waves is performed.
  • the first acquisition means performs wireless communication using a short wave as the first acquisition mode
  • the second acquisition means is the first acquisition means.
  • radio communication is performed using ultra high frequency as the second acquisition mode, and the second identification information is acquired.
  • the ultra high frequency wave having a long communication distance is acquired.
  • the second identification information of the second RFID circuit element related to the person corresponding to the article can be acquired. Also, by acquiring the second identification information after completing the acquisition of the first identification information, if the first identification information cannot be acquired, the acquisition operation of the second identification information is stopped, and unnecessary power consumption is achieved. Can be prevented.
  • the first acquisition means is configured as the short wave to the first RFID circuit element associated with the article as the first information acquisition target.
  • Wireless communication is performed using a frequency of 56 MHz, and the second acquisition unit performs wireless communication using the ultrahigh frequency with respect to the second RFID circuit element associated with the person as the second information acquisition target. It is characterized by performing.
  • Communication distance is short 13.
  • the identification information of the first RFID tag circuit element related to the article is obtained using radio waves with a frequency of 56 MHz, the second frequency related to the person is detected by the ultra high frequency with a long communication distance of 950 MHz. Identification information of the wireless tag circuit element can be acquired.
  • the first and second acquisition means include the first wireless tag in which the first acquisition means is located on one side from the information reading device. Wirelessly communicable with a circuit element, and the second acquisition means is arranged so as to be wirelessly communicable with the second RFID tag circuit element located on the other side of the information reading device. It is characterized by.
  • the identification information of the first RFID circuit element is acquired by bringing the article closer to the first acquisition means in accordance with the portable posture of the user.
  • the first acquisition means is provided for the first RFID circuit element associated with the person or the article transport means as the first information acquisition target.
  • Wireless communication is performed using a frequency of 13.5 MHz as the short wave
  • the second acquisition unit is configured to transmit the pole to the second wireless tag circuit element associated with the article as the second information acquisition target. It is characterized by performing wireless communication using ultrashort waves.
  • the second Identification information of the wireless tag circuit element can be acquired.
  • the first acquisition means uses an optical device that uses light as the first acquisition mode with respect to the barcode recording section serving as the first information holding section.
  • the second acquisition means performs acquisition on the second RFID circuit element serving as the second information holding unit after the acquisition of the first identification information is completed in the first acquisition means.
  • the second identification information is acquired by performing wireless communication using ultra high frequency waves.
  • the first acquisition means The first identification information acquired in step 1 is associated with the second identification information acquired by the second acquisition unit, and the first related information generation unit generates information representing the association.
  • the two identification information acquired by the two acquisition means can be linked to each other and stored in an appropriate storage means such as a database.
  • the third information holding unit provided corresponding to the third information acquisition target according to the acquisition result by the second acquisition means
  • the third acquisition means for reading and acquiring the acquired third identification information in a substantially non-contact manner, the first identification information acquired by the first acquisition means, and the first acquisition information acquired by the second acquisition means.
  • a second related information generation unit that associates the identification information with the third identification information acquired by the third acquisition unit and generates information indicating the association is provided.
  • the three pieces of identification information acquired by the three acquisition units can be linked to each other and stored in an appropriate storage unit such as a database.
  • the first acquisition means acquires the first identification information, and then the second acquisition means or the third acquisition means In the case where the second identification information or the third identification information cannot be acquired, it has a notification signal generating means for generating a corresponding notification signal.
  • the thirty-first invention is handled in association with an object and stores an IC circuit unit for storing information and a tag side antenna connected to the IC circuit unit.
  • a third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication with a wireless tag circuit element having a power supply, and the third wireless communication means based on attribute information of the object or the wireless tag circuit element corresponding to the object.
  • determining means for determining a communication mode.
  • information is transmitted / received by wireless communication by the third wireless communication means with respect to the wireless tag circuit element handled in association with the object.
  • the communication mode by the third wireless communication means is determined by the determining means according to the attribute information of the object and the RFID tag circuit element.
  • a wireless tag circuit element of an object that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency has a high communication frequency or a wireless tag circuit element of an object with a relatively small communication distance.
  • the communication output is reduced, the directivity is sharpened for the target RFID circuit elements whose communication direction is roughly determined, or the communication fails for the target RFID circuit elements that require careful handling. It is possible to set various communication modes such as increasing the number of retry attempts.
  • tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information is acquired.
  • Identification information acquisition means wherein the third wireless communication means is configured to communicate the information in the communication mode determined by the determination means with respect to the RFID circuit element having acquired the tag identification information by the identification information acquisition means. Is transmitted and received.
  • an attribute information specifying signal is generated based on the attribute information, and the identification information acquiring means acquires tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information specifying signal. Then, the third wireless communication means transmits / receives information to / from the wireless tag circuit element using the communication mode determined by the determination means. In this way, the corresponding communication mode is determined simply by specifying the attribute information by the operator, and the information can be read in a communication mode suitable for the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID circuit element. .
  • the third wireless communication means accesses the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element in accordance with the attribute information specifying signal. It is characterized by comprising signal generating means for selecting and generating one of the interrogation signals. [0083] Thereby, for example, for a RFID circuit element of an object whose movement frequency is relatively high, an ID is specified and a ScrollID signal which is a command for requesting a response to the RFID circuit element is transmitted and individually read.
  • a Ping signal which is a command for requesting a response by specifying a part of the ID, for a RFID circuit element of an object whose movement frequency is relatively low
  • Information can be read in an inquiry mode suitable for the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID circuit element.
  • the signal generating means specifies a part of tag identification information of the RFID circuit element in accordance with the attribute information specific signal. It is characterized in that a multiplying signal is generated.
  • the tag identification information By generating an inquiry signal designating a part of the tag identification information and transmitting it to the RFID circuit element, information can be read from a plurality of RFID circuit elements having the corresponding tag identification information. Can do.
  • the tag identification information represents the attribute information. This makes it possible to determine the communication mode and makes it more convenient.
  • the determining means corresponds to creation history information of a wireless tag including the wireless tag circuit element as the attribute information.
  • the communication mode is determined.
  • the determination unit determines, for example, when the RFID tag was created, with which device, and who created it.
  • the communication mode can be switched according to the above.
  • the thirty-sixth invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned thirty-fifth invention, the determining means determines the communication mode in accordance with the creation time of the wireless tag as the creation history information. .
  • the determining means determines the communication mode according to type information of the object as the attribute information.
  • the determination means determines the communication mode according to the type of the RFID tag circuit element, for example, shared or private property, documents or consumables, handling dangerous drugs or normal items. It is possible to switch the communication mode according to the above.
  • the determining means applies the wireless tag information stored in the IC circuit unit of the wireless tag circuit element as the attribute information.
  • the communication mode is determined according to reading history information.
  • the determining means for example, the number of times of reading of the information reading device power, the position information of the reading device of the RFID tag information that has been read It becomes possible to switch the communication mode according to etc.
  • the determining means moves the object calculated based on the number of times the different information readers read the RFID tag information as the reading history information.
  • the communication mode is determined according to the number of times.
  • the determining means is a position of an information reading apparatus that has read the RFID tag information as the reading history information.
  • the communication mode is determined according to a moving distance of the object calculated from information.
  • the determining unit determines a communication frequency with the RFID circuit element in the third wireless communication unit as the communication mode. It is characterized by doing.
  • the determining means outputs a communication output with the RFID circuit element in the third wireless communication means, or It is characterized by determining the number of retries at the time of communication failure or the directivity of the antenna on the device side that has multiple antenna element forces.
  • information can be read with a large output evenly for an object that requires a small output with a short communication distance, or information can be read with a wide directivity for an object with a fixed direction.
  • the forty-third invention includes an IC circuit unit for storing information, and an RFID circuit element having a tag-side antenna connected to the IC circuit unit.
  • the wireless tag circuit element storage body having the tag medium stored so as to be continuously supplied can be wirelessly communicated between the storage body installation section that can be detachably installed and the IC circuit section of the wireless tag circuit element.
  • a third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by means of access to the wireless tag circuit element via the third wireless communication means, and to an interrogator in the wireless tag circuit element.
  • the apparatus side setting means for setting the setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor at the time of the information acquisition operation, and printing on the tag medium conveyed from the RFID circuit element housing or the print medium to be bonded to the tag medium And a printing means for performing printing.
  • the wireless tag circuit element of the tag medium is provided.
  • Information is transmitted and received through the IC circuit unit and the third wireless communication means, and printing is performed on the tag medium (or the medium to be printed) conveyed by the printing means to create a wireless tag label.
  • a setting auxiliary factor for setting an operation mode factor at the time of information acquisition operation by the interrogator of the radio tag circuit element provided in the RFID label is set by the apparatus side setting means.
  • the RFID circuit element provided in the created RFID tag label performs the acquisition operation according to the operation mode factor set by the apparatus-side setting means during the information acquisition operation by the interrogator.
  • a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
  • the apparatus-side setting means outputs a response signal to the inquiry signal as the setting auxiliary factor It is a device-side response rate setting means for setting response rate setting information as the operating state factor.
  • the wireless tag circuit element of the tag medium is provided.
  • Information is transmitted and received through the IC circuit unit and the third wireless communication means, and printing is performed on the tag medium (or the medium to be printed) conveyed by the printing means to create a wireless tag label.
  • the apparatus-side response rate setting means sets response rate setting information for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal in the RFID tag circuit element provided in the RFID tag label.
  • the wireless tag circuit element provided in the created RFID tag label outputs a response signal to the received inquiry signal according to the response rate corresponding to the information set by the device-side response rate setting means.
  • the RFID label provided on the first reading target that needs to be read at a relatively high frequency
  • a high response rate is set for the first RFID tag circuit element, and it is sufficient to read information at a relatively low frequency. If set to a low value, the first RFID circuit element can output a response signal at a high frequency and the second RFID circuit element can output a response signal at a low frequency in response to an interrogator inquiry signal. It becomes possible.
  • the forty-fifth aspect of the invention is the forty-third aspect of the invention, in which the apparatus side setting means is wireless communication by the third wireless communication means, and the printing means. It is a creation history information generating means for generating the creation history information of the RFID label as the setting auxiliary factor, which is created by executing printing according to the above.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element provided in the tag medium Information is transmitted / received by wireless communication by the third wireless communication means, and predetermined printing is performed on the tag medium (or print medium) by the printing means to create a wireless tag label.
  • creation history information of the created RFID label is generated by the creation history information generation means.
  • information can be read in a communication mode that is suitable for the properties and characteristics of the target object and the wireless tag circuit element, so that information can be transmitted in a uniform communication mode for the RFID tag circuit elements related to all the target objects. Reading The information can be read efficiently and quickly compared to the case where the operator performs the operation.
  • information output means for outputting the creation history information created by the creation history information generation means to a storage device having a database.
  • the communication mode at the time of reading is switched, and the property and characteristics of the target object and the RFID circuit element are suitable.
  • Information can be read in a communication mode.
  • the third wireless communication means writes the creation history information created by the creation history information generation means into the IC circuit section via wireless communication. It is characterized by that.
  • the communication mode at the time of reading is switched, and the information is read in a communication mode corresponding to the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID tag circuit element. It can be carried out.
  • the creation history information generating means creates the creation time information of the RFID label as the creation history information.
  • a forty-ninth aspect of the present invention is a wireless tag circuit element having an IC circuit section for storing information and a tag side antenna connected to the IC circuit section.
  • the IC circuit unit includes first setting means for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor during the information acquisition operation by the interrogator.
  • the interrogator is set by the first setting means during the information acquisition operation.
  • the acquisition operation is performed according to the operation mode factor.
  • a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
  • the IC circuit section outputs a response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal. And a tag-side response rate setting means as the first setting means.
  • the RFID circuit element of the 50th invention of the present application has tag side response rate setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal upon reception of the inquiry signal from the interrogator.
  • the response signal is output in response to the inquiry signal from the interrogator according to the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means.
  • a high response rate is set for the wireless tag circuit element (hereinafter referred to as the 1st RFID tag circuit element) provided for the reading target (hereinafter referred to as the 1st reading object) that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency.
  • the response rate is set to be low for the RFID tag circuit element (hereinafter referred to as the second RFID tag circuit element) provided for the reading target (hereinafter referred to as the second reading target) that only needs to read information at a relatively low frequency.
  • the first RFID circuit element In response to the inquiry signal of the interrogator power, the first RFID circuit element outputs a response signal with a frequency of V, and the second RFID circuit element with a low frequency. A response signal can be output.
  • information can be read frequently and finely for the first reading target, and information can be read to the second reading target at a low frequency and to the minimum necessary.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target.
  • the tag-side response rate setting means includes a tag-side random number generating means for generating a random number, a random number generated by the tag-side random number generating means, and a predetermined value. By comparing with the threshold value, the response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal And a first response determining means for determining whether or not to output.
  • a response signal is generated by generating a random number with the tag-side random number generation means and comparing the random number with a predetermined threshold value with the first response determination means.
  • the response rate is set by determining whether to output. Therefore, for example, when the random number generated by the tag-side random number generator is less than a predetermined threshold value, it is determined to output a response signal, and the generated random number has a predetermined threshold! /, Value. Larger than
  • the response rate in the case where it is determined that the response signal is not output, the response rate can be set high by setting the threshold value to a large value, and conversely, the threshold value is set to a small value. By setting to, the response rate can be set low. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the tag-side response rate setting means includes a random number generated by the device-side random number generation means of the interrogator and transmitted from the interrogator and a predetermined threshold. And a second response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing with a value.
  • the random number generated by the device-side random number generating means is received, and the second response determining means compares the random number with a predetermined threshold value. Determine whether to output a response signal.
  • the response rate is set according to the threshold value. Therefore, for example, when the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means is less than or equal to a predetermined threshold value, it is determined to output a response signal, and on the contrary, the generated random number is larger than the predetermined threshold value. If you decide to output no response signal at! /, The response rate can be set higher by setting the threshold value to a larger value, and the threshold value is decreased. By setting the value, the response rate can be set low. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the tag side response rate setting means counts the number of times the interrogation power inquiry signal has been received, and the counting means
  • the counting means counts the number of times the interrogator has received the inquiry signal
  • the third response determining means counts the counted number of receptions and a predetermined threshold value.
  • the response rate is set according to the threshold value. Therefore, for example, if the threshold value is set to 10 and it is determined to output a response signal when the number of receptions counted by the counting means reaches 10, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set to 1Z10. Become. In this way, by setting the threshold value to an appropriate value, it is possible to set the response rate according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and the result Reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the tag side response rate setting means receives the previous interrogation signal when the interrogator force also receives the interrogation signal, and calculates the elapsed time of the force.
  • a fourth response decision for deciding whether or not to output a response signal to the inquiry signal having the above-mentioned interrogation capability by comparing the calculation means for calculating and the elapsed time calculated by this calculation means with a predetermined threshold value Means.
  • the calculation means when an inquiry signal is received from the interrogator, the calculation means receives the previous inquiry signal, calculates the elapsed time, and determines the fourth response.
  • the response rate is set by deciding whether or not to output a response signal by comparing the elapsed time with a predetermined threshold. Therefore, for example, it is determined not to output a response signal when the time difference is equal to or smaller than a predetermined threshold value, and conversely, it is determined to output a response signal when the time difference is larger than the predetermined threshold value.
  • the tag-side response rate setting means includes a charging means that performs charging when receiving an inquiry signal from the interrogator, and a charging voltage of the charging means. And a fifth response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal in response to the inquiry signal from the interrogator by comparing with a predetermined threshold value.
  • charging is performed by the charging means when an inquiry signal is received from the interrogator !, and the charging voltage of the charging means and a predetermined threshold are set by the fifth response determining means.
  • the response rate is set by determining whether to output the response signal by comparing the value. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the charging voltage is equal to or lower than a predetermined threshold value, and conversely, when the charging voltage is larger than the predetermined threshold value, the response signal is not output. If the threshold value is determined, the threshold value can be set to a large value and the response rate can be set high, while the threshold value is set to a small value to set the response rate low. It becomes possible. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read with a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
  • the fifty-sixth invention is characterized in that in any of the fifty-first to fifty-fifth inventions, there is a non-volatile storage means for storing the predetermined threshold value.
  • changing means for changing the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means. It is characterized by that.
  • the response rate set by the setting means is changed by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means.
  • the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element provided for the reading target is sufficient. It is possible to make small changes by the changing means. In this way, by appropriately changing the response rate by the changing means, it is possible to set the response rate in detail according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
  • the 58th invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned 57th invention, said changing means rewrites said threshold value stored in said storage means in response to a rewrite signal received from said interrogator.
  • the response rate set by the setting means is obtained by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means in accordance with the rewrite signal received by the interrogator. change.
  • the response rate can be set in detail according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
  • information can be easily and easily acquired from a plurality of information acquisition targets in a few steps while preventing mutual interference and adverse effects during information acquisition.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual system configuration diagram showing the entire information management system (wireless tag information reading system) of the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the RFID tag information reading system (information management system) ST1 shown in Fig. 1 is provided in the warehouse 1 in this example.
  • This RFID tag information reading system ST1 is equipped with a plurality of RFID label T (T to T) affixed to a plurality of packages L (L1 to L11) that are loaded and unloaded via the entrance 1A of the warehouse 1.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To (which will be described in detail later) worn by the worker M who carries in and out the plurality of loads L, and the plurality of these A reader 1200 (interrogator) that accesses the RFID circuit element To (in this example, reads predetermined information stored).
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall schematic structure of T among the RFID label ⁇ and T described above.
  • FIG. 2 (a) is a top view of the RFID label T, and FIG. 2 (b) is a bottom view.
  • the RFID label T is, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped substrate 1002 (label 1).
  • each of which has an IC circuit unit 150 disposed on the base material 1002 and stores information, and an antenna 151 (tag antenna) connected to the IC circuit unit 150. I have.
  • the front side (upper surface) of the base material 1002 of the RFID label T corresponds to 1
  • Area S indicating the print information (in this example, “package 1”). Note that these regions S may not be characters but may be figures or symbols, or simple coloring or patterns.
  • the RFID label T worn by the worker M has the same configuration as the RFID tag T.
  • the area S of the RFID label T is the area S of the RFID label T.
  • the name of the worker is written.
  • FIG. 3 shows the function of the RFID circuit element To provided in the RFID labels ⁇ ⁇ and T.
  • the RFID circuit element To is a non-contact signal using the antenna 1210 (device side antenna) of the reader 1200 and a high frequency such as a short wave band (eg, 13.56 MHz), UHF band, and microwave band.
  • a high frequency such as a short wave band (eg, 13.56 MHz), UHF band, and microwave band.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 and stores the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 to serve as a driving power source for the IC circuit unit 150.
  • the power supply unit 153 and the carrier wave force received by the antenna 151 also function as a clock extraction unit 154 that extracts a clock signal and supplies it to a control unit (described later) 157, and an information storage unit that can store a predetermined information signal.
  • a random number generator 158 (details will be described later) for generating a random number for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal (reply signal) in response to the inquiry signal, the rectifier 152, the clock extractor 154, Fine modem part 156, via a random number generator 158 or the like and a control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To.
  • Modulation / demodulation unit 156 demodulates a communication signal received from antenna 151 from antenna 1210 of reader 1200 (interrogator), and also receives antenna 151 based on a return signal from control unit 157.
  • the modulated carrier wave is modulated and retransmitted as a reflected wave from the antenna 151.
  • the control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and then generates the modulation / demodulation signal.
  • the basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
  • the clock extraction unit 154 extracts the clock component of the received signal force and extracts the clock to the control unit 157, and supplies the control unit 157 with a clock corresponding to the speed of the clock component of the received signal. To do.
  • the memory unit 155 is a non-volatile memory, and a set value (setting auxiliary factor, where 0 to: an integer of L00) is set in advance for setting the response rate by the label producing device when creating a tag label. Has been written.
  • the control unit 157 compares the random number generated by the random number generator 158 with the set value stored in the memory unit 155, thereby setting the set value. (Details will be described later).
  • FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader 1200.
  • the reader 1200 includes a plurality of RFID circuit elements provided in the RFID labels ⁇ and T.
  • the antenna 12 10 that transmits and receives signals to and from the antenna 151 of the child To by wireless communication and the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 1210 are accessed (in this example, reading is performed).
  • the RFID circuit element To force the high-frequency circuit 1201 that processes the read signal and the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the high-frequency circuit 1201 to read the information
  • the control circuit 1202 that controls the operation of the reader 1200 as a whole, including the function of generating access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To, and appropriate buttons and keys that can be operated by the operator
  • an operation unit 1203 including a display unit 1204 that performs predetermined display.
  • FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed functional configuration of the high-frequency circuit 1201.
  • a high-frequency circuit 1201 includes a transmission unit 1212 that transmits a signal to each of a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To via an antenna 1210, and each RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 1210. It comprises a receiving unit 1213 for inputting a strong reflected wave and a transmission / reception separator 1214.
  • Transmitter 1212 is controlled by control of crystal oscillator 1215 and control circuit 1202 that generate a carrier wave for accessing (reading and writing Z) the RFID tag information of IC circuit portion 150 of RFID circuit element To.
  • Transmission multiplier circuit 1216 that modulates (in this example, amplitude modulation based on the “TX-ASK” signal from the control circuit 1202) (However, in the case of the “TX-ASK signal”, a variable amplification factor amplifier or the like may be used)
  • a variable transmission amplifier 1217 for amplifying the modulated wave modulated by the transmission multiplication circuit 1216 (in this example, amplification determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from the control circuit 1202).
  • the carrier wave generated by the carrier wave generator uses high frequency waves such as UHF band and microwave band, and the output of the transmission amplifier 1217 is transmitted to the antenna 1210 via the transmission / reception separator 1214 to Supplied to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the RFID tag information transmitted and received is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be just a carrier wave.
  • Receiving section 1213 is a first reception multiplication circuit 1218 that multiplies and demodulates each RFID circuit element received by antenna 1210 with a reflected wave of the power and the generated carrier wave, and a first reception multiplication thereof.
  • the first band-pass filter 1219 for extracting only the signal in the necessary band for the output power of the circuit 1218, the reception first amplifier 1221 for amplifying the output of the first band-pass filter 1219, and the reception first amplifier 1221 A first limiter 1220 that further amplifies the output and converts it into a digital signal, and a reflected wave from each RFID tag circuit element To received by the antenna 1210 and the phase shifter 1227 delays the phase by 90 ° after being generated.
  • Reception second multiplication circuit 1222 for multiplying the received carrier wave
  • second band pass filter 1223 for extracting only a signal of a necessary band from the output of the reception second multiplication circuit 1222, and this second band pass filter 12
  • a reception second amplifier 1225 for amplifying the output of 23, and a second limiter 1224 for further amplifying the output of the reception second amplifier 1225 and converting it to a digital signal.
  • the signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 1220 and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 1224 are input to the control circuit 1202 and processed.
  • the outputs of the reception first amplifier 1221 and the reception second amplifier 1225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 1226 as strength detection means, and a signal “RSSI” indicating the strength of these signals is input. "Is input to the control circuit 1202.
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
  • the reader 1200 demodulates the reflected wave from each RFID circuit element To by IQ quadrature demodulation.
  • the control circuit 1202 outputs the amplification control signal and the modulation control signal to the high-frequency circuit transmission unit 1212, and after receiving the reception signal from the high-frequency circuit reception unit 1213, each RFID circuit element To Force Performs predetermined calculation processing to process the read signal.
  • FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 1202.
  • a control circuit 1202 is a so-called microcomputer, and a CPU 1202A ROM1202B RAM1202C, which is a central processing unit, and a circuit control unit 1202D for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the high-frequency circuit 1201 are also configured. Signal processing according to the program stored in ROM 1202B in advance while using the temporary storage function It has become.
  • the feature of this embodiment is that the RFID label ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ and T ⁇ are provided.
  • the response rate of multiple RFID circuit elements To is set in advance, and response signals are output in response to inquiry signals from each RFID circuit element To card 1200 according to the set response rates. It is to have done.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 1202.
  • step S1510 the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To of the RFID tag labels ⁇ and T via the high frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
  • An inquiry signal for reading is transmitted. Specifically, for example, if the first 4 bits of the ID are 1111, the subsequent bits are optional, and an unspecified tag is specified to acquire all IDs and related information (corresponding device information).
  • RFID tag circuit element To in this example, all label L and label M of worker L in warehouse 1) that exist within the communication range via high-frequency circuit 1201 by generating search signal (or unspecified search signal) Tag label on T
  • step S1520 the response signal transmitted (returned) from the RFID circuit element To corresponding to the inquiry signal is received via the antenna 1210 and taken into the control circuit 1202 via the high-frequency circuit 1201. Determine whether or not. If a response signal is not received, the determination is not satisfied, and the procedure returns to step S1510 and the same procedure is repeated.
  • the search signal may be generated by changing the value of the first designated bit and the number of designated bits in order as necessary. If a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1530.
  • step S1530 a display signal corresponding to the read information of each RFID circuit element To force is also output to display unit 1204 for display (for example, stored in warehouse 1!
  • step S1540 it is determined whether or not to end (the operation unit force is also instructed to end), and if it ends, this flow ends.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 157 provided in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • step S1610 a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200 is received by the antenna 151, and the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 is rectified by the rectifier 152, The energy of the rectified carrier wave is accumulated by the power supply unit 153, and when the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage, the IC circuit unit 150 is activated and reset to the initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1620.
  • step S1620 the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1610 is a command (for example, search signal “Scroll IDJ, erase signal“ Erase ”, confirmation signal“ Verify ”, or write signal“ Pr 0 gram ”). ) Is determined. For example, if the received signal is a signal from another wireless device, it is not a command, so the determination is not satisfied, and step S1620 is repeated to enter a command waiting state. If a command is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1630.
  • a command for example, search signal “Scroll IDJ, erase signal“ Erase ”, confirmation signal“ Verify ”, or write signal“ Pr 0 gram ”.
  • step S1630 whether the command confirmed to be received in step S1620 is an inquiry signal (unspecified search signal or search signal that matches the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To) Determine. For example, if the received command is a rewrite signal for rewriting the set value to change the response rate of the RFID circuit element To (write signal “Program”), the judgment is not satisfied because it is not an inquiry signal. The process proceeds to step S 164 0.
  • step S1640 if a process corresponding to the received command, for example, the rewrite signal is received, the set value written in the memory unit 155 is updated based on the rewrite signal, and the process returns to step S1620. To wait for a command. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1650.
  • step S1650 random numbers are generated using the random number generator 158 (tag-side random number generation means, tag-side response rate setting means, first setting means).
  • the random number is generated as an integer from 0 to L00 (but not limited to this, for example, it may be generated in increments of 0.01 between 0 and 1).
  • next step S 1660 the set value stored in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the random number generated in the step S1650 is equal to or greater than the set value (first step S1660). Response decision means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means). If the random number is smaller than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the process returns to the previous step S 1620 to wait for a command. On the other hand, if the random number is greater than or equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1670.
  • step S1670 the storage information of the IC circuit unit 150, that is, the information related to the tag ID and the stored content is transmitted as a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 by the modem unit 156 via the antenna 151. Return to step S1620 to wait for a command.
  • step S1620 Normally, in the command waiting state in step S1620, a signal (carrier wave) from the reader 1200 is not received and the power supply is cut off. Therefore, the wireless tag circuit element To stops spontaneously while waiting for a command! /.
  • a rewrite signal is transmitted from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 as described above, and the set value stored in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To is appropriately rewritten.
  • the response rate can be appropriately changed.
  • this tag label producing device 1300 RFID tag information writing device
  • this tag label producing device 1300 is a tag tape roll 1304 (tag medium) wound around a tag tape 1303 (tag medium) provided with a RFID circuit element To at a predetermined interval
  • the RFID tag circuit element housing can be attached or removed (or the cartridge equipped with the tag tape tool 1304 can be attached or detached).
  • the tag tape roll holder part 1310 container installation part
  • the tag tape roll 1304 can be fed out.
  • a transport device 1309 which is provided opposite to the head 1305 and transports the tag tape 1303 under the control of the control circuit 1302.
  • the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 1202 of the reader 1 200, and the IC of the RFID circuit element To Access information to the circuit unit 150 is generated, transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1 306, and information is written to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the control circuit 1302 is connected to other computers, servers, terminals, etc. via a wired or wireless communication line (network), and can send and receive information to / from them.
  • the access information corresponding to the setting value for setting the response rate is generated by the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302, and is transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306.
  • the setting value is written to the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 1302 when the RFID label T is created.
  • step S1710 the above-described region S of the wireless tag label T is input by the print head 1305, which is separately input by an operation terminal (connected to the control circuit 1302 via the communication line).
  • the print information to be printed on and the write information to the RFID circuit element To are acquired via the communication line (device side Response rate setting means. Device side setting means).
  • the communication line device side Response rate setting means.
  • an operation unit not shown
  • the tag label producing apparatus 1300 instead of the above-mentioned operation terminal, etc., input from an operation unit (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1300.
  • step S1720 After that, the process proceeds to step S1720, and after writing and printing information (for example, writing the tag ID and the article information, the set value, etc.) to the RFID circuit element To, and after printing,
  • the memory unit 155 constitutes a nonvolatile storage unit that stores the predetermined threshold value described in each claim. Further, the high frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 1202 constitute information access means for reading information as much as the IC circuit portion of the RFID tag circuit element described in each claim.
  • the RFID circuit element To that exists in the communication range from the reader 1200 every predetermined time (in this example, the tag labels T of all packages L in the warehouse 1 and For operator M's tag label T
  • each RFID circuit element To has a response rate for outputting a response signal to the above inquiry signal, and outputs a response signal to the inquiry signal from the reader 1200 according to the set response rate. To do.
  • the response rate is set to be relatively high for the RFID circuit element To provided to the tag label T attached to the luggage L, and the worker M wears it.
  • the response rate is set to be relatively low. From this point of view, since frequent loading and unloading is performed via the entrance 1A, the frequency of the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag label T provided in the package L that needs to read information relatively frequently is high. To output a response signal and
  • Reading information at a relatively low frequency to stay in the warehouse 1 and work It is possible to output a response signal at a low frequency for the RFID circuit element To of the tag label T worn by the worker M, which is sufficient if it is taken. As a result, it is possible to read the information for the luggage L frequently and finely, and for the worker M to read the information at a low frequency and to the minimum necessary. In this manner, by setting the response rate of the RFID circuit element To according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target.
  • the rewrite signal is transmitted from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200, and the response rate is changed by rewriting the set value stored in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the response rate of RFID circuit element To is changed to be small, and
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be changed to increase. In this way, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be finely set according to the situation of the reading target, so that information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
  • the setting value for setting the response rate is stored in the nonvolatile memory unit 155 included in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the set value can be held.
  • the set value written in the memory unit 155 when the tag label is created can be held without being reset, and a response can be made with the set response rate.
  • the first embodiment is not limited to the above, but departs from the spirit and scope of the technical idea. Various modifications can be made without departing from the scope. The modifications will be described below.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To has the random number generator 158.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a random number generator is provided on the reader 1200 side. The random number generated by the generator may be transmitted from the reader 1200 to the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To together with the inquiry signal.
  • FIG. 11 is a functional block diagram showing the detailed functions of the control circuit 1202 ′ in this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 6 described above. In FIG. 11, parts similar to those in FIG.
  • control circuit 1202 ′ has a random number generator 1202E (device-side random number generation means) in addition to the CPU 1202A, ROM 1202B, RAM 1202C, and circuit control unit 1202D.
  • This control circuit 1202 ′ is provided with a plurality of RFID tag circuits which are provided in the RFID label T, T and have no random number generator via the high frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
  • a random number generated by the random number generator 1202 E is transmitted to the path element To-1 together with an inquiry signal for reading information.
  • FIG. 12 shows a control procedure executed by the control unit 157-1 (not shown) provided in the IC circuit unit 150-1 (not shown) of the RFID circuit element To- 1 in this modification.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart corresponding to FIG. 8 described above. In FIG. 12, the description of the same parts as in FIG. 8 is omitted.
  • step S1650 is replaced with step S1655.
  • step S1655 the random number is generated by the control circuit 1202 'on the reader side received after the inquiry signal. Get the random number generated by the 1202E. Then, it is stored in a temporary storage area (not shown) of the control unit 157-1.
  • step S1660 the set value stored in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the random number obtained in step S1655 and stored in the temporary storage area is equal to or greater than the set value (second response Determining means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
  • the response rate is changed by sending a rewrite signal from the reader side and rewriting the set value.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and it is set by the tag itself every time it responds. Update the value and change the response rate accordingly.
  • FIG. 13 shows an IC circuit portion 150 of the RFID circuit element To-2 (not shown) in this modification.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit 155-2 (not shown) provided in 2 (not shown), and corresponds to FIG. 8 described above. In FIG. 13, the description of the same parts as in FIG. 8 is omitted.
  • step S1680 is newly added. That is, in this flow, in step S1670, the memory information of the IC circuit unit 150-2 is transmitted as a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151, and then the process proceeds to step S1680 to update the set value (change). means). For example, when the set value force SO is 100, the set value is updated to 100, and when the set value is 100, it is 90, and when it is 90, 80, ... If there is 0, if it is 0, it will again be 100 V.
  • the response rate is updated in the order of 100% ⁇ 0% ⁇ 10% ⁇ 20% ⁇ 30% ⁇ 40% ⁇ 50% ⁇ 60% ⁇ 70% ⁇ 80% ⁇ 90% ⁇ 100%.
  • the method of updating the set value is not limited to the above.
  • the set value may be increased gradually to decrease the response rate sequentially, or may be changed based on other appropriate rules. It's good.
  • the set value is updated by the tag itself so that the response rate of the RFID circuit element To-2 is updated. If the frequency of use is a reading target that changes over time, such as a new book that arrives at a library whose lending frequency gradually decreases over time, the RFID tag circuit will be finely tuned according to the status of the reading target.
  • the response rate of element To-2 can be set.
  • the RFID tag circuit element has a random number generator as in the first embodiment.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the present modification may be applied to a structure in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side as in the modification (1-1).
  • the force that compares the random number with the set value and responds when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value is not limited to this. That is, for example, count the number of response requests from the reader 1200 and respond when the number of response requests reaches a certain number.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To-3 in the present modification, and corresponds to FIG. 3 described above.
  • FIG. 14 the same parts as those in FIG. 14.
  • the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID circuit element To-3 has received the inquiry signal from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 received by the antenna 151 (hereinafter, A counter 159 that counts the number of response requests).
  • the counter value counted by the counter 159 is written into the memory unit 155 by the control unit 153-3 every time it is updated. As a result, even when the signal (carrier wave) from the reader 1200 is not received and the power supply is cut off, the counter value counted by the counter 159 can be held.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 153-3 provided in the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID circuit element To-3 in the present modification.
  • step S1810 the power supply unit 153 is charged by a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200, and when the predetermined voltage is reached, the IC circuit unit 150-3 is Start up and reset to initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1820.
  • a signal carrier wave
  • step S1820 it is determined whether the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1810 is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S1820 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S 1830.
  • step S1830 the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1820 is received. It is determined whether it is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1840, where the processing corresponding to the received command is performed, and the routine returns to the previous Step S1820 to enter a command waiting state. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the judgment is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1850.
  • step S1850 the counter value C is read from the memory unit 155.
  • next step S1855 it is determined whether or not the counter value C read in step S1850 is zero. If the counter value C is 0, the determination is made and the process proceeds to the next step S 1860, where the stored information of the IC circuit unit 150-3 is transmitted to the antenna of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151 by the modem unit 156. It transmits to 1210 as a response signal. Then move to next step S1865. On the other hand, if the counter value C is not 0, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes directly to the next step S1865.
  • step S1865 the counter value C is incremented by 1, and the process proceeds to the next step S1870 (counting means).
  • step S1870 the setting value stored in advance in memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not counter value C obtained by counting 1 in step S1865 is equal to the setting value.
  • This step S1870 and the above-described step S1855 constitute third response determining means.
  • These and the counting means constitute a tag side response rate setting means and also constitute a first setting means. If the counter value C is equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S1875, where the counter value C is reset to 0 and the routine goes to the next step S1880. On the other hand, if the counter value C is not equal to the set value, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to the next step S1880.
  • the above setting value is a setting value for setting the response rate (operation mode factor) written to the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID tag circuit element To-3 at the time of tag label generation. (Setting cofactor).
  • step S1880 the counter value C is written to the memory unit 155, and then the process returns to the previous step S1820 to enter a command waiting state.
  • the count value C is incremented by 1.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To reads the reader.
  • Control to send response signal to 1200 antennas 1210 As a result, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set according to the set value. That is, if the set value is 1, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is 100%, and if the set value is 10, the RFID circuit element To responds at a rate of once every 10 times (that is, Response rate 10%).
  • the force that compares the random number with the set value and responds when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value is not limited to this. That is, for example, the time when the response request is received from the reader 1200 may be stored, and the response may be made when the elapsed time until the next response request is received from the reader 1200 reaches a certain time.
  • control circuit 1202 of the reader 1200 is provided with a clock means.
  • the control circuit 1202 ⁇ has a plurality of wireless tags provided in the wireless tag labels, and T via the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
  • the time stamp (time information) generated by the clock means can be transmitted to the circuit element To-4 together with the inquiry signal for reading the information.
  • FIG. 16 shows a control unit 157-4 (not shown) provided with the IC circuit unit 150-4 (not shown) of the RFID circuit element To-4 (not shown) in the present modification.
  • 5 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the computer.
  • step S1910 the power supply unit 153 is charged by a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200, and when the predetermined voltage is reached, the IC circuit unit 150-4 is connected. Start up and reset to initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1920.
  • a signal carrier wave
  • step S1920 it is determined whether the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1910 is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S 1920 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1930.
  • step S1930 it is determined whether the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1920 is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the decision is satisfied. Instead, the process moves to step S1940, performs processing according to the received command, returns to the previous step S1920, and waits for a command. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the judgment is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1950.
  • step S 1950 a time stamp T received after the inquiry signal is acquired.
  • the time stamp TO is read from the memory unit 155 (storage means).
  • This time stamp TO is time information written in the memory unit 155 when the RFID circuit element To-4 sent a response signal last time (see step S1995 described later), and the RFID circuit element To responds. It is updated every time you do it.
  • next step S1970 the set value stored in advance in the memory unit 155 is read, and the difference (time difference) between the time stamp T acquired in step S 1950 and the time stamp TO read in step S 1960 above. Is equal to or greater than the set value read out (calculation means, fourth response determination means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
  • the above setting value is a setting for setting the response rate (operation mode factor) written in the memory circuit 155 of the IC circuit section 150-4 of the RFID circuit element To-4 by the label creating apparatus when the tag label is created. Value (setting cofactor). If the time difference T-TO is not equal to or greater than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to the previous step S1920 to enter a command waiting state. On the other hand, if the time difference T-TO is greater than or equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S 1980.
  • step S1980 the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150-4 is transmitted as a response signal by the modem unit 156 to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151.
  • step S1990 the time stamp T0 is updated to the time stamp T acquired in step S1950, and stored in the memory unit 155 in the next step S1995. Thereafter, the process returns to step S1920 and enters a command waiting state.
  • the wireless tag circuit element To force is also controlled to send a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set according to the set value. That is, if the set value is set to a long time, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To becomes low, and if the set value is set to a small time, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is set high.
  • the RFID circuit element To obtains time information by receiving a time stamp from the reader 1200 side.
  • a clock means or a timer may be used! /, Is provided on the tag side.
  • the tag itself may get time information (or elapsed time information).
  • a random number is compared with a set value and a response is made when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. That is, when the RFID circuit element To has a response charging unit that is charged little by little every time there is a response request, for example, the voltage of the response charging unit is equal to or higher than the set value and has already responded. Do not respond.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To-5 in this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 3 described above.
  • parts similar to those in FIG. 3 are given the same reference numerals and explanations thereof are omitted.
  • the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 receives the inquiry signal from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 by the antenna 151.
  • a response charging unit 160 that stores and charges the energy of the carrier wave rectified by 152 is provided.
  • the time constant of the response charging unit 160 is larger than the time constant of the power supply unit 153, so that it is charged more slowly than the power supply unit 153.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 157-5 provided in the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 in the present modification.
  • step S1110 the power supply unit 153 is charged with a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200.
  • the IC circuit unit 150-5 is Start up and reset to initial state.
  • step S1120 the signal was received by antenna 151 in step S1110. Determine whether the signal is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S1120 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S1130.
  • step S1130 it is determined whether or not the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1120 is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1140, where the processing corresponding to the received command is performed, and the routine returns to the previous Step S1120 to be in a command waiting state. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1150.
  • step S1150 the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 is accumulated, and the response charging unit 160 is charged (charging means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
  • next step S 1160 the set value stored in advance in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the voltage of the response charging unit 160 charged in step S 1150 is smaller than the read set value (first step (5 response determination means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
  • the set value is a set value for setting the response rate written in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 by the label producing device when the tag label is produced. If the voltage is equal to or higher than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S 1165.
  • step S1165 it is determined whether or not the flag F indicating whether the RFID circuit element To has transmitted a response signal to the reader 1200 is 1 indicating that it has responded. If the response has already been made and the flag F is 1, the determination is satisfied, the process returns to the previous step S 1120, and a command is waited for. On the other hand, if the flag F is 0 indicating that no response has been made yet, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S 1170.
  • step S1160 when the voltage of response charging unit 160 is smaller than the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine proceeds directly to next step S1170.
  • step S1170 the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150-5 is transmitted as a response signal by the modem unit 156 to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151.
  • next step S 1180 the flag F is updated to 1 indicating that it has responded, and in the next step S 1 190, it is stored in the memory unit 155.
  • a response confirmation signal is received from the reader 1200.
  • the flag F is updated to 1 when it is done. Thereafter, the process returns to step S1120 and enters a command waiting state.
  • the response charging unit 160 responds until the voltage reaches the set value, and stops responding when the voltage reaches the set value.
  • the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set in accordance with the above set value. Yes. That is, if the set value is large, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is high, and if the set value is small, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is low.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • information on a person and his / her belongings is obtained. It can be applied to systems that read information from reading targets with different required information reading frequencies, such as reading systems and systems that read information between objects that have different usage frequencies or take-out frequencies.
  • the present embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a building management system. Parts equivalent to those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted or simplified as appropriate.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of the information management system (wireless tag management system) of the present embodiment.
  • the RFID tag management system ST2 of this embodiment is applied to an entire office building (building; hereinafter simply referred to as “building”) 2002 having a plurality of floors is shown.
  • a plurality of predetermined rooms for example, an office room, a hot water room, a break room, etc., which will be described later.
  • FIG. 19 in order to avoid the complexity of the illustration, the type, structure, number of rooms, etc. (Not shown in particular, conceptually!
  • Each of the areas is an independent area to be managed, and a monitoring room 2004 where an operator in charge of management (not shown, hereinafter referred to as “manager”) waits is provided inside the building 2002.
  • the document 'equipment' that should be kept in one of the above-mentioned rooms in the normal case, such as a project file, etc. 2005, for example, an employee of the company where the building 2002 is located
  • a person who is a predetermined management target, such as a visitor permitted to take out the management target article 2005, is set as a monitoring target.
  • Each managed article 2005 is attached with a wireless tag Tb for goods (or may be associated in some form such as bundled), and the managed person 2006 has a personal wireless tag Tt. I am letting.
  • the RFID tag management system ST2 of the present embodiment has a reader (radio tag information reading device; may be provided with a writing function) installed in the vicinity of a predetermined room and an entrance door in the building 2002. ) 2007, terminal 2008 installed in monitoring room 2004 and connected to each reader 2007 via communication network NW, management server 2009, and tag label creation device (tag label creation means) 2010 Speak.
  • a reader radio tag information reading device; may be provided with a writing function
  • terminal 2008 installed in monitoring room 2004 and connected to each reader 2007 via communication network NW, management server 2009, and tag label creation device (tag label creation means) 2010 Speak.
  • each reader 2007 is installed, for example, at the center position of the ceiling.
  • the doors 2003 are placed one by one on the ceiling inside the building 2002 and on the outside ceiling of the building 2002 (such as the bottom of the eaves).
  • 2007a, 2007b o All readers 2007, 2007a, 2007b have the same configuration.
  • Each RFID tag Tb, Tt existing inside each room (or in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003) is searched and the identification information ( (Tag ID) will be detected! /, (Details will be described later).
  • the two readers 2007a and 2007b installed in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003 are installed in an arrangement spaced at an appropriate interval, and when the wireless tags Tb and Tt pass through the entrance door 2003, they 2 There is a time difference in the detection timing of the identification information of the RFID tags Tb and Tt by the two readers 2007a and 2007b, so that if the outer reader 2007a detects it first, the RFID tags Tb and Tt are externally detected. It is possible to detect that the force has entered the building 2002, and when the inner reader 2007b detects first, the RFID tags Tb, T t can detect that the force in the building 2002 has also gone outside. it can. In addition, going to Building 2002 When entry is distinguished between an entrance-side passage and an exit-side passage,
  • reader 2007 it is only necessary to provide a 2007a and a leader 2007b in the exit passage.
  • readers 2007a and 2007b for detecting access and the reader 2007 for each room will be collectively referred to as “reader 2007” as appropriate.
  • FIG. 20 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of the radio tag management system ST2 of the present embodiment.
  • the reader 2007 has a single configuration, and only the system configuration of the tag label creation device 2010 is separately shown in FIG.
  • the RFID tag management system ST2 detects the identification information by wireless communication with the RFID tags Tb and Tt as described above, and the reader 2007
  • the terminal includes a terminal 2008, a management server 2009, and a tag label producing device 2010, which are connected to each other by an appropriate communication network NW.
  • an administrator resident in the monitoring room 2004 operates the terminal 2008
  • the terminal 2008 sends and receives instruction signals and management information to and from the management server 2009 via the communication network NW.
  • a control signal is output from the management server 2009 to each reader 2007 via the communication network NW, and a detection result signal from the reader 2007 is output to the management server 2009.
  • a control signal is output from the management server 20 09 to the tag label producing device 2010 via the communication network NW, and the tag label producing device 2010 A new article RFID tag Tb or a person RFID tag Tt is newly created as an RFID label.
  • the reader 2007 includes a control unit 2011 and a reader antenna 2012.
  • the control unit 2011 is a network communication control unit 2 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals between the CPU (central processing unit) 2013 and the management server 2009 via the communication network NW. 014, for example, a memory 2015 composed of RAM, ROM, and the like, and an RF communication control unit 2016 that controls wireless communication with the wireless tags Tb and Tt via the reader antenna 2012 (about wireless tags Tb and Tt) Will be detailed later).
  • the CPU 2013 performs signal processing according to the program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby accepting the input of the detection processing execution command from the management server 2009, and the reader
  • the wireless tags Tb and Tt are detected by wireless communication via the antenna 2012, and the detection results are output to the management server 2009 via the communication network NW.
  • the management server 2009 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 2021, a memory 2022 similar to the above, and a large-capacity storage device such as a hard disk device, and each wireless tag Tb, Tt and each reader 20
  • Database 2023 for storing various information related to 07, etc. and the above communication network N
  • the database 2023 is not limited to being provided in the management server 2009, and an external database connected so as to be able to send and receive information via some kind of communication line may be used.
  • the terminal 2008 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 2031, a memory 2032 similar to the above, an operation unit 2033 for inputting instructions and information from the administrator, and a display unit for displaying various information and messages. 2034, a network communication control unit 2035 that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 2009 via the communication network NW, and when an abnormality in the security state of the article 2 005 to be managed is detected. And a buzzer 2036 for voice notification to the administrator.
  • a CPU central processing unit
  • memory 2032 similar to the above
  • an operation unit 2033 for inputting instructions and information from the administrator
  • a display unit for displaying various information and messages.
  • 2034 a network communication control unit 2035 that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 2009 via the communication network NW, and when an abnormality in the security state of the article 2 005 to be managed is detected.
  • a buzzer 2036 for voice notification to the administrator.
  • the power assumed to be a wired network using a cable or the like for the communication network NW is not limited to this, and a wireless network may be used.
  • the frequency band and transmission / reception method may be different from those of the control unit 2016.
  • FIG. 21 is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of the tag label producing apparatus 2010, and is equivalent to FIG. 9 of the first embodiment.
  • this tag label producing apparatus 2010 is similar to the tag label producing apparatus 1300 of the first embodiment in the cartridge holder 1310. (Corresponding to the tag tape roll holder portion of the first embodiment), a print head 1305 that performs predetermined printing on a predetermined area of the tag tape 1303 (or a medium to be printed), an antenna 1306, a high-frequency circuit 1301, and the above
  • the tag tape 1303 that has finished printing and information writing is cut to a predetermined length to form the wireless tags Tb and Tt, and a cutter 1307 and a transport device 1309 are provided.
  • the control circuit 1302 is connected to the communication network NW via the input / output interface 1302A.
  • the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 included in the tag label producing apparatus 2010 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the RF communication control unit 2016 and CPU2013 of the reader 2007 described later.
  • RFID circuit element RF tag circuit element for articles provided in RFID tag Tb for articles or RFID tag circuit element for persons provided in RFID tag Tt for person
  • Access information to IC circuit unit 150 of To identification (Including a tag ID that is information) and is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306, and information is written to or read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To.
  • FIG. 22 shows the above-described wireless tag circuit provided in common with the wireless tags Tb and Tt that are attached to the articles to be managed 2005 to be detected by the reader 2007, the person to be managed 2006, etc.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of an element To, and corresponds to FIG. 3 and the like of the first embodiment.
  • the RFID circuit element To of the present embodiment is an antenna that transmits and receives signals without contact using a reader antenna 2012 of a reader 2007 and a high frequency such as a UHF band or a microwave. 151 and an IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 includes a rectification unit 152, a power supply unit 153, a clock extraction unit 154, a memory unit 155, a modulation / demodulation unit 156, and a control unit 157, as in FIG. .
  • the random number generator shown in FIG. 3 of the first embodiment may be omitted.
  • the memory unit 155 has the above No set value is provided as in the first embodiment.
  • tag identification information for individually identifying the radio tags Tb and Tt in the information signal stored in the memory unit 155 is the article to be managed 2005
  • the reader 2007 can distinguish and detect the article RFID tag Tb and the person RFID tag Tt (details will be described later).
  • FIG. 23 is a functional block diagram showing detailed configurations of the CPU 2013, the RF communication control unit 2016, and the reader antenna 2012 in the reader 2007, and corresponds to FIG. 5 of the first embodiment.
  • the RF communication control unit 2016 of the reader 2007 accesses the information (RFID tag information including the tag ID) of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the reader antenna 2012.
  • the CPU 13 of the reader 2007 processes the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To reads information and generates access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. This function controls the overall operation of Reader 2007.
  • the RF communication control unit 2016 includes a transmission unit 2212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To through the reader antenna 2012, and a reflection of the RFID circuit element To force received by the reader antenna 2012.
  • the receiving unit 2213 for inputting a wave and a transmission / reception separator 2214 are included.
  • the transmission unit 2212 has substantially the same configuration as the transmission unit 1212 shown in FIG. 5, and is equivalent to the above-described crystal resonator 1215, PLL1230, VC01231, transmission multiplication circuit 1216, and variable transmission amplifier 1217.
  • the receiving unit 2213 has substantially the same configuration as the above-described receiving unit 1213 shown in Fig. 5, and reflects the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the reader antenna 2012 and the generated carrier wave.
  • a reception first multiplication circuit 2218 (corresponding to the reception first multiplication circuit 1218) is provided for multiplication and demodulation.
  • the first bandpass filter 1219 described above, the reception first amplifier The first limiter 1220, the first limiter 1220, the phase shifter 1227, the second reception multiplier circuit 1222, the second bandpass filter 1223, the second reception amplifier 1225, and the second limiter 1224 have the same functions.
  • the signal “R XS—I” output from the first limiter 2220 and the signal “RXS—Q” output from the second limiter 2224 are input to the CPU 2013 and processed.
  • the outputs of the reception first amplifier 2221 and the reception second amplifier 2225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 2226 as strength detection means, and a signal “RSSI” indicating the strength of these signals is input. "Is entered into CPU2013. In this way, also in the reader 2007 of this embodiment, the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To is demodulated by I-Q orthogonal demodulation as in the first embodiment.
  • RSSI Receiveived Signal Strength Indicator
  • the most significant feature of the present embodiment is that various operations are performed based on the holding status information of the wireless tags Tb and Tt stored and held in the database 2023 of the management server 2009. According to the mode, location management, movement management, etc. of the management target article 2005 or the management target person 2006 corresponding to each of the wireless tags Tb and Tt are automatically performed. Hereinafter, the details will be described in order.
  • Fig. 24 is a diagram conceptually showing a place table for managing the correspondence between the names of the respective management target areas and the place codes.
  • This location table is information stored and held in the database 2023 (the same applies to the tables shown in FIG. 25, FIG. 27, and FIG. 28).
  • the location code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the location The name is stored in the form of correlation information associated with each name beforehand.
  • the location code is a one-letter alphabet (P stands for building 2002, G stands for building 200 2), and identifies each managed area. It consists of a combination with a three-digit identification number.
  • Fig. 25 mainly shows the article code, name, location, tag I of each managed article 2005
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram conceptually illustrating an article table for managing correspondence with D. As shown in FIG. 25, the article table includes an article code having an alphabet and number combination power in this example.
  • the name (first identification information) of the article to be managed 2005, the latest update date, the location indicated by the location code, and the tag ID (first tag identification information) are associated in advance. Stored in the form of correlation information.
  • the article code is a one-letter alphabet representing the article to be managed 2005 (in this example, “B
  • the latest update date and time stores the date and time when the content of the item at the location corresponding to the article code was updated most recently.
  • the location is stored as the location code of the management target area where the RFID tag Tb for the product with the tag ID corresponding to the product code (and the managed product 2005 attached) is detected most recently. .
  • the tag ID is identification information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the article wireless tag Tb corresponding to the article code, and is represented in hexadecimal in the figure.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the tag ID
  • FIG. 26 (a) is a diagram showing the arrangement of codes in the bit string of the tag ID
  • FIG. 26 (b) is a diagram showing the contents of each code.
  • the tag ID in this example is a binary information string consisting of a 64-bit bit string, and the two bits from the first 0 bit to the first bit are shown. 26 Functions as a header code as shown in (b). The next 15 bits function as a manufacturer code, the next 13 bits function as a type code, and the last 34 bits function as a serial code.
  • the RFID tag Tb for articles attached to (or bundled with) the management target is distinguished from the RFID tag Tt for the person held by the person 2006 to be managed.
  • the type code is 1, that is, when the character power is the eighth character from the beginning in the tag ID in hexadecimal notation, it is recognized as the tag ID of the wireless tag for goods Tb.
  • the type code is 2, that is, when the first character of the tag ID in hexadecimal notation is 8 (see Fig. 9 described later), it is recognized as the tag ID of the personal radio tag Tt. (Assuming that the first 2 bits of the serial code are 0)
  • the tag ID of this example can uniquely identify the wireless tags Tb and Tt, and can identify the product wireless tag Tb and the person wireless tag Tt.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram conceptually showing a person table for managing the correspondence between the person code, name, location, and tag ID of each person to be managed 2006.
  • the person table includes a person code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the name (second identification information) of the person to be managed 2006 (second identification information), and the location indicated by the location code.
  • tag ID (second tag identification information) are stored in the form of correlation information associated with each other in advance.
  • the person code is a one-letter alphabet (in this example, “
  • S represents an employee
  • C represents a visitor
  • the location code of the management target area in which the RFID tag Tt for the person with the tag ID corresponding to the person code (and the management target person in possession of 2006) is detected is stored. ing.
  • the tag ID is identification information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag Tt corresponding to the person code, and is expressed in hexadecimal in the figure.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually showing a reader table that manages the correspondence between the name, IP address, and installation location of each reader 2007.
  • the reader table includes a person code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the name of the person to be managed 2006, the location indicated by the location code, and the tag ID. It is stored in the form of correlation information associated with each in advance.
  • the reader code also has a combination of a one-letter alphabet representing reader 2007 ("R" in this example) and a two-digit identification number that identifies reader 2007.
  • IP address of the communication network NW conforms to the Internet Protocol (IP) system in this example, and the private address assigned to each reader 2007 is Stored.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the installation location stores the location code of the management target area where the reader 2007 corresponding to the reader code is installed.
  • each table force database 2023 shown in Fig. 24, Fig. 25, Fig. 27, Fig. 28 is stored and stored, and the location information of the article to be managed 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 is related to it. Used as information.
  • Figure 29 shows the management server 2009 in order to monitor each management target area as described above.
  • FIG. 29 for example, when a monitoring start instruction is input (for example, key operation) in the operation unit 2033 of the terminal 2008, this flow is started.
  • a monitoring start instruction for example, key operation
  • step S2005 the monitoring processing loop count L and the inventory mode flag Ft are set. This is because this monitoring process switches the monitoring of the management object 2005 and the monitoring of the person 2 006 individually, depending on the time conditions at the time of the monitoring process. This is a procedure for setting the frequency ratio to be repeated.
  • This monitoring process consists of an article monitoring loop (steps S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2045; first step in the figure) that sequentially monitors a plurality of managed articles 2005 and a plurality of managed persons 2006 sequentially. Switch one of the person monitoring loops (steps S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S20 65, S2070; 2nd procedure in the figure) to be monitored at once.
  • a unit loop (step S2100 to step S2080 in the figure) that is repeated as many times as one processing is taken as one processing unit. Further, the unit loop is repeated until it is determined that an end operation has been performed at terminal 2008 (step S2085 described later).
  • the person monitoring loop is performed only the first time, and the other monitoring loops are set as the article monitoring loop.
  • the number L of monitoring processing loops that is, one unit loop The greater the number of monitoring loops that are performed, the more frequently the frequency of repeated article monitoring loops in one unit loop.
  • the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1 to force the article monitoring loop without performing branch judgment between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop (step S2020 in the figure). I do. That is, while the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1, only the article monitoring loop is repeated without performing the person monitoring loop.
  • the number of monitoring processing loops L is set in the time zone before and after the business hours such as early morning and night, in which there are relatively few persons to be managed such as employees in Building 2002.
  • a large value for example, 6 times
  • the article monitoring loop is performed at a repetition frequency rate five times that of the person monitoring loop).
  • step S2010 the counter variable C of the unit loop is initialized to 1.
  • step S2100 a take-out monitoring process is performed to monitor the force that the article to be managed 2005 is taken out of the building 2002 through the first floor entrance (see Fig. 30 described later)
  • step S2015 the process moves to step S2015, where it is set whether or not the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1, that is, the inventory mode is entered and the article monitoring loop is forcibly performed without performing the person monitoring loop. Judgment whether or not the power is. Inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1. If yes, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes directly to Step S 2025 which is the preparation procedure for the article monitoring loop. On the other hand, if the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 0, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S2020 where the branch determination between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop is performed.
  • step S2020 it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, that is, whether or not the person monitoring loop is performed as the first monitoring loop in the unit loop. If it is other than the counter variable C force, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S 2025 which is the preparation procedure for the article monitoring loop.
  • step S2025 the counter variable M of the article monitoring loop is initialized to 1, and the process proceeds to the next step S2030 to perform the subsequent article monitoring loop.
  • step S2030 information on the existing position (location code) corresponding to the M-th managed article 2005 from the top in the article table is acquired, and the existing position information is blank (unregistered) ( (For example, if the wireless tag for goods Tb attached to the Mth article 2005 is newly created, its location is still registered in the article table of the database 2023! Determine whether. If the location information has already been registered, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S2200.
  • the previous presence position detection process is performed to detect whether or not the same Mth article 2005 still exists (see FIG. 31 described later for details).
  • step S2035 the process proceeds to step S2035, and based on the detection result by the reader 2007 in step S2200, it is determined whether the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 is detected at the same position as the previous position. To do. If the Mth item 2005 is in the previous location, The decision is satisfied, that is, it is considered that there is no movement of the Mth article 2005, and the process moves to the next step S 2040.
  • step S 2030 if the location information of the Mth article 2005 is not registered and is blank, the determination is satisfied (for example, attached to the Mth article 2005).
  • the new wireless tag Tb for goods that has just been created has not been registered yet), and the registration mode processing (registration mode; see Figure 32 below for details) in step S2300
  • the registration mode processing registration mode; see Figure 32 below for details
  • step S 2035 if the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 is not detected at the same position based on the detection result of reader 2007 in step S2200, the determination is not satisfied. (That is, the M-th article 2005 is also considered to have moved the previous presence position force), and the search mode processing in step S 2400 (search mode; see FIG. 33 to be described later in detail) adds a new M-th article 2005. Search for a new location, and then move to step S2040.
  • step S2040 the force / force resulting from the above monitoring process performed on all the managed articles 2005 registered in the article table, that is, the counter variable M becomes the maximum value! / Judge whether or not to speak. If all the articles to be managed 2005 have not been monitored yet (counter variable M is not at the maximum value), the judgment is not satisfied, i.e., the counter variable is determined in step S2045 as continuing the article monitoring loop. After adding 1 to M, return to step S2030 and repeat the same article monitoring loop procedure. On the other hand, when all the articles to be managed 2005 are monitored, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the article monitoring loop for that time is finished, and the process proceeds to the next step S2075.
  • step S2020 if the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, the determination is satisfied, that is, the person monitoring loop in which the current monitoring loop is first performed in the unit loop. And the process moves to step S2050.
  • step S2050 after the counter variable M of the person monitoring loop is initially set to 1, the process proceeds to the next step S2055 to perform the subsequent person monitoring loop.
  • This step S2055 The person monitoring loop performed in the procedure from step S2070 to step S2070 has the same general procedure flow as the article monitoring loop, and in step S2055, the person management loop of the person table (see Fig. 27) The information of the location corresponding to the person 2006 is obtained and the blank is determined, and the tag ID corresponding to the Mth person to be managed 2006 in the person table is detected at the previous location in step S 2060. It is different from the procedure of the article monitoring loop in that it is determined whether or not it is done.
  • step S2065 If the counter variable M is at the maximum value in the determination in step S2065, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the person monitoring loop for that time has ended, and the flow proceeds to the next step S2075.
  • step S2075 which moves after finishing the article monitoring loop or the person monitoring loop, it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop has the same value as the number L of monitoring processing loops. If the counter variable C has a value different from the monitoring processing loop count L, the determination is not satisfied, i.e., 1 is added to the counter variable C in step S2080, assuming that the unit loop of that count is continued, and then the step Return to S2100 and repeat the same unit loop procedure. On the other hand, when the counter variable C reaches the same value as the monitoring processing loop count L, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the unit loop of that time has ended, and the process proceeds to the next step S2085.
  • step S2085 it is determined whether or not an operation for ending this flow has been performed in operation unit 2033 of terminal 2008. If the end operation has not been performed, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow returns to step S2005 to repeat this flow for the first time. On the other hand, if the end operation has been performed, the determination is satisfied, and the flow ends.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of take-out monitoring processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2100.
  • step S2103 two leaders of the first-floor population 2007a, 2007b (Rl l, Obtain the IP address corresponding to each of R 12).
  • step S2110 based on the reply signals received corresponding to the above "Ping" signals by the two readers 2007a and 2007b at the first floor entrance / exit (if necessary, further using the "Scroll ID” signal or the like hierarchically)
  • the tag ID is specified (by the reply signal), and the management server 2009 obtains the specified tag ID via the communication network NW.
  • next step S2115 based on the detection result of step S2110 above, the reader 2007b (R12) inside the first floor entrance (P102) to the leader 2007a (R11) outside the first floor entrance (P101) are the same in this order. It is determined whether or not there is any single tag ID that has passed through the entrance door 2003 toward the outside as well as the force at which the tag ID signal was detected. Note that there may be a plurality of tag IDs that satisfy the condition at the same time. If any tag ID that passes in the outward direction is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S 2120.
  • step S2120 it is determined whether or not the tag ID detected in step S2115 includes the tag ID of the personal radio tag Tt. If at least one tag ID of the RFID tag for human use Tt is included in the detected tag ID, the judgment is satisfied, that is, at least one person to be managed 2006 is considered to have left the building 2002. Then go to the next step S2125.
  • step S2125 the person to be managed 2006 corresponding to the tag ID of the person RFID tag Tt whose passage is detected is searched in the person table of the database 2023, and the existence position corresponding to the person 2006 to be managed is searched. Update the item to Outside (G001).
  • step S2130 it is determined whether or not the tag ID detected in step S2115 includes the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb. If the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is included in the detected tag ID, the judgment is satisfied, that is, the article 2005 to be properly managed by the person to be managed 2006 who has gone out is building 20 It is considered that it was taken out of 02 and moves to the next step S2135.
  • step S2135 the management target article 2005 corresponding to the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb whose passage has been detected is searched in the article table of the database 2023, and the location corresponding to the management target article 2005 is searched. After updating the item to External (G001), this flow Exit.
  • step S2130 if the tag ID of the detected passage tag does not include all the tag IDs of the article radio tag Tb, the determination is not satisfied, that is, only the management target person 2006 Is considered to have gone out through the entrance door 2003, and this flow is finished as it is.
  • step S2120 determines whether the tag ID of the wireless tag for human use Tt is included in the detected tag ID. If, in the determination in step S2120, the tag ID of the wireless tag for human use Tt is not included in the detected tag ID, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow proceeds to step S2140. .
  • next step S2140 it is determined whether or not the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is included in the tag ID detected in step S2115.
  • the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2150.
  • the tag ID from which the passage was detected passed only by the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb without the tag ID of the person wireless tag Tt.
  • the article 2005 to be managed was illegally taken outside the building 2002 by a suspicious person other than the person to be managed 2006.
  • step S2150 the control signal is output to the terminal 2008 to cause the buzzer 2036 to ring and the display unit 2034 to appropriately display the notification, so that the administrator can secure the article 2005 to be managed. Announce the abnormality.
  • the name of the management target article 2005 corresponding to the detected tag ID is also searched for the article table power in the database 2023, and the name of the management target article 2005 taken out illegally is displayed as the name of the management target article 2005. May be displayed. Then, after the notification procedure of step S2150, this flow is finished.
  • step S2140 if the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is not included in the detected tag ID, the determination is not satisfied, that is, in step S2115, the tag ID Although the passage was detected, the tag ID of the person RFID tag Tb and the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb are not included, and in the next step 2145, the display unit 2034 of the terminal 2008 is displayed. Let this display the appropriate detection error and end this flow. [0332] On the other hand, if even the same tag ID that has passed through the entrance door 2003 from the inside to the outside of the building 2002 is not detected in step S2115, the determination is not satisfied and this End the flow.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the previous location detection process executed by CPU 21 of management server 2009 in step S200. Note that the flowchart shown in FIG. 31 is commonly applied to both the previous location detection process executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
  • step S2205 whether or not the counter variable of the unit loop is 1, that is, the monitoring loop that is performed at that time is the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring. Determine if it is one of the loops. If it is not the counter variable C force ⁇ , the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2210.
  • step S2210 the location information corresponding to the M-th article 2005 from the top in the article table of the database 2023 (the article to be managed 2005 detected in this process) and the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb And moves to the next step S2220.
  • Step S2215 the presence position information corresponding to the Mth person 2006 from the top in the person table of the database 2023 (the person to be managed 2006 to be detected in this process) and the tag ID of the person wireless tag Tt are obtained. Acquire and proceed to the next step S2220.
  • step S2220 the Lee corresponding to the acquired location information (installation location) is displayed. Search the database 2023 for the leader tape, and obtain the IP address corresponding to the reader 2007.
  • step S2225 the reader 2007 corresponding to the acquired IP address (that is, the reader 2007 installed at the location where the article 2005 or person 2006 to be detected was detected in the previous monitoring loop) is sent to the reader 2007.
  • a control signal is output via the communication network NW, and a “Scroll ID” signal using the acquired tag ID is transmitted by wireless communication.
  • the reader 2007 obtains the tag ID from which the reply signal power corresponding to the "Scroll ID" signal is also detected via the communication network NW. Then, this flow ends.
  • the counter variable M of each monitoring loop is stored in the same storage area in the memory ( Need to be shared). Not limited to this, a dedicated location detection processing program may be provided for each monitoring loop. The same applies to registration mode processing and search mode processing described later.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of registration mode processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2300.
  • the flowchart shown in FIG. 32 is commonly applied to both the registration mode processing executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
  • step S2305 whether or not the counter variable of the unit loop is 1, that is, the monitoring loop performed at that time is the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring. Determine if it is one of the loops. If it is other than the counter variable C force ⁇ , the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2310.
  • step S2310 the tag ID of the product wireless tag Tb corresponding to the M-th product 2005 from the top in the product table of the database 2023 (the managed product 2005 to be registered in this process) is acquired, Move to next step S2320.
  • step S2305 the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to step S2315.
  • step S2315 the Mth person from the top in the human table in the database 2023 2006 (registration target in this process)
  • the tag ID of the person RFID tag Tt corresponding to the person to be managed (2006) is acquired, and the process moves to the next Step S2320.
  • step S2320 the counter variable N of the search loop performed from the next step S2325 to step S2350 is initialized to 1, and the force also moves to step S2325.
  • step S2325 the IP address corresponding to the Nth reader 2007 from the top in the reader table is acquired, and the flow proceeds to step S2330.
  • step S2330 a control signal is output to the reader 2007 corresponding to the acquired IP address (that is, the Nth reader 2007 in the reader table) via the communication network NW, and the acquired tag Send the “Scroll ID” signal using ID by wireless communication.
  • the reader 2007 acquires the tag ID from which the reply signal power corresponding to the "Scroll ID" signal is also detected via the communication network NW.
  • step S 2340 the process moves to step S 2340, and whether or not the tag IDs of the wireless tags Tb and Tt of the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 are detected based on the detection result by the Nth reader 2007 in the above step S2335. Determine whether. If the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 is not present at the position corresponding to the Nth leader 2007 (the detection range of the leader 2007), the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S2345.
  • step S2345 it is determined whether or not the force / force force, that is, the counter variable N that has been subjected to the above search processing by all the readers 2007 registered in the reader table is the maximum value. If the search processing has not been performed by all the readers 2007 (counter variable N is not at the maximum value), the determination is not satisfied, that is, the counter variable N is set to 1 in step S2350 as the search loop is continued. After calculating, return to Step S2325 and repeat the same search loop procedure. On the other hand, search by all leaders 2007 When the process is completed, the judgment is satisfied, that is, the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2006 is registered in the article table or person table, but the corresponding wireless tags Tb, Tt are not registered. Assuming that there is actually no power to find anywhere (lost or broken, or has not been created yet), move to the next step S2355, and display a radio tag not created error on display 2034 of terminal 2008 Display.
  • step S2360 a control signal is output to the tag label producing device 2010, and the wireless tags Tb and Tt are created with the tag ID obtained in the above step S2310 or step S2315, and this flow is terminated. To do.
  • step S2340 if the M-th article 2005 or the person 2006 is present at the same position as the power leader 2007, the determination is satisfied, that is, after a new creation.
  • the wireless tags Tb and Tt attached to and possessed by the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 are assumed to be placed at the installation location of the Nth reader 2007, and the process proceeds to step S2365.
  • step S2365 the installation location information (location code) corresponding to the Nth reader 2007 is acquired from the reader table of the database 2023, and the process proceeds to the next step S2370.
  • step S2370 it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, that is, whether or not the monitoring loop performed at that time is a deviation between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop. To do. If it is other than the counter variable C force, the judgment is not satisfied, and the process moves to step S2375, where the leader acquired in step S2365 above at the position corresponding to the Mth article 2005 in the article table of the database 2023 (the blank state until then). Register the location information of 2007 and finish this flow.
  • step S2375 the above-described step is performed at the position corresponding to the Mth person 2006 in the person table of the database 2023 (the blank state until then). Registers the installation location information of Reader 2007 acquired in S2365 and ends this flow.
  • the administrator automatically searches for the existence position of the newly created RFID tags Tb and Tt without registering the existence position in the database 2023. You can register.
  • FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of search mode processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2400.
  • the flowchart shown in FIG. 33 is commonly applied to both search mode processing executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
  • the search mode process and the registration mode process shown in Fig. 32 can be executed in almost the same processing procedure except that the article 2005 (or person 2006) to be registered is handled as a search target.
  • the procedure is different only when the tag ID cannot be detected even if search processing is performed by all readers 2007 in the search loop. That is, in step S2445 in the figure, it is determined whether or not the search processing has been performed by all the readers 2007 registered in the reader table, and the search processing by all the readers 2007 has already been performed and the determination has been completed. If it is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the Mth article 2005 or the person 20 06 was not found anywhere, and the process proceeds to the next step S2455.
  • step S2455 a wireless tag loss error is displayed on display unit 2034 of terminal 2008 to notify the administrator of an abnormality in the management state of wireless tags Tb and Tt.
  • the name of the article 2005 (or person 2006) corresponding to the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 (or person 2006) that could not be detected is stored in the article table (or person table) of the database 2023. Search for power and display it on the display 2034 of the terminal 2008.
  • step S2460 a control signal is output to the tag label producing apparatus 2010 to create the radio tags Tb and Tt with the tag ID obtained in the above step S2410 or step S2415, and this flow is ended. To do.
  • steps S2375 and S2380 in the registration mode process in FIG. 32 new registration is performed for the item of the existence position that was blank, but steps corresponding to each in the search mode process.
  • updating is performed so as to rewrite the item of the existing position detected last time.
  • the existence positions of the RFID tags Tb and Tt whose existence positions have changed can be automatically searched and updated in the database 2023.
  • the reader antenna 2012 12 (excluding the Jida 2007 reader 2007a and 2007b) is connected to the wireless tag circuit element To and the radio depending on the operation mode set in the control procedure of the flowchart shown in FIG.
  • At least one first wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by communication and obtaining the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is configured.
  • Step S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200 force in FIG. 29 In the state where the management target location information is stored in the database 2023, It functions as a normal mode for sending and receiving information by the corresponding reader 2007 and acquiring the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the wireless tag circuit element for goods and the wireless tag circuit element for persons transmit and receive information by wireless communication, respectively, and acquire the respective tag IDs of the wireless tag Tb for goods and the wireless tag Tt for persons Tt. 2 Configure the wireless communication means.
  • Step S2150 force in Fig. 30 Two leaders at the first floor entrance 2007a, 2007b
  • Step S2460 shown in Fig. 33 functions as a label creation control means for controlling the tag label creation device 2010 so that a new RFID label is created using the tag ID.
  • the location information of the article to be managed 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 and the tag ID of the corresponding RFID circuit element To are de-identified.
  • a control procedure that can be stored and stored in the database 2023 and set multiple operation modes sets various operation modes based on the access result to the database 2023, and multiple control modes in the building 2002 are set according to the set operation mode.
  • Each reader 2007 installed at the location transmits and receives information by wireless communication with the wireless tag circuit element To, and acquires the tag ID.
  • each reader 2007 is set according to the state of the database 2023 and the tag ID is acquired, so that the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2 006 It is possible to automatically manage the locations and variations at multiple locations where Reader 2007 is installed. As a result, unlike the conventional technology that requires a manual data read / write instruction for management, etc., fully automated management can be performed, and efficiency can be improved. In other words, manageability to management targets 2005 and 2006 can be improved through smooth information acquisition.
  • the previous location detection process in step S2200 and the procedural force in steps S2035 and S2060 are performed.
  • the reader 2007 corresponding to the location information sends and receives information and acquires the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To The
  • the tag ID cannot be obtained, it can be confirmed that the location has changed, and corresponding processing can be performed.
  • the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop can each be executed at a predetermined repetition rate.
  • the degree of management which is frequently managed with what weight.
  • the article 2005 can be frequently managed mainly by setting the article monitoring loop to be executed at a frequency ratio of 3 to 5 times that of the person monitoring loop. .
  • the article monitoring loop and the person according to a predetermined time condition. Execute by changing the repetition frequency ratio of each object monitoring loop to increase the repetition frequency ratio of the article monitoring loop more than the above repetition frequency ratio (the article monitoring loop is 3 to 5 times the person monitoring loop) Equipped with an inventory mode.
  • the article monitoring loop is 3 to 5 times the person monitoring loop
  • this is used to set the inventory mode in which the ratio of the article monitoring loop that reads the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is further increased. It is possible to automatically execute quantity management by inventory.
  • the above inventory mode is set to the inventory mode when, for example, a specific time period in the day (such as late-night time period) or a predetermined busy period in the year (such as the end of the year) is reached.
  • a specific time period in the day such as late-night time period
  • a predetermined busy period in the year such as the end of the year
  • the two readers 2007a, 2007b (Rll, R12) arranged in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003 of the building 2002 are connected to the article wireless tag Tb and the person wireless tag Tt.
  • the two readers 2007a, 2007b (Rl, R12) arranged near the entrance door 2003 of the building 2002 read the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb, the tag of the person RFID tag Tt If the ID cannot be read, the notification process is automatically executed in step S2150 in FIG. 30 on the assumption that the article 2005 is likely to be taken out by an unrecognizable person, that is, an outsider or a trespasser. By doing so, the operator in charge of management can be notified of this.
  • step S2200 in particular, in step S2200, step S2035, and step S2060 in Fig. 29, the search mode processing is performed.
  • the corresponding RFID circuit element To may have failed or lost.
  • a new RFID label is created in the tag label producing device 2010 in step S2460 in FIG. Issue).
  • the unmanageable state due to accidents such as failure or loss can be minimized and automatically returned to the original state, and thorough management can be realized.
  • each reader 2007 performs the registration mode process.
  • the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is acquired and its reader 200
  • the location information corresponding to 7 is stored in the database 2023 in association with the tag ID. As a result, after this, the article to be managed corresponding to the RFID circuit element To
  • the process of confirming the location of the person 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 can be automatically performed (and the movement detection process if a search mode process is provided).
  • the registration mode process may be performed for all new information registrations, not limited to the case where a tag ID that is not associated with presence position information is found. In other words, even if there is new information registration and the location information and tag ID are actually associated correctly, the registration is performed in order to confirm the correct association just in case immediately after the new information registration. You can also perform mode processing (see also variants below).
  • the second embodiment is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the second embodiment. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described.
  • the power obtained by finding the wireless tags Tb and Tt and searching for the position of the new wireless tag by the registration mode processing and registering it in the database 2023 is not limited to this.
  • the temporary location information of the wireless tags Tb and Tt may be registered in the database 2023 and updated to the correct location information by the registration mode process.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram conceptually showing an article table used in this modification, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 25 in the above embodiment.
  • the article table is stored in the form of correlation information in which the history is associated with the article code, name, latest update date / time, location, and tag ID in advance.
  • the administrator associates the new article wireless tag Tb with the new article wireless tag Tb by a new registration procedure (not shown) and updates the article code, name, and latest update.
  • the date / time and tag ID correlation information is registered (registered at the bottom in the example in the figure), and the history item is still in the newly created state and still has the power of detecting the presence position by Reader 2007! / “1” indicating that this is registered (in the case of other wireless tags already detected by the reader 2007, it is “0”).
  • the manager registers in advance the location code (P201 in the example of the figure) scheduled to be placed for the managed article 2005 to which Tb is attached as a temporary location.
  • step S2030 and step S2055 determine whether the item in the history of the article table or the person table is 1, respectively. If the item in the history is 1, the determination is satisfied and the registration mode processing in step S2300 is performed. Can be done.
  • the registration mode process executed in the present modification is almost the same as the control procedure shown in Fig. 32 of the second embodiment, and each of the registration procedures is performed according to the registration procedure of step S2375 and step S2380. You can follow the procedure to update the corresponding history item in the table to 0. At this time, the comparison result between the temporarily registered location and the actually existing location may be displayed on the display unit 2034 of the terminal 2008 and checked by the administrator.
  • each reader 2007 when the newly registered tag identification information is found when the database 2023 is accessed, each reader 2007 performs the registration mode process.
  • the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is acquired, and the presence position information corresponding to the reader 2007 is compared with the presence position information that is temporarily registered in association with the tag ID.
  • the RFID circuit The process of confirming the location of the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2006 corresponding to the element To can be automatically performed (when the search mode is provided, the movement detection process is also performed).
  • user M (second information acquisition target, information acquisition target) has a user-specific ID (first ID) when entering the library.
  • first ID user-specific ID
  • Second information acquisition target information acquisition target
  • Second ID user-specific ID
  • Second ID wear the tag label T having the RFID circuit element To (identification information) written (details will be described later).
  • Each book B in the library (first information acquisition target, information acquisition target) is provided with a tag label T having a RFID circuit element To in which an ID (first identification information) unique to the book is written. Yes.
  • an ID first identification information
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a situation when user M borrows book B in the above library. As shown in FIG. 35, when the user M borrows the book B, for example, the non-day scanner 3200 borrowed at the reception of the library is brought close to the book B, and the tag label T is provided with
  • the handy scanner 3200 Reads the information of line tag circuit element To—B (see Fig. 36). At this time, the handy scanner 3200 also reads information on the RFID circuit element To-M (see FIG. 36) provided in the tag label T worn by the user M (details will be described later). The information read by the handy scanner 3200 is sent to the database DB of the server 3207 via the wireless LAN, the base station 3205, and the communication line 3206.
  • FIG. 36 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the RFID tag information communication system provided in the library and having the information reading device (handy scanner 3200) of the present embodiment.
  • the RFID tag information communication system ST3 is provided in the tag labels, and T.
  • the handy scanner 3200 (information reading device) that accesses the information of the RFID circuit elements To—B and To—M (which reads in this example), and the handy scanner 3200 and the wireless LAN (Local Area Network)
  • a base station 3204 capable of wireless communication, and a server 3207 having a database DB connected to the base station 3204 via a wireless communication line 3206 (which may be wired) are provided.
  • the handy scanner 3200 is connected to the tag label T and the tag label T.
  • the RFID circuit element To-M (second circuit) is accessed via the antenna 3010M and the high-frequency circuit 3201B that processes (reads here) and processes the signal read from the RFID circuit element To-B.
  • Information holding unit, information holding unit, IC circuit unit 150-M of the second RFID tag circuit element) Ultra-high frequency (UHF) is used (Yes!
  • a high frequency circuit 3201M for processing signals the base station 320
  • a wireless LAN communication unit 3203 for performing communication by wireless LAN through the four antennas 3205
  • a control circuit 3202 connected to the high frequency circuits 3201M and 3201B and the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 to control them.
  • Tag label T and RFID tag circuit elements provided on tag label T are To-B and To-M.
  • the IC circuit units 150-B, 150-M for storing information, respectively, and antennas 151-B, 151-M connected to the IC circuit units 150-B, 150-M, respectively.
  • the antenna 151 M is a well-known dipole antenna, and the antenna 151-B is configured in a loop coil shape as shown in FIG. 36, and has a structure suitable for communication in the short wave band!
  • the above-mentioned IC circuit unit 150-M, 150-B (memory unit 155) is a unique (however, rewritable) that can identify the corresponding (information acquisition) object (here, document B or user M).
  • the tag ID as identification information is stored and held, and when the control circuit 3202 makes an inquiry to the server 3207 using this tag ID, various items related to the target object stored and held in the database DB of the server 3207 are stored. Information (here, book name, person name, etc.) can be read from the server 3207.
  • the memory unit 155 may store book information and personal information directly instead of the tag ID.
  • each book B is input in advance using an appropriate terminal or the like and stored and held in the database DB of the servo 3207.
  • the information is input at a terminal of a wireless tag information writing device (not shown), and the wireless tag circuit element To-M in which the information is written is provided.
  • the tag label T is passed to the user M, and the human information input at this time is stored in the database DB of the server 3207.
  • FIG. 37 is a front view showing the overall schematic structure of the handy scanner 3200 of the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 37, this non-scanner 3200 is arranged so as to occupy most of the housing 3004 and the upper part (front side in FIG. 37) of the housing 3004.
  • a voice notification means 3007 such as a speaker is provided.
  • the housing 3004 includes the antennas 3010M and 3010B that transmit and receive signals to the RFID circuit element To.
  • Signals transmitted from the antennas 3010M and 3010B are transmitted with directivity by known directivity control, and are sent to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B via the antenna 3010B.
  • the signal transmitted to the handy scanner 3200 is on the front side (upper side in Fig. 37), and the signal transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of user M via the antenna 3010M is the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 ( Sent to the lower side in Fig. 37.
  • an antenna 3203a of the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 for performing communication by wireless LAN is provided.
  • FIG. 38 shows the RFID tag circuit elements To-B, To-M provided in the tag labels, and T provided to the book B and the user M to be read by the handy scanner 3200.
  • FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration, and corresponds to FIG. 22 and the like of the second embodiment.
  • the RFID circuit element To- B may use the radio wave antenna 30 10B and shortwave bands of the handy scanner 3200 (in the present embodiment but it may also be used 13. 56 MHz 0 although other frequencies)
  • the antenna 151-B that transmits and receives signals without contact and the IC circuit unit 150-B connected to the antenna 151-B are provided.
  • the RFID circuit element To-M is a non-contact signal using the antenna 3010M on the handy scanner 3200 side and ultra-high frequency (2.45 GHz in this embodiment, but other frequencies may be used). It has an antenna 151-M that transmits / receives and an IC circuit unit 150-M connected to the antenna 151-M.
  • the IC circuit section 150-B (or 150-M, hereinafter the same correspondence) has the same configuration as the IC circuit section 150 shown in FIG. 4B. That is, the IC circuit unit 150-B (or 150-M) includes a rectifier unit 152-B (or 152-M) that rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151-B (or 151-M), and this rectification.
  • a power supply unit 153-B (or 153 M) for storing the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the unit 152-B (or 152-M) and driving the IC circuit unit 150-B (or 150-M)
  • the clock extractor 154—B (or 154—M) extracts the clock signal from the carrier wave received by the antenna 151-B (or 151 M) and supplies it to the controller 157—B (or 157—M) described later.
  • the prescribed information A memory unit 155—B (or 155—M) that functions as an information storage unit that can store an information signal, and a modem unit 156—B (or 1 56 ⁇ ) connected to the antenna 151—B (or 151—M).
  • a control unit 157—B (or 157—M) for controlling the operation of the element To is provided.
  • RFID tag circuit element To-B has the highest reception sensitivity for 13.56MHz carrier wave (short wave)
  • RFID tag circuit element To-M has the reception sensitivity for 2.45GHz carrier wave (ultra-short wave). It's getting bigger.
  • FIG. 39 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the handy scanner 3200.
  • the RF circuit 3201 M for accessing (reading here) the information of the IC circuit portion 15 0—M of the RFID circuit element To—M via the 3010M and the RFID circuit element To—B, To— M IC circuit section 150—B, 150— Processes signals read from M and reads information, and accesses RFID circuit elements To-B, To-M IC circuit sections 150—B, 150—M And the above-described control circuit 3202 for controlling the operation of the entire handy scanner 3200.
  • the high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M have the ability to communicate with RFID circuit elements To-B and ToM by transmitting and receiving radio waves in the well-known short- and ultra-high-frequency bands. It has a functional configuration similar to that of the high-frequency circuit 2016 shown in FIG. 23 of the second embodiment. That is, these high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M are connected to the RFID tag circuit elements To-B and To-M via the antennas 3010B and 3010M, and the transmitters 3212B and 3212M, and the antennas 3010B and 3010M, Receiving units 3213B and 3213M that receive reflected waves from line tag circuit elements To—B and To—M The transmission / reception separators 3214B and 3214M.
  • the transmission unit 3212B generates a carrier wave for accessing (in this case, reading) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-B of the RFID circuit element To-B.
  • the generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the HF band (in the high-frequency circuit 3201M, the UHF band), and the output of the transmission amplifier 32 17B is transmitted to the transmission antenna 3010B via the transmission / reception separator 3214B, so that the wireless tag Supplied to IC circuit section 150-B of circuit element To-B.
  • the 13.56 6 MHz carrier wave (short wave) generated by the crystal oscillator 3230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B is modulated and amplified, and the front side of the handy scanner 3200 (upper side in FIG. 37) And is supplied to the IC circuit section 150-B of the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the above book B (in the high-frequency circuit 3201M, it is generated by the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M) 2.
  • the 45 GHz carrier wave (ultra-short wave) is modulated and amplified, and transmitted to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 (the lower side in FIG. 37).
  • the RFID tag circuit element To— IC circuit part 150—M is supplied to M). Note that the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be just a carrier wave.
  • the receiving unit 3213B includes a reception first multiplication circuit 3218B that multiplies and demodulates the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To-B received by the antenna 3010B and the generated carrier wave, and the reception first multiplication circuit 3218B. 1 To extract only the signal of the required band from the output of the multiplier circuit 3218B First bandpass filter 3219B, first reception amplifier 3221B that amplifies the output of the first bandpass filter 3219B, and first limiter that further amplifies the output of the reception first amplifier 3221B and converts it to a digital signal.
  • the signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 3220B and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 3224B are input to the control circuit 3202 and processed.
  • the outputs of the reception first amplifier 3221B and the reception second amplifier 3225B are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 3226B as intensity detection means, and a signal “ RSSI ”is input to the control circuit 202.
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
  • the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 is connected to the control circuit 3202 via an input / output interface (not shown).
  • control circuit 3202 is used for communication with the RFID circuit element To and the base station so that the wireless communication can be performed exclusively without mutual interference with the wireless communication on the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 side.
  • Different communication modes are used for communication with the antenna 3205 of the 3204 (for example, different protocols, frequencies, etc.).
  • the amplification control signal and the modulation control signal are output to the high frequency circuit transmission units 3212B and 3212M corresponding to the protocol, and the reception signal from the high frequency circuit reception units 3213B and 3213M is input.
  • predetermined arithmetic processing for processing signals read from the RFID circuit elements To-B, To-M is performed.
  • control circuit 3202 inputs an operation signal from the operation means such as the operation unit 3006, and outputs a display control signal to the display unit 3005, a notification signal to the voice notification unit 3007, and the like.
  • FIG. 40 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 3202.
  • a control circuit 3202 is a so-called microcomputer, and includes a central processing unit CPU3202A, ROM3202B, RAM3202C, a circuit control unit 3202D that transmits and receives signals to and from the high-frequency circuits 3201B, 3201M, and the like.
  • the signal processing is performed according to the program stored in advance in the ROM 3202B while using the temporary storage function of the RAM 3202C.
  • the control circuit 3202 is connected to a communication line 3206 (see FIG. 35 described above) via the wireless LAN communication between the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 and the antenna 3205 and the base station 3204, and is connected to the communication line 3206.
  • server 3207 Information can be exchanged with the aforementioned server 3207 and other terminals, computers, servers and the like. Further, a nonvolatile memory (Flash ROM) 3202E may be provided. Note that the server 3207 is also composed of a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like.
  • the feature of the third embodiment is that the RFID circuit element To-B provided in the book B and the RFID circuit element To-M provided in the user M have different frequency bands.
  • the handy scanner 3200 performs wireless communication using different frequencies for the RFID circuit elements To-B and To-M, The information is read at a time. The detailed procedure is described below in order using FIG.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 3202. For example, this flow is started when the handy scanner 3200 is turned on.
  • step S3010 it is determined whether or not the operation unit 3006 is operated by the user M and an operation signal corresponding to the operation is input to the CPU 3202A of the control circuit 3202. That is, if the user M goes to the front of the book B to be borrowed with the handy scanner 3200 and moves the handy scanner 3200 close to the book B and operates the operation unit 3006, the determination is satisfied. Then go to the next step S3015. If the above operation is not performed, the operation waits until there is an operation input.
  • step S3015 a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212B of the high-frequency circuit 3201B, and the frequency of the carrier wave in which the crystal oscillator 3230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B force are also generated is transmitted. Set the wave number to 13.56MHz.
  • a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212B to generate a carrier wave (short wave) set to 13.56 MHz from the crystal oscillator 3 230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B force,
  • the RFID circuit element To-B IC circuit provided on the tag label T of the book B that the user M is going to borrow from the transmitter / receiver separator 3214B and the transmitting antenna 3010B.
  • This read signal is transmitted from the antenna 3010 toward the front of the handy scanner 3200.
  • next step S3030 it is determined whether a response signal corresponding to the read signal is received from the IC circuit unit 150-B of the RFID circuit element To-B that has transmitted the read signal. If a response signal has not been received, the determination is not satisfied and the process returns to step S3015. On the other hand, if a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3035.
  • step S3035 a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M of the high-frequency circuit 3201M, and the frequency of the carrier wave generated from the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M is set to 2.45 GHz.
  • a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M, and a carrier wave (ultra-high frequency) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the quartz crystal 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M force.
  • a tag label that can be worn by user M via transmission / reception separator 3214M and transmission antenna 3010M is modulated / amplified based on the carrier wave generated based on RFID tag circuit element
  • To- M IC circuit section 150— Send a reading signal (eg search signal Ping) to M. This read signal is transmitted toward the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 with the antenna 30 10 force.
  • next step S 3050 it is determined whether a response signal corresponding to the read signal is received from the IC circuit unit 150 -M of the RFID circuit element To-M that has transmitted the read signal. If a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3060.
  • step S3060 information on book B read in steps S3020 and 3030 above. And the information related to the user M read in steps S3040 and 3050 above are associated with each other, and the association information is transmitted to the base station 3204 by wireless communication via the wireless LAN, and the base station 3204 and the communication line 3206 are transmitted. To be registered in the database DB of the server 3207 connected. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
  • step S3050 if a response signal is received, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to step S3070.
  • step S3070 after transmitting a read signal to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M for the first time in step S3040, it is determined whether or not the force has passed a predetermined time. If the predetermined time has not elapsed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to step S3035. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has passed without receiving the response signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3080.
  • step S3080 a notification signal is output to the voice notification unit 3007, and the voice notification unit 3007 notifies the user that the user tag has been successfully read.
  • a display signal may be output to the display unit 3005 so that the display unit 3005 indicates that the user tag reading power S has not been successful. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
  • FIG. 42 is a conceptual diagram schematically showing an example of association information registered in the database DB of the server 3207 as described above.
  • a lending table including users, books, lending date, and return date power is registered in the database DB of the server 3207.
  • the information on the user and the book is the association information (here, the user and the book's I blueprint) received from the handy scanner 3200 via the wireless LAN, the base station 3204, and the communication line 3206.
  • the user name and book name are registered on the lending table (the ID itself may be registered).
  • the loan date and return date are automatically added and registered by the server 3207, for example. It has become.
  • user Ml borrows three books B1 to B3 on the same day (not yet returned), and book B9 borrowed by user M2 has already been returned. Yes.
  • this lending table information may be displayed on display ⁇ 3005 of handy scanner 3200 by user M performing an appropriate operation!
  • the second setting means for setting the operation mode factor radio frequency in this example
  • step S3020 constitutes a first acquisition unit that reads and acquires the first identification information substantially non-contact using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set by the second setting unit.
  • step S 3040 reads the second identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as an operation mode factor set different from the first acquisition mode by the second setting means. Constitutes the second acquisition means.
  • Step S3060 constitutes first related information generating means for generating information representing the association described in each claim.
  • step S3080 also constitutes notification signal generating means for generating a notification signal.
  • a reading signal is transmitted at a frequency of Hz, the book information of book B is read, and the tag circuit T to be worn on the tag label T worn by the user M via the transmitting antenna 3010M IC circuit part of the To-M
  • a read signal is sent to 150—M at a frequency of 2.45 GHz, and the personal information of user M is read.
  • the read book information and user information are transmitted to the server 3207 via the wireless LAN communication unit 3203, the base station 3205, and the communication line 3206, and appropriate information (date information, etc.) is added to the database. Registered in DB.
  • the book information held in the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B using the 13.56 MHz shortwave (HF) by the non-scanner 3200 is transmitted at a frequency of Hz, the book information of book B is read, and the tag circuit T to be worn on the tag label T worn by the user M via the transmitting antenna 3010M IC circuit part of the To-M
  • the read book information and user information are transmitted to the
  • User information held in the radio tag circuit element To-M of user M is acquired using 45GHz ultra high frequency (UHF).
  • UHF ultra high frequency
  • information acquisition is performed in a uniform acquisition mode (here, a uniform frequency) by using different acquisition modes (in this embodiment, wireless communication using different frequencies) for book B and user M.
  • acquisition modes in this embodiment, wireless communication using different frequencies
  • mutual interference and adverse effects in this case, interference and adverse effects on communications such as interference
  • a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability to the book B and the user M, which are management targets, can be improved.
  • information can be read from a plurality of information acquisition targets (book B and user M) by simply performing an easy operation (in this embodiment, operating the operation unit 3006 with the handy scanner 3200 brought close to the book B). Therefore, it is possible to easily and easily acquire information from a plurality of information acquisition targets with a few steps.
  • the frequency to be read according to the reading target is used (the order of use may be reversed), thereby preventing the influence on communication such as mutual interference at the time of information acquisition, and the reading target. Can be read reliably.
  • the signal transmitted from the handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B via the antenna 3010B is the front side of the handy scanner 3200 (see FIG. 37)
  • the signal transmitted from the handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M via the antenna 3010M is transmitted to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 (lower side in FIG. 37).
  • the user M can transmit radio waves in accordance with the carrying posture of the handy scanner 3200, and the operability of the information reading operation using the handy scanner 3200 can be improved.
  • the information on the book B read by the handy scanner 3200 is associated with the information on the user M, and this association information is registered in the database DB of the server 3207.
  • using the association information registered in the database DB for example, a list of books that you have borrowed so far (person table) and a list of books you have borrowed so far (book table) Etc., it is possible to solve the problem and improve convenience.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To-M force information of the user M is read.
  • the voice notification means 3007 notifies the user.
  • the user M can be surely recognized that the acquisition of the personal information related to the user M has failed.
  • the user M can be prompted to perform the reading operation again.
  • FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a situation when user M borrows book B in the present modification.
  • a stationary scanner 3300 information reading device
  • the signal transmitted from the above-mentioned handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B is sent to the front side of the handy scanner 3200 and the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M
  • the signal to be sent to is sent to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200, while either radio tag circuit element To-B, To-M is on the front side of the scanner 3300 (right side in Fig. 43).
  • a signal is transmitted.
  • Other functions are almost the same as the Handy Scanner 3200.
  • a reading signal (e.g., search signal Ping) is constantly transmitted from the high-frequency circuit and antenna of the scanner 3300. You may make it read automatically.
  • a response signal is received from the book tag To-M by the user M approaching the book B in the scanner 3300, the bow I continues and the RFID tag circuit element To-M force information of the user M is transmitted. Reading is done.
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a state in which the library staff in this variation returns book B to bookshelf C (the third information acquisition target).
  • the radio tag circuit element To-C third information in which the identification information (ID) of the bookcase C is written on the floor in front of each bookcase (or even under the floor!) (Holding unit) is installed (a tag label having the RFID circuit element To-C may be provided).
  • the RFID circuit element To-C in which the identification information (third identification information) of the bookcase C is written is installed on the floor surface in front of the bookcase C in which the book B is stored.
  • the RFID circuit element To-B provided on the book B and the RFID circuit element To-C provided on the floor are wirelessly connected at different frequencies.
  • a control circuit 3202 ′ (not shown) that performs communication is included, and the other configuration is the same as that of the third embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the user M wears the tag label T having the RFID circuit element To—M in which the user-specific ID is written, and then the handy scanner 32.
  • the information is read from the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B and the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M in the vicinity of the book B to which 00 'is borrowed.
  • the association information including the user information and the book information is registered in the database DB of the server 3207.
  • user M returns book B to the reception, for example.
  • the returned book B is taken by the library clerk M ', carrying the handy scanner 3200' to the bookshelf C and storing it in the original location.
  • the handy scanner 320 (is brought close to book B to read the information.
  • the user M may return it.
  • FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the control procedure executed by the control circuit 3202 ′ when returning. For example, the flow starts when the handy scanner 320 (is turned on. [0450] Steps S3010 to S3030 are the same as the flow shown in Fig. 41 described above. When the operation unit 3006 of the handy scanner 320 (is operated by the operator M ', a short wave with a set frequency of 13.56MHz. RFID tag circuit provided for tag label T of book B
  • Wireless communication with element To—B is performed to read book information.
  • the determination at Step S3030 is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3 035.
  • step S3035 a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M of the high-frequency circuit 3201M, and the frequency of the carrier wave generated from the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M is set to 2.45 GHz.
  • a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M, and a carrier wave (ultra-short wave) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the crystal oscillator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M force.
  • the generated carrier wave is modulated and amplified, and the RFID circuit element To-C IC circuit section 150 provided on the floor surface in front of the bookshelf C via the transmission / reception separator 3214M and the transmission antenna 3010M 150 — Send a reading signal (eg search signal Ping) to C (not shown).
  • Wireless communication at this time is performed using, for example, 2.45 GHz ultra high frequency (UHF).
  • next step S3050A it is determined whether or not a response signal corresponding to the read signal has been received from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To-C that has transmitted the read signal. If the response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S 3090.
  • step S3090 association information between book B and book shelf C registered in the database DB of server 3207 is read via communication line 3206, base station 3204, and wireless LAN, and read in steps S3020 and S3030 above.
  • steps S3040A and 3050A that is, the identification information of the bookcase
  • whether or not the book B is returned to the correct position correctly, the bookcase Is determined. If it is returned to the correct position, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3060A.
  • step S3060A information on book B read in step S3020 above,
  • the information related to the user M read in step S3040 is associated with the information related to the position of book B read in steps S3040A and 3050A (that is, the identification information of bookshelf C), and this association information is associated with the wireless LAN, base station 3204, and It is sent to the database DB of the server 3207 via the communication line 3206 to register that the book B is correct and returned to the position. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
  • Steps S3070 and S3080 are the same as the flow shown in Fig. 41 described above, and if the information of the RFID circuit element To-C is read successfully, the voice notification means 3007 is notified. A signal is output and the voice notification means 3007 notifies the fact. If the book B is not returned to the correct position in step S3090, the process moves to step S3080, and the voice notification means 3007 notifies that the return position is incorrect. Note that a display signal may be output to the display portion 3005 and displayed on the display portion 3005. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
  • the RFID circuit element To-C is installed on the floor in front of the bookcase C in which the book B is stored.
  • the installation location is not limited to this. It is sufficient that the return position of the book B, such as itself or a structure other than the floor, can be specified and can be read by the handy scanner 3200 '.
  • the book information and person information at the time of lending, and the power to read the book information and position information at the time of return are not limited to this.
  • both at the time of lending and at the time of return! all information of book information, person information and position information may be read.
  • step S304C constitutes third acquisition means
  • step S3060A constitutes second related information generation means.
  • the present embodiment is an example in which the present invention is applied to an article management system in a warehouse.
  • each package L Is provided with a tag label T having a RFID circuit element To-L (details will be described later) in which a package-specific ID (second identification information) is written.
  • One clift FO is provided with a tag label T having a radio tag circuit element To-F in which an ID (first identification information) unique to the vehicle is written at the bottom. And luggage to the warehouse
  • the forklift FO transports the cargo L and passes through the warehouse entrance 3030.
  • FIG. 46 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the RFID tag information communication system provided in the warehouse and having the information reading device of the present embodiment.
  • the RFID tag information communication system ST3 ' is attached to a tag label T (not necessarily a label) provided at the bottom of the forklift FO that carries in and out the warehouse.
  • RFID tag circuit element provided for tag label T provided on package L carried by To-FO and forklift FO (first information acquisition target, information acquisition target, article conveying means) provided above To—L and access (reading information here)
  • a scanner 3400 (information reading device) and a Sano 3407 connected to the scanner 3400 via a communication line 3406 and having a database DB are included.
  • the scanner 3400 is provided with the RFID tag circuit element To—FO (first
  • the antenna 3010A for transmitting / receiving signals to / from the information holding unit, the information holding unit, and the first RFID tag circuit element) and the RFID tag circuit element To included in the tag label T
  • access here, reading of information
  • the antenna 3010A is excellently connected to the RFID tag circuit element To-FO of the tag label T provided at the bottom of the forklift FO.
  • the antenna 3010B is arranged at the lower part of the warehouse entrance 3030 (for example, the road surface) so that communication can be performed.
  • the antenna 3010B is connected to each piece of luggage L (second information acquisition target, information acquisition target, goods) ) RFID tag circuit element To— L
  • RFID tag circuit element provided for tag label T and tag label T To— FO, To
  • the RFID circuit element To-FO uses the antenna 3010A on the scanner 3400 side and a short wave (in this embodiment, 13.56 MHz, but other frequencies may be used) to transmit and receive signals without contact.
  • the antenna 151-F to be performed and the IC circuit unit 150-F connected to the antenna 151-F are provided.
  • the RFID circuit element To-L transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using the antenna 3010B on the scanner 3400 side and ultra-high frequency (2.45 GHz in this embodiment, but other frequencies may be used).
  • the IC circuit unit 150 (memory unit 155) has a tag ID as unique identification information (which may be rewritable) that can identify the corresponding object (here, forklift FO or luggage L).
  • tag ID unique identification information
  • the control circuit 3402 makes an inquiry to the server 3407 using the tag ID
  • various information relating to the object stored in advance in the database DB of the server 3407 for example, the vehicle number of a forklift) (Or driver name, luggage name, etc.) can be read from the server 3407.
  • the memory unit 155 may store the above information directly instead of the tag ID.
  • FIG. 47 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the scanner 3400, and corresponds to FIG. 39 of the third embodiment described above. In FIG. 47, the description of the same parts as those in FIG. 39 is omitted.
  • the scanner 3400 is connected to the RFID circuit via the antenna 3010A.
  • the high-frequency circuit 3401A for reading information on the element To—FO
  • the high-frequency circuit 3401B for reading information on the RFID circuit element To—L via the antenna 30 10B
  • the RFID circuit element To—FO The entire scanner 3400 includes a function that reads the information by processing the signals read from the To—L card and generates access information for accessing the RFID circuit elements To—FO, To—L.
  • the control circuit 3402 for controlling the operation.
  • the configuration of the high-frequency circuits 3401A and 3401B is the same as that of the above-described high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M. That is, the transmitter 3412A of the high-frequency circuit 3401A generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading here) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-F of the RFID circuit element To-FO. , PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 3431 A, and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3432A, and the generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the HF band.
  • PLL Phase Locked Loop
  • VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
  • the transmitter 3412B of the high-frequency circuit 3401B generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading here) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-L of the RFID circuit element To-L.
  • PLL Phase Locked Loop
  • VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
  • the generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the UHF band.
  • the 13.56 MHz carrier wave (short wave) generated by the quartz crystal resonator 3430A, the PLL3431A, and the VC03432A of the high frequency circuit 3401A is modulated and amplified, transmitted through the antenna 3010A, and wirelessly transmitted from the forklift FO.
  • the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be only a carrier wave.
  • the communication control unit 3403 is connected to the control circuit 3402 via an input / output interface (not shown).
  • the control circuit 3402 inputs an operation signal from an operation unit such as an operation unit 3416 (not shown), and also displays a display control signal to the display unit 3415 (not shown) and an audio notification unit 3417 (not shown).
  • a notification signal etc. is output.
  • FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 3402. For example, this flow is started when the power of the scanner 3400 is turned on.
  • step S3105 a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412A of the high-frequency circuit 3401A, and the frequency of the carrier wave that generates the forces of the crystal resonator 3430A, the PLL3431A, and the VC03432A is set to 13.56 MHz.
  • a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412A, and a carrier wave (short wave) set to 13.56 MHz is generated from the crystal unit 3 430A, PLL3431A, and VC03432A, and the control signal is generated.
  • the generated carrier wave is modulated and amplified, and a read signal (for example, search signal Ping) is transmitted via the transceiver 3414A and the antenna 301OA.
  • the reading signal is always transmitted.
  • next step S3120 it is determined whether or not a response signal corresponding to the transmitted read signal has been received from the RFID circuit element To-FO IC circuit unit 150-F of the forklift FO. That is, for example, the forklift FO passes through the warehouse entrance 3030, and the read signal that is constantly transmitted via the antenna 3010A in step S3110 is the RFID circuit element To-FO of the tag label T provided at the bottom of the forklift FO.
  • Step S3125 If a response signal corresponding to the RFID circuit element To—FO force is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3125. On the other hand, while the response signal is not received, the process returns to step S3105 to continue the reading signal transmission state.
  • step S3125 a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412B of the high-frequency circuit 3401B, and the frequency of the carrier wave that also generates the quartz crystal 3430B, PLL3431B, and VC03432B forces is set to 2.45 GHz.
  • a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412B, and the carrier wave (ultra high frequency) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the crystal unit 3 430B, PLL3431B, and VC03432B, and the control signal is generated.
  • IC circuit part of RFID tag circuit element To-L of tag label T provided on a plurality of packages L which are modulated / amplified based on the carrier wave and modulated by forklift FO via transmission / reception separator 3414B and antenna 3010B 150—Shinishi
  • a reading signal (for example, a search signal Ping) is transmitted to the terminal.
  • Wireless communication at this time is performed using 2.45 GHz ultra-high frequency (UHF).
  • UHF ultra-high frequency
  • step S3150 the information on forklift FO read in steps S3110 and 3120 is associated with the information on luggage L read in steps S3130 and 3140, and this association information is stored in the database of server 3407 via communication line 3406. Register in the DB. Then, go back to the previous step S3110.
  • step S3140 if all the package tag To-L forces have not received the response signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S3160.
  • step S3160 after a read signal is first transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To-L of the package L in step S3130, it is determined whether or not the force has passed a predetermined time. If the predetermined time has not elapsed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to Step S3125. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has passed without receiving the response signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3170.
  • step S3170 a notification signal is output to the voice notification means 3417, and the voice notification means 3417 notifies the user that the package tag has been successfully read.
  • a display signal may be output to the display unit 3415 so that the display unit 3415 displays that the package tag has not been read successfully. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3105.
  • FIG. 49 is a conceptual diagram schematically showing an example of the association information registered in the database DB of the server 3407 as described above.
  • the database DB of the server 3407 registers a table that also includes forklifts, luggage, and carry-in power.
  • the forklift and luggage information are obtained by comparing the association information (forklift and luggage ID information here) received from the scanner 3400 via the communication line 3406 with the forklift and luggage information in the database DB.
  • the number of the forklift may be the driver's name
  • the name of the luggage (the contents of the luggage) are registered on the table (note that the ID itself may be registered! ⁇ ⁇ ).
  • the delivery date is automatically added and registered by the server 3407, for example. Yes.
  • the loads L10 to L17 are loaded into the warehouse on 10/17 by the forklift FOl, the loads L5 to L7 are loaded on the 10/18 by the forklift F02, and the loads L1 to L4 are loaded by the forklift FOl. Indicates that it has been imported.
  • this table information may be displayed on the display unit 3 415 of the scanner 3400 by performing an appropriate operation!
  • Step S3130 constitutes first acquisition means for reading and acquiring the first identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set by the second setting unit.
  • Step S3040 reads and acquires the second identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set differently from the first acquisition mode by the second setting means.
  • the second acquisition means is configured.
  • step S3150 constitutes first related information generating means for generating information representing the association.
  • Step S3170 constitutes notification signal generation means for generating a corresponding notification signal.
  • the RFID circuit element To—FO IC circuit section 150—F provided in the tag label T of the forklift FO is connected to the IC circuit portion 150—F of the forklift FO via the transmitting antenna 3010A.
  • a read signal is transmitted at a frequency of 56 MHz, information on the forklift FO is read, and an IC of the RFID circuit element To-L provided on the tag label T provided on the luggage L carried by the forklift FO via the transmission antenna 3010B Circuit part 150
  • a reading signal is sent to L at a frequency of 2.45 GHz, and the information on package L is read.
  • the read vehicle information and package information are input to the server 3407 via the communication line 3406, and appropriate information (date information, etc.) is added and registered in the database DB.
  • the scanner 3400 first performs a short-circuit of 13.56 MHz.
  • UHF ultra-high frequency
  • the forklift is described as an example of the article transporting means for transporting the load.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and other transporting means such as a truck or a trailer, or The present invention may be applied to the case of carrying a package using a (hand-held) cart or the like.
  • the RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) is not limited to such a transport means, but is worn by an operator who operates the transport means (described above). It may be provided for the tag label T)!
  • the acquisition mode may be changed by changing the communication protocol or changing the transmission output of the read signal. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
  • FIG. 50 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system ST4 having the information reading device (wireless tag information reading device) according to the present embodiment.
  • the cabinet C has a two-stage configuration of an upper stage and a lower stage.
  • a plurality of files F objects and information acquisition targets
  • a plurality of files F Object and information acquisition
  • file F stored in the upper row is lower.
  • File F is stored in the lower row, but files F and F are mixed in the upper or lower row.
  • Each of the files F 1 and F 2 has a RFID circuit element that stores information about the file.
  • the system ST4 has a plurality of files included in the RFID labels T and T of the files F and F.
  • Reader 4200 (information reading device) that accesses (in this example reads) the information of the line tag circuit element To via the antenna 1210 (equivalent to the first embodiment described above), and the reader 4200 and the communication line And a Sano 4207 (storage device) connected via 4206 and having a database DB.
  • the tag ID as identification information (which may be rewritable) is stored and held.
  • the reader 4200 reads the tag ID and makes an inquiry to the server 4207 so that the file can be specified.
  • file management system ST4 By periodically reading information from multiple readers 4200 accommodated in the cabinet C from the reader 4200, which file F is brought out from the cabinet C and which file F is accommodated in the cabinet C. It ’s now possible to detect!
  • FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an example of an overall schematic structure of T among the RFID labels ⁇ and T described above.
  • FIG. 51 (a) is a top view of the RFID label T, and FIG. 51 (b) is a bottom view.
  • the RFID label T is, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped substrate 4.
  • the RFID circuit element To is the same as that described in Fig. 22 and the like of the second embodiment. That is, the RFID circuit element To transmits and receives signals in a contactless manner using the antenna 1210 (device-side antenna) of the reader 4200 and electromagnetic waves such as a short wave band (eg, 13.56 MHz), UHF band, and microwave band.
  • a short wave band eg, 13.56 MHz
  • UHF band e.g., 13.56 MHz
  • microwave band e.g. 1356 MHz
  • FIG. 52 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader 4200, and is a diagram substantially corresponding to FIG. 4 of the first embodiment. Parts equivalent to those in FIG. 4 are given the same reference numerals, and explanations thereof will be omitted or simplified as appropriate.
  • the reader 4200 includes a plurality of RFID tags
  • the antenna 1210 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication with the antenna 151 of the RFID circuit element To accesses the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 1210 (in this example, reading)
  • the high-frequency circuit 1201 that processes the signal read from the RFID circuit element To and the signal that is read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To via the high-frequency circuit 1201 are processed.
  • control circuit 4202 that controls the operation of the entire reader 4200, including a function for generating access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To An operation unit 4203 having appropriate buttons, keys, etc., a network communication unit 4204 for communicating with the server 4207 via the communication line 4206, and a relatively short cycle T1 (described later) ) And a second timer 4209 that counts a relatively long period and a period T2 (described later).
  • the RFID label T and the RFID tag circuit element To are provided with the RFID label T are:
  • the IC circuit unit 150 for storing information and the antenna 151 connected to the IC circuit unit 150 are provided.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 (specifically, the memory unit 155) is a unique (however, the files F and F) that can identify the corresponding target (information acquisition target, here files F and F).
  • the tag ID as identification information is stored and held, and when the control circuit 4202 makes an inquiry to the server 4207 with this tag ID, the target stored and held in the database DB of the server 4207 Various information (file names, etc.) on the object is read from the Sano 207 so that the file can be specified.
  • the memory unit 155 (see FIG. 22) provided in the IC circuit unit 150 may store the file name information directly instead of the tag ID.
  • the high-frequency circuit 1201 has the same configuration as that shown in Fig. 5 in the first embodiment, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the reader 4200 demodulates the reflected wave of each RFID circuit element To force by, for example, IQ orthogonal demodulation.
  • FIG. 53 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 4202.
  • a control circuit 4202 is a so-called microcomputer, and is composed of a CPU 4202A, a ROM 4202B, a RAM 4202C, which are central processing units, a circuit control unit 4202D that performs signal transmission / reception with a high-frequency circuit 1201, and the like. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance in ROM4202B while using the temporary storage function of RAM4202C.
  • the control circuit 4202 having the above configuration is connected to the network communication unit 4204, the first and second timers 4208 and 4209, and the high-frequency circuit 1201 (antenna 1210) described above.
  • the feature of the present embodiment is that a plurality of files to be read are grouped according to the frequency of use, and information is frequently read for each group. It is in changing the degree.
  • FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 4202.
  • step S 4010 a start signal is output to first timer 4208 to start first timer 4208.
  • step S4020 a start signal is output to second timer 4209 to start second timer 4209.
  • step S4030 it is determined whether the count value of the first timer 4208 started in step S4010 is greater than the threshold value T1.
  • This threshold value T1 is the value of the RFID circuit element To (the RFID tag circuit element T in the tag list 1) provided in the relatively frequently used file F.
  • the threshold value which will be described later, is set to a value smaller than the value T2, and is stored in advance in the RAM 4202C of the control circuit 4202, for example. If the count value of first timer 4208 is greater than threshold value T1, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S4040.
  • step S4040 the tag list 1 (see FIG. 56 described later) is acquired from the database DB of the servo 207 via the network communication unit 4204 and the communication line 4206.
  • This tag list 1 is generated by the tag label producing device when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device (described later).
  • the tag list 1 is a ratio in which the creation date / time is a predetermined date / time or later in the list of RFID circuit elements To included in all the RFID labels T provided in the files F.
  • a relatively new RFID tag circuit element To is extracted in the tag list 1. That is, as described above, the wireless tag of the RFID label T provided in the file F created relatively recently is used.
  • the circuit element To is extracted as tag list 1. This extraction procedure is performed by a CPU (not shown) included in the servo 4207, for example.
  • step S4050 read processing is performed to read information from the RFID circuit element To of all RFID label T that is described in the tag list 1 acquired in step S4040 above.
  • next step S4060 a control signal is output to the first timer 4208 to reset the count value of the first timer 4208. Thereafter, the process returns to the previous step S4030.
  • step S4070 it is determined whether or not the count value of the second timer 4209 started in step S4020 is greater than the threshold value T2.
  • This threshold value T2 is relatively infrequently used! RFID circuit element To provided in file F (RF tag circuit element T in tag list 2
  • the threshold value is larger than the threshold value T1, and the value is set in the value, and is stored in advance in the RAM 4202C of the control circuit 4202, for example. If the count value of second timer 4209 is greater than threshold value T2, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S4080.
  • step S4080 tag list 2 (see FIG. 56 described later) is acquired from the database DB of the servo 207 via the network communication unit 4204 and the communication line 4206.
  • This tag list 2 is generated by the tag label producing device when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device (described later) in the same manner as the tag list 1 described above.
  • the tag list 2 includes all RFID tag labels T provided in each file F described above.
  • a relatively old RFID circuit element To whose creation date is earlier than a predetermined date is extracted in the tag list 2. That is, as described above, the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T provided in the file F created relatively earlier is the tag.
  • step S4090 read processing is performed to read information from the RFID circuit elements To of all RFID labels T described in the tag list 2 acquired in step S4080 above.
  • FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of step S4050 (or step S4090, hereinafter the same correspondence).
  • step S4210 the top ID of tag list 1 (or tag list 2) acquired in step S4040 (or step S4080) is selected.
  • step S4220 information is read by designating an ID for the RFID circuit element To having the ID selected in step S4210.
  • an inquiry signal e.g., a specific search signal Scroll ID
  • a related information corresponding file information
  • next step S4230 whether or not reading of information is completed for the RFID circuit element To with the last ID in the acquired tag list 1 (or tag list 2), in other words, tag list 1 (or tag list 2). ) It is determined whether or not reading of information is completed for all RFID tag circuit elements To. If the reading of information up to the RFID tag circuit element To related to the last ID in the tag list 1 (or tag list 2) has not been completed, the determination is not satisfied and the process moves to the next step S4240, where the tag list 1 Select the next ID in (or tag list 2). Then, the process returns to step S4220. On the other hand, when the reading of information is completed for all the RFID circuit elements To in the tag list 1 (or tag list 2), the determination is satisfied and this flow is finished.
  • the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 has a short period T1 (ie, high!
  • the force described by taking as an example the case where the tag lists 1 and 2 are determined in advance in the database DB of the server 4207 is not limited to this.
  • the tag list is selected by the control circuit 4 202 of the reader 4200
  • the tag list may be updated every time (step S4040, step S4080 in FIG. 54). For example, tags for files within one month from the creation date If you want to tag the tag list 1 and the tag of the file whose creation date has passed 1 month into the tag list 2, you need to update the tag list every day. In such a case, in step S4040 in Fig. 54 above, step S4080 [Before!
  • each RFID circuit element To force when reading information, sends a query signal (specific search signal Scroll ID) to specify a specific tag and acquire information.
  • the inquiry signal command may be determined according to the attribute of the object.
  • the specific search signal Scroll ID is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To in the tag list 1 in step S4050, and the unspecified search signal Ping to the RFID circuit element To in the tag list 2 in step S4090. May be sent to read the information.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To of the file 1 with a relatively high movement frequency is sent to the RFID tag circuit element To of the file 2 with a relatively low movement frequency by transmitting a Scroll ID signal individually.
  • a Ping signal can be sent to read multiple data at a time, further improving reading efficiency.
  • FIG. 56 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the creation history list, tag list 1, and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207.
  • a tag label producing device (described later) is connected to the database DB of the server 4207 via a network, for example, and is generated when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device.
  • Each RFID label T (RF tag times
  • the creation history information of the road element To is registered as a list.
  • the creation history information consists of each RFID circuit element To ID, information on the object (file name in this case), creation date and time, and the three RFID circuit elements To and F
  • Each news is registered as a list! RU [0529] Then, for example, by the CPU (not shown) of the Sano 207, the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition.
  • the tag with the latest creation date (created after October 1, 2005) is extracted as tag list 1, and the creation date is old (September 2005). Extracted (created 30 days ago) as Tagris ⁇ 2!
  • the communication frequency is determined using the creation date and time as the creation history information.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • each RFID label T one
  • the power of making the line tag circuit element (To) with which creation device It may be included in the creation history information such as which cartridge was made, the color, shape, printed information of the created tag label, or who made it. Oh ,.
  • the communication frequency can be determined more finely according to the attribute of the object.
  • the label production apparatus 1300 (tag label production apparatus) shown in FIG.
  • the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 have substantially the same functions as the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 4202 of the reader 4200.
  • Generates access information to the circuit unit 150 transmits it to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306 (fourth wireless communication means), and writes information to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To .
  • the control circuit 1302 is connected to the Sano 4207, other computers, terminals, and the like via the wired or wireless communication line (network) 4206, and information can be transmitted / received to / from them.
  • FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 4302 when the RFID label label ⁇ is created.
  • step S4710 the above-mentioned area S of the RFID label ⁇ is input by the print head 4305 separately input by an operation terminal (connected to the control circuit 4302 via the communication line 4206).
  • Print information to be printed on the RFID tag circuit element To Information to be written to is acquired via the communication line 4206.
  • an input from an operation unit (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1300 may be used.
  • step S4720 the process proceeds to step S4720, and after printing is performed on the RFID circuit element To, the process proceeds to step S4725, where the information is conveyed to the tag writing position and written (for example, the tag ID and the file information to be stored). )I do.
  • the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag label ⁇ ⁇ created above the written file information (file name), and the creation history information consisting of the creation date and time are communicated. It is transmitted to the server 4207 via the line 4206 (creation history information generation means, device side setting means; information output means), and is registered in the database DB. Then, this flow is finished.
  • the high-frequency circuit 1201 constitutes signal generation means for selecting and generating one of a plurality of types of inquiry signals described in each claim, and the antenna 1210 is configured to perform wireless communication with the RFID tag circuit element To. This constitutes the third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information.
  • step S4030, step S4070 constitute a determining means for deciding the communication mode in the force communication means and also constitute a second setting means, and steps S4040, S4080 are An identification information acquisition means for acquiring tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information is configured.
  • the RFID circuit element To existing within the communication range from the reader 4200 every predetermined time (in this example, the files F and F accommodated in the cabinet C).
  • An inquiry signal is sent to prompt a reply.
  • the database of the server 4207 stores in advance the attribute information to be read (in this embodiment, the information provided in the files F and F).
  • the creation date / time information of the line tag circuit element To) is registered, and the control circuit 4202 of the reader 4200 determines the frequency of transmitting the inquiry signal based on this attribute information. That is, in this embodiment, the RFID circuit element of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 is used. For the child To, the information is read with a period T1 (that is, high !, frequently), and the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 2 is relatively long.
  • Communication frequency can be increased for the RFID tag circuit element To, which requires reading of information.
  • the frequency of communication can be lowered for the RFID circuit element To, which is an object that is sufficient if information is read at a frequency.
  • the communication mode communication frequency in this embodiment
  • the RFID circuit element To which is an object that is sufficient if information is read at a frequency.
  • Information can be read in a communication mode appropriate to the characteristics. Therefore, compared to the case where information is read in a uniform communication mode (here, uniform communication frequency) for the RFID circuit elements To related to all objects, the frequency of the objects that need to be infrequent is uniformly high. Since useless reading operations such as reading information can be prevented, information can be read efficiently and quickly and effectively for the operator of the file management system ST4. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability to the management target can be improved.
  • the attribute information of the object is grouped using the creation date and time of the tag provided on the object, and the communication frequency is changed according to the group.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. For example, you may group them according to the product type (type information, attribute information, setting auxiliary factors).
  • Fig. 58 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system ST4 'having an information reading device in the present modification.
  • a plurality of files Fpr objects, information acquisition targets
  • the cabinet C contains a file Fpu (object, information acquisition target) shared by other employees M. Therefore, in this variation, employee M Since the file Fpr on the desk is a personal item, the file Fpu contained in the cabinet C, which is taken out less frequently than the desk D! / Because it is shared, it is often taken out more than the cabinet.
  • Fpr objects, information acquisition targets
  • the cabinet C contains a file Fpu (object, information acquisition target) shared by other employees M. Therefore, in this variation, employee M Since the file Fpr on the desk is a personal item, the file Fpu contained in the cabinet C, which is taken out less frequently than the desk D! / Because it is shared, it is often taken out more than the cabinet.
  • Each of the above-mentioned files Fpr and Fpu is provided with RFID labels ⁇ and T each having a RFID circuit element To storing information related to the target file.
  • Tag labels, and T are created by the tag label creation device.
  • creation history information is created in the same manner as in the above embodiment, and is registered as a list in the database DB of the server 4207 via the communication line 4206.
  • the RFID circuit element To provided in the file Fpu is extracted as the tag list 1
  • the RFID circuit element To provided in the file Fpr is extracted as the tag list 2.
  • the other configuration of the file management system ST 4 ′ is the same as that of the above-described file management system ST4, and thus description thereof is omitted.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 has a short cycle T1 (that is, high! By frequency)
  • the force to register the creation date and time as the attribute information of the object in the database DB of the server 4207 is not limited to this.
  • the tag ID to be written to the RFID circuit element To! May be represented by a part of the ID (for example, the number of digits of the leading part) to indicate the attribute of the object.
  • a query signal for example, specific search signal Scroll ID
  • a query signal that specifies an unspecified tag in which the first 4 bits of the ID is 1110 and the subsequent bits are optional. Is transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To within the communication range.
  • the tag ID represents the attribute information. It is not necessary to register the creation history information as attribute information in the database DB of the server 4207 as in the form. Therefore, the database DB becomes unnecessary.
  • the first 4 bits of the ID are specified, and the subsequent bits are optional.
  • the information is read by an inquiry signal that specifies an unspecified tag (for example, the specific search signal Scroll ID). Not limited to this, it is not limited to this, but it asks all RFID tag elements To in the communication range by a query signal (for example, unspecified search signal Ping) for an unspecified tag that does not specify an ID at all. It is also possible to acquire attribute information from a part of the read ID and automatically determine the communication mode.
  • the tag list registered in advance in the database DB of Sano 207 1 , 2 The power to determine the communication frequency is not limited to this.
  • the management system operator can specify the attribute (in this case, specify the tag list).
  • the control circuit 4202 when an operator inputs a tag list using the operation unit 4203 of the reader 4200, the control circuit 4202 performs network communication based on the specified input signal (attribute information specifying signal).
  • the tag list on the database DB of the server 4207 is rewritten via the unit 4204 and the communication line 4206! /.
  • the file is classified as file F because its creation time is old. However, if there is a file whose contents are important and frequently used, the file F is provided.
  • the ID of RFID tag circuit element To can be rewritten to tag list 1. As a result, the file F is high along with the file F in a short cycle T1.
  • Information is read at a frequency.
  • the attributes of the object can be set more finely according to the situation and the like, so that information can be read more efficiently and effectively. .
  • the force used to create the RFID label label creation history information provided on the object as the attribute information of the object is not limited to this.
  • the total number of movements of the object read history information, attribute information,
  • the communication frequency may be determined according to a setting auxiliary factor.
  • FIG. 59 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the file management system ST4 in the present modification.
  • the cabinets CI, C2, and C3 have a plurality of files F (targets) each provided with a RFID label ⁇ having a RFID circuit element To.
  • Objects, information acquisition targets are housed.
  • the file management system ST4 is accommodated in the cabinets CI, C2, and C3, respectively.
  • the information on the RFID circuit element To included in the RFID label T of each file F (see above)
  • Readers 4200A, 4200B, 4200C ( ⁇ blueprint reader) accessed via antennas 1210A, 1210B, 1210C (third wireless communication means) (which reads in this example) with the same configuration as antenna 1200;
  • This reader has 4200A, 4200B, 4200C and a Sano 4207 ′ having a database DB connected via a communication line 4206.
  • each file F force information stored in the cabinets CI, C2, and C3 is periodically read by the readers 4200A, 4200B, and 4 200C.
  • File F is brought out of any cabinet C force and can be managed in which cabinet C.
  • FIG. 60 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the read history list, tag list 1 and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207 ′ in this modification. is there.
  • the reading history information includes ID for each RFID circuit element To, information on the object (file name in this case), and the number of times of movement.
  • the reading history information of the above items is registered as a list.
  • the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition by a CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 ′.
  • a tag list 1 is extracted by extracting a relatively large number of movements (here, for example, 5 or more). Extract the one with relatively few movements (here, for example, less than 4) and use it as taglist ⁇ 2!
  • the frequency of file F movement based on the total number of readings is large, and it is considered that there is a high possibility that it will move relatively well in the future.
  • the frequency of file F based on the total number of readings is low, and the frequency of communication is reduced by assuming that the object does not move too much.
  • the information can be read roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent a useless reading operation such as reading information with respect to an object that is sufficient infrequently at a uniform high frequency. The same effect is obtained that the information can be read effectively.
  • the creation history information of the RFID label label provided on the object is used as the attribute information of the object.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the movement distance of the object read history information, attribute information, Determine the communication frequency according to the setting auxiliary factor.
  • the read history information of each RFID circuit element To based on the information that each reader 4200A, 4200B, 4200C force is also input by the CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 '(this variation) (Travel distance) is created, listed, and registered in the database DB.
  • This moving distance is the distance when the RFID circuit element To force information is read by each reader compared to the position where the RFID circuit element To was read before. This is the total of the movement distances detected (total movement distance).
  • the distance between each cabinet CI, C2, C3 is registered in the database DB in advance.
  • file F that was read in cabinet C1 is then transferred to cabinet C2 or C3 (ie, to reader 4200B or 4200C).
  • cabinet C2 or C3 ie, to reader 4200B or 4200C.
  • the corresponding travel distance is accumulated, but the file F that has been read in the cabinet C1 will continue to be read in the same cabinet C1 as V. If it is, the movement distance will be accumulated as 0.
  • Other functions' configuration is the same as that of the file management system ST4 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 61 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the read history list, tag list 1 and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207 ′ in this modification. is there.
  • the reading history information includes the ID information for each RFID circuit element To, the information about the object (file name in this case), and the moving distance force.
  • the reading history information of the above items is registered as a list.
  • the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition by a CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 ′.
  • the tag list 1 is extracted by extracting a relatively long moving distance (in this case, for example, 25 m or more), and the moving number is relatively small (in this case, for example, 20 m). Extract the following) and use it as taglist 2!
  • file F which has a long moving distance, is considered to be likely to move relatively well in the future, and the communication frequency is increased and information is read in detail.
  • file F with a short movement distance it can be assumed that the object will not move much in the future, and the communication frequency can be lowered and information can be read roughly.
  • the communication mode for determining the force that determines the communication frequency as the operation mode factor according to the attribute of the object is not limited to this. That is, for example, as another operational mode factor, the wireless communication in the reader 4200 (high frequency circuit 1201) The communication output with the tag circuit element To, the number of retries at the time of communication failure, or when the antenna 1210 of the reader 4200 has multiple antenna element forces, determine the directivity of the antenna. Well ...
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the present invention can be applied to a system that reads object force information as a plurality of group powers that preferably change the communication mode when reading information, such as a system that reads information on the possessed property.
  • EPC global is a non-profit corporation established jointly by the International EAN Association, an international organization for distribution codes, and the Uniformed Code Council (UCC), a US distribution code organization. Note that signals conforming to other standards may be used as long as they perform the same function.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual system configuration diagram showing an entire RFID tag information reading system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a RFID label provided with the RFID circuit element according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the RFID tag circuit element provided in the RFID label.
  • FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader according to the first embodiment of the present invention. [5] It is a functional block diagram showing the detailed functional configuration of the high-frequency circuit.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
  • FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing the configuration of the tag label producing apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit when the RFID label is created.
  • FIG. 11 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit in a modification in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element in a modification in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element in a modification in which the set value is updated by the tag itself.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to the number of response requests.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to a response request interval time.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of a RFID circuit element in a modification in which a response is made according to a charging voltage.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to a charging voltage.
  • FIG. 19 schematically shows an overall configuration of a wireless tag management system according to a second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure.
  • FIG. 20 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of a wireless tag management system.
  • ⁇ 21 It is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a tag label producing apparatus.
  • FIG. 22 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of a wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag.
  • FIG. 23 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed configuration of an RF communication control unit and a reader antenna in the reader.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram conceptually showing an article table.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the tag ID, showing the arrangement of codes in the bit string of the tag ID and the contents of each code.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram conceptually showing a person table.
  • FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually showing a reader table.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a control procedure related to a wireless tag monitoring operation performed by the CPU of the management server.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of take-out monitoring processing executed by the management server CPU in step S2100.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of a previous location detection process executed by the management server CPU in step S2200.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of registration mode processing executed by the CPU of the management server in step S2300.
  • FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of search mode processing executed in step S2400 by the CPU of the management server.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram conceptually showing a product table used in a modified example in which location information corresponding to a new wireless tag is provisionally registered.
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a state where a user borrows a book in a library provided with the information reading device of the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 A system that represents the overall configuration of an RFID tag information communication system having an information reader.
  • FIG. 37 is a front view showing an overall schematic structure of a handy scanner as an information reading device.
  • FIG. 39 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration of a control system of the handy scanner.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
  • FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a state in which a user borrows a book in a modification in the case of using a stationary scanner.
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a state in which a library clerk returns a book to the bookshelf in a modified example in which a place tag is provided.
  • ⁇ 45 This is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit at the time of return in a modified example in the case of providing a place tag.
  • FIG. 46 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of an RFID tag information communication system having an information reading device of a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 47 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration of a scanner control system.
  • FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
  • FIG. 50 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of a file management system having an information reading device (reader) of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 51 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a wireless tag label.
  • FIG. 52 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader.
  • FIG. 53 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit.
  • FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
  • FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of tag reading processing shown in the flow of FIG. 54.
  • FIG. 56 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a creation history list, tag list, and tag list of each RFID circuit element registered in the database of the server.
  • FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit of the tag label producing device when producing the RFID label.
  • FIG. 58 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system in a modified example in the case of grouping by object type.
  • FIG. 59 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system in a modification in which reading history information is attribute information.
  • Control circuit (information access means)
  • Random number generator equipment side random number generator
  • Tag tape (tag medium)
  • Tag tape roll (wireless tag circuit element housing) 1305 Print head (printing means)
  • Tag label production equipment tag label production means
  • Reader antenna first wireless communication means
  • FO forklift first information acquisition target, goods transport means
  • Fpr Fpu file (target object, information acquisition target)
  • To-B RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element)
  • To-C RFID tag circuit element (third information holding unit)
  • To-FO RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) To-L RFID tag circuit element (second information holding unit, second RFID tag circuit element) Wireless tag circuit element (second information holding unit, second wireless tag circuit element) Person wireless tag (wireless tag label)

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Near-Field Transmission Systems (AREA)

Abstract

[PROBLEMS] Provided are an information management system, an information reading device, a tag label creation device, and a radio tag circuit element capable of improving management of a management object via a smooth information acquisition operation. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] A radio tag circuit element To includes an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and an antenna (151) to be connected to the IC circuit unit (150). The IC circuit unit (150) has a control unit (157) for setting a response ratio for outputting a response signal to an inquiry signal upon reception of the one from a reader (1200), a random number generator (158), and a memory unit (155).

Description

情報管理システム、情報読み取り装置、タグラベル作成装置、無線タグ回 路素子  Information management system, information reader, tag label generator, RFID circuit element
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、情報取得対象に対応して設けた情報保持部より情報を取得し情報管理 を行う情報管理システム、その情報を取得するための情報読み取り装置、情報保持 部として機能しうる無線タグ回路素子、及び、その無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タ グラベルを作成するタグラベル作成装置に関するものである。  [0001] The present invention can function as an information management system that acquires information from an information holding unit provided for an information acquisition target and performs information management, an information reading device for acquiring the information, and an information holding unit The present invention relates to a radio tag circuit element and a tag label producing apparatus for producing a radio tag label including the radio tag circuit element.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 管理対象の物品に設けられた小型の無線タグと、リーダ (読み取り装置) Zライタ( 書き込み装置)との間で非接触で情報の読み取り Z書き込みを行って物品管理を行 う RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)システムが知られている。無線タグに備え られた無線タグ回路素子は、所定の無線タグ情報を記憶する IC回路部とこの IC回路 部に接続されて情報の送受信を行うアンテナとを備えており、無線タグが汚れている 場合や見えない位置に配置されている場合であっても、リーダ側より IC回路部の無 線タグ情報に対してアクセス (情報の読み取り Z書き込み)が可能であり、既に様々 な分野にぉ 、て実用化が進んで 、る。  [0002] Information is read and written in a non-contact manner between a small wireless tag provided on an article to be managed and a reader (reading device) Z writer (writing device). Radio Frequency Identification) system is known. The wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined wireless tag information and an antenna that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits and receives information, and the wireless tag is dirty. Even if it is placed in an invisible position, it is possible to access the wireless tag information of the IC circuit section from the reader side (reading information and Z writing), and already in various fields, Practical use is progressing.
[0003] このように種々の分野にぉ 、て活用されつつある無線タグを用いた無線通信システ ムの 1つとして、複数の無線タグ回路素子と、これら複数の無線タグ回路素子に対し 無線通信により情報の読み取りを行う質問器とを有する無線タグ情報読み取りシステ ムがある(例えば、特許文献 1参照)。この無線タグ情報読み取りシステムにおいては 、質問器が複数の無線タグ回路素子に対して問合せ信号を送信すると、通信範囲内 に存在する各無線タグ回路素子から質問器に対し応答信号が送信され、それら無線 タグ回路素子の情報の読み取りが行われる。  As one of wireless communication systems using wireless tags that are being used in various fields as described above, a plurality of wireless tag circuit elements and wireless communication with the wireless tag circuit elements. There is a wireless tag information reading system including an interrogator that reads information by using the wireless tag information (see Patent Document 1, for example). In this RFID tag information reading system, when the interrogator transmits an inquiry signal to a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements, a response signal is transmitted from each RFID tag circuit element existing within the communication range to the interrogator. The information of the RFID tag circuit element is read.
[0004] 一方、別の従来技術として、例えば特許文献 2記載のように、店舗における物品の 移動管理を行うものがある。この管理システムでは、物品に無線タグが添付される一 方、購入者も無線タグを保持しており、購入者が物品を購入し決済が終了すると購入 者の無線タグのタグ IDがリーダ (物品処理装置)により読み取られた後、当該タグ ID ( 購入者 ID)が購入された物品の無線タグに書き込まれる。そして、店舗の出口に設け られた別のリーダ(万引き防止装置)力 ここを通過する者の無線タグのタグ IDと、物 品の無線タグに書き込まれた購入者タグ IDとをそれぞれ読み取った後にこれらを比 較し、これらが一致すれば購入者による適正な持ち出しと判断し、一致しなければ盗 難 ·万引き等の不適正な持ち出しと判断して所定の警報を発するようにしている。 [0004] On the other hand, as another conventional technique, as described in Patent Document 2, for example, there is a technique for managing the movement of articles in a store. In this management system, a wireless tag is attached to an article, while a purchaser also holds a wireless tag. When the purchaser purchases the article and payment is completed, the purchase is completed. After the tag ID of the person's wireless tag is read by the reader (article processing device), the tag ID (purchaser ID) is written in the wireless tag of the purchased article. Another reader (shoplifting prevention device) force provided at the store exit After reading the tag ID of the wireless tag of the person who passes here and the purchaser tag ID written on the wireless tag of the product, These are compared, and if they match, it is determined that the purchase is appropriate by the purchaser. If they do not match, it is determined that theft / shoplifting is not appropriate and a predetermined warning is issued.
[0005] また、さらに別の従来技術として、例えば特許文献 3記載のように、図書館において 書籍の貸し出しの管理を行うための情報読み取り装置がある。この情報読み取り装 置 (物品管理システム)では、図書館の出口に設けたリーダにより、出口を通過する 利用者に備えられる無線タグ回路素子と、利用者が借り出そうとする書籍に備えられ る無線タグ回路素子の両方力 無線タグ情報を読み取ることで、どの書籍を誰に貸し 出したのかが把握できるようになって!/、る。  [0005] Further, as another prior art, there is an information reading device for managing the rental of books in a library as described in Patent Document 3, for example. In this information reading device (article management system), a reader provided at the exit of the library uses a wireless tag circuit element provided to the user who passes through the exit and a wireless device provided to the book that the user intends to borrow. Both powers of the tag circuit element By reading the RFID tag information, it becomes possible to know which book has been lent to whom!
[0006] 特許文献 1 :特開平 11 149530号公報  [0006] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11 149530
特許文献 2:特開 2003 - 115086号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-115086
特許文献 3:特開 2001— 229263号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-229263
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0007] 上記従来技術の場合、以下のような課題が存在する。 [0007] In the case of the above prior art, there are the following problems.
[0008] すなわち、例えば、複数の無線タグ回路素子が、比較的高い頻度で情報の読み取 りが必要である読み取り対象の管理物(以下、第 1読み取り対象)と、比較的低い頻 度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる読み取り対象の管理物(以下、第 2読み取り対象 )とに設けられるような場合がある。このような場合、第 2読み取り対象の無線タグ回路 素子に対しては高い頻度で情報の読み取りを行う必要がないにも拘らず、上記特許 文献 1に記載の従来技術の無線タグ情報読み取りシステムでは、第 1読み取り対象 に合わせた高い頻度で質問器力 問合せ信号を送信し、第 1及び第 2読み取り対象 の双方の無線タグ回路素子力 高い頻度で情報の読み取りを行う必要がある。その 結果、低頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる第 2読み取り対象に対し高頻度に情 報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取りを行うこととなり、読み取り効率の低下を 招いていた。 [0008] That is, for example, a plurality of RFID circuit elements have a management target to be read (hereinafter referred to as a first reading target) that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency, and information at a relatively low frequency. May be provided for the management object that is the target of reading (hereinafter referred to as the second reading target). In such a case, the wireless tag information reading system of the prior art described in Patent Document 1 is used even though it is not necessary to read information frequently with respect to the RFID circuit element to be read. Therefore, it is necessary to transmit the interrogator power inquiry signal at a high frequency according to the first reading target, and to read information at a high frequency for both the first and second reading target RFID circuit elements. As a result, unnecessary reading such as reading information at a high frequency with respect to the second reading target, which only needs to read information at a low frequency, is performed, which reduces the reading efficiency. I was invited.
[0009] また、上記特許文献 2記載の従来技術では、物品の移動管理を実行するために、 物品を購入者が購入する都度、販売員が所定の手動操作によって決済 (言い換え ればデータ読み取り Z書き込み指示)を実行することが必要であり、完全に自動化さ れた物品管理を行うことはできな力つた。  [0009] In addition, in the related art described in Patent Document 2, in order to execute the movement management of an article, each time a purchaser purchases an article, the salesperson performs settlement by a predetermined manual operation (in other words, data reading Z It was necessary to execute a writing instruction), and it was impossible to perform fully automated article management.
[0010] また、上記特許文献 3記載の従来技術においては、リーダにより利用者の無線タグ 回路素子と書籍の無線タグ回路素子の両方力 情報を読み出す必要がある。このと き、リーダから一律の周波数を用いて無線通信を行う場合には、以下のような課題が 存在する。すなわち、リーダが例えば一般によく用いられる短波(13. 56MHz等)を 用いて無線通信を行う場合、通信安定性が高いという利点があるが、通信距離が短 いため、利用者が書籍をリーダに近づけて書籍の無線タグ回路素子の情報を読み 込ませるとともに、さらに自分の無線タグ回路素子についてもリーダに近づけて情報 を読み込ませる必要があり、利用者にとって手間が力かるという問題がある。一方、リ ーダが極超短波(2. 45GHz等)を用いて無線通信を行う場合、通信距離が長いた め、利用者及び書籍の無線タグ回路素子以外の周辺にある無線タグ回路素子 (例え ば周囲に存在する人や書籍の無線タグ回路素子)についても情報が読み込まれ、正 確な情報が得られない可能性がある。さらに、多数の無線タグ回路素子が応答する ことによる混信のおそれもある。すなわち、上記特許文献 3記載の従来技術において 一律の周波数で無線通信を行う場合には、リーダで利用者及び書籍の両方力 情 報を取得する際における利用者の負担の低減及び混信等の通信の悪影響の防止と いう双方の観点をともに満足することができなかった。  [0010] In addition, in the conventional technique described in Patent Document 3, it is necessary to read out information on both the RFID tag circuit element of the user and the RFID tag circuit element of the book by a reader. At this time, the following issues exist when wireless communication is performed from a reader using a uniform frequency. That is, when a reader performs wireless communication using, for example, a commonly used short wave (such as 13.56 MHz), there is an advantage of high communication stability, but since the communication distance is short, the user brings the book closer to the reader. Thus, it is necessary to read the information of the RFID tag circuit element of the book and to read the information of the RFID tag circuit element close to the reader, which is troublesome for the user. On the other hand, when a reader performs radio communication using ultra-high frequency waves (2.45 GHz, etc.), since the communication distance is long, RFID tag circuit elements (for example, other than the RFID tag circuit elements of users and books) For example, information is also read for people around you and RFID tag circuit elements of books), and accurate information may not be obtained. Furthermore, there is a risk of interference due to the response of many RFID circuit elements. In other words, when wireless communication is performed at a uniform frequency in the conventional technology described in Patent Document 3, the burden on the user and the communication such as interference are reduced when the reader and the reader acquire information about both the user and the book. Both aspects of prevention of adverse effects were not satisfied.
[0011] 以上説明したように、上記各文献記載の従来技術では、必要頻度の高低に関係な く迅速に効率よく情報読み取りを行ったり、物品管理を自動化したり、通信干渉を防 止することが困難である。言い換えれば、円滑な情報取得動作を介した管理対象物 への管理性を向上することができなかった。  [0011] As described above, in the conventional techniques described in the above-mentioned documents, information can be read quickly and efficiently regardless of the frequency of necessity, article management can be automated, and communication interference can be prevented. Is difficult. In other words, it was not possible to improve the manageability of management objects through a smooth information acquisition operation.
[0012] 本発明の第 1の目的は、円滑な情報取得動作を介し管理対象物への管理性を向 上できる情報管理システム、情報読み取り装置、タグラベル作成装置、及び無線タグ 回路素子を提供することにある。 [0013] 本発明の第 2の目的は、迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うことで円滑な情報取 得動作を実行し、管理対象物への管理性を向上できる情報管理システム、情報読み 取り装置、タグラベル作成装置、及び無線タグ回路素子を提供することにある。 [0012] A first object of the present invention is to provide an information management system, an information reading device, a tag label producing device, and a wireless tag circuit element that can improve the manageability of an object to be managed through a smooth information acquisition operation. There is. [0013] A second object of the present invention is to provide an information management system and an information reading system capable of executing a smooth information acquisition operation by quickly and efficiently reading information and improving the manageability of a management object. The present invention provides a device, a tag label producing device, and a wireless tag circuit element.
[0014] 本発明の第 3の目的は、円滑な情報取得動作により手動操作が不要で完全に自動 化した物品管理を実現し、管理対象物への管理性を向上できる情報管理システムを 提供することにある。  [0014] A third object of the present invention is to provide an information management system capable of realizing fully automated article management without a manual operation by a smooth information acquisition operation and improving the manageability of a management object. There is.
[0015] 本発明の第 4の目的は、情報取得時の互いの干渉'悪影響を防止しつつ複数の情 報取得対象から少な 、手順で手軽かつ容易に円滑に情報を取得し、管理対象物へ の管理性を向上できる情報読み取り装置を提供することにある。  [0015] A fourth object of the present invention is to obtain information smoothly and easily in a few steps from a plurality of information acquisition targets while preventing mutual interference 'adverse effects during information acquisition. It is an object of the present invention to provide an information reading apparatus that can improve the manageability of the information.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0016] 上記第 1の目的を達成するために、第 1の発明は、情報取得対象に対応して設け た情報保持部を有し、この情報保持部より取得した情報に基づき、情報管理を行う情 報管理システムであって、前記情報保持部からの前記情報取得動作時における動 作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子に基づき、前記動作態様因子を設定す る第 1設定手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0016] In order to achieve the first object, the first invention has an information holding unit provided corresponding to an information acquisition target, and manages information based on the information acquired from the information holding unit. An information management system to perform, comprising: first setting means for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting an operation mode factor at the time of the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit It is characterized by that.
[0017] 本願第 1発明においては、設定補助因子に基づき第 1設定手段が動作態様因子を 設定することにより、この動作態様因子に応じて情報保持部からの情報取得動作が 実行される。これ〖こより、円滑な情報取得動作が実現され、管理対象物への管理性 を向上することができる。  [0017] In the first invention of the present application, the first setting means sets the operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor, and the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit is executed according to the operation mode factor. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
[0018] 上記第 1及び第 2の目的を達成するために、第 2の発明は、第 1発明において、前 記情報保持部は、情報を記憶する IC回路部と、この IC回路部に接続されるタグ側ァ ンテナとを有する無線タグ回路素子であり、前記無線タグ回路素子との間で無線通 信により情報の送受信を行う装置側アンテナと、前記無線タグ回路素子への問合せ 信号を含むアクセス情報を生成し、前記装置側アンテナを介して前記無線タグ回路 素子へ送信し、前記無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部からの情報読み取りを行う情報ァ クセス手段とを有する質問器を設け、前記無線タグ回路素子に、前記質問器からの 問合せ信号の受信時に当該問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する応答率を設定 する前記第 1設定手段としてのタグ側応答率設定手段を設けたことを特徴とする。 [0019] 本願第 2発明の情報管理システムにおいては、無線タグ回路素子が質問器からの 問合せ信号の受信時に当該問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する応答率を設定 するタグ側応答率設定手段を有しており、このタグ側応答率設定手段で設定された 応答率にしたがって、無線タグ回路素子が質問器力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信 号を出力する。これにより、比較的高い頻度で情報の読み取りが必要である第 1読み 取り対象に設けた第 1無線タグ回路素子については応答率を高く設定し、比較的低 い頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる第 2読み取り対象に設けた第 2無線タグ回 路素子については応答率を低く設定すれば、質問器力 の問い合わせ信号に対し て第 1無線タグ回路素子については高い頻度で応答信号を出力させ、第 2無線タグ 回路素子については低い頻度で応答信号を出力させることが可能となる。その結果 、第 1読み取り対象に対しては高頻度できめ細かに情報を読み取ることができ、第 2 読み取り対象に対しては低頻度で大雑把に情報を読み取ることができる。このように 、読み取り対象に応じて無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定することにより、その読み 取り対象に相応な読み取り頻度で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。したがって、低 頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる読み取り対象に対し高頻度に情報の読み取り を行うといった無駄な読み取りを抑制することができるので、一律の応答率 (応答する か応答しないかの二者択一)の無線タグ回路素子を用いて全読み取り対象に対し一 律の頻度で情報の読み取りを行う場合に比べ、迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行 うことができる。 In order to achieve the first and second objects, the second invention is the first invention, wherein the information holding unit is connected to an IC circuit unit for storing information and the IC circuit unit A tag-side antenna that includes a device-side antenna that transmits and receives information to and from the RFID tag circuit element, and an inquiry signal to the RFID tag circuit element. An interrogator having information access means for generating access information, transmitting the access information to the RFID circuit element via the device-side antenna, and reading information from an IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element; The RFID tag circuit element is provided with a tag side response rate setting means as the first setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal when the inquiry signal is received from the interrogator. To . [0019] In the information management system according to the second invention of the present application, when the RFID circuit element receives the inquiry signal from the interrogator, the tag side response rate setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal is provided. The RFID circuit element outputs a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal according to the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means. As a result, a high response rate is set for the first RFID tag circuit element provided for the first reading target that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency, and information is read at a relatively low frequency. If the response rate is set low for the second RFID circuit element provided for the sufficient second reading target, the response signal is output at a high frequency for the first RFID circuit element in response to the interrogator inquiry signal. The second RFID tag circuit element can output a response signal at a low frequency. As a result, it is possible to read information with high frequency and finely with respect to the first reading object, and to read information roughly with low frequency with respect to the second reading object. Thus, by setting the response rate of the RFID circuit element according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary reading such as reading information to a reading target that is sufficient if reading information is performed at a low frequency, so that a uniform response rate (response or non-response) Information can be read quickly and efficiently as compared with the case where information is read at a uniform frequency for all reading targets using the alternative RFID tag circuit element.
[0020] 第 3の発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、乱数を発 生させるタグ側乱数発生手段と、このタグ側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱数と所定 のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を 出力するかどうかを決定する応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする。  [0020] In a third aspect based on the second aspect, the tag-side response rate setting means includes a tag-side random number generation means for generating a random number, a random number generated by the tag-side random number generation means, and a predetermined number. Response determination means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing with a threshold value.
[0021] 本願第 3発明の情報管理システムにおいては、無線タグ回路素子が有するタグ側 乱数発生手段で乱数を発生させ、応答決定手段でこの乱数と所定のしき!、値とを比 較することによって応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定することにより、無線タグ回路 素子の応答率を設定する。したがって、例えばタグ側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱 数が所定のしきい値以下である場合に応答信号を出力するように決定し、反対に発 生させた乱数が所定のしき 、値よりも大き 、場合に応答信号を出力しな 、ように決定 するような場合には、しきい値を大きい値に設定することにより応答率を高く設定する ことができ、反対にしきい値を小さい値に設定することにより応答率を低く設定するこ とが可能である。これにより、読み取り対象に応じて無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設 定することができるので、その読み取り対象に相応な頻度で情報を読み取ることがで き、その結果、読み取り効率を向上することができる。 [0021] In the information management system of the third invention of the present application, a random number is generated by the tag-side random number generating means included in the RFID circuit element, and the random number is compared with a predetermined threshold and value by the response determining means. The response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by determining whether or not to output a response signal. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the random number generated by the tag-side random number generator is less than a predetermined threshold value. If the generated random number is larger than the predetermined threshold value and the response signal is not output, the response rate is set high by setting the threshold value to a large value. Conversely, the response rate can be set low by setting the threshold value to a small value. As a result, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved. it can.
[0022] 第 4の発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記質問器は、乱数を発生させる装置側 乱数発生手段を有しており、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記装置側乱数発生 手段で発生され前記質問器力 送信された乱数と所定のしきい値とを比較することに より、前記質問器力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する 応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする。  [0022] In a fourth aspect based on the second aspect, the interrogator has apparatus-side random number generating means for generating random numbers, and the tag-side response rate setting means is the apparatus-side random number generating means. Response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing the random number generated by the interrogator power and the predetermined threshold value. It is characterized by that.
[0023] 本願第 4発明の情報管理システムにおいては、質問器が有する装置側乱数発生手 段で発生された乱数を質問器力 無線タグ回路素子に送信し、無線タグ回路素子が 有する応答決定手段でこの乱数と所定のしきい値を比較することによって応答信号 を出力するかどうかを決定することにより、無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定する。し たがって、例えば装置側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱数が所定のしき 、値以下で ある場合に応答信号を出力するように決定し、反対に発生させた乱数が所定のしき V、値よりも大き!/、場合に応答信号を出力しな 、ように決定するような場合には、しき 、 値を大きい値に設定することにより応答率を高く設定することができ、反対にしきい値 を小さい値に設定することにより応答率を低く設定することが可能である。これにより、 読み取り対象に応じて無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定することができるので、その 読み取り対象に相応な頻度で情報を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を 向上することができる。  [0023] In the information management system of the fourth invention of the present application, the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means possessed by the interrogator is transmitted to the interrogator power wireless tag circuit element, and the response determination means possessed by the wireless tag circuit element The response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by determining whether to output a response signal by comparing the random number with a predetermined threshold value. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means is equal to or less than the predetermined threshold value, and on the contrary, the generated random number is determined from the predetermined threshold V and value. If it is determined that the response signal is not output, the response rate can be set high by setting the threshold value to a large value. The response rate can be set low by setting a small value. As a result, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read with a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
[0024] 第 5の発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記質問 器力 問合せ信号を受信した回数を数えるカウント手段と、このカウント手段でカウン トした問合せ信号の受信回数と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器 力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する応答決定手段とを 有することを特徴とする。 [0025] 本願第 5発明の情報管理システムにおいては、無線タグ回路素子が有するカウント 手段で質問器力 問合せ信号を受信した回数をカウントし、応答決定手段でこのカウ ントした受信回数と所定のしきい値とを比較することによって応答信号を出力するか どうかを決定することにより、無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定する。したがって、例 えばしきい値を 10とし、カウント手段でカウントした受信回数が 10に達したら応答信 号を出力するように決定すれば、無線タグ回路素子の応答率を lZioに設定するこ とが可能となる。このようにして、しきい値を適宜の値に設定することにより読み取り対 象に応じた応答率を設定することができるので、その読み取り対象に相応な頻度で 情報を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を向上することができる。 [0024] In a fifth aspect based on the second aspect, the tag-side response rate setting means includes a counting means for counting the number of times the interrogation power inquiry signal is received, and an inquiry signal counted by the counting means. Response determination means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal by comparing the number of times of reception with a predetermined threshold value. [0025] In the information management system of the fifth invention of the present application, the number of times the interrogator power inquiry signal is received by the counting means of the RFID circuit element is counted, and the number of times received by the response determining means is set to a predetermined value. The response rate of the RFID tag circuit element is set by deciding whether or not to output a response signal by comparing the threshold value. Therefore, for example, if the threshold value is set to 10 and it is determined to output a response signal when the number of receptions counted by the counting means reaches 10, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set to lZio. It becomes possible. In this way, it is possible to set the response rate according to the reading target by setting the threshold value to an appropriate value, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result Reading efficiency can be improved.
[0026] 第 6の発明は、上記第 3乃至第 5発明のいずれかにおいて、前記無線タグ回路素 子は、前記所定のしきい値を記憶する不揮発性の記憶手段と、前記質問器から受信 した書き換え信号に応じて前記記憶手段に記憶された前記しきい値を書き換えること により、前記タグ側応答率設定手段で設定した応答率を変更する変更手段とを有す ることを特徴とする。  [0026] In a sixth aspect based on any one of the third to fifth aspects, the RFID circuit element is received from the interrogator and nonvolatile storage means for storing the predetermined threshold value. And changing means for changing the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means in accordance with the rewritten signal.
[0027] 本願第 6発明の情報管理システムにおいては、無線タグ回路素子が有する変更手 段で記憶手段に記憶されたしきい値を質問器力 受信した書き換え信号に応じて書 き換えることにより、タグ側応答率設定手段で設定した応答率を変更する。これにより 、使用頻度等の読み取り対象の状況に応じてきめ細かに無線タグ回路素子の応答 率を設定することができる。その結果、さらに迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うこ とがでさる。  [0027] In the information management system of the sixth invention of the present application, the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means possessed by the RFID circuit element is rewritten according to the rewrite signal received by the interrogator. Change the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means. As a result, the response rate of the RFID tag circuit element can be finely set according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
[0028] 上記第 1及び第 3の目的を達成するために、第 7の発明は、第 1発明において、前 記情報保持部は、情報を記憶する IC回路部と、この IC回路部に接続されるタグ側ァ ンテナとを有する無線タグ回路素子であり、この無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報と これに対応する前記情報取得対象としての管理対象の存在位置情報とが格納保持 されるデータベースを設け、前記第 1設定手段は、前記データベースにアクセスし、 前記設定補助因子としての当該アクセス結果に基づき、前記動作態様因子としての 複数の動作モードを設定可能なモード設定手段であり、このモード設定手段で設定 された前記動作モードに応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子と無線通信により情報の送 受信を行い、当該無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報を取得するための少なくと も 1つの第 1無線通信手段を設けたことを特徴とする。 [0028] In order to achieve the above first and third objects, according to a seventh invention, in the first invention, the information holding unit is connected to an IC circuit unit for storing information and the IC circuit unit A database in which tag identification information of the RFID tag circuit element and management target location information as the information acquisition target corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element are stored and held. The first setting means is a mode setting means that can access the database and set a plurality of operation modes as the operation mode factors based on the access result as the setting auxiliary factor. Depending on the operation mode set by the means, information is transmitted by wireless communication with the RFID circuit element. At least one first wireless communication means for receiving and acquiring the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element is provided.
[0029] 本願第 7発明にお 、ては、管理対象の存在位置情報と対応する無線タグ回路素子 のタグ識別情報 (タグ ID)とをデータベースに格納保持しておき、複数の動作モード を設定可能なモード設定手段がデータベースへのアクセス結果に基づき各種の動 作モードを設定し、その設定された動作モードに応じて第 1無線通信手段が無線タ グ回路素子と無線通信により情報の送受信を行い、タグ識別情報を取得する。このよ うに、データベースの状態に応じて第 1無線通信手段の動作モードが設定されタグ 識別情報を取得する構成とすることにより、管理対象に対し自動的にその存在位置 やその変動の管理を行うことができる。この結果、管理のために手動操作によるデー タ読み取り Z書き込み指示等が必要な従来技術と異なり、完全自動化した物品管理 を実施することができ、効率ィ匕を図ることができる。 [0029] In the seventh invention of the present application, the existence position information of the management target and the tag identification information (tag ID) of the corresponding RFID circuit element are stored and held in the database, and a plurality of operation modes are set. Possible mode setting means sets various operation modes based on the access result to the database, and the first wireless communication means transmits and receives information by wireless communication with the wireless tag circuit element according to the set operation mode. To obtain tag identification information. In this way, the operation mode of the first wireless communication means is set according to the state of the database and the tag identification information is acquired, so that the location of the management target and its fluctuation are automatically managed. be able to. As a result, unlike conventional techniques that require manual operation for data reading, Z writing, etc. for management, fully automated article management can be implemented, and efficiency can be improved.
[0030] 第 8発明は、上記第 7発明において、前記モード設定手段は、前記動作モードとし て、前記データベースに前記管理対象の前記存在位置情報が保持された状態にお いて、当該存在位置情報に対応する前記第 1無線通信手段により情報の送受信を 行い、当該無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報を取得するための通常モードを備 えることを特徴とする。 [0030] In an eighth aspect based on the seventh aspect, the mode setting means, as the operation mode, includes the location information in the state where the location information of the management target is held in the database. The first wireless communication means corresponding to the above-mentioned first wireless communication means transmits and receives information, and has a normal mode for acquiring the tag identification information of the wireless tag circuit element.
[0031] 管理対象の存在位置情報がデータベースに保持されている状態では、モード設定 手段が動作モードを通常モードに設定すると、その存在位置情報に対応する第 1無 線通信手段が情報の送受信を行 、、当該無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を取得 する。これにより、管理対象に対し自動的にその存在位置の確認を行うことができる。 また、タグ識別情報の取得ができな力つた場合には、そのことによって存在位置が変 動したことを確認することができ、対応する処理を行うことが可能となる。  [0031] In the state where the management target location information is held in the database, when the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the normal mode, the first wireless communication means corresponding to the presence location information transmits and receives information. In line, the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element is acquired. Thereby, the existence position can be automatically confirmed for the management target. In addition, when it is difficult to acquire the tag identification information, it can be confirmed that the location has changed, and corresponding processing can be performed.
[0032] 第 9発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記モード設定手段に備えられた前記通常 モードは、前記管理対象としての物品の第 1識別情報とこれに対応する物品用無線 タグ回路素子の第 1タグ識別情報を取得する第 1手順と、前記管理対象としての人物 の第 2識別情報とこれに対応する人物用無線タグ回路素子の第 2タグ識別情報を取 得する第 2手順とを、それぞれ所定の繰り返し頻度割合で実行するためのモードであ ることを特徴とする。 [0032] In a ninth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the normal mode provided in the mode setting means includes the first identification information of the article as the management target and the corresponding RFID circuit element for the article. A first procedure for obtaining the first tag identification information, and a second procedure for obtaining the second identification information of the person to be managed and the second tag identification information of the corresponding RFID circuit element for the person, It is a mode for executing at a predetermined repetition frequency rate. It is characterized by that.
[0033] これにより、人物と物品の両方を管理対象として管理することができるとともに、それ らの管理の度合い(どちらをどの程度の重み付けで頻繁に管理するか)を適宜設定 することち可會となる。  [0033] Thus, it is possible to manage both persons and articles as management targets, and it is possible to appropriately set the degree of management (which weight is frequently managed with which weight). It becomes.
[0034] 第 10発明は、上記第 9発明において、前記モード設定手段は、前記通常モードに おいて、前記第 1手順が前記第 2手順の 3倍以上 5倍以下の繰り返し頻度割合で実 行されるように設定することを特徴とする。  [0034] In a ninth aspect based on the ninth aspect, the mode setting means executes the first procedure at a repetition frequency ratio of 3 to 5 times that of the second procedure in the normal mode. It is set to be performed.
[0035] これにより、主として物品を頻繁に管理することが可能となる。  [0035] Thereby, it is possible to mainly manage articles mainly.
[0036] 第 11発明は、上記第 9又は第 10発明において、前記モード設定手段は、前記動 作モードとして、所定の時間的条件に応じ、前記第 1手順と前記第 2手順とを前記通 常モードに比べ前記第 1手順の繰り返し頻度割合を増大させるように変化させて実 行するための棚卸しモードを備えることを特徴とする。  [0036] In an eleventh invention according to the ninth or tenth invention, the mode setting means passes the first procedure and the second procedure as the operation mode according to a predetermined temporal condition. It is characterized by having an inventory mode for changing and executing the repetition frequency ratio of the first procedure as compared with the normal mode.
[0037] 会社オフィス、倉庫等においては、日中は人の出入りがあるが、夜間は無人となる か人の出入りが皆無となる場合が多い。物品についても同様である。本願第 5発明に おいては、これを利用して、物品に対応する第 1無線タグ回路素子の第 1タグ識別情 報を読み取る第 1手順の割合をさらに高めた棚卸しモードを設定する。これにより、物 品出入りのない状態において、確実に棚卸しによる数量管理を自動的に実行するこ とがでさる。  [0037] In company offices, warehouses, etc., there are people going in and out during the day, but in many cases there are no people or no people going in and out at night. The same applies to articles. In the fifth invention of the present application, using this, an inventory mode in which the ratio of the first procedure for reading the first tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element corresponding to the article is further increased is set. This ensures that quantity management by inventory is automatically executed in the absence of goods.
[0038] 第 12発明は、上記第 11発明において、前記モード設定手段は、一日における特 定の時間帯、若しくは、一年における所定の繁忙期になると、前記動作モードを前記 棚卸しモードに設定することを特徴とする。  [0038] In a twelfth aspect based on the eleventh aspect, the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the inventory mode when a specific time period in a day or a predetermined busy period in a year is reached. It is characterized by doing.
[0039] これにより、管理者のニーズに応じ、例えば深夜時間帯等の特定の時間帯や、決 算期等の特定の時期に、棚卸しを自動的に実行することができる。  [0039] Thereby, according to the needs of the manager, for example, inventory can be automatically executed at a specific time zone such as late-night time zone or a specific time such as a settlement period.
[0040] 第 13発明は、上記第 9乃至第 12発明のいずれかにおいて、前記第 1無線通信手 段の設置された建造物の出口通路近傍に配置され、前記物品用無線タグ回路素子 及び前記人物用無線タグ回路素子とそれぞれ無線通信により情報の送受信を行い 、前記第 1及び第 2タグ識別情報を取得するための第 2無線通信手段を有することを 特徴とする。 [0041] これにより、物品の持ち出し管理及び人物の外出管理を自動的に行うことができる [0040] In a thirteenth aspect of the present invention according to any one of the ninth to twelfth aspects of the present invention, the article RFID tag circuit element and the article are arranged near an exit passage of a building where the first wireless communication device is installed. It has a second wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information to and from the person wireless tag circuit element by wireless communication and acquiring the first and second tag identification information. [0041] Thereby, it is possible to automatically perform take-out management of articles and out-of-person management of persons.
[0042] 第 14発明は、上記第 13発明において、前記第 2無線通信手段が、前記物品用無 線タグ回路素子の前記第 1タグ識別情報を取得した際、対応する前記人物用無線タ グ回路素子の前記第 2タグ識別情報を取得できなカゝつた場合に、操作者に対し対応 する報知処理を行うための報知制御手段を有することを特徴とする。 [0042] In a fourteenth aspect based on the thirteenth aspect, when the second wireless communication means acquires the first tag identification information of the radio tag circuit element for goods, the corresponding wireless tag for person is used. In the case where the second tag identification information of the circuit element cannot be obtained, it has a notification control means for performing a notification process corresponding to the operator.
[0043] 物品に対応する第 1無線タグ回路素子の第 1タグ識別情報を読み取ったときに人 物に対応する第 2無線タグ回路素子の第 2タグ識別情報を読み取れなかった場合、 認識不可能な人物、すなわち部外者や不法侵入者により当該物品が持ち出された 可能性が高い。そこで本願第 14発明においては、このような場合に自動的に報知処 理を実行することで、管理担当の操作者にその旨を報知することができる。  [0043] If the second tag identification information of the second RFID circuit element corresponding to the human being cannot be read when the first tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element corresponding to the article is read, the recognition is impossible. There is a high possibility that the article was taken out by a stranger, that is, an outsider or a trespasser. Therefore, in the fourteenth aspect of the present application, the notification process is automatically executed in such a case, so that the operator in charge of the management can be notified.
[0044] 第 15発明は、上記第 8乃至第 14発明のいずれかにおいて、前記モード設定手段 は、前記動作モードとして、前記通常モードにおいて、特定の存在位置情報に対応 する前記第 1無線通信手段により当該無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報を取得 できず、前記データベースに前記管理対象の存在位置情報が保持されなくなった場 合、当該第 1無線通信手段又はそれ以外の前記第 1無線通信手段により、当該タグ 識別情報の取得を試行するための探索モードを備えることを特徴とする。  [0044] In a fifteenth aspect based on any one of the eighth to fourteenth aspects, the mode setting means corresponds to the first wireless communication means corresponding to specific location information in the normal mode as the operation mode. If the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element cannot be acquired by the above and the location information of the management target is not held in the database, the first wireless communication means or the other first wireless communication means Thus, a search mode for trying to acquire the tag identification information is provided.
[0045] 通常モードでタグ識別情報を取得できず存在位置情報がデータベースに保持され なくなった場合、モード設定手段が動作モードを探索モードに設定することにより、他 の第 1無線通信手段 (又は同一の第 1無線通信手段)により、当該無線タグ回路素子 のタグ識別情報の取得が試行される。これにより、情報管理システムは管理対象が他 の第 1無線通信手段の通信範囲に移動したこと (又は通常モード時の検出ミス等であ り管理対象は移動して 、な 、こと)を自動的に認識することができる。  [0045] When the tag identification information cannot be acquired in the normal mode, and the location information is no longer held in the database, the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the search mode, whereby another first wireless communication means (or the same The first wireless communication means) tries to acquire tag identification information of the RFID circuit element. As a result, the information management system automatically indicates that the management object has moved to the communication range of the other first wireless communication means (or that the management object has moved because of a detection error in the normal mode, etc.). Can be recognized.
[0046] 第 16発明は、上記第 15発明において、前記無線タグ回路素子を含む無線タグラ ベルを作成するタグラベル作成手段と、前記通常モード及び前記探索モードにぉ ヽ てすベての前記第 1無線通信手段により前記タグ識別情報の取得を試行しても取得 できず、前記データベースに前記管理対象の前記存在位置情報が保持されな ヽ状 態において、当該タグ識別情報を用いて新たに無線タグラベルを作成するよう、前記 タグラベル作成手段を制御するラベル作成制御手段を有することを特徴とする。 [0046] In a sixteenth aspect based on the fifteenth aspect, tag label creating means for creating a RFID label including the RFID circuit element, and the first and all the first modes in the normal mode and the search mode. Even if an attempt is made to acquire the tag identification information by wireless communication means, and the presence position information of the management target is not held in the database, a new RFID tag label is newly generated using the tag identification information. To create the above It has a label production control means for controlling the tag label production means.
[0047] 通常モードや探索モードですべての第 1無線通信手段で試行してもタグ識別情報 が取得できずデータベースに存在位置情報が保持されなカゝつた場合、対応する無 線タグ回路素子が故障した力あるいは紛失された可能性が高い。本願第 16発明は これに対応し、このような場合にはタグラベル作成手段で新たに無線タグラベルを作 成する(=再発行)ようにする。これにより、故障や紛失等のアクシデントによる管理不 能状態を最小限にとどめて自動的にもとの状態に復帰でき、万全な管理を実現する ことができる。  [0047] If the tag identification information cannot be acquired even if all the first wireless communication means are tried in the normal mode or the search mode, and the presence position information is not retained in the database, the corresponding wireless tag circuit element is There is a high probability that it was damaged or lost. The 16th invention of the present application corresponds to this, and in such a case, a new RFID label is created (= reissued) by the tag label creating means. As a result, the unmanageable state due to accidents such as failure or loss can be minimized and automatically returned to the original state, and thorough management can be realized.
[0048] 第 17発明は、上記第 8乃至第 16発明のいずれかにおいて、前記モード設定手段 は、前記動作モードとして、前記データベースに新規情報が登録された場合に、前 記第 1無線通信手段により対応する無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報を取得し 、取得した前記第 1無線通信手段に対応した存在位置情報を当該タグ識別情報と関 連づけて前記データベースに格納する登録モードを備えることを特徴とする。  [0048] In a seventeenth aspect based on any one of the eighth to sixteenth aspects, the mode setting means, when new information is registered in the database as the operation mode, includes the first wireless communication means. A registration mode in which the tag identification information of the corresponding wireless tag circuit element is acquired by the method, and the presence position information corresponding to the acquired first wireless communication unit is stored in the database in association with the tag identification information. It is characterized by.
[0049] データベースへアクセスして、新規登録情報がみっかった場合、モード設定手段が 動作モードを登録モードに設定することにより、第 1無線通信手段により当該無線タ グ回路素子のタグ識別情報が取得され、その第 1無線通信手段に対応した存在位 置情報が当該タグ識別情報と関連付けられデータベースに格納される。これにより、 この後は、通常モードにおいて当該無線タグ回路素子に対応する管理対象の存在 位置確認処理を (探索モードを備えている場合には移動検知処理も)自動的に行うこ とがでさる。  [0049] When the new registration information is found by accessing the database, the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the registration mode, so that the tag identification information of the wireless tag circuit element is obtained by the first wireless communication means. The acquired location information corresponding to the first wireless communication means is associated with the tag identification information and stored in the database. Thus, after this, in the normal mode, the management target location confirmation process corresponding to the RFID circuit element can be automatically performed (and the movement detection process if the search mode is provided). .
[0050] 第 18発明は、上記第 15乃至第 17発明のいずれかにおいて、前記モード設定手 段は、前記動作モードを前記探索モード又は前記登録モードに設定して対応する処 理が終了したら、前記動作モードを前記通常モードに設定することを特徴とする。  [0050] In an eighteenth aspect according to any one of the fifteenth to seventeenth aspects, the mode setting means sets the operation mode to the search mode or the registration mode, and completes the corresponding processing. The operation mode is set to the normal mode.
[0051] これにより、探索モードによる移動検知処理が終了したり、また登録モードによるデ ータベースへの新規登録が終了したら、自動的に通常の存在位置確認処理に移行 させることがでさる。  [0051] Thus, when the movement detection process in the search mode is completed or the new registration to the database in the registration mode is completed, the process can automatically shift to the normal existence position confirmation process.
[0052] 第 19発明は、上記第 7乃至第 18発明のいずれかにおいて、前記第 1無線通信手 段は、少なくとも 1つの建造物の複数の箇所にそれぞれ設置されていることを特徴と する。 [0052] A nineteenth aspect of the present invention is characterized in that, in any one of the seventh to eighteenth aspects, the first wireless communication device is installed at a plurality of locations of at least one building, respectively. To do.
[0053] これにより、建造物内の複数の箇所において、無線タグ回路素子に対応する管理 対象の存在位置確認処理を (探索モードを備えて 、る場合には移動検知処理も)自 動的に行うことができる。  [0053] Thereby, the existence position confirmation process of the management target corresponding to the RFID circuit element is automatically performed at a plurality of locations in the building (when the search mode is provided, the movement detection process is also performed). It can be carried out.
[0054] 上記第 1の目的を達成するために、第 20発明は、情報取得対象に対応して設けた 情報保持部から、当該保持された情報を取得する情報読み取り装置であって、前記 情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子に基づき、 前記動作態様因子を設定する第 2設定手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0054] In order to achieve the first object, the twentieth invention is an information reading device for acquiring the held information from an information holding unit provided corresponding to the information acquisition object, wherein the information It has the 2nd setting means which sets the said operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor at the time of acquisition operation, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
[0055] 本願第 20発明においては、設定補助因子に基づき第 2設定手段が動作態様因子 を設定することにより、この動作態様因子に応じて情報保持部からの情報取得動作 が実行される。これにより、円滑な情報取得動作が実現され、管理対象物への管理 性を向上することができる。  [0055] In the twentieth invention of the present application, the second setting means sets the operation mode factor based on the setting auxiliary factor, whereby the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit is executed according to the operation mode factor. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability to the management target can be improved.
[0056] 上記第 1及び第 4の目的を達成するために、第 21発明は、第 20発明において、第 1情報取得対象に対応して設けた第 1情報保持部に保持された第 1識別情報を、前 記第 2設定手段で設定された前記動作態様因子としての第 1取得態様を用いて実質 的に非接触で読み取って取得する第 1取得手段と、この第 1取得手段による取得結 果に応じ、第 2情報取得対象に対応して設けた第 2情報保持部に保持された第 2識 別情報を、前記第 2設定手段で前記第 1の取得態様とは異なるように設定された前 記動作態様因子としての第 2取得態様を用いて、実質的に非接触で読み取って取 得する第 2取得手段とを備えることを特徴とする。  In order to achieve the first and fourth objects, the twenty-first invention is the first identification held in the first information holding unit provided corresponding to the first information acquisition object in the twentieth invention. First acquisition means for reading and acquiring information in a substantially non-contact manner using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set by the second setting means, and the acquisition result by the first acquisition unit Depending on the result, the second identification information held in the second information holding unit provided corresponding to the second information acquisition target is set by the second setting means to be different from the first acquisition mode. And a second acquisition means for reading and acquiring in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as the operation mode factor.
[0057] 本願第 21発明においては、まず第 1取得手段で第 1情報保持部に保持された第 1 識別情報を第 1取得態様で取得した後、その取得結果に応じて、第 2取得手段で第 2情報保持部に保持された第 2識別情報を第 2取得態様で取得する。このように、第 1取得手段と第 2取得手段とで異なる取得態様を用いることにより、情報取得時の互 いの干渉'悪影響を防止しつつ、複数の情報取得対象から少な!、手順で手軽かつ 容易に情報を取得することができる。  [0057] In the twenty-first invention of the present application, after first acquiring the first identification information held in the first information holding unit by the first acquisition means in the first acquisition mode, the second acquisition means is performed according to the acquisition result. The second identification information held in the second information holding unit is acquired in the second acquisition mode. In this way, by using different acquisition modes for the first acquisition means and the second acquisition means, it is possible to reduce the number of information acquisition targets from a plurality of information acquisition targets while preventing mutual interference at the time of information acquisition. And information can be easily acquired.
[0058] 第 22の発明は、上記第 21発明において、前記第 1及び第 2取得手段は、前記第 1 及び第 2情報保持部としての第 1及び第 2無線タグ回路素子に対し、前記第 1及び第 2取得態様の一方として極超短波を用いた無線通信を行うとともに前記第 1及び第 2 取得態様の他方として短波を用いた無線通信を行うことを特徴とする。 [0058] In a twenty-second aspect based on the twenty-first aspect, the first and second acquisition means are configured so that the first and second RFID tag circuit elements as the first and second information holding units are 1st and 2nd As one of the two acquisition modes, radio communication using ultra high frequency waves is performed, and as the other of the first and second acquisition modes, radio communication using short waves is performed.
[0059] 第 1取得手段と第 1無線タグ回路素子との通信時と、第 2取得手段と第 2無線タグ回 路素子との通信時とで、極超短波と短波という異なる周波数帯を用いることにより、情 報取得時の互いの混信を防止しつつ、第 1及び第 2無線タグ回路素子情報取得対 象力 少な 、手順で手軽かつ容易に情報を取得することができる。  [0059] Different frequency bands of ultrashort waves and short waves are used during communication between the first acquisition means and the first RFID circuit element and during communication between the second acquisition means and the second RFID circuit element. As a result, it is possible to easily and easily acquire information in a procedure with little ability to acquire information on the first and second RFID tag circuit elements while preventing mutual interference at the time of information acquisition.
[0060] 第 23の発明は、上記第 22発明において、前記第 1取得手段は、前記第 1取得態 様として短波を用いて無線通信を行い、前記第 2取得手段は、前記第 1取得手段に おいて前記第 1識別情報の取得が完了した後に、前記第 2取得態様として極超短波 を用いて無線通信を行 、、前記第 2識別情報の取得を行うことを特徴とする。  [0060] In a twenty-third aspect based on the twenty-second aspect, the first acquisition means performs wireless communication using a short wave as the first acquisition mode, and the second acquisition means is the first acquisition means. In this case, after the acquisition of the first identification information is completed, radio communication is performed using ultra high frequency as the second acquisition mode, and the second identification information is acquired.
[0061] これにより、例えば物品を第 1取得手段に接近させることで通信距離の短い短波を 用いて第 1無線タグ回路素子の第 1識別情報を取得した後、通信距離の長い極超短 波によって上記物品に対応した人物に係わる第 2無線タグ回路素子の第 2識別情報 を取得する等が可能となる。また、第 1識別情報の取得完了後に第 2識別情報取得 を行うようにすることで、第 1識別情報が取得できな力つた場合に第 2識別情報の取 得操作をやめ、無駄な電力消費を防止することができる。  Accordingly, for example, after the first identification information of the first RFID tag circuit element is acquired using a short wave having a short communication distance by bringing the article close to the first acquisition unit, the ultra high frequency wave having a long communication distance is acquired. Thus, the second identification information of the second RFID circuit element related to the person corresponding to the article can be acquired. Also, by acquiring the second identification information after completing the acquisition of the first identification information, if the first identification information cannot be acquired, the acquisition operation of the second identification information is stopped, and unnecessary power consumption is achieved. Can be prevented.
[0062] 第 24の発明は、上記第 23発明において、前記第 1取得手段は、前記第 1情報取 得対象としての物品に関連づけられた前記第 1無線タグ回路素子に対し、前記短波 として 13. 56MHzの周波数を用いて無線通信を行い、前記第 2取得手段は、前記 第 2情報取得対象としての人物に関連づけられた前記第 2無線タグ回路素子に対し 、前記極超短波を用いて無線通信を行うことを特徴とする。  [0062] In a twenty-fourth aspect based on the twenty-third aspect, the first acquisition means is configured as the short wave to the first RFID circuit element associated with the article as the first information acquisition target. Wireless communication is performed using a frequency of 56 MHz, and the second acquisition unit performs wireless communication using the ultrahigh frequency with respect to the second RFID circuit element associated with the person as the second information acquisition target. It is characterized by performing.
[0063] 通信距離の短い 13. 56MHzの周波数の電波を用いて物品に係わる第 1無線タグ 回路素子の識別情報を取得した後、周波数が 950MHzの通信距離の長い極超短波 によって人物に係わる第 2無線タグ回路素子の識別情報を取得することができる。  [0063] 13. Communication distance is short 13. After the identification information of the first RFID tag circuit element related to the article is obtained using radio waves with a frequency of 56 MHz, the second frequency related to the person is detected by the ultra high frequency with a long communication distance of 950 MHz. Identification information of the wireless tag circuit element can be acquired.
[0064] 第 25の発明は、上記第 23又は第 24発明において、前記第 1及び第 2取得手段は 、前記第 1取得手段が前記情報読み取り装置から一方側に位置する前記第 1無線タ グ回路素子と無線通信可能であり、前記第 2取得手段が前記情報読み取り装置から 他方側に位置する前記第 2無線タグ回路素子と無線通信可能となるように、配置され ていることを特徴とする。 [0064] In a twenty-fifth aspect based on the twenty-third or twenty-fourth aspect, the first and second acquisition means include the first wireless tag in which the first acquisition means is located on one side from the information reading device. Wirelessly communicable with a circuit element, and the second acquisition means is arranged so as to be wirelessly communicable with the second RFID tag circuit element located on the other side of the information reading device. It is characterized by.
[0065] これにより、例えば情報読み取り装置を携帯型として構成するときに、使用者による その携帯姿勢に合致させて、物品を第 1取得手段に接近させ第 1無線タグ回路素子 の識別情報を取得する際には無線電波を装置前方側に送信し、人物に係わる第 2 無線タグ回路素子の識別情報を取得する際には無線電波を装置後方側に送信する 等が可能となる。  Thus, for example, when the information reading apparatus is configured as a portable type, the identification information of the first RFID circuit element is acquired by bringing the article closer to the first acquisition means in accordance with the portable posture of the user. In this case, it is possible to transmit radio waves to the front side of the device, and to acquire identification information of the second RFID tag circuit element related to the person, to transmit the radio waves to the rear side of the device.
[0066] 第 26の発明は、上記第 23発明において、前記第 1取得手段は、前記第 1情報取 得対象としての人物又は物品搬送手段に関連づけられた前記第 1無線タグ回路素 子に対し、前記短波として 13. 5MHzの周波数を用いて無線通信を行い、前記第 2 取得手段は、前記第 2情報取得対象としての物品に関連づけられた前記第 2無線タ グ回路素子に対し、前記極超短波を用いて無線通信を行うことを特徴とする。  [0066] In a twenty-sixth aspect based on the twenty-third aspect, the first acquisition means is provided for the first RFID circuit element associated with the person or the article transport means as the first information acquisition target. Wireless communication is performed using a frequency of 13.5 MHz as the short wave, and the second acquisition unit is configured to transmit the pole to the second wireless tag circuit element associated with the article as the second information acquisition target. It is characterized by performing wireless communication using ultrashort waves.
[0067] 通信距離の短い 13. 5MHzの周波数の電波を用いて人物又は物品搬送手段に 係わる第 1無線タグ回路素子の識別情報を取得した後、通信距離の長い極超短波 によって物品に係わる第 2無線タグ回路素子の識別情報を取得することができる。  [0067] After the identification information of the first RFID tag circuit element related to the person or the article transporting means is acquired using the radio wave of the frequency of 13.5 MHz having a short communication distance, the second Identification information of the wireless tag circuit element can be acquired.
[0068] 第 27の発明は、上記第 21発明において、前記第 1取得手段は、前記第 1情報保 持部としてのバーコード記録部に対し、前記第 1取得態様として光を用いた光学的取 得を行い、前記第 2取得手段は、前記第 1取得手段において前記第 1識別情報の取 得が完了した後に、前記第 2情報保持部としての第 2無線タグ回路素子に対し、前記 第 2取得態様として極超短波を用いて無線通信を行 ヽ、前記第 2識別情報の取得を 行うことを特徴とする。  [0068] In a twenty-seventh aspect based on the twenty-first aspect, the first acquisition means uses an optical device that uses light as the first acquisition mode with respect to the barcode recording section serving as the first information holding section. The second acquisition means performs acquisition on the second RFID circuit element serving as the second information holding unit after the acquisition of the first identification information is completed in the first acquisition means. As a second acquisition mode, the second identification information is acquired by performing wireless communication using ultra high frequency waves.
[0069] これにより、例えば物品を第 1取得手段に接近させることで光を用いてバーコード記 録部の第 1識別情報を取得した後、通信距離の長い極超短波によって上記物品に 対応した人物に係わる第 2無線タグ回路素子の第 2識別情報を取得する等が可能と なる。また、第 1識別情報の取得完了後に第 2識別情報取得を行うようにすることで、 第 1識別情報が取得できな力つた場合に第 2識別情報の取得操作をやめ、無駄な電 力消費を防止することができる。また、既存のバーコードによる物品管理システムを活 用又は連携してシステムを形成することができる。  [0069] Thereby, for example, after acquiring the first identification information of the barcode recording unit using light by bringing the article close to the first acquisition means, the person corresponding to the article by the ultra high frequency wave having a long communication distance It is possible to acquire the second identification information of the second RFID circuit element related to. In addition, by acquiring the second identification information after completing the acquisition of the first identification information, if the first identification information cannot be acquired, the second identification information acquisition operation is stopped, and unnecessary power consumption is achieved. Can be prevented. In addition, an existing bar code article management system can be utilized or linked to form a system.
[0070] 第 28の発明は、上記第 21乃至第 27発明のいずれかにおいて、前記第 1取得手段 で取得した前記第 1識別情報と前記第 2取得手段で取得した前記第 2識別情報とを 関連づけ、その関連づけを表す情報を生成する第 1関連情報生成手段を有すること を特徴とする。 [0070] In a twenty-eighth aspect according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-seventh aspects, the first acquisition means The first identification information acquired in step 1 is associated with the second identification information acquired by the second acquisition unit, and the first related information generation unit generates information representing the association.
[0071] これにより、 2つの取得手段で取得した 2つの識別情報を互いにリンクさせてデータ ベース等の適宜の記憶手段に格納保持することが可能となる。  [0071] Thereby, the two identification information acquired by the two acquisition means can be linked to each other and stored in an appropriate storage means such as a database.
[0072] 第 29の発明は、上記第 21乃至第 27発明のいずれかにおいて、前記第 2取得手段 による取得結果に応じ、第 3情報取得対象に対応して設けた第 3情報保持部に保持 された第 3識別情報を、実質的に非接触で読み取って取得する第 3取得手段と、前 記第 1取得手段で取得した前記第 1識別情報と、前記第 2取得手段で取得した前記 第 2識別情報と、前記第 3取得手段で取得した前記第 3識別情報を関連づけ、その 関連づけを表す情報を生成する第 2関連情報生成手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0072] In a twenty-ninth aspect of the invention, in any one of the twenty-first to twenty-seventh aspects, the third information holding unit provided corresponding to the third information acquisition target according to the acquisition result by the second acquisition means The third acquisition means for reading and acquiring the acquired third identification information in a substantially non-contact manner, the first identification information acquired by the first acquisition means, and the first acquisition information acquired by the second acquisition means. (2) A second related information generation unit that associates the identification information with the third identification information acquired by the third acquisition unit and generates information indicating the association is provided.
[0073] これにより、 3つの取得手段で取得した 3つの識別情報を互いにリンクさせてデータ ベース等の適宜の記憶手段に格納保持することが可能となる。  Accordingly, the three pieces of identification information acquired by the three acquisition units can be linked to each other and stored in an appropriate storage unit such as a database.
[0074] 第 30の発明は、上記第 21乃至第 29発明のいずれかにおいて、前記第 1取得手段 で前記第 1識別情報を取得した後、前記第 2取得手段又は前記第 3取得手段で前記 第 2識別情報又は前記第 3識別情報を取得できなかった場合に、対応する報知信号 を生成する報知信号生成手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0074] In a thirtieth aspect according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-ninth aspects, the first acquisition means acquires the first identification information, and then the second acquisition means or the third acquisition means In the case where the second identification information or the third identification information cannot be acquired, it has a notification signal generating means for generating a corresponding notification signal.
[0075] これにより、最初に第 1取得手段で第 1識別情報は取得できたが、その後の第 2又 は第 3取得手段による第 2又は第 3識別情報の取得には失敗したことを確実に操作 者〖こ認識させることができる。  [0075] This ensures that the first acquisition means can first acquire the first identification information, but the second or third acquisition means thereafter fails to acquire the second or third identification information. Can be recognized by the operator.
[0076] 上記第 1及び第 2の目的を達成するために、第 31の発明は、対象物に関連づけて 取り扱われ、情報を記憶する IC回路部及びこの IC回路部に接続されたタグ側アンテ ナを備えた無線タグ回路素子と無線通信により情報の送受信を行う第 3無線通信手 段と、前記対象物又はこれに対応する前記無線タグ回路素子の属性情報に基づき、 前記第 3無線通信手段における通信態様を決定する決定手段とを有することを特徴 とする。  [0076] In order to achieve the first and second objects, the thirty-first invention is handled in association with an object and stores an IC circuit unit for storing information and a tag side antenna connected to the IC circuit unit. A third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication with a wireless tag circuit element having a power supply, and the third wireless communication means based on attribute information of the object or the wireless tag circuit element corresponding to the object. And determining means for determining a communication mode.
[0077] 本願第 31発明においては、対象物に関連づけて取り扱われる無線タグ回路素子 に対し、第 3無線通信手段によって無線通信にて情報の送受信が行われる。このとき 、第 3無線通信手段による通信態様が、対象物や無線タグ回路素子の属性情報に 応じて決定手段によって決定される。 In the thirty-first aspect of the present application, information is transmitted / received by wireless communication by the third wireless communication means with respect to the wireless tag circuit element handled in association with the object. At this time The communication mode by the third wireless communication means is determined by the determining means according to the attribute information of the object and the RFID tag circuit element.
[0078] これにより、例えば、比較的高い頻度で情報の読み取りが必要である対象物の無 線タグ回路素子は通信頻度を高くしたり、通信距離が比較的小さい対象物の無線タ グ回路素子については通信出力を小さくしたり、通信方向が概略決まっている対象 物の無線タグ回路素子については指向性を鋭くしたり、取扱いに厳重注意が必要な 対象物の無線タグ回路素子については通信失敗時の再試行回数を大きくしたり等の 各種の通信態様設定が可能となる。  Accordingly, for example, a wireless tag circuit element of an object that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency has a high communication frequency or a wireless tag circuit element of an object with a relatively small communication distance. The communication output is reduced, the directivity is sharpened for the target RFID circuit elements whose communication direction is roughly determined, or the communication fails for the target RFID circuit elements that require careful handling. It is possible to set various communication modes such as increasing the number of retry attempts.
[0079] このように、対象物や無線タグ回路素子の属性情報に応じて無線タグ回路素子へ の通信態様を決定することにより、その対象物や無線タグ回路素子の性質、特性に 相応な通信態様で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。したがって、全ての対象物に 係る無線タグ回路素子に対し一律の通信態様で情報の読み取りを行う場合に比べ、 効率よく迅速に、また操作者にとって効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  [0079] Thus, by determining the communication mode to the RFID circuit element according to the attribute information of the object and the RFID circuit element, communication corresponding to the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID circuit element Information can be read in a manner. Therefore, it is possible to read information efficiently and quickly and effectively for the operator as compared with the case where information is read from the RFID tag circuit elements related to all objects in a uniform communication mode.
[0080] 第 32の発明は、上記第 31発明において、前記属性情報の種類を指定する属性情 報特定信号に応じて、当該属性情報に対応する前記無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別 情報を取得する識別情報取得手段を有し、前記第 3無線通信手段は、前記識別情 報取得手段で前記タグ識別情報を取得した前記無線タグ回路素子に対し、前記決 定手段で決定した通信態様により前記情報の送受信を行うことを特徴とする。  [0080] In a thirty-second invention according to the thirty-first invention, in accordance with an attribute information specifying signal designating a type of the attribute information, tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information is acquired. Identification information acquisition means, wherein the third wireless communication means is configured to communicate the information in the communication mode determined by the determination means with respect to the RFID circuit element having acquired the tag identification information by the identification information acquisition means. Is transmitted and received.
[0081] 操作者が所望の属性情報を指定するとこれに基づく属性情報特定信号が発生し、 識別情報取得手段がこの属性情報特定信号に対応する無線タグ回路素子のタグ識 別情報を取得する。そして、第 3無線通信手段が、当該無線タグ回路素子に対し、決 定手段で決定した通信態様を用いて情報の送受信を行う。このように、操作者が属 性情報を指定するだけで対応する通信態様が決定され、その対象物や無線タグ回 路素子の性質、特性に好適な通信態様で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  [0081] When the operator specifies desired attribute information, an attribute information specifying signal is generated based on the attribute information, and the identification information acquiring means acquires tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information specifying signal. Then, the third wireless communication means transmits / receives information to / from the wireless tag circuit element using the communication mode determined by the determination means. In this way, the corresponding communication mode is determined simply by specifying the attribute information by the operator, and the information can be read in a communication mode suitable for the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID circuit element. .
[0082] 第 33の発明は、上記第 32発明において、前記第 3無線通信手段は、前記属性情 報特定信号に応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部にアクセスするため の複数種類の問いかけ信号から 1つを選択して生成する信号生成手段を備えること を特徴とする。 [0083] これにより、例えば移動頻度が比較的高い対象物の無線タグ回路素子に対しては I Dを指定して無線タグ回路素子に応答を求めるコマンドである ScrollID信号を送信 して個別に読み取りを行うようにし、移動頻度が比較的低い対象物の無線タグ回路 素子に対しては IDの一部を指定して応答を求めるコマンドである Ping信号を送信し て複数個分を一度に読み取る等、対象物や無線タグ回路素子の性質、特性に好適 な問いかけ態様で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。 [0082] In a thirty-third aspect based on the thirty-second aspect, the third wireless communication means accesses the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element in accordance with the attribute information specifying signal. It is characterized by comprising signal generating means for selecting and generating one of the interrogation signals. [0083] Thereby, for example, for a RFID circuit element of an object whose movement frequency is relatively high, an ID is specified and a ScrollID signal which is a command for requesting a response to the RFID circuit element is transmitted and individually read. For example, by sending a Ping signal, which is a command for requesting a response by specifying a part of the ID, for a RFID circuit element of an object whose movement frequency is relatively low, Information can be read in an inquiry mode suitable for the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID circuit element.
[0084] 第 34の発明は、上記第 33発明において、前記信号生成手段は、前記属性情報特 定信号に応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報の一部を指定した前記問 Vヽかけ信号を生成することを特徴とする。  [0084] In a thirty-fourth aspect based on the thirty-third aspect, the signal generating means specifies a part of tag identification information of the RFID circuit element in accordance with the attribute information specific signal. It is characterized in that a multiplying signal is generated.
[0085] タグ識別情報の一部を指定した問いかけ信号を生成して無線タグ回路素子に対し 送信することで、対応するタグ識別情報を備えた複数の無線タグ回路素子から情報 の読み取りを行うことができる。特に、対象物又は無線タグ回路素子の属性情報が当 該タグ識別情報に組み込まれて ヽる場合には、タグ識別情報が属性情報を表すこと になるので、タグ識別情報に対応して自動的に通信態様を決定することが可能となり 、さらに便利となる。  [0085] By generating an inquiry signal designating a part of the tag identification information and transmitting it to the RFID circuit element, information can be read from a plurality of RFID circuit elements having the corresponding tag identification information. Can do. In particular, when the attribute information of the target object or the RFID circuit element is incorporated in the tag identification information, the tag identification information represents the attribute information. This makes it possible to determine the communication mode and makes it more convenient.
[0086] 第 35の発明は、上記第 31乃至第 34発明のいずれかにおいて、前記決定手段は、 前記属性情報として、前記無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグの作成履歴情報に応 じて、前記通信態様を決定することを特徴とする。  [0086] In a thirty-fifth aspect according to any one of the thirty-first to thirty-fourth aspects, the determining means corresponds to creation history information of a wireless tag including the wireless tag circuit element as the attribute information. The communication mode is determined.
[0087] 決定手段が無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグの作成履歴情報に応じて通信態 様を決定することにより、例えば、無線タグをいつ作成したか、どの装置で作ったか、 誰が作ったか等に応じて、通信態様を切り替えることが可能となる。  [0087] By determining the communication state according to the creation history information of the RFID tag having the RFID circuit element, the determination unit determines, for example, when the RFID tag was created, with which device, and who created it. The communication mode can be switched according to the above.
[0088] 第 36の発明は、上記第 35発明において、前記決定手段は、前記作成履歴情報と しての前記無線タグの作成時期に応じて、前記通信態様を決定することを特徴とす る。  [0088] The thirty-sixth invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned thirty-fifth invention, the determining means determines the communication mode in accordance with the creation time of the wireless tag as the creation history information. .
[0089] これにより、例えば作成時期が比較的新しいものについては対象物が比較的よく移 動する可能性が高いとみなして通信頻度を高くし、きめ細かに情報を読み取り、一方 、作成時期が比較的古 、ものにっ 、ては対象物があまり移動しな 、とみなして通信 頻度を高くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすることができる。この結果、低頻度で 足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取り 動作を防止することができる。 [0089] With this, for example, if the creation time is relatively new, it is considered that the object is likely to move relatively well, so the communication frequency is increased and the information is read in detail, while the creation times are compared. As a result, it can be assumed that the object does not move so much, so that the communication frequency can be increased and information can be read roughly. As a result, infrequently It is possible to prevent a useless reading operation such as reading information with respect to a sufficient object uniformly at a high frequency.
[0090] 第 37の発明は、上記第 31乃至第 34発明のいずれかにおいて、前記決定手段は、 前記属性情報として、前記対象物の種類情報に応じて、前記通信態様を決定するこ とを特徴とする。  [0090] In a thirty-seventh aspect according to any of the thirty-first to thirty-fourth aspects, the determining means determines the communication mode according to type information of the object as the attribute information. Features.
[0091] 決定手段が無線タグ回路素子の対象物の種類に応じて通信態様を決定することに より、例えば、共有物か私有物か、書類か消耗品か、取り扱い注意の劇薬か通常物 品か等に応じて、通信態様を切り替えることが可能となる。  [0091] The determination means determines the communication mode according to the type of the RFID tag circuit element, for example, shared or private property, documents or consumables, handling dangerous drugs or normal items. It is possible to switch the communication mode according to the above.
[0092] 第 38の発明は、上記第 31乃至第 34発明のいずれかにおいて、前記決定手段は、 前記属性情報として、前記無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部に記憶された無線タ グ情報に対する読み取り履歴情報に応じて、前記通信態様を決定することを特徴と する。  [0092] In a thirty-eighth aspect according to any one of the thirty-first to thirty-fourth aspects, the determining means applies the wireless tag information stored in the IC circuit unit of the wireless tag circuit element as the attribute information. The communication mode is determined according to reading history information.
[0093] 決定手段が IC回路部の読み取り履歴情報に応じて通信態様を決定することにより 、例えば、情報読み取り装置力 ののベ読み取り回数や、読み取りを行った無線タグ 情報の読み取り装置の位置情報等に応じて、通信態様を切り替えることが可能となる  [0093] By determining the communication mode according to the reading history information of the IC circuit unit by the determining means, for example, the number of times of reading of the information reading device power, the position information of the reading device of the RFID tag information that has been read It becomes possible to switch the communication mode according to etc.
[0094] 第 39の発明は、上記第 38発明において、前記決定手段は、前記読み取り履歴情 報としての、前記無線タグ情報に対する異なる情報読み取り装置によるのベ読み取り 回数により算出した前記対象物の移動回数に応じて、前記通信態様を決定すること を特徴とする。 [0094] In a thirty-ninth aspect based on the thirty-eighth aspect, the determining means moves the object calculated based on the number of times the different information readers read the RFID tag information as the reading history information. The communication mode is determined according to the number of times.
[0095] これにより、例えばのベ読み取り回数に基づく対象物の移動回数が多いものにつ いては今後も比較的よく移動する可能性が高いとみなして通信頻度を高くし、きめ細 かに情報を読み取り、一方、対象物の移動回数が少ないものについては対象物があ まり移動しないとみなして通信頻度を低くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすること ができる。この結果、低頻度で足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを 行うといった無駄な読み取り動作を防止することができる。  [0095] As a result, for example, if the number of movements of an object based on, for example, the number of times of reading is large, it is considered that there is a high possibility that the object will move relatively in the future, and the communication frequency is increased to provide detailed information. On the other hand, if the number of movements of the object is small, it can be assumed that the object does not move so much that the communication frequency is lowered and information can be read roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent a useless reading operation in which information is read at a high frequency uniformly with respect to an object that suffices at a low frequency.
[0096] 第 40の発明は、上記第 38発明において、前記決定手段は、前記読み取り履歴情 報としての、前記無線タグ情報に対して読み取りを行った情報読み取り装置の位置 情報により算出した前記対象物の移動距離に応じて、前記通信態様を決定すること を特徴とする。 [0096] In a fortieth aspect based on the thirty-eighth aspect, the determining means is a position of an information reading apparatus that has read the RFID tag information as the reading history information. The communication mode is determined according to a moving distance of the object calculated from information.
[0097] これにより、例えば対象物の移動距離が大きいものについては今後も比較的よく移 動する可能性が高いとみなして通信頻度を高くし、きめ細かに情報を読み取り、一方 、対象物の移動距離が小さ 、ものにっ 、ては今後も対象物があまり移動しな 、とみ なして通信頻度を高くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすることができる。この結果 、低頻度で足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄 な読み取り動作を防止することができる。  [0097] Thereby, for example, when the moving distance of the target object is large, it is considered that there is a high possibility that the target object will move relatively in the future, and the communication frequency is increased to read the information finely. If the distance is small, the object will not move much in the future, so it is possible to increase the communication frequency and read the information roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent a useless reading operation in which information is read at a high frequency uniformly with respect to an object that is sufficient at a low frequency.
[0098] 第 41の発明は、上記第 31乃至第 40発明のいずれかにおいて、前記決定手段は、 前記通信態様として、前記第 3無線通信手段における前記無線タグ回路素子との通 信頻度を決定することを特徴とする。  [0098] In a forty-first aspect according to any of the thirty-first to forty-first aspects, the determining unit determines a communication frequency with the RFID circuit element in the third wireless communication unit as the communication mode. It is characterized by doing.
[0099] これにより、低頻度で足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うと V、つた無駄な読み取り動作を防止することができる。  [0099] With this, when information is read at a high frequency uniformly with respect to an object that is sufficient at a low frequency, it is possible to prevent unnecessary reading operations.
[0100] 第 42の発明は、上記第 31乃至第 40発明のいずれかにおいて、前記決定手段は、 前記通信態様として、前記第 3無線通信手段における前記無線タグ回路素子との通 信出力、又は通信失敗時の再試行回数、若しくは複数のアンテナ素子力 なる装置 側アンテナの指向性を決定することを特徴とする。  [0100] In a forty-second invention according to any of the thirty-first to forty-first inventions, the determining means, as the communication mode, outputs a communication output with the RFID circuit element in the third wireless communication means, or It is characterized by determining the number of retries at the time of communication failure or the directivity of the antenna on the device side that has multiple antenna element forces.
[0101] これにより、例えば、通信距離が近い小出力で足りる対象物に対し一律に大出力で 情報の読み取りを行ったり、方向が決まっている対象物に対し指向性を広くして情報 の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取り動作を防止でき、また取り扱いが厳重で常 に存在位置を把握する必要がある対象物については再試行回数を多くして確実に 管理を行えるようにすることができる。  [0101] Thus, for example, information can be read with a large output evenly for an object that requires a small output with a short communication distance, or information can be read with a wide directivity for an object with a fixed direction. In addition, it is possible to prevent unnecessarily reading operations, such as performing, and to manage objects that require strict handling and always need to know the location by increasing the number of retries.
[0102] 上記第 1の目的を達成するために、第 43の発明は、情報を記憶する IC回路部、及 びこの IC回路部に接続されたタグ側アンテナを備えた無線タグ回路素子が配置され 、連続的に供給可能に収納されたタグ媒体を有する無線タグ回路素子収納体を着 脱可能に設置する収納体設置部と、前記無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部との間 で無線通信により情報の送受信を行う第 3無線通信手段と、この第 3無線通信手段を 介し前記無線タグ回路素子へアクセスし、当該無線タグ回路素子における質問器に よる情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子を設定 する装置側設定手段と、前記無線タグ回路素子収納体から搬送される前記タグ媒体 又はこれに貼り合わせる被印字媒体に印字を行う印字手段とを有することを特徴とす る。 [0102] In order to achieve the first object, the forty-third invention includes an IC circuit unit for storing information, and an RFID circuit element having a tag-side antenna connected to the IC circuit unit. The wireless tag circuit element storage body having the tag medium stored so as to be continuously supplied can be wirelessly communicated between the storage body installation section that can be detachably installed and the IC circuit section of the wireless tag circuit element. A third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by means of access to the wireless tag circuit element via the third wireless communication means, and to an interrogator in the wireless tag circuit element. The apparatus side setting means for setting the setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor at the time of the information acquisition operation, and printing on the tag medium conveyed from the RFID circuit element housing or the print medium to be bonded to the tag medium And a printing means for performing printing.
[0103] 本願第 43発明のタグラベル作成装置においては、収納体設置部に無線タグ回路 素子収納体が装着されタグ媒体が連続的に供給されると、タグ媒体に備えられる無 線タグ回路素子の IC回路部と第 3無線通信手段を介し情報送受信が行われ、また 印字手段で搬送されるタグ媒体 (又は被印字媒体)に印字が行われて、無線タグラベ ルが作成される。このとき、装置側設定手段によって、無線タグラベルに備えられる無 線タグ回路素子の、質問器による情報取得動作時の動作態様因子設定のための設 定補助因子が設定される。その結果、作成した無線タグラベルに備えられる無線タグ 回路素子は、質問器による情報取得動作時において、装置側設定手段で設定され た動作態様因子にしたがって取得動作が遂行される。これにより、円滑な情報取得 動作が実現され、管理対象物への管理性を向上することができる。  [0103] In the tag label producing device according to the 43rd invention of the present application, when the RFID tag circuit element storage body is attached to the storage body installation portion and the tag medium is continuously supplied, the wireless tag circuit element of the tag medium is provided. Information is transmitted and received through the IC circuit unit and the third wireless communication means, and printing is performed on the tag medium (or the medium to be printed) conveyed by the printing means to create a wireless tag label. At this time, a setting auxiliary factor for setting an operation mode factor at the time of information acquisition operation by the interrogator of the radio tag circuit element provided in the RFID label is set by the apparatus side setting means. As a result, the RFID circuit element provided in the created RFID tag label performs the acquisition operation according to the operation mode factor set by the apparatus-side setting means during the information acquisition operation by the interrogator. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
[0104] 上記第 1及び第 2の目的を達成するために、第 44の発明は、第 43発明において、 前記装置側設定手段は、前記設定補助因子として、前記問合せ信号に対する応答 信号を出力する前記動作状態因子としての応答率設定用の情報を設定する装置側 応答率設定手段であることを特徴とする。  In order to achieve the first and second objects, in the forty-fourth invention, in the forty-third invention, the apparatus-side setting means outputs a response signal to the inquiry signal as the setting auxiliary factor It is a device-side response rate setting means for setting response rate setting information as the operating state factor.
[0105] 本願第 44発明のタグラベル作成装置においては、収納体設置部に無線タグ回路 素子収納体が装着されタグ媒体が連続的に供給されると、タグ媒体に備えられる無 線タグ回路素子の IC回路部と第 3無線通信手段を介し情報送受信が行われ、また 印字手段で搬送されるタグ媒体 (又は被印字媒体)に印字が行われて、無線タグラベ ルが作成される。このとき、装置側応答率設定手段によって、無線タグラベルに備え られる無線タグ回路素子における問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する応答率設 定用の情報が設定されている。その結果、作成した無線タグラベルに備えられる無 線タグ回路素子は、装置側応答率設定手段で設定された情報に対応した応答率に したがって、受信した問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する。これにより、比較的高 い頻度で情報の読み取りが必要である第 1読み取り対象に設けた無線タグラベルの 第 1無線タグ回路素子については応答率を高く設定し、比較的低い頻度で情報の読 み取りを行えば足りる第 2読み取り対象に設けた無線タグラベルの第 2無線タグ回路 素子については応答率を低く設定すれば、質問器力 の問い合わせ信号に対して 第 1無線タグ回路素子については高い頻度で応答信号を出力させ、第 2無線タグ回 路素子については低い頻度で応答信号を出力させることが可能となる。その結果、 第 1読み取り対象に対しては高頻度できめ細かに情報を読み取ることができ、第 2読 み取り対象に対しては低頻度で必要最小限に情報を読み取ることができる。このよう に、読み取り対象に応じて無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定することにより、その読 み取り対象に相応な読み取り頻度で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。したがって、 低頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる読み取り対象に対し高頻度に情報の読み 取りを行うといった無駄な読み取りを抑制することができるので、一律の応答率(100 %又は 0%)の無線タグ回路素子を用いて全読み取り対象に対し一律の頻度で情報 の読み取りを行う場合に比べ、迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うことができる。 [0105] In the tag label producing device according to the 44th invention of the present application, when the RFID tag circuit element storage body is attached to the storage body installation portion and the tag medium is continuously supplied, the wireless tag circuit element of the tag medium is provided. Information is transmitted and received through the IC circuit unit and the third wireless communication means, and printing is performed on the tag medium (or the medium to be printed) conveyed by the printing means to create a wireless tag label. At this time, the apparatus-side response rate setting means sets response rate setting information for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal in the RFID tag circuit element provided in the RFID tag label. As a result, the wireless tag circuit element provided in the created RFID tag label outputs a response signal to the received inquiry signal according to the response rate corresponding to the information set by the device-side response rate setting means. As a result, the RFID label provided on the first reading target that needs to be read at a relatively high frequency A high response rate is set for the first RFID tag circuit element, and it is sufficient to read information at a relatively low frequency. If set to a low value, the first RFID circuit element can output a response signal at a high frequency and the second RFID circuit element can output a response signal at a low frequency in response to an interrogator inquiry signal. It becomes possible. As a result, it is possible to read information with high frequency and fineness for the first reading target, and to read information with a minimum frequency to the second reading target with low frequency. In this way, by setting the response rate of the RFID circuit element according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary reading such as reading information to a reading target that is sufficient if information is read at low frequency, and wireless communication with a uniform response rate (100% or 0%) is possible. Compared with the case where information is read at a uniform frequency for all reading targets using tag circuit elements, information can be read quickly and efficiently.
[0106] 上記第 1及び第 2の目的を達成するために、第 45の発明は、第 43発明において、 前記装置側設定手段は、前記第 3無線通信手段による無線通信、及び、前記印字 手段による印字を実行して作成する、前記設定補助因子としての無線タグラベルの 作成履歴情報を生成する作成履歴情報生成手段であることを特徴とする。  In order to achieve the first and second objects, the forty-fifth aspect of the invention is the forty-third aspect of the invention, in which the apparatus side setting means is wireless communication by the third wireless communication means, and the printing means. It is a creation history information generating means for generating the creation history information of the RFID label as the setting auxiliary factor, which is created by executing printing according to the above.
[0107] 本願第 45発明においては、収納体設置部に設置された無線タグ回路素子収納体 力 タグ媒体が供給されると、タグ媒体に備えられた無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部 に対して第 3無線通信手段により無線通信にて情報の送受信が行われ、さらにタグ 媒体 (又は被印字媒体)に印字手段により所定の印字が行われて無線タグラベルが 作成される。このとき、作成履歴情報生成手段で、作成した無線タグラベルの作成履 歴情報が生成される。これにより、当該作成された無線タグラベルの無線タグ回路素 子に対し情報読み取り装置にて読み取りを行うとき、上記作成履歴情報に基づき、例 えば無線タグをいつ作成した力 どの装置で作ったか、誰が作ったか等に応じて、そ の読み取り時の通信態様を切り替えることが可能となる。この結果、対象物や無線タ グ回路素子の性質、特性に相応な通信態様で情報の読み取りを行うことができるの で、全ての対象物に係る無線タグ回路素子に対し一律の通信態様で情報の読み取 りを行う場合に比べ、効率よく迅速に、また操作者にとって効果的な情報の読み取り を行うことができる。 [0107] In the 45th invention of the present application, when the RFID tag circuit element housing body tag medium installed in the housing body installation section is supplied, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element provided in the tag medium Information is transmitted / received by wireless communication by the third wireless communication means, and predetermined printing is performed on the tag medium (or print medium) by the printing means to create a wireless tag label. At this time, creation history information of the created RFID label is generated by the creation history information generation means. As a result, when the RFID circuit element of the created RFID tag label is read by the information reading device, based on the creation history information, for example, when the RFID tag was created, which device was used, and who created the RFID tag It is possible to switch the communication mode at the time of reading depending on whether it was created. As a result, information can be read in a communication mode that is suitable for the properties and characteristics of the target object and the wireless tag circuit element, so that information can be transmitted in a uniform communication mode for the RFID tag circuit elements related to all the target objects. Reading The information can be read efficiently and quickly compared to the case where the operator performs the operation.
[0108] 第 46の発明は、上記第 45発明において、前記作成履歴情報生成手段で作成した 前記作成履歴情報を、データベースを備えた記憶装置へ出力する情報出力手段を 有することを特徴とする。  [0108] In a forty-sixth aspect according to the forty-fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided information output means for outputting the creation history information created by the creation history information generation means to a storage device having a database.
[0109] これにより、情報出力手段で出力され記憶装置でデータベースに格納保持された 作成履歴情報を用いて、読み取り時の通信態様を切り替え、対象物や無線タグ回路 素子の性質、特性に相応な通信態様で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  [0109] Thus, using the creation history information output by the information output means and stored and held in the database by the storage device, the communication mode at the time of reading is switched, and the property and characteristics of the target object and the RFID circuit element are suitable. Information can be read in a communication mode.
[0110] 第 47の発明は、上記第 45発明において、前記第 3無線通信手段は、前記作成履 歴情報生成手段で作成した前記作成履歴情報を、無線通信を介して前記 IC回路部 に書き込むことを特徴とする。  [0110] In a forty-seventh aspect based on the forty-fifth aspect, the third wireless communication means writes the creation history information created by the creation history information generation means into the IC circuit section via wireless communication. It is characterized by that.
[0111] これにより、 IC回路部に書き込まれた作成履歴情報を用いて、読み取り時の通信 態様を切り替え、対象物や無線タグ回路素子の性質、特性に相応な通信態様で情 報の読み取りを行うことができる。  [0111] Thus, using the creation history information written in the IC circuit unit, the communication mode at the time of reading is switched, and the information is read in a communication mode corresponding to the properties and characteristics of the object and the RFID tag circuit element. It can be carried out.
[0112] 第 48の発明は、上記第 45乃至第 47発明のいずれかにおいて、前記作成履歴情 報生成手段は、前記作成履歴情報として、前記無線タグラベルの作成時期情報を作 成することを特徴とする。  [0112] In a forty-eighth aspect of the present invention, in any of the forty-fifth to forty-seventh aspects, the creation history information generating means creates the creation time information of the RFID label as the creation history information. And
[0113] これにより、例えば作成時期が比較的新しいものについては対象物が比較的よく移 動する可能性が高いとみなして通信頻度を高くし、きめ細かに情報を読み取り、一方 、作成時期が比較的古 、ものにっ 、ては対象物があまり移動しな 、とみなして通信 頻度を高くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすることができる。この結果、低頻度で 足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取り 動作を防止することができる  [0113] With this, for example, if the creation time is relatively new, it is considered that the object is likely to move relatively well, so the communication frequency is increased and the information is read in detail, while the creation time is compared. As a result, it can be assumed that the object does not move so much, so that the communication frequency can be increased and information can be read roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent a useless reading operation such as reading information with a high frequency uniformly with respect to an object which is sufficient with a low frequency.
[0114] 上記第 1の目的を達成するために、第 49の発明は、情報を記憶する IC回路部と、 この IC回路部に接続されるタグ側アンテナとを有する無線タグ回路素子であって、前 記 IC回路部は、質問器による情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するた めの設定補助因子に基づき、前記動作態様因子を設定する第 1設定手段を備える。  [0114] In order to achieve the first object, a forty-ninth aspect of the present invention is a wireless tag circuit element having an IC circuit section for storing information and a tag side antenna connected to the IC circuit section. The IC circuit unit includes first setting means for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor during the information acquisition operation by the interrogator.
[0115] これにより、質問器は、その情報取得動作時において、第 1設定手段で設定された 動作態様因子にしたがって取得動作が遂行される。これにより、円滑な情報取得動 作が実現され、管理対象物への管理性を向上することができる。 [0115] Thus, the interrogator is set by the first setting means during the information acquisition operation. The acquisition operation is performed according to the operation mode factor. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the management target can be improved.
[0116] 上記第 1及び第 2の目的を達成するために、第 50の発明は、第 49発明において、 前記 IC回路部は、質問器力もの問合せ信号に対する応答信号を出力する前記動作 態様因子としての応答率を設定する、前記第 1設定手段としてのタグ側応答率設定 手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0116] In order to achieve the above first and second objects, in the fifty-th invention, in the forty-ninth invention, the IC circuit section outputs a response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal. And a tag-side response rate setting means as the first setting means.
[0117] 本願第 50発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、質問器からの問合せ信号の受信 時に当該問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する応答率を設定するタグ側応答率設 定手段を有しており、このタグ側応答率設定手段で設定された応答率にしたがって、 質問器からの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する。これにより、比較的高い頻度 で情報の読み取りが必要である読み取り対象 (以下、第 1読み取り対象)に設けた無 線タグ回路素子 (以下、第 1無線タグ回路素子)については応答率を高く設定し、比 較的低い頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる読み取り対象 (以下、第 2読み取り対 象)に設けた無線タグ回路素子 (以下、第 2無線タグ回路素子)については応答率を 低く設定すれば、質問器力 の問い合わせ信号に対して第 1無線タグ回路素子につ V、ては高 、頻度で応答信号を出力させ、第 2無線タグ回路素子にっ 、ては低 ヽ頻 度で応答信号を出力させることが可能となる。その結果、第 1読み取り対象に対して は高頻度できめ細かに情報を読み取ることができ、第 2読み取り対象に対しては低頻 度で必要最小限に情報を読み取ることができる。このように、読み取り対象に応じて 無線タグ回路素子の応答率を設定することにより、その読み取り対象に相応な読み 取り頻度で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。したがって、低頻度で情報の読み取り を行えば足りる読み取り対象に対し高頻度に情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読 み取りを抑制することができるので、一律の応答率(100%又は 0%)の無線タグ回路 素子を用いて全読み取り対象に対し一律の頻度で情報の読み取りを行う場合に比 ベ、迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  [0117] The RFID circuit element of the 50th invention of the present application has tag side response rate setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal upon reception of the inquiry signal from the interrogator. The response signal is output in response to the inquiry signal from the interrogator according to the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means. As a result, a high response rate is set for the wireless tag circuit element (hereinafter referred to as the 1st RFID tag circuit element) provided for the reading target (hereinafter referred to as the 1st reading object) that needs to read information at a relatively high frequency. However, the response rate is set to be low for the RFID tag circuit element (hereinafter referred to as the second RFID tag circuit element) provided for the reading target (hereinafter referred to as the second reading target) that only needs to read information at a relatively low frequency. In response to the inquiry signal of the interrogator power, the first RFID circuit element outputs a response signal with a frequency of V, and the second RFID circuit element with a low frequency. A response signal can be output. As a result, information can be read frequently and finely for the first reading target, and information can be read to the second reading target at a low frequency and to the minimum necessary. As described above, by setting the response rate of the RFID circuit element according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary reading such as reading information to a reading target that is sufficient if reading information is performed at a low frequency, so that a uniform response rate (100% or 0%) can be obtained. Compared to the case where information is read at a uniform frequency with respect to all reading targets using the RFID tag circuit element, information can be read quickly and efficiently.
[0118] 第 51の発明は、上記第 50発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、乱数を 発生させるタグ側乱数発生手段と、このタグ側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱数と所 定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号 を出力するかどうかを決定する第 1応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする。 [0118] In a fifty-first invention according to the fifty-first aspect, the tag-side response rate setting means includes a tag-side random number generating means for generating a random number, a random number generated by the tag-side random number generating means, and a predetermined value. By comparing with the threshold value, the response signal to the interrogation power inquiry signal And a first response determining means for determining whether or not to output.
[0119] 本願第 51発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、タグ側乱数発生手段で乱数を発 生させ、第 1応答決定手段でこの乱数と所定のしきい値とを比較することによって応 答信号を出力するかどうかを決定することにより、応答率を設定する。したがって、例 えばタグ側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱数が所定のしきい値以下である場合に応 答信号を出力するように決定し、反対に発生させた乱数が所定のしき!/、値よりも大き[0119] In the RFID circuit element of the 51st invention of the present application, a response signal is generated by generating a random number with the tag-side random number generation means and comparing the random number with a predetermined threshold value with the first response determination means. The response rate is set by determining whether to output. Therefore, for example, when the random number generated by the tag-side random number generator is less than a predetermined threshold value, it is determined to output a response signal, and the generated random number has a predetermined threshold! /, Value. Larger than
V、場合に応答信号を出力しな 、ように決定するような場合には、しき 、値を大き 、値 に設定することにより応答率を高く設定することができ、反対にしきい値を小さい値に 設定することにより応答率を低く設定することが可能である。これにより、読み取り対 象に応じて応答率を設定することができるので、その読み取り対象に相応な頻度で 情報を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を向上することができる。 V, in the case where it is determined that the response signal is not output, the response rate can be set high by setting the threshold value to a large value, and conversely, the threshold value is set to a small value. By setting to, the response rate can be set low. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
[0120] 第 52の発明は、上記第 50発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記質 問器の装置側乱数発生手段で発生され前記質問器から送信された乱数と所定のし きい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力 するかどうかを決定する第 2応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする。  [0120] In a fifty-second invention according to the fifty-first invention, the tag-side response rate setting means includes a random number generated by the device-side random number generation means of the interrogator and transmitted from the interrogator and a predetermined threshold. And a second response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator power inquiry signal by comparing with a value.
[0121] 本願第 52発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、装置側乱数発生手段で発生され た乱数を受信し、第 2応答決定手段でこの乱数と所定のしきい値を比較することによ つて応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する。該しきい値の大小により、応答率を設 定する。したがって、例えば装置側乱数発生手段で発生させた乱数が所定のしきい 値以下である場合に応答信号を出力するように決定し、反対に発生させた乱数が所 定のしき 、値よりも大き!/、場合に応答信号を出力しな!、ように決定するような場合に は、しきい値を大きい値に設定することにより応答率を高く設定することができ、反対 にしきい値を小さい値に設定することにより応答率を低く設定することが可能である。 これにより、読み取り対象に応じて応答率を設定することができるので、その読み取り 対象に相応な頻度で情報を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を向上す ることがでさる。  [0121] In the RFID circuit element according to the 52nd aspect of the present invention, the random number generated by the device-side random number generating means is received, and the second response determining means compares the random number with a predetermined threshold value. Determine whether to output a response signal. The response rate is set according to the threshold value. Therefore, for example, when the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means is less than or equal to a predetermined threshold value, it is determined to output a response signal, and on the contrary, the generated random number is larger than the predetermined threshold value. If you decide to output no response signal at! /, The response rate can be set higher by setting the threshold value to a larger value, and the threshold value is decreased. By setting the value, the response rate can be set low. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
[0122] 第 53の発明は、上記第 50発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記質 問器力 問合せ信号を受信した回数を数えるカウント手段と、このカウント手段でカウ ントした問合せ信号の受信回数と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問 器力もの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する第 3応答決定手 段とを有することを特徴とする。 [0122] In a 53rd aspect based on the 50th aspect, the tag side response rate setting means counts the number of times the interrogation power inquiry signal has been received, and the counting means A third response deciding means for deciding whether or not to output a response signal in response to the interrogative inquiry signal by comparing the received inquiry signal reception count with a predetermined threshold value. Features.
[0123] 本願第 53発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、カウント手段で質問器力も問合せ 信号を受信した回数をカウントし、第 3応答決定手段でこのカウントした受信回数と所 定のしきい値とを比較することによって応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する。該し きい値の大小により、応答率を設定する。したがって、例えばしきい値を 10とし、カウ ント手段でカウントした受信回数が 10に達したら応答信号を出力するように決定すれ ば、無線タグ回路素子の応答率を 1Z10に設定することが可能となる。このようにして 、しきい値を適宜の値に設定することにより読み取り対象に応じた応答率を設定する ことができるので、その読み取り対象に相応な頻度で情報を読み取ることができ、そ の結果、読み取り効率を向上することができる。  [0123] In the RFID circuit element according to the 53rd invention of the present application, the counting means counts the number of times the interrogator has received the inquiry signal, and the third response determining means counts the counted number of receptions and a predetermined threshold value. To determine whether to output a response signal. The response rate is set according to the threshold value. Therefore, for example, if the threshold value is set to 10 and it is determined to output a response signal when the number of receptions counted by the counting means reaches 10, the response rate of the RFID circuit element can be set to 1Z10. Become. In this way, by setting the threshold value to an appropriate value, it is possible to set the response rate according to the reading target, so that information can be read at a frequency appropriate for the reading target, and the result Reading efficiency can be improved.
[0124] 第 54の発明は、上記第 50発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記質 問器力も問合せ信号を受信したときに前回の問合せ信号を受信して力もの経過時間 を算出する算出手段と、この算出手段で算出した経過時間と所定のしきい値とを比 較することにより、前記質問器力もの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうか を決定する第 4応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする。  [0124] In a fifty-fourth aspect based on the fifty-first aspect, the tag side response rate setting means receives the previous interrogation signal when the interrogator force also receives the interrogation signal, and calculates the elapsed time of the force. A fourth response decision for deciding whether or not to output a response signal to the inquiry signal having the above-mentioned interrogation capability by comparing the calculation means for calculating and the elapsed time calculated by this calculation means with a predetermined threshold value Means.
[0125] 本願第 54発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、質問器から問合せ信号を受信し たときに算出手段で前回の問合せ信号を受信して力もの経過時間を算出し、第 4応 答決定手段でこの経過時間と所定のしきい値とを比較することによって応答信号を 出力するかどうかを決定することにより、応答率を設定する。したがって、例えば時刻 差が所定のしきい値以下である場合に応答信号を出力しないように決定し、反対に 時刻差が所定のしき 、値よりも大き 、場合に応答信号を出力するように決定するよう な場合には、しきい値を小さい値に設定することにより応答率を高く設定することがで き、反対にしきい値を大きい値に設定することにより応答率を低く設定することが可能 となる。これにより、読み取り対象に応じて応答率を設定することができるので、その 読み取り対象に相応な頻度で情報を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を 向上することができる。 [0126] 第 55の発明は、上記第 50発明において、前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、前記質 問器からの問合せ信号の受信時に充電を行う充電手段と、この充電手段の充電電 圧と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器からの問合せ信号に対し応 答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する第 5応答決定手段とを有することを特徴とする [0125] In the RFID circuit element of the 54th invention of the present application, when an inquiry signal is received from the interrogator, the calculation means receives the previous inquiry signal, calculates the elapsed time, and determines the fourth response. The response rate is set by deciding whether or not to output a response signal by comparing the elapsed time with a predetermined threshold. Therefore, for example, it is determined not to output a response signal when the time difference is equal to or smaller than a predetermined threshold value, and conversely, it is determined to output a response signal when the time difference is larger than the predetermined threshold value. In such cases, the response rate can be set high by setting the threshold value to a small value, and conversely, the response rate can be set low by setting the threshold value to a large value. It becomes. As a result, since the response rate can be set according to the reading target, information can be read at a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved. [0126] In a fifty-fifth aspect according to the fifty-fifth aspect of the present invention, the tag-side response rate setting means includes a charging means that performs charging when receiving an inquiry signal from the interrogator, and a charging voltage of the charging means. And a fifth response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal in response to the inquiry signal from the interrogator by comparing with a predetermined threshold value.
[0127] 本願第 55発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、質問器からの問合せ信号受信時 に充電手段で充電を行!、、第 5応答決定手段でこの充電手段の充電電圧と所定の しきい値とを比較することによって応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定することにより、 応答率を設定する。したがって、例えば充電電圧が所定のしきい値以下である場合 に応答信号を出力するように決定し、反対に充電電圧が所定のしき 、値よりも大き 、 場合に応答信号を出力しな 、ように決定するような場合には、しき 、値を大き 、値に 設定することにより応答率を高く設定することができ、反対にしきい値を小さい値に設 定することにより応答率を低く設定することが可能となる。これにより、読み取り対象に 応じて応答率を設定することができるので、その読み取り対象に相応な頻度で情報 を読み取ることができ、その結果、読み取り効率を向上することができる。 [0127] In the RFID circuit element according to the 55th aspect of the present invention, charging is performed by the charging means when an inquiry signal is received from the interrogator !, and the charging voltage of the charging means and a predetermined threshold are set by the fifth response determining means. The response rate is set by determining whether to output the response signal by comparing the value. Therefore, for example, it is determined to output a response signal when the charging voltage is equal to or lower than a predetermined threshold value, and conversely, when the charging voltage is larger than the predetermined threshold value, the response signal is not output. If the threshold value is determined, the threshold value can be set to a large value and the response rate can be set high, while the threshold value is set to a small value to set the response rate low. It becomes possible. As a result, the response rate can be set according to the reading target, so that information can be read with a frequency corresponding to the reading target, and as a result, the reading efficiency can be improved.
[0128] 第 56の発明は、上記第 51乃至第 55発明のいずれかにおいて、前記所定のしきい 値を記憶する不揮発性の記憶手段を有していることを特徴とする。  [0128] The fifty-sixth invention is characterized in that in any of the fifty-first to fifty-fifth inventions, there is a non-volatile storage means for storing the predetermined threshold value.
[0129] これにより、質問器力もの問合せ信号の受信が終了して電源供給が断たれても、所 定のしきい値を保持することができる。その結果、設定手段で設定された応答率また は変更手段で変更された応答率を保持することができる。  [0129] This makes it possible to maintain a predetermined threshold even when reception of an inquiry signal having an interrogative power is completed and power supply is cut off. As a result, the response rate set by the setting means or the response rate changed by the changing means can be held.
[0130] 第 57の発明は、上記第 56発明において、前記記憶手段に記憶された前記しきい 値を書き換えることにより、前記タグ側応答率設定手段で設定した応答率を変更する 変更手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0130] In a fifty-seventh aspect of the present invention, in the fifty-sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided changing means for changing the response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means. It is characterized by that.
[0131] 本願第 57発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、変更手段で記憶手段に記憶され たしきい値を書き換えることにより、設定手段で設定した応答率を変更する。これによ り、例えば時間の経過により使用頻度が低下した物品等、当初は比較的高い頻度で 情報の読み取りが必要であつたのに対して現在では比較的低!、頻度で情報の読み 取りを行えば足りるようになった読み取り対象に設けた無線タグ回路素子の応答率を 、変更手段により小さく変更することが可能である。このように、変更手段で応答率を 適宜変更することにより、使用頻度等の読み取り対象の状況に応じてきめ細かに応 答率を設定することができる。その結果、さらに迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行う ことができる。 In the RFID tag circuit element according to the 57th aspect of the present invention, the response rate set by the setting means is changed by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means. As a result, for example, articles that have been used less frequently over time, etc., although information was initially required to be read at a relatively high frequency, it is now relatively low! The response rate of the RFID tag circuit element provided for the reading target is sufficient. It is possible to make small changes by the changing means. In this way, by appropriately changing the response rate by the changing means, it is possible to set the response rate in detail according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
[0132] 第 58の発明は、上記第 57発明において、前記変更手段は、前記質問器から受信 した書き換え信号に応じて前記記憶手段に記憶された前記しきい値を書き換えること を特徴とする。  [0132] The 58th invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned 57th invention, said changing means rewrites said threshold value stored in said storage means in response to a rewrite signal received from said interrogator.
[0133] 本願第 58発明の無線タグ回路素子においては、変更手段で記憶手段に記憶され たしきい値を質問器力 受信した書き換え信号に応じて書き換えることにより、設定 手段で設定した応答率を変更する。これにより、使用頻度等の読み取り対象の状況 に応じてきめ細かに応答率を設定することができる。その結果、さらに迅速に効率よく 情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  In the RFID circuit element according to the 58th aspect of the present invention, the response rate set by the setting means is obtained by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means by the changing means in accordance with the rewrite signal received by the interrogator. change. As a result, the response rate can be set in detail according to the status of the reading target such as the usage frequency. As a result, information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0134] 請求項 1、請求項 20、請求項 43、請求項 49記載の発明によれば、円滑な情報取 得動作を実現し、管理対象物への管理性を向上することができる。  [0134] According to the invention of claim 1, claim 20, claim 43, and claim 49, it is possible to realize a smooth information acquisition operation and to improve the manageability of the management object.
[0135] 請求項 2、請求項 44、請求項 50記載の発明によれば、迅速に効率よく情報の読み 取りを行うことができる。  [0135] According to the invention of claim 2, claim 44, and claim 50, information can be read quickly and efficiently.
[0136] 請求項 7記載の発明によれば、手動操作によるデータ書き込み指示等を不要として [0136] According to the invention of claim 7, there is no need for a manual data write instruction or the like.
、完全自動化した物品管理を行うことができる。 Fully automated article management can be performed.
[0137] 請求項 21記載の発明によれば、情報取得時の互いの干渉 ·悪影響を防止しつつ、 複数の情報取得対象から少な 、手順で手軽かつ容易に情報を取得することができる [0137] According to the invention of claim 21, information can be easily and easily acquired from a plurality of information acquisition targets in a few steps while preventing mutual interference and adverse effects during information acquisition.
[0138] 請求項 31及び請求項 45記載の発明によれば、効率よく迅速に、また操作者によつ て効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができる。 [0138] According to the invention described in claim 31 and claim 45, it is possible to read information effectively and quickly and effectively by the operator.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0139] 以下、本発明の実施形態を図面を参照しつつ説明する。 [0139] Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0140] 本発明の第 1の実施形態を図 1〜図 19により説明する。本実施形態は、本発明を 倉庫の荷物管理システムに適用した場合の実施形態である。 [0141] 図 1は、本発明の第 1実施形態の情報管理システム (無線タグ情報読み取りシステ ム)全体を表す概念的なシステム構成図である。 [0140] A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. This embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a warehouse luggage management system. [0141] FIG. 1 is a conceptual system configuration diagram showing the entire information management system (wireless tag information reading system) of the first embodiment of the present invention.
[0142] 図 1に示す無線タグ情報読み取りシステム (情報管理システム) ST1は、この例では 倉庫 1内に設けられている。この無線タグ情報読み取りシステム ST1は、上記倉庫 1 の出入口 1Aを介して搬入'搬出される複数の荷物 L (L1〜L11)にそれぞれ貼付さ れた複数の無線タグラベル T (T 〜T )に備えられる複数の無線タグ回路素子 To  [0142] The RFID tag information reading system (information management system) ST1 shown in Fig. 1 is provided in the warehouse 1 in this example. This RFID tag information reading system ST1 is equipped with a plurality of RFID label T (T to T) affixed to a plurality of packages L (L1 to L11) that are loaded and unloaded via the entrance 1A of the warehouse 1. Multiple RFID tag circuit elements
L LI L11  L LI L11
(詳細は後述)と、上記複数の荷物 Lの搬入'搬出作業等を行う作業者 Mが身に着け た無線タグラベル T〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To (詳細は後述)と、それら複数 の無線タグ回路素子 Toにアクセスする(この例では記憶された所定の情報を読み取 る)リーダ 1200 (質問器)とを有している。  (Details will be described later), the RFID tag circuit element To (which will be described in detail later) worn by the worker M who carries in and out the plurality of loads L, and the plurality of these A reader 1200 (interrogator) that accesses the RFID circuit element To (in this example, reads predetermined information stored).
[0143] 図 2は、上記無線タグラベル Τ , Tのうち T の全体概略構造の一例を表す図であ FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall schematic structure of T among the RFID label Τ and T described above.
L L1  L L1
り、図 2 (a)は無線タグラベル T の上面図、図 2 (b)は下面図である。これら図 2 (a)及 し 1  2 (a) is a top view of the RFID label T, and FIG. 2 (b) is a bottom view. Figure 2 (a) and 1
び図 2 (b)にお 、て、無線タグラベル T は、例えば略シート形状の基材 1002 (ラベ し 1  In FIG. 2 (b), the RFID label T is, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped substrate 1002 (label 1).
ル基材)と、この基材 1002に配置され、情報を記憶する IC回路部 150とこの IC回路 部 150に接続されるアンテナ 151(タグ側アンテナ)とをそれぞれ備えた無線タグ回路 素子 Toを備えている。  RFID tag circuit element To, each of which has an IC circuit unit 150 disposed on the base material 1002 and stores information, and an antenna 151 (tag antenna) connected to the IC circuit unit 150. I have.
[0144] 図 2 (a)に示すように、無線タグラベル T の基材 1002の表側(上面)には、対応す し 1  [0144] As shown in Fig. 2 (a), the front side (upper surface) of the base material 1002 of the RFID label T corresponds to 1
る印字情報 (この例では「荷物 1」)を表記した領域 Sを備えている。なお、これら領域 Sは、文字でなく図形や符号、あるいは単なる色塗りや模様等であってもよい。  Area S indicating the print information (in this example, “package 1”). Note that these regions S may not be characters but may be figures or symbols, or simple coloring or patterns.
[0145] なお、特に図示はしないが、作業者 Mが身に着けている無線タグラベル Tも上記 無線タグラベル T と同様の構成となっている。この無線タグラベル Tの領域 Sには、 [0145] Although not shown, the RFID label T worn by the worker M has the same configuration as the RFID tag T. In the area S of the RFID label T,
LI  LI
例えば作業者の氏名等が表記されている。  For example, the name of the worker is written.
[0146] 図 3は、上記無線タグラベル Τ , Tに備えられた上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの機能 [0146] FIG. 3 shows the function of the RFID circuit element To provided in the RFID labels 上 記 and T.
L  L
的構成の一例を表すブロック図である。  It is a block diagram showing an example of a typical structure.
[0147] 図 3において、無線タグ回路素子 Toは、上記リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210 (装置側 アンテナ)と短波帯 (例えば 13.56MHz)、 UHF帯、マイクロ波帯等の高周波を用いて 非接触で信号の送受信を行う上記アンテナ 151と、このアンテナ 151に接続された 上記 IC回路部 150とを有している。 [0148] IC回路部 150は、アンテナ 151により受信された搬送波を整流する整流部 152と、 この整流部 152により整流された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積し IC回路部 150の駆動電 源とするための電源部 153と、上記アンテナ 151により受信された搬送波力もクロック 信号を抽出して制御部 (後述) 157に供給するクロック抽出部 154と、所定の情報信 号を記憶し得る情報記憶部として機能するメモリ部 155と、上記アンテナ 151に接続 された変復調部 156と、上記リーダ 1200からの問合せ信号 (例えば不特定検索信号 Scroll All ID、又は特定検索信号 Scroll ID、若しくは探索信号 Ping等)の受信時に 当該問合せ信号に対し応答信号 (リプライ信号)を出力する応答率を設定するための 乱数を発生させる乱数発生器 158 (詳細は後述)と、上記整流部 152、クロック抽出 部 154、及び変復調部 156、乱数発生器 158等を介して上記無線タグ回路素子 To の作動を制御するための制御部 157とを備えている。 In FIG. 3, the RFID circuit element To is a non-contact signal using the antenna 1210 (device side antenna) of the reader 1200 and a high frequency such as a short wave band (eg, 13.56 MHz), UHF band, and microwave band. And the IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151. The IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 and stores the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 to serve as a driving power source for the IC circuit unit 150. The power supply unit 153 and the carrier wave force received by the antenna 151 also function as a clock extraction unit 154 that extracts a clock signal and supplies it to a control unit (described later) 157, and an information storage unit that can store a predetermined information signal. When receiving an inquiry signal (for example, unspecified search signal Scroll All ID, or specific search signal Scroll ID, or search signal Ping) from the memory unit 155, the modulation / demodulation unit 156 connected to the antenna 151, and the reader 1200 A random number generator 158 (details will be described later) for generating a random number for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal (reply signal) in response to the inquiry signal, the rectifier 152, the clock extractor 154, Fine modem part 156, via a random number generator 158 or the like and a control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To.
[0149] 変復調部 156は、アンテナ 151により受信された上記リーダ 1200 (質問器)のアン テナ 1210からの通信信号の復調を行うと共に、上記制御部 157からの返信信号に 基づき、アンテナ 151が受信した搬送波を変調し、アンテナ 151より反射波として再 送信する。  Modulation / demodulation unit 156 demodulates a communication signal received from antenna 151 from antenna 1210 of reader 1200 (interrogator), and also receives antenna 151 based on a return signal from control unit 157. The modulated carrier wave is modulated and retransmitted as a reflected wave from the antenna 151.
[0150] 制御部 157は、上記変復調部 156により復調された受信信号を解釈し、上記メモリ 部 155にお 、て記憶された情報信号に基づ!/、て返信信号を生成し、上記変復調部 The control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and then generates the modulation / demodulation signal. Part
156により返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 The basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
[0151] クロック抽出部 154は受信した信号力もクロック成分を抽出して制御部 157にクロッ クを抽出するものであり、受信した信号のクロック成分の速度に対応したクロックを制 御部 157に供給する。 [0151] The clock extraction unit 154 extracts the clock component of the received signal force and extracts the clock to the control unit 157, and supplies the control unit 157 with a clock corresponding to the speed of the clock component of the received signal. To do.
[0152] メモリ部 155は不揮発性のメモリであり、タグラベル作成時にラベル作成装置によつ て上記応答率を設定するための設定値 (設定補助因子。ここでは 0〜: L00の整数)が 予め書き込まれている。これにより、応答率設定の際には、制御部 157によって上記 乱数発生器 158で発生させた乱数と上記メモリ部 155に記憶されて ヽる設定値とが 比較され、これにより設定値が設定されるようになっている(詳細は後述)。  [0152] The memory unit 155 is a non-volatile memory, and a set value (setting auxiliary factor, where 0 to: an integer of L00) is set in advance for setting the response rate by the label producing device when creating a tag label. Has been written. As a result, when setting the response rate, the control unit 157 compares the random number generated by the random number generator 158 with the set value stored in the memory unit 155, thereby setting the set value. (Details will be described later).
[0153] 図 4は、上記リーダ 1200の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。この図 4におい て、リーダ 1200は、上記無線タグラベル Τ , Tに備えられる複数の無線タグ回路素 子 Toの上記アンテナ 151との間で無線通信により信号の授受を行う上記アンテナ 12 10と、このアンテナ 1210を介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150ヘアクセ スする(この例では読み取りを行う)とともに、無線タグ回路素子 To力 読み出された 信号を処理する高周波回路 1201と、高周波回路 1201を介し無線タグ回路素子 To の IC回路部 150から読み出された信号を処理して情報を読み出すとともに無線タグ 回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へアクセスするためのアクセス情報を生成する機能を 含み、リーダ 1200全体の動作を制御する制御回路 1202と、操作者が操作可能な 適宜のボタン、キー等を備えた操作部 1203と、所定の表示を行う表示部 1204とを 有する。 FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader 1200. In FIG. 4, the reader 1200 includes a plurality of RFID circuit elements provided in the RFID labels Τ and T. The antenna 12 10 that transmits and receives signals to and from the antenna 151 of the child To by wireless communication and the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 1210 are accessed (in this example, reading is performed). ) And the RFID circuit element To force the high-frequency circuit 1201 that processes the read signal and the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the high-frequency circuit 1201 to read the information Along with the control circuit 1202 that controls the operation of the reader 1200 as a whole, including the function of generating access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To, and appropriate buttons and keys that can be operated by the operator And an operation unit 1203 including a display unit 1204 that performs predetermined display.
[0154] 図 5は、上記高周波回路 1201の詳細機能構成を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed functional configuration of the high-frequency circuit 1201.
[0155] 図 5において、高周波回路 1201は、アンテナ 1210を介し複数の無線タグ回路素 子 Toの各々に対して信号を送信する送信部 1212と、アンテナ 1210により受信され た各無線タグ回路素子 To力もの反射波を入力する受信部 1213と、送受分離器 121 4とから構成される。 In FIG. 5, a high-frequency circuit 1201 includes a transmission unit 1212 that transmits a signal to each of a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To via an antenna 1210, and each RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 1210. It comprises a receiving unit 1213 for inputting a strong reflected wave and a transmission / reception separator 1214.
[0156] 送信部 1212は、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の無線タグ情報にアクセス する (読み取り Z書き込みを行う)ための搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 1215、制御 回路 1202の制御により所定の周波数の信号を発生させる PLL (Phase Locked Lo op) 1230、及び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 1231と、上記制御回路 120 2から供給される信号に基づいて上記搬送波発生部により発生させられた搬送波を 変調 (この例では制御回路 1202からの「TX—ASK」信号に基づく振幅変調)する送 信乗算回路 1216 (但し「TX— ASK信号」の場合は増幅率可変アンプ等を用いても よい)と、その送信乗算回路 1216により変調された変調波を増幅 (この例では制御回 路 1202からの「TX—PWR」信号によって増幅率を決定される増幅)する可変送信 アンプ 1217とを備えている。そして、上記搬送波発生部により発生される搬送波は、 例えば UHF帯、マイクロ波帯等の高周波を用いており、上記送信アンプ 1217の出 力は、送受分離器 1214を介しアンテナ 1210に伝達されて各無線タグ回路素子 To の IC回路部 150に供給される。なお、送受される無線タグ情報は上記のように変調し た信号に限られず、単なる搬送波のみの場合もある。 [0157] 受信部 1213は、アンテナ 1210で受信された各無線タグ回路素子 To力もの反射 波と上記発生させられた搬送波とを乗算し復調する受信第 1乗算回路 1218と、その 受信第 1乗算回路 1218の出力力も必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すための第 1バ ンドパスフィルタ 1219と、この第 1バンドパスフィルタ 1219の出力を増幅する受信第 1アンプ 1221と、この受信第 1アンプ 1221の出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号に 変換する第 1リミッタ 1220と、上記アンテナ 1210で受信された各無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波と上記発生された後に移相器 1227により位相が 90° 遅れた搬送 波とを乗算する受信第 2乗算回路 1222と、その受信第 2乗算回路 1222の出力から 必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すための第 2バンドパスフィルタ 1223と、この第 2バ ンドパスフィルタ 1223の出力を増幅する受信第 2アンプ 1225と、この受信第 2アンプ 1225の出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号に変換する第 2リミッタ 1224とを備えて いる。そして、上記第 1リミッタ 1220から出力される信号「RXS—I」及び第 2リミッタ 12 24から出力される信号「RXS— Q」は、上記制御回路 1202に入力されて処理される Transmitter 1212 is controlled by control of crystal oscillator 1215 and control circuit 1202 that generate a carrier wave for accessing (reading and writing Z) the RFID tag information of IC circuit portion 150 of RFID circuit element To. A PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 1230 and a VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 1231 that generate a signal having a frequency of 1 and a carrier wave generated by the carrier wave generator based on a signal supplied from the control circuit 1202 Transmission multiplier circuit 1216 that modulates (in this example, amplitude modulation based on the “TX-ASK” signal from the control circuit 1202) (However, in the case of the “TX-ASK signal”, a variable amplification factor amplifier or the like may be used) And a variable transmission amplifier 1217 for amplifying the modulated wave modulated by the transmission multiplication circuit 1216 (in this example, amplification determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from the control circuit 1202). The carrier wave generated by the carrier wave generator uses high frequency waves such as UHF band and microwave band, and the output of the transmission amplifier 1217 is transmitted to the antenna 1210 via the transmission / reception separator 1214 to Supplied to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. Note that the RFID tag information transmitted and received is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be just a carrier wave. [0157] Receiving section 1213 is a first reception multiplication circuit 1218 that multiplies and demodulates each RFID circuit element received by antenna 1210 with a reflected wave of the power and the generated carrier wave, and a first reception multiplication thereof. The first band-pass filter 1219 for extracting only the signal in the necessary band for the output power of the circuit 1218, the reception first amplifier 1221 for amplifying the output of the first band-pass filter 1219, and the reception first amplifier 1221 A first limiter 1220 that further amplifies the output and converts it into a digital signal, and a reflected wave from each RFID tag circuit element To received by the antenna 1210 and the phase shifter 1227 delays the phase by 90 ° after being generated. Reception second multiplication circuit 1222 for multiplying the received carrier wave, second band pass filter 1223 for extracting only a signal of a necessary band from the output of the reception second multiplication circuit 1222, and this second band pass filter 12 A reception second amplifier 1225 for amplifying the output of 23, and a second limiter 1224 for further amplifying the output of the reception second amplifier 1225 and converting it to a digital signal. The signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 1220 and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 1224 are input to the control circuit 1202 and processed.
[0158] また、受信第 1アンプ 1221及び受信第 2アンプ 1225の出力は、強度検出手段とし ての RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)回路 1226にも入力され、それらの 信号の強度を示す信号「RSSI」が制御回路 1202に入力されるようになつている。こ のように、リーダ 1200では、この例では I Q直交復調によって各無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波の復調が行われる。 [0158] The outputs of the reception first amplifier 1221 and the reception second amplifier 1225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 1226 as strength detection means, and a signal "RSSI" indicating the strength of these signals is input. "Is input to the control circuit 1202. Thus, in this example, the reader 1200 demodulates the reflected wave from each RFID circuit element To by IQ quadrature demodulation.
[0159] 制御回路 1202は、上記高周波回路送信部 1212への増幅制御信号及び変調制 御信号を出力するとともに、上記高周波回路受信部 1213からの受信信号を入力し た後各無線タグ回路素子 To力 読み出された信号を処理するための所定の演算処 理を行う。  [0159] The control circuit 1202 outputs the amplification control signal and the modulation control signal to the high-frequency circuit transmission unit 1212, and after receiving the reception signal from the high-frequency circuit reception unit 1213, each RFID circuit element To Force Performs predetermined calculation processing to process the read signal.
[0160] 図 6は、この制御回路 1202の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 6 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 1202.
[0161] 図 6において、制御回路 1202は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、中央演算処 理装置である CPU1202A ROM1202B RAM1202C,高周波回路 1201との信 号送受を行う回路制御部 1202D等力も構成され、 RAM 1202Cの一時記憶機能を 利用しつつ ROM 1202Bに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行うように なっている。 [0161] In FIG. 6, a control circuit 1202 is a so-called microcomputer, and a CPU 1202A ROM1202B RAM1202C, which is a central processing unit, and a circuit control unit 1202D for transmitting and receiving signals to and from the high-frequency circuit 1201 are also configured. Signal processing according to the program stored in ROM 1202B in advance while using the temporary storage function It has become.
[0162] 以上の構成において、本実施形態の特徴は、無線タグラベル Τ , T〖こ備えられる  [0162] In the above configuration, the feature of this embodiment is that the RFID label ラ ベ ル and T 〖are provided.
L  L
複数の無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を予め設定しておき、この設定した応答率にし たがって、各無線タグ回路素子 Toカ^ーダ 1200からの問合せ信号に対し応答信号 を出力するようにしたことにある。  The response rate of multiple RFID circuit elements To is set in advance, and response signals are output in response to inquiry signals from each RFID circuit element To card 1200 according to the set response rates. It is to have done.
[0163] 図 7は、上記制御回路 1202の実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 1202.
[0164] まずステップ S1510において、高周波回路 1201及びアンテナ 1210を介し、無線 タグラベル Τ , Tの複数の無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に記憶された情報 First, in step S1510, the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To of the RFID tag labels Τ and T via the high frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
L  L
を読み取るための問合せ信号を送信する。詳細には、例えば、 IDの最初の 4ビットが 1111であればそれ以降のビットは任意である不特定のタグを指定してその全 ID及び その関連情報 (対応する機器情報)を取得するための探索信号 (又は不特定検索信 号)を生成して高周波回路 1201を介して通信範囲内に存在する無線タグ回路素子 To (この例では倉庫 1内の全荷物 Lのタグラベル T及び作業者 Mのタグラベル Tに  An inquiry signal for reading is transmitted. Specifically, for example, if the first 4 bits of the ID are 1111, the subsequent bits are optional, and an unspecified tag is specified to acquire all IDs and related information (corresponding device information). RFID tag circuit element To (in this example, all label L and label M of worker L in warehouse 1) that exist within the communication range via high-frequency circuit 1201 by generating search signal (or unspecified search signal) Tag label on T
L  L
備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To)に送信され、返信を促す。  It is transmitted to the provided RFID circuit element To) to prompt a reply.
[0165] その後、ステップ S1520に移り、上記問合せ信号に対応し無線タグ回路素子 Toか ら送信 (返信)された応答信号がアンテナ 1210を介し受信され、高周波回路 1201を 介し制御回路 1202へ取り込まれたかどうかを判定する。応答信号が受信されていな ければ判定が満たされず、ステップ S1510に戻って同様の手順を繰り返す。このとき 、適時、必要に応じて IDの最初の指定ビットの値や指定ビット数を順に変化させて探 索信号を生成してもよい。応答信号が受信されたら判定が満たされてステップ S153 0へ移る。 [0165] Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1520, and the response signal transmitted (returned) from the RFID circuit element To corresponding to the inquiry signal is received via the antenna 1210 and taken into the control circuit 1202 via the high-frequency circuit 1201. Determine whether or not. If a response signal is not received, the determination is not satisfied, and the procedure returns to step S1510 and the same procedure is repeated. At this time, the search signal may be generated by changing the value of the first designated bit and the number of designated bits in order as necessary. If a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1530.
[0166] ステップ S1530では、上記各無線タグ回路素子 To力も読み出した情報に対応する 表示信号を表示部 1204へ出力して表示を行わせ (例えば倉庫 1内に格納されて!、 る荷物一覧や作業者名等)、次のステップ S1540で終了かどうかを判定 (操作部力も 終了が指示された)し、終了ならこのフローを終了する。  [0166] In step S1530, a display signal corresponding to the read information of each RFID circuit element To force is also output to display unit 1204 for display (for example, stored in warehouse 1! In the next step S1540, it is determined whether or not to end (the operation unit force is also instructed to end), and if it ends, this flow ends.
[0167] なお、ここでは特に図示しないが、倉庫 1内の在庫管理や荷物 Lの搬入'搬出が正 常に行われているかどうかのチェック等、上記各無線タグ回路素子 Toから読み出し た情報を用いてその他の処理を行ってもょ 、。 [0168] 図 8は、上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に備えられる制御部 157が実行 する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 [0167] Although not specifically shown here, the information read from each RFID circuit element To is used, such as inventory management in the warehouse 1 and checking whether the loading / unloading of the package L is performed normally. Do other processing. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 157 provided in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
[0169] 図 8において、まずステップ S1610において、リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210力ら送 信された信号 (搬送波)がアンテナ 151により受信され、このアンテナ 151により受信 された搬送波が整流部 152により整流され、この整流された搬送波のエネルギが電 源部 153により蓄積されて、所定の電圧に達すると上記 IC回路部 150が起動し、初 期状態にリセットされる。そして、次のステップ S1620に移る。  In FIG. 8, first, in step S1610, a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200 is received by the antenna 151, and the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 is rectified by the rectifier 152, The energy of the rectified carrier wave is accumulated by the power supply unit 153, and when the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage, the IC circuit unit 150 is activated and reset to the initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1620.
[0170] ステップ S1620では、上記ステップ S1610においてアンテナ 151により受信された 信号が、コマンド (例えば検索信号「Scroll IDJ、消去信号「Erase」、確認信号「Verify 」、または書き込み信号「Pr0gram」等)であるかどうかを判定する。例えば受信した信 号が他の無線機器からの信号であるような場合には、コマンドでな 、ために判定が満 たされず、ステップ S1620を繰り返してコマンド待ち状態となる。コマンドが受信され た場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S 1630に移る。 In step S1620, the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1610 is a command (for example, search signal “Scroll IDJ, erase signal“ Erase ”, confirmation signal“ Verify ”, or write signal“ Pr 0 gram ”). ) Is determined. For example, if the received signal is a signal from another wireless device, it is not a command, so the determination is not satisfied, and step S1620 is repeated to enter a command waiting state. If a command is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1630.
[0171] ステップ S1630では、上記ステップ S 1620にて受信が確認されたコマンドが問合 せ信号 (不特定検索信号又は当該無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDに合致した探索信 号)であるかどうかを判定する。例えば、受信したコマンドが無線タグ回路素子 Toの 応答率を変更するための設定値書き換え用の書き換え信号 (書き込み信号「Progra m」)である場合等には、問合せ信号でないために判定が満たされず、ステップ S 164 0に移る。そしてステップ S1640において、当該受信したコマンドに応じた処理、例え ば上記書き換え信号を受信した場合には当該書き換え信号に基づいてメモリ部 155 に書き込まれた設定値を更新し、先のステップ S1620に戻ってコマンド待ち状態とな る。一方、問合せ信号である場合には、判定が満たされてステップ S 1650に移る。  [0171] In step S1630, whether the command confirmed to be received in step S1620 is an inquiry signal (unspecified search signal or search signal that matches the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To) Determine. For example, if the received command is a rewrite signal for rewriting the set value to change the response rate of the RFID circuit element To (write signal “Program”), the judgment is not satisfied because it is not an inquiry signal. The process proceeds to step S 164 0. In step S1640, if a process corresponding to the received command, for example, the rewrite signal is received, the set value written in the memory unit 155 is updated based on the rewrite signal, and the process returns to step S1620. To wait for a command. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1650.
[0172] ステップ S1650では、上記乱数発生器 158を用いて乱数を発生させる(タグ側乱数 発生手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。なお、ここでは乱数は 0〜: L00 の整数で発生するものとする(但しこれに限られず例えば 0〜1の間で 0. 01刻みに 発生させる等でもよい)。  In step S1650, random numbers are generated using the random number generator 158 (tag-side random number generation means, tag-side response rate setting means, first setting means). Here, the random number is generated as an integer from 0 to L00 (but not limited to this, for example, it may be generated in increments of 0.01 between 0 and 1).
[0173] 次のステップ S 1660では、上記メモリ部 155に記憶された設定値を読み出し、上記 ステップ S1650で発生させた乱数がその設定値以上であるかどうかを判定する(第 1 応答決定手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。乱数が設定値より小さい場 合には、判定が満たされずに先のステップ S 1620に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。 一方、乱数が設定値以上である場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S 1670に 移る。 In the next step S 1660, the set value stored in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the random number generated in the step S1650 is equal to or greater than the set value (first step S1660). Response decision means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means). If the random number is smaller than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the process returns to the previous step S 1620 to wait for a command. On the other hand, if the random number is greater than or equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1670.
[0174] ステップ S1670では、 IC回路部 150の記憶情報、すなわち、タグ ID、記憶内容に 関連する情報を変復調部 156によりアンテナ 151を介してリーダ 1200のアンテナ 12 10に応答信号として送信し、先のステップ S1620に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。  [0174] In step S1670, the storage information of the IC circuit unit 150, that is, the information related to the tag ID and the stored content is transmitted as a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 by the modem unit 156 via the antenna 151. Return to step S1620 to wait for a command.
[0175] なお、通常、上記ステップ S 1620においてコマンド待ち状態である際に、リーダ 12 00からの信号 (搬送波)が受信されなくなって電源供給が断たれる。したがって、無 線タグ回路素子 Toはコマンド待ち状態で自然に停止するようになって!/、る。  [0175] Normally, in the command waiting state in step S1620, a signal (carrier wave) from the reader 1200 is not received and the power supply is cut off. Therefore, the wireless tag circuit element To stops spontaneously while waiting for a command! /.
[0176] 以上の手順によって乱数と設定値とを比較し、乱数が設定値以上である場合に無 線タグ回路素子 To力もリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号を送信するように制 御することにより、設定値に応じて無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を設定できるように なっている。すなわち、設定値を 0とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率は 100% となり、設定値を 90とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率は 10%に設定される。な お、ラベル作成時に設定値が書き込まれていない場合には、設定値 =0 (すなわち 応答率 100%)として取り扱うようになって 、る。  [0176] By comparing the random number with the set value by the above procedure and controlling the wireless tag circuit element To force to transmit a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value. The response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set according to the set value. That is, if the set value is 0, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is 100%, and if the set value is 90, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is set to 10%. If no set value is written at the time of label creation, it is handled as set value = 0 (that is, response rate 100%).
[0177] 本実施形態では、荷物 Lに貼付られるタグラベル Tに備えられた無線タグ回路素 し  [0177] In the present embodiment, the RFID circuit element provided in the tag label T attached to the package L
子 Toについては比較的小さい設定値が書き込まれることで、応答率が比較的高く設 定されており、作業者 Mが身に着けるタグラベル T に備えられた無線タグ回路素子 A relatively small set value is written for the child To, so that the response rate is set to be relatively high. The RFID tag circuit element provided in the tag label T worn by the worker M
Toについては比較的大きい設定値が書き込まれることで、応答率が比較的低く設定 されている。 For To, a relatively large setting value is written, so the response rate is set to be relatively low.
[0178] また、必要に応じて、上述したようにリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210から書き換え信号 を送信し、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150のメモリ部 155に記憶された設定値 を適宜書き換えることにより、応答率を適宜変更できるようになつている。  [0178] If necessary, a rewrite signal is transmitted from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 as described above, and the set value stored in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To is appropriately rewritten. Thus, the response rate can be appropriately changed.
[0179] 上記のように構成され使用される無線タグラベル Τ , Tであるが、これら無線タグラ  [0179] The RFID labels さ れ and T configured and used as described above are used.
L  L
ベル Τ , Tを製造するラベル作成装置 1300 (タグラベル作成装置)としては、例え An example of a label production device 1300 (tag label production device) that produces bells, and T
L L
ば図 9に示す装置が用いられる。 [0180] 図 9において、このタグラベル作成装置 1300 (無線タグ情報書き込み装置)は、所 定間隔で無線タグ回路素子 Toが備えられたタグテープ 1303 (タグ媒体)を卷回した タグテープロール 1304 (無線タグ回路素子収納体)を着脱可能な (又はタグテープ口 ール 1304を備えたカートリッジを着脱可能な)タグテープロールホルダ部 1310 (収 納体設置部)と、このタグテープロール 1304から繰り出されたタグテープ 1303 (又は このタグテープ 1303に貼り合わされる図示しない被印字媒体)のうち上記無線タグ 回路素子 Toに対応した上記領域 Sに所定の印字を行う印字ヘッド 1305 (印字手段) と、無線タグ回路素子 Toとの間で無線通信により情報の送受信を行うアンテナ 1306 (第 3無線通信手段、装置側アンテナ。なお後述の第 5実施形態においては第 4無線 通信手段)と、高周波回路 1301及び制御回路 1302と、タグテープ 1303への印字 及び無線タグ回路素子 Toへの上記情報書き込みが終了したタグテープ 1303を所 定の長さに切断して無線タグラベル T(=上記 Τ , Τ等)とするカツタ 1307と、印字 For example, the apparatus shown in Fig. 9 is used. In FIG. 9, this tag label producing device 1300 (RFID tag information writing device) is a tag tape roll 1304 (tag medium) wound around a tag tape 1303 (tag medium) provided with a RFID circuit element To at a predetermined interval ( The RFID tag circuit element housing) can be attached or removed (or the cartridge equipped with the tag tape tool 1304 can be attached or detached). The tag tape roll holder part 1310 (container installation part) and the tag tape roll 1304 can be fed out. A print head 1305 (printing means) that performs predetermined printing on the region S corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To in the tag tape 1303 (or a print medium not shown to be bonded to the tag tape 1303); Antenna 1306 for transmitting / receiving information to / from the RFID circuit element To by wireless communication (third wireless communication means, device side antenna. Note that in the fifth embodiment described later, the fourth wireless communication Means), the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302, and the tag tape 1303, which has finished printing on the tag tape 1303 and writing the information to the RFID circuit element To, is cut to a predetermined length, and the RFID label T ( = Cutter 1307 with the above (Τ, Τ, etc.) and printing
L  L
ヘッド 1305に対向して設けられ、制御回路 1302により制御されてタグテープ 1303 を搬送する搬送装置 1309とを有する。  A transport device 1309 which is provided opposite to the head 1305 and transports the tag tape 1303 under the control of the control circuit 1302.
[0181] 高周波回路 1301及び制御回路 1302は、詳細な説明を省略するが、上記リーダ 1 200の高周波回路 1201及び制御回路 1202とほぼ同等の機能を備えるものであり、 無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へのアクセス情報を生成し、装置側アンテナ 1 306を介して無線タグ回路素子 Toへ送信し、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150 へ情報書き込みを行う。また制御回路 1302は有線又は無線の通信回線 (ネットヮー ク)を介して他のコンピュータ、サーバ、端末等と接続されており、それらと情報の送 受が可能となっている。 [0181] The high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 1202 of the reader 1 200, and the IC of the RFID circuit element To Access information to the circuit unit 150 is generated, transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1 306, and information is written to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. The control circuit 1302 is connected to other computers, servers, terminals, etc. via a wired or wireless communication line (network), and can send and receive information to / from them.
[0182] なお、上記タグラベル作成装置 1300で無線タグラベル T(=上記 Τ , Τ等)を作成  [0182] RFID tag label T (= Τ, 上 記 etc.) is created with the above-mentioned tag label creation device 1300
L  L
する際には、高周波回路 1301及び制御回路 1302により上記応答率を設定するた めの設定値に対応するアクセス情報を生成し、装置側アンテナ 1306を介して無線タ グ回路素子 Toへ送信することにより、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150のメモリ 部 155へ上記設定値の書き込みを行う。  In this case, the access information corresponding to the setting value for setting the response rate is generated by the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302, and is transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306. Thus, the setting value is written to the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
[0183] 図 10は、無線タグラベル Tの作成時に上記制御回路 1302によって実行される制 御手順を表すフローチャートである。 [0184] 図 10において、まずステップ S1710において、(上記通信回線を介し制御回路 13 02に接続された)操作端末等により別途入力された、印字ヘッド 1305で上記無線タ グラベル Tの前述の領域 Sに印字したい印字情報及び無線タグ回路素子 Toへの書 き込み情報 (上記応答率を設定するための設定値情報 (=設定補助因子)を含む)が 上記通信回線を介し取得される (装置側応答率設定手段。装置側設定手段)。なお 、上記操作端末等に代えて、タグラベル作成装置 1300の図示しない操作部から入 力するようにしてちょい。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 1302 when the RFID label T is created. In FIG. 10, first, in step S1710, the above-described region S of the wireless tag label T is input by the print head 1305, which is separately input by an operation terminal (connected to the control circuit 1302 via the communication line). The print information to be printed on and the write information to the RFID circuit element To (including the set value information (= setting auxiliary factor) for setting the response rate) are acquired via the communication line (device side Response rate setting means. Device side setting means). Instead of the above-mentioned operation terminal, etc., input from an operation unit (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1300.
[0185] その後、ステップ S1720に移り、無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して情報の書込み (例え ばタグ IDと記憶させた 、物品情報、及び上記設定値等の書込み)及び印字を行った 後、上記ステップ S1730でテープ切断を行って 1つの無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えた 無線タグラベル T(=上記 Τ , Τ等)を作成し、このフローを終了する。  [0185] After that, the process proceeds to step S1720, and after writing and printing information (for example, writing the tag ID and the article information, the set value, etc.) to the RFID circuit element To, and after printing, In step S1730, tape cutting is performed to create a RFID label T (= 上 記, Τ, etc.) having one RFID circuit element To, and this flow is terminated.
L  L
[0186] 以上において、メモリ部 155は、各請求項記載の所定のしきい値を記憶する不揮発 性の記憶手段を構成する。また、高周波回路 1201と制御回路 1202とが、各請求項 記載の無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部力もの情報読み取りを行う情報アクセス手段を 構成する。  [0186] In the above, the memory unit 155 constitutes a nonvolatile storage unit that stores the predetermined threshold value described in each claim. Further, the high frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 1202 constitute information access means for reading information as much as the IC circuit portion of the RFID tag circuit element described in each claim.
[0187] 以上のように構成した本実施形態においては、リーダ 1200から所定の時間ごとに 通信範囲内に存在する無線タグ回路素子 To (この例では倉庫 1内の全荷物 Lのタグ ラベル T及び作業者 Mのタグラベル T 〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To)に対して [0187] In the present embodiment configured as described above, the RFID circuit element To that exists in the communication range from the reader 1200 every predetermined time (in this example, the tag labels T of all packages L in the warehouse 1 and For operator M's tag label T
L L
問合せ信号が送信され、返信を促す。このとき、各無線タグ回路素子 Toは、上記問 合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する応答率が設定されており、この設定された応答 率にしたがってリーダ 1200からの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力する。  An inquiry signal is sent to prompt a reply. At this time, each RFID circuit element To has a response rate for outputting a response signal to the above inquiry signal, and outputs a response signal to the inquiry signal from the reader 1200 according to the set response rate. To do.
[0188] このとき、本実施形態では、前述したように荷物 Lに貼付られるタグラベル Tに備え し られる無線タグ回路素子 Toについては応答率が比較的高く設定されており、作業者 Mが身に着けるタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 Toにつ 、ては応答率 が比較的低く設定されている。これ〖こより、出入口 1Aを介して頻繁に搬入'搬出が行 われるために、比較的高い頻度で情報の読み取りが必要である荷物 Lに設けたタグ ラベル Tの無線タグ回路素子 Toについては高い頻度で応答信号を出力させ、長時 し [0188] At this time, in this embodiment, as described above, the response rate is set to be relatively high for the RFID circuit element To provided to the tag label T attached to the luggage L, and the worker M wears it. For the RFID circuit element To provided for the tag label T to be worn, the response rate is set to be relatively low. From this point of view, since frequent loading and unloading is performed via the entrance 1A, the frequency of the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag label T provided in the package L that needs to read information relatively frequently is high. To output a response signal and
間 (例えば 1日中)倉庫 1内に滞在し作業を行うため比較的低い頻度で情報の読み 取りを行えば足りる作業者 Mが身に着けたタグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toにつ いては低い頻度で応答信号を出力させることができる。その結果、荷物 Lに対しては 高頻度できめ細かに情報を読み取ることができ、作業者 Mに対しては低頻度で必要 最小限に情報を読み取ることができる。このように、読み取り対象に応じて無線タグ回 路素子 Toの応答率を設定することにより、その読み取り対象に相応な読み取り頻度 で情報の読み取りを行うことができる。したがって、低頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば 足りる読み取り対象に対し高頻度に情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取りを 抑制することができるので、一律の応答率(100%又は 0%)の無線タグ回路素子を 用いて全読み取り対象に対し一律の頻度で情報の読み取りを行う場合に比べ、迅速 に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うことができる。このようにして、無線タグ回路素子 To から円滑な情報取得動作が実現される結果、管理対象物である荷物 Lや作業者 M に対する管理性を向上することができる。 (E.g., all day) Reading information at a relatively low frequency to stay in the warehouse 1 and work It is possible to output a response signal at a low frequency for the RFID circuit element To of the tag label T worn by the worker M, which is sufficient if it is taken. As a result, it is possible to read the information for the luggage L frequently and finely, and for the worker M to read the information at a low frequency and to the minimum necessary. In this manner, by setting the response rate of the RFID circuit element To according to the reading target, it is possible to read information with a reading frequency corresponding to the reading target. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary reading such as reading information to a reading target that is sufficient if information is read infrequently, so a wireless tag with a uniform response rate (100% or 0%) can be suppressed. Compared to reading information at a uniform frequency for all reading targets using circuit elements, information can be read quickly and efficiently. In this way, as a result of realizing a smooth information acquisition operation from the RFID circuit element To, it is possible to improve the manageability with respect to the luggage L and the worker M that are management objects.
[0189] また本実施形態では特に、リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210から書き換え信号を送信 し、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150のメモリ部 155に記憶された設定値を書き 換えることにより、応答率を適宜の値に変更することができる。これにより、例えば倉 庫 1内において搬入'搬出頻度が低下した荷物 (例えば奥に保管される L7〜L11等 )については無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を小さくなるように変更し、搬入'搬出頻 度が高い荷物(例えば出入口側に保管される L1〜L6等)については無線タグ回路 素子 Toの応答率を大きくなるように変更すると 、つたことが可能である。このようにし て、無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を読み取り対象の状況に応じてきめ細かに設定 することができるので、さらに迅速に効率よく情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  Further, in this embodiment, in particular, the rewrite signal is transmitted from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200, and the response rate is changed by rewriting the set value stored in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. Can be changed to an appropriate value. As a result, for example, for packages with a reduced carry-in frequency in warehouse 1 (for example, L7 to L11 stored in the back), the response rate of RFID circuit element To is changed to be small, and For packages with high frequency (for example, L1 to L6 stored on the entrance / exit side), the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be changed to increase. In this way, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be finely set according to the situation of the reading target, so that information can be read more quickly and efficiently.
[0190] また本実施形態では特に、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150が有する不揮発 性のメモリ部 155に応答率を設定するための設定値を記憶させる。これにより、リーダ 1200からの問合せ信号の受信が終了し無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150への 電源供給が断たれても、設定値を保持することができる。その結果、タグラベル作成 時にメモリ部 155に書き込まれた設定値をリセットすることなく保持でき、設定された 応答率で応答させることができる。  In the present embodiment, in particular, the setting value for setting the response rate is stored in the nonvolatile memory unit 155 included in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. As a result, even when reception of the inquiry signal from the reader 1200 is completed and power supply to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To is cut off, the set value can be held. As a result, the set value written in the memory unit 155 when the tag label is created can be held without being reset, and a response can be made with the set response rate.
[0191] なお、上記第 1の実施形態は、上記に限られず、その趣旨と技術思想の範囲を逸 脱しない範囲で更に種々の変形が可能である。以下その変形例を説明する。 [0191] The first embodiment is not limited to the above, but departs from the spirit and scope of the technical idea. Various modifications can be made without departing from the scope. The modifications will be described below.
[0192] (1 - 1)乱数発生器をリーダ側に設けた場合  [0192] (1-1) When a random number generator is installed on the reader side
上記第 1の実施形態においては、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150が乱数発 生器 158を有するようにしたが、これに限られず、リーダ 1200側に乱数発生器を設 け、この乱数発生器で発生させた乱数をリーダ 1200から問合せ信号とともに無線タ グ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に送信するようにしてもよい。  In the first embodiment, the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To has the random number generator 158. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a random number generator is provided on the reader 1200 side. The random number generated by the generator may be transmitted from the reader 1200 to the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To together with the inquiry signal.
[0193] 図 11は本変形例における制御回路 1202' の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図であ り、前述の図 6に対応する図である。この図 11において、図 6と同様の部分には同符 号を付し説明を省略する。  FIG. 11 is a functional block diagram showing the detailed functions of the control circuit 1202 ′ in this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 6 described above. In FIG. 11, parts similar to those in FIG.
[0194] この図 11に示すように、制御回路 1202' は、前述の CPU1202A、 ROM1202B 、 RAM1202C,回路制御部 1202Dの他に、乱数発生器 1202E (装置側乱数発生 手段)を有している。この制御回路 1202' は、高周波回路 1201及びアンテナ 1210 を介し、無線タグラベル T , Tに備えられ乱数発生器を有しない複数の無線タグ回  As shown in FIG. 11, the control circuit 1202 ′ has a random number generator 1202E (device-side random number generation means) in addition to the CPU 1202A, ROM 1202B, RAM 1202C, and circuit control unit 1202D. This control circuit 1202 ′ is provided with a plurality of RFID tag circuits which are provided in the RFID label T, T and have no random number generator via the high frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
L  L
路素子 To - 1に対し、情報を読み取るための問合せ信号とともに乱数発生器 1202 Eで発生させた乱数を送信する。  A random number generated by the random number generator 1202 E is transmitted to the path element To-1 together with an inquiry signal for reading information.
[0195] 図 12は本変形例における、無線タグ回路素子 To— 1の IC回路部 150—1 (図示せ ず)に備えられる制御部 157— 1 (図示せず)が実行する制御手順を表すフローチヤ ートであり、前述の図 8に対応する図である。この図 12において、図 8と同様の部分は 説明を省略する。 FIG. 12 shows a control procedure executed by the control unit 157-1 (not shown) provided in the IC circuit unit 150-1 (not shown) of the RFID circuit element To- 1 in this modification. FIG. 9 is a flow chart corresponding to FIG. 8 described above. In FIG. 12, the description of the same parts as in FIG. 8 is omitted.
[0196] 図 12のフローと前述の図 8のフローとの相違点は、ステップ S1650をステップ S16 55に代えた点である。すなわち、本フローでは、リーダ 1200からの問合せ信号が受 信されるとステップ S1630の判定が満たされて次のステップ S1655に移り、問合せ 信号の後に受信されるリーダ側の制御回路 1202' の乱数発生器 1202Eで発生さ れた乱数を取得する。そして、制御部 157—1の図示しない一時記憶領域に保存す る。その後、次のステップ S1660で、メモリ部 155に記憶された設定値を読み出し、 上記ステップ S1655で取得し一時記憶領域に保存した乱数がその設定値以上であ るかどうかを判定する (第 2応答決定手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。  [0196] The difference between the flow in FIG. 12 and the flow in FIG. 8 described above is that step S1650 is replaced with step S1655. In other words, in this flow, when the inquiry signal from the reader 1200 is received, the determination in step S1630 is satisfied, and the process proceeds to the next step S1655, where the random number is generated by the control circuit 1202 'on the reader side received after the inquiry signal. Get the random number generated by the 1202E. Then, it is stored in a temporary storage area (not shown) of the control unit 157-1. Thereafter, in the next step S1660, the set value stored in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the random number obtained in step S1655 and stored in the temporary storage area is equal to or greater than the set value (second response Determining means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
[0197] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記第 1の実施形態と同様の効果を得ることがで きる。 [0197] This variation of the above configuration can also achieve the same effects as those of the first embodiment. wear.
[0198] (1 2)タグ自身で設定値を更新する場合  [0198] (1 2) When the set value is updated by the tag itself
上記第 1の実施形態においては、リーダ側より書き換え信号を送信して設定値を書 き換えることで応答率を変更するようにしたが、これに限られず、応答する度にタグ自 身で設定値を更新し、これにより応答率を変更するようにしてもょ ヽ。  In the first embodiment, the response rate is changed by sending a rewrite signal from the reader side and rewriting the set value. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is set by the tag itself every time it responds. Update the value and change the response rate accordingly.
[0199] 図 13は本変形例における、無線タグ回路素子 To— 2 (図示せず)の IC回路部 150  FIG. 13 shows an IC circuit portion 150 of the RFID circuit element To-2 (not shown) in this modification.
2 (図示せず)に備えられる制御部 157— 2 (図示せず)が実行する制御手順を表 すフローチャートであり、前述の図 8に対応する図である。この図 13において、図 8と 同様の部分は説明を省略する。  FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit 155-2 (not shown) provided in 2 (not shown), and corresponds to FIG. 8 described above. In FIG. 13, the description of the same parts as in FIG. 8 is omitted.
[0200] 図 13のフローと前述の図 8のフローとの相違点は、ステップ S1680を新たに追加し た点である。すなわち、本フローでは、ステップ S1670で IC回路部 150— 2の記憶情 報をアンテナ 151を介してリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号として送信した後 、ステップ S1680に移り、設定値を更新する(変更手段)。ここでの設定値の更新の 仕方は、例えば設定値力 SOである場合には 100に更新し、設定値が 100である場合 には 90、 90である場合は 80、 · · ·、 10である場合は 0、 0である場合には再び 100と Vヽつたように、 0→100→90→80→70→60→50→40→30→20→10→0の jl匿【こ更 新する。これにより、応答率は 100%→0%→10%→20%→30%→40%→50%→ 60%→70%→80%→90%→100%の順に更新されることになる。なお、この設定 値の更新の仕方は上記に限られず、例えば設定値を順次増カロさせて応答率を順次 減少させるようにしてもよ!、し、その他適宜の規則に基づき変化させるようにしてもよ い。  [0200] The difference between the flow of Fig. 13 and the flow of Fig. 8 described above is that step S1680 is newly added. That is, in this flow, in step S1670, the memory information of the IC circuit unit 150-2 is transmitted as a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151, and then the process proceeds to step S1680 to update the set value (change). means). For example, when the set value force SO is 100, the set value is updated to 100, and when the set value is 100, it is 90, and when it is 90, 80, ... If there is 0, if it is 0, it will again be 100 V. 0 → 100 → 90 → 80 → 70 → 60 → 50 → 40 → 30 → 20 → 10 → 0 To do. As a result, the response rate is updated in the order of 100% → 0% → 10% → 20% → 30% → 40% → 50% → 60% → 70% → 80% → 90% → 100%. Note that the method of updating the set value is not limited to the above. For example, the set value may be increased gradually to decrease the response rate sequentially, or may be changed based on other appropriate rules. It's good.
[0201] このように、応答するごとにタグ自身で設定値を更新して無線タグ回路素子 To— 2 の応答率を更新させるようにすることで、例えば、最初は貸し出し頻度が多いが時間 の経過とともに徐々に貸し出し頻度が減少する図書館に入荷した新刊等のような、使 用頻度が時間の経過とともに変化する読み取り対象である場合に、その読み取り対 象の状況に応じてきめ細かに無線タグ回路素子 To— 2の応答率を設定することがで きる。  [0201] In this way, each time a response is made, the set value is updated by the tag itself so that the response rate of the RFID circuit element To-2 is updated. If the frequency of use is a reading target that changes over time, such as a new book that arrives at a library whose lending frequency gradually decreases over time, the RFID tag circuit will be finely tuned according to the status of the reading target. The response rate of element To-2 can be set.
[0202] なお、以上は上記第 1の実施形態と同様に無線タグ回路素子が乱数発生器を有す る構成を用いて説明したが、これに限られず、上記変形例(1— 1)のようにリーダ側に 乱数発生器を設けた構成に本変形例を適用してもよい。 [0202] The RFID tag circuit element has a random number generator as in the first embodiment. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present modification may be applied to a structure in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side as in the modification (1-1).
[0203] (1 - 3)応答要求回数に応じて応答する場合  [0203] (1-3) When responding according to the number of response requests
上記実施形態にぉ 、ては、乱数と設定値とを比較し乱数が設定値以上である場合 に応答するようにした力 これに限られない。すなわち、例えばリーダ 1200からの応 答要求回数をカウントしておき、この応答要求回数が一定回数に達した場合に応答 するようにしてちょい。  In the embodiment described above, the force that compares the random number with the set value and responds when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value is not limited to this. That is, for example, count the number of response requests from the reader 1200 and respond when the number of response requests reaches a certain number.
[0204] 図 14は、本変形例における無線タグ回路素子 To— 3の機能的構成の一例を表す ブロック図であり、前述の図 3に対応する図である。この図 14において、前述の図 3と 同様の部分には同符号を付し説明を省略する。  FIG. 14 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To-3 in the present modification, and corresponds to FIG. 3 described above. In FIG. 14, the same parts as those in FIG.
[0205] この図 14に示すように、無線タグ回路素子 To— 3の IC回路部 150— 3は、アンテナ 151により受信された上記リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210からの問合せ信号の受信回 数 (以下、応答要求回数)をカウントするカウンタ 159を有する。このカウンタ 159で力 ゥントされたカウンタ値は、更新される度に制御部 157— 3によりメモリ部 155に書き 込まれる。これにより、リーダ 1200からの信号 (搬送波)が受信されなくなって電源供 給が断たれても、カウンタ 159でカウントされたカウンタ値が保持できるようになつてい る。  As shown in FIG. 14, the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID circuit element To-3 has received the inquiry signal from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 received by the antenna 151 (hereinafter, A counter 159 that counts the number of response requests). The counter value counted by the counter 159 is written into the memory unit 155 by the control unit 153-3 every time it is updated. As a result, even when the signal (carrier wave) from the reader 1200 is not received and the power supply is cut off, the counter value counted by the counter 159 can be held.
[0206] 図 15は、本変形例における上記無線タグ回路素子 To— 3の IC回路部 150— 3に 備えられる制御部 157— 3が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 153-3 provided in the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID circuit element To-3 in the present modification.
[0207] この図 15において、まずステップ S1810で、リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210力ら送信 された信号 (搬送波)により電源部 153が充電され、所定の電圧に達すると上記 IC回 路部 150— 3が起動し、初期状態にリセットされる。そして、次のステップ S1820に移 る。  In FIG. 15, first, in step S1810, the power supply unit 153 is charged by a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200, and when the predetermined voltage is reached, the IC circuit unit 150-3 is Start up and reset to initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1820.
[0208] ステップ S1820では、上記ステップ S1810においてアンテナ 151により受信された 信号がコマンド信号であるかどうかを判定する。コマンド信号でない場合には判定が 満たされず、ステップ S1820を繰り返してコマンド待ち状態となる。コマンド信号が受 信された場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S 1830に移る。  [0208] In step S1820, it is determined whether the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1810 is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S1820 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S 1830.
[0209] ステップ S1830では、上記ステップ S 1820にて受信が確認されたコマンド信号が 問合せ信号であるかどうかを判定する。問合せ信号でない場合には、判定が満たさ れずにステップ S1840に移り、当該受信したコマンドに応じた処理を行い、先のステ ップ S 1820に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。一方、問合せ信号である場合には、判 定が満たされてステップ S 1850に移る。 [0209] In step S1830, the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1820 is received. It is determined whether it is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1840, where the processing corresponding to the received command is performed, and the routine returns to the previous Step S1820 to enter a command waiting state. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the judgment is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1850.
[0210] ステップ S1850では、メモリ部 155からカウンタ値 Cを読み出す。 [0210] In step S1850, the counter value C is read from the memory unit 155.
[0211] 次のステップ S1855では、上記ステップ S1850で読み出したカウンタ値 Cが 0であ るかどうかを判定する。カウンタ値 Cが 0である場合には、判定がみたされて次のステ ップ S 1860に移り、 IC回路部 150— 3の記憶情報を変復調部 156によりアンテナ 15 1を介してリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号として送信する。その後、次のス テツプ S1865に移る。一方、カウンタ値 Cが 0でない場合には、判定が満たされずに 次のステップ S 1865に直接移る。 [0211] In the next step S1855, it is determined whether or not the counter value C read in step S1850 is zero. If the counter value C is 0, the determination is made and the process proceeds to the next step S 1860, where the stored information of the IC circuit unit 150-3 is transmitted to the antenna of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151 by the modem unit 156. It transmits to 1210 as a response signal. Then move to next step S1865. On the other hand, if the counter value C is not 0, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes directly to the next step S1865.
[0212] ステップ S1865では、カウンタ値 Cに 1をカロえて次のステップ S1870に移る(カウン ト手段)。 [0212] In step S1865, the counter value C is incremented by 1, and the process proceeds to the next step S1870 (counting means).
[0213] ステップ S1870では、メモリ部 155に予め記憶された設定値を読み出し、上記ステ ップ S 1865で 1をカ卩えたカウンタ値 Cがその設定値と等しいかどうかを判定する。な おこのステップ S1870と上述のステップ S1855とが、第 3応答決定手段を構成する。 またこれらと上記カウント手段とが、タグ側応答率設定手段を構成するとともに、第 1 設定手段をも構成する。カウンタ値 Cと設定値が等しい場合には、判定が満たされて 次のステップ S 1875に移り、カウンタ値 Cを 0にリセットして次のステップ S 1880に移 る。一方、カウンタ値 Cと設定値が等しくない場合には、判定が満たされずに次のステ ップ S 1880に直接移る。なお、上記設定値は、タグラベル作成時にラベル作成装置 によって無線タグ回路素子 To— 3の IC回路部 150— 3のメモリ部 155に書き込まれ た応答率 (動作態様因子)を設定するための設定値 (設定補助因子)である。  [0213] In step S1870, the setting value stored in advance in memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not counter value C obtained by counting 1 in step S1865 is equal to the setting value. This step S1870 and the above-described step S1855 constitute third response determining means. These and the counting means constitute a tag side response rate setting means and also constitute a first setting means. If the counter value C is equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S1875, where the counter value C is reset to 0 and the routine goes to the next step S1880. On the other hand, if the counter value C is not equal to the set value, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to the next step S1880. Note that the above setting value is a setting value for setting the response rate (operation mode factor) written to the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150-3 of the RFID tag circuit element To-3 at the time of tag label generation. (Setting cofactor).
[0214] ステップ S1880では、カウンタ値 Cをメモリ部 155に書き込み、その後先のステップ S 1820に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。  [0214] In step S1880, the counter value C is written to the memory unit 155, and then the process returns to the previous step S1820 to enter a command waiting state.
[0215] 以上の手順によってリーダ 1200からの応答要求が受信される度にカウント値 Cを 1 ずつカウントアップさせ、カウント値が設定値に達し 0にリセットされた場合に無線タグ 回路素子 Toからリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号を送信するように制御する ことにより、上記設定値に応じて無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を設定できるようにな つている。すなわち、設定値を 1とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率は 100%と なり、設定値を 10とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toは 10回に 1回の割合で応答する(す なわち応答率 10%)。 [0215] Every time a response request from the reader 1200 is received by the above procedure, the count value C is incremented by 1. When the count value reaches the set value and is reset to 0, the RFID tag circuit element To reads the reader. Control to send response signal to 1200 antennas 1210 As a result, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set according to the set value. That is, if the set value is 1, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is 100%, and if the set value is 10, the RFID circuit element To responds at a rate of once every 10 times (that is, Response rate 10%).
[0216] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。  [0216] The present modification having the above-described configuration can provide the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment.
[0217] (1 4)応答要求の間隔時間に応じて応答する場合  [0217] (1 4) When responding according to the response request interval time
上記実施形態にぉ 、ては、乱数と設定値とを比較し乱数が設定値以上である場合 に応答するようにした力 これに限られない。すなわち、例えばリーダ 1200から応答 要求を受信した時間を記憶しておき、次にリーダ 1200から応答要求が来たときまで の経過時間が一定時間に達した場合に応答するようにしてもよい。  In the embodiment described above, the force that compares the random number with the set value and responds when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value is not limited to this. That is, for example, the time when the response request is received from the reader 1200 may be stored, and the response may be made when the elapsed time until the next response request is received from the reader 1200 reaches a certain time.
[0218] 本変形例では、特に図示はしないが、リーダ 1200の制御回路 1202 が時計手段  [0218] In this modification, although not shown in particular, the control circuit 1202 of the reader 1200 is provided with a clock means.
(又はタイマー手段でもよい)を有している。この制御回路 1202〃 は、高周波回路 12 01及びアンテナ 1210を介し、無線タグラベル Τ , Tに備えられる複数の無線タグ  (Or timer means). The control circuit 1202〃 has a plurality of wireless tags provided in the wireless tag labels, and T via the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the antenna 1210.
L  L
回路素子 To— 4に対し、情報を読み取るための問合せ信号とともに上記時計手段で 発生させたタイムスタンプ(時間情報)を送信できるようになって 、る。  The time stamp (time information) generated by the clock means can be transmitted to the circuit element To-4 together with the inquiry signal for reading the information.
[0219] 図 16は、本変形例における上記無線タグ回路素子 To—4 (図示せず)の IC回路部 150— 4 (図示せず)〖こ備えられる制御部 157— 4 (図示せず)が実行する制御手順を 表すフローチャートである。 FIG. 16 shows a control unit 157-4 (not shown) provided with the IC circuit unit 150-4 (not shown) of the RFID circuit element To-4 (not shown) in the present modification. 5 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the computer.
[0220] この図 16において、まずステップ S1910で、リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210力ら送信 された信号 (搬送波)により電源部 153が充電され、所定の電圧に達すると上記 IC回 路部 150— 4が起動し、初期状態にリセットされる。そして、次のステップ S1920に移 る。  In FIG. 16, first, in step S1910, the power supply unit 153 is charged by a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200, and when the predetermined voltage is reached, the IC circuit unit 150-4 is connected. Start up and reset to initial state. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S1920.
[0221] ステップ S1920では、上記ステップ S1910においてアンテナ 151により受信された 信号がコマンド信号であるかどうかを判定する。コマンド信号でない場合には判定が 満たされず、ステップ S 1920を繰り返してコマンド待ち状態となる。コマンド信号が受 信された場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S1930に移る。  [0221] In step S1920, it is determined whether the signal received by antenna 151 in step S1910 is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S 1920 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S1930.
[0222] ステップ S1930では、上記ステップ S1920にて受信が確認されたコマンド信号が 問合せ信号であるかどうかを判定する。問合せ信号でない場合には、判定が満たさ れずにステップ S1940に移り、当該受信したコマンドに応じた処理を行い、先のステ ップ S1920に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。一方、問合せ信号である場合には、判 定が満たされてステップ S1950に移る。 [0222] In step S1930, it is determined whether the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1920 is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the decision is satisfied. Instead, the process moves to step S1940, performs processing according to the received command, returns to the previous step S1920, and waits for a command. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the judgment is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1950.
[0223] ステップ S 1950では、上記問合せ信号の後に受信されるタイムスタンプ Tを取得す る。 In step S 1950, a time stamp T received after the inquiry signal is acquired.
[0224] 次のステップ S1960では、メモリ部 155 (記憶手段)からタイムスタンプ TOを読み出 す。なお、このタイムスタンプ TOは、前回無線タグ回路素子 To— 4が応答信号を送 信したときにメモリ部 155に書き込んだ時間情報であり(後述のステップ S1995参照) 、無線タグ回路素子 Toが応答する度に更新されるものである。  [0224] In the next step S1960, the time stamp TO is read from the memory unit 155 (storage means). This time stamp TO is time information written in the memory unit 155 when the RFID circuit element To-4 sent a response signal last time (see step S1995 described later), and the RFID circuit element To responds. It is updated every time you do it.
[0225] 次のステップ S1970では、メモリ部 155に予め記憶された設定値を読み出し、上記 ステップ S 1950で取得したタイムスタンプ Tと上記ステップ S 1960で読み出したタイ ムスタンプ TOとの差(時刻差)が上記読み出した設定値以上であるかどうかを判定す る (算出手段及び第 4応答決定手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。なお 、上記設定値は、タグラベル作成時にラベル作成装置によって無線タグ回路素子 To —4の IC回路部 150— 4のメモリ部 155に書き込まれた応答率 (動作態様因子)を設 定するための設定値 (設定補助因子)である。時刻差 T— TOが設定値以上ではな ヽ 場合には、判定が満たされずに先のステップ S1920に戻り、コマンド待ち状態となる 。一方、時刻差 T— TOが設定値以上である場合には、判定が満たされて次のステツ プ S 1980に移る。  [0225] In the next step S1970, the set value stored in advance in the memory unit 155 is read, and the difference (time difference) between the time stamp T acquired in step S 1950 and the time stamp TO read in step S 1960 above. Is equal to or greater than the set value read out (calculation means, fourth response determination means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means). The above setting value is a setting for setting the response rate (operation mode factor) written in the memory circuit 155 of the IC circuit section 150-4 of the RFID circuit element To-4 by the label creating apparatus when the tag label is created. Value (setting cofactor). If the time difference T-TO is not equal to or greater than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to the previous step S1920 to enter a command waiting state. On the other hand, if the time difference T-TO is greater than or equal to the set value, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S 1980.
[0226] ステップ S1980では、 IC回路部 150— 4の記憶情報を変復調部 156によりアンテ ナ 151を介してリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号として送信する。  [0226] In step S1980, the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150-4 is transmitted as a response signal by the modem unit 156 to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151.
[0227] ステップ S 1990では、タイムスタンプ T0を上記ステップ S 1950で取得したタイムス タンプ Tに更新し、次のステップ S 1995でメモリ部 155に保存する。その後、ステップ S1920に戻り、コマンド待ち状態となる。  [0227] In step S1990, the time stamp T0 is updated to the time stamp T acquired in step S1950, and stored in the memory unit 155 in the next step S1995. Thereafter, the process returns to step S1920 and enters a command waiting state.
[0228] 以上の手順によって、リーダ 1200からの応答要求とともにタイムスタンプ Tを受信す ると、メモリ部 155に書き込まれた前回応答したときのタイムスタンプ T0を読出し、こ れらタイムスタンプ Tとタイムスタンプ T0との時刻差が設定値以上である場合に、無 線タグ回路素子 To力もリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号を送信するように制 御することにより、上記設定値に応じて無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を設定できるよ うになつている。すなわち、設定値を長い時間とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答 率は低くなり、設定値を小さい時間とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率は高く設 定される。 [0228] When the time stamp T is received together with the response request from the reader 1200 by the above procedure, the time stamp T0 of the previous response written in the memory unit 155 is read, and these time stamp T and time When the time difference from the stamp T0 is equal to or greater than the set value, the wireless tag circuit element To force is also controlled to send a response signal to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200. By controlling, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set according to the set value. That is, if the set value is set to a long time, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To becomes low, and if the set value is set to a small time, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is set high.
[0229] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。  [0229] The present modification having the above-described configuration can provide the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment.
[0230] なお、以上では無線タグ回路素子 Toがリーダ 1200側からタイムスタンプを受信す ることにより時刻情報を得るようにしたが、タグ側に時計手段 (又はタイマーでもよ!/、) を設け、タグ自身で時刻情報 (又は経過時間情報)を得るようにしてもょ ヽ。  In the above description, the RFID circuit element To obtains time information by receiving a time stamp from the reader 1200 side. However, a clock means (or a timer may be used! /,) Is provided on the tag side. The tag itself may get time information (or elapsed time information).
[0231] (1 5)充電電圧に応じて応答する場合  [0231] (1 5) When responding according to the charging voltage
上記実施形態では、乱数と設定値とを比較し乱数が設定値以上である場合に応答 するようにしたが、これに限られない。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子 Toが例えば応答 要求がある度に少量ずつ充電される応答充電部を有しており、この応答充電部の電 圧が設定値以上でかつ既に応答して 、る場合に応答を行わな 、ようにしてもょ 、。  In the above embodiment, a random number is compared with a set value and a response is made when the random number is greater than or equal to the set value. However, the present invention is not limited to this. That is, when the RFID circuit element To has a response charging unit that is charged little by little every time there is a response request, for example, the voltage of the response charging unit is equal to or higher than the set value and has already responded. Do not respond.
[0232] 図 17は本変形例における無線タグ回路素子 To— 5の機能的構成の一例を表すブ ロック図であり、前述の図 3に対応する図である。この図 17において、前述の図 3と同 様の部分には同符号を付し説明を省略する。  FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To-5 in this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 3 described above. In FIG. 17, parts similar to those in FIG. 3 are given the same reference numerals and explanations thereof are omitted.
[0233] この図 17に示すように、無線タグ回路素子 To— 5の IC回路部 150— 5は、アンテナ 151により上記リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210からの問合せ信号が受信される度に、 上記整流部 152により整流された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積し充電する応答充電部 1 60を有する。この応答充電部 160の時定数は上記電源部 153の時定数より大きぐ 電源部 153に比べゆつくりと充電されるようになって 、る。  [0233] As shown in Fig. 17, the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 receives the inquiry signal from the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 by the antenna 151. A response charging unit 160 that stores and charges the energy of the carrier wave rectified by 152 is provided. The time constant of the response charging unit 160 is larger than the time constant of the power supply unit 153, so that it is charged more slowly than the power supply unit 153.
[0234] 図 18は、本変形例における上記無線タグ回路素子 To— 5の IC回路部 150— 5に 備えられる制御部 157— 5が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit 157-5 provided in the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 in the present modification.
[0235] この図 18において、まずステップ S1110で、リーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210力ら送信 された信号 (搬送波)により電源部 153が充電され、所定の電圧に達すると上記 IC回 路部 150— 5が起動し、初期状態にリセットされる。また後述するフラグ Fも F=0にリ セットされる。そして、次のステップ S 1120に移る。  In FIG. 18, first, in step S1110, the power supply unit 153 is charged with a signal (carrier wave) transmitted from the antenna 1210 force of the reader 1200. When the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage, the IC circuit unit 150-5 is Start up and reset to initial state. In addition, the flag F described later is also reset to F = 0. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S 1120.
[0236] ステップ S1120では、上記ステップ S1110においてアンテナ 151により受信された 信号がコマンド信号であるかどうかを判定する。コマンド信号でない場合には判定が 満たされず、ステップ S 1120を繰り返してコマンド待ち状態となる。コマンド信号が受 信された場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S1130に移る。 [0236] In step S1120, the signal was received by antenna 151 in step S1110. Determine whether the signal is a command signal. If it is not a command signal, the determination is not satisfied, and step S1120 is repeated to wait for a command. If a command signal is received, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S1130.
[0237] ステップ S1130では、上記ステップ S1120にて受信が確認されたコマンド信号が 問合せ信号であるかどうかを判定する。問合せ信号でない場合には、判定が満たさ れずにステップ S1140に移り、当該受信したコマンドに応じた処理を行い、先のステ ップ S1120に戻ってコマンド待ち状態となる。一方、問合せ信号である場合には、判 定が満たされてステップ S 1150に移る。  In step S1130, it is determined whether or not the command signal confirmed to be received in step S1120 is an inquiry signal. If it is not an inquiry signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to Step S1140, where the processing corresponding to the received command is performed, and the routine returns to the previous Step S1120 to be in a command waiting state. On the other hand, if it is an inquiry signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to Step S 1150.
[0238] ステップ S1150では、整流部 152により整流された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積させ、 応答充電部 160を充電させる(充電手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。  [0238] In step S1150, the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 is accumulated, and the response charging unit 160 is charged (charging means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means).
[0239] 次のステップ S 1160では、メモリ部 155に予め記憶された設定値を読み出し、上記 ステップ S1150で充電した応答充電部 160の電圧が上記読み出した設定値より小さ いかどうかを判定する (第 5応答決定手段、タグ側応答率設定手段、第 1設定手段)。 なお、上記設定値は、タグラベル作成時にラベル作成装置によって無線タグ回路素 子 To - 5の IC回路部 150— 5のメモリ部 155に書き込まれた応答率を設定するため の設定値である。電圧が設定値以上である場合には、判定が満たされずに次のステ ップ S 1165に移る。  In the next step S 1160, the set value stored in advance in the memory unit 155 is read, and it is determined whether or not the voltage of the response charging unit 160 charged in step S 1150 is smaller than the read set value (first step (5 response determination means, tag side response rate setting means, first setting means). The set value is a set value for setting the response rate written in the memory unit 155 of the IC circuit unit 150-5 of the RFID circuit element To-5 by the label producing device when the tag label is produced. If the voltage is equal to or higher than the set value, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S 1165.
[0240] ステップ S1165では、無線タグ回路素子 Toがリーダ 1200に対し応答信号を送信 した力どうかを示すフラグ Fが応答したことを示す 1であるかどうかを判定する。すでに 応答しておりフラグ Fが 1である場合には、判定が満たされて先のステップ S 1120に 戻り、コマンド待ち状態となる。一方、フラグ Fがまだ応答していないことを示す 0であ る場合には、判定が満たされずに次のステップ S 1170に移る。  [0240] In step S1165, it is determined whether or not the flag F indicating whether the RFID circuit element To has transmitted a response signal to the reader 1200 is 1 indicating that it has responded. If the response has already been made and the flag F is 1, the determination is satisfied, the process returns to the previous step S 1120, and a command is waited for. On the other hand, if the flag F is 0 indicating that no response has been made yet, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S 1170.
[0241] なお、上記ステップ S1160において、応答充電部 160の電圧が設定値より小さい 場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S 1170に直接移る。  [0241] In step S1160, when the voltage of response charging unit 160 is smaller than the set value, the determination is satisfied, and the routine proceeds directly to next step S1170.
[0242] ステップ S 1170では、 IC回路部 150— 5の記憶情報を変復調部 156によりアンテ ナ 151を介してリーダ 1200のアンテナ 1210に応答信号として送信する。  [0242] In step S1170, the information stored in the IC circuit unit 150-5 is transmitted as a response signal by the modem unit 156 to the antenna 1210 of the reader 1200 via the antenna 151.
[0243] 次のステップ S 1180ではフラグ Fを応答したことを示す 1に更新し、次のステップ S1 190でメモリ部 155に保存する。なお、ここではリーダ 1200から応答確認信号が受信 された場合にフラグ Fを 1に更新するようになっている。その後、ステップ S1120に戻 り、コマンド待ち状態となる。 In the next step S 1180, the flag F is updated to 1 indicating that it has responded, and in the next step S 1 190, it is stored in the memory unit 155. Here, a response confirmation signal is received from the reader 1200. The flag F is updated to 1 when it is done. Thereafter, the process returns to step S1120 and enters a command waiting state.
[0244] 以上の手順によって、応答充電部 160の電圧が設定値となるまでは応答し、電圧 が設定値に達したら応答を停止する (ただし、電圧が設定値以上となってもリーダ 12 00から応答確認信号が受信されていない場合にはフラグ F=0のため応答する)よう に制御することにより、上記設定値に応じて無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率を設定で きるようになつている。すなわち、設定値を大きい値とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの 応答率は高くなり、設定値を小さい値とすれば無線タグ回路素子 Toの応答率は低く なる。 [0244] According to the above procedure, the response charging unit 160 responds until the voltage reaches the set value, and stops responding when the voltage reaches the set value. The response rate of the RFID circuit element To can be set in accordance with the above set value. Yes. That is, if the set value is large, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is high, and if the set value is small, the response rate of the RFID circuit element To is low.
[0245] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。  [0245] Also with this modification example having the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.
また本変形例によれば、適宜の設定値を記憶させておくことで所定の無線タグ回路 素子 Toについては適宜のとき力 応答させないようにすることができるので、リーダ 1 200からスリープコマンドを送信する必要がなくなるという効果もある。  In addition, according to the present modification, it is possible to prevent a predetermined RFID tag circuit element To from responding to force at an appropriate time by storing an appropriate setting value, so that a sleep command is transmitted from the reader 1 200. There is also an effect that it is not necessary to do.
[0246] なお、以上においては、本発明を倉庫内の荷物と作業者の情報を読み取るシステ ムに適用した例を説明したが、これに限られず、例えば人物とその人物の所有物の 情報を読み取るシステムや、使用頻度や持ち出し頻度等が異なる物同士の情報を読 み取るシステム等、必要な情報読み取り頻度が異なる読み取り対象から情報を読み 取るシステムに対し適用することが可能である。  [0246] In the above, an example in which the present invention is applied to a system for reading information on luggage and workers in a warehouse has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, information on a person and his / her belongings is obtained. It can be applied to systems that read information from reading targets with different required information reading frequencies, such as reading systems and systems that read information between objects that have different usage frequencies or take-out frequencies.
[0247] 次に、本発明の第 2実施形態を図 19〜図 34により説明する。本実施形態は、本発 明を建造物の管理システムに適用した場合の実施形態である。第 1実施形態と同等 の部分には同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略又は簡略化する。  [0247] Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. The present embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a building management system. Parts equivalent to those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted or simplified as appropriate.
[0248] 図 19は、本実施形態の情報管理システム (無線タグ管理システム)の全体構成を概 略的に示す図である。この例では、本実施形態の無線タグ管理システム ST2を複数 階のフロアを有するオフィスビル (建造物;以下単に「ビル」と略す) 2002全体に適用 した場合を示しており、そのうち各フロアにある所定の複数の部屋 (例えば、後述する 事務室、給湯室、休憩室等を含んでいてもよい。図 19では、図示の煩雑を避けるた めに部屋の種類 ·構造 ·部屋数等につ 、て特に明示せず、概念的に表して!/、る)と、 そのビル 2002の外部との出口通路である出入口ドア(出口通路) 2003の近傍をそ れぞれ独立した管理対象区域としているとともに、またそれらとは別に管理担当の操 作者(図示せず、以下「管理者」という)が待機する監視室 2004がビル 2002の内部 に設けられている。そしてこの例では、通常の場合は上記所定の部屋のいずれかに 保管されるべき書類'備品 'プロジェクトファイル等、管理対象である物品 2005と、た とえば当該ビル 2002を居所とする会社の社員、上記管理対象の物品 2005の外部 持ち出しが許可されている来客者、等の所定の管理対象である人物 2006が、監視 対象として設定されている。また、各管理対象の物品 2005には物品用無線タグ Tb が添付 (又は同梱等、何らかの形で関連付けられていればよい)され、管理対象の人 物 2006には人物用無線タグ Ttを所持させている。 FIG. 19 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of the information management system (wireless tag management system) of the present embodiment. In this example, the case where the RFID tag management system ST2 of this embodiment is applied to an entire office building (building; hereinafter simply referred to as “building”) 2002 having a plurality of floors is shown. A plurality of predetermined rooms (for example, an office room, a hot water room, a break room, etc., which will be described later) may be included. In FIG. 19, in order to avoid the complexity of the illustration, the type, structure, number of rooms, etc. (Not shown in particular, conceptually! /), And the vicinity of the entrance / exit door (exit passage) 2003 that is the exit passage to the outside of the building 2002 Each of the areas is an independent area to be managed, and a monitoring room 2004 where an operator in charge of management (not shown, hereinafter referred to as “manager”) waits is provided inside the building 2002. . In this example, the document 'equipment' that should be kept in one of the above-mentioned rooms in the normal case, such as a project file, etc. 2005, for example, an employee of the company where the building 2002 is located A person who is a predetermined management target, such as a visitor permitted to take out the management target article 2005, is set as a monitoring target. Each managed article 2005 is attached with a wireless tag Tb for goods (or may be associated in some form such as bundled), and the managed person 2006 has a personal wireless tag Tt. I am letting.
[0249] そして、本実施形態の無線タグ管理システム ST2は、ビル 2002内の所定の部屋と 出入口ドアの近傍に設置されたリーダ (無線タグ情報読み取り装置;なお書き込み機 能を備えていてもよい) 2007と、監視室 2004内に設置されて上記各リーダ 2007と 通信ネットワーク NWを介して接続されている端末 2008、管理サーバ 2009、及びタ グラベル作成装置 (タグラベル作成手段) 2010とを有して ヽる。  [0249] Then, the RFID tag management system ST2 of the present embodiment has a reader (radio tag information reading device; may be provided with a writing function) installed in the vicinity of a predetermined room and an entrance door in the building 2002. ) 2007, terminal 2008 installed in monitoring room 2004 and connected to each reader 2007 via communication network NW, management server 2009, and tag label creation device (tag label creation means) 2010 Speak.
[0250] リーダ 2007は、所定の各部屋においては、例えば天井の中央位置にそれぞれ一 つずつ設置されている。また上記出入口においては、その出入口ドア 2003を挟んで 例えばビル 2002の内側の天井と、ビル 2002の外側の天井(ひさしの下面など)にそ れぞれ一つずつ設置されて!ヽる(リーダ 2007a, 2007b) oどのリーダ 2007, 2007a , 2007bも同じ構成のものであり、各部屋の内部(または出入口ドア 2003近傍)に存 在する各無線タグ Tb, Ttをサーチしてそれぞれの識別情報 (タグ ID)を検出するよう になって!/、る(詳細にっ 、ては後述する)。  [0250] In each predetermined room, one reader 2007 is installed, for example, at the center position of the ceiling. In addition, at the entrances and exits, the doors 2003 are placed one by one on the ceiling inside the building 2002 and on the outside ceiling of the building 2002 (such as the bottom of the eaves). 2007a, 2007b) o All readers 2007, 2007a, 2007b have the same configuration. Each RFID tag Tb, Tt existing inside each room (or in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003) is searched and the identification information ( (Tag ID) will be detected! /, (Details will be described later).
[0251] そのうち出入口ドア 2003近傍に設置した 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007bは、適宜の 間隔で離間した配置で設置されており、無線タグ Tb, Ttが出入口ドア 2003を通過し た際にはそれら 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007bによる無線タグ Tb、 Ttの識別情報の検 出するタイミングに時間差が生じるようになっており、これにより外側のリーダ 2007a が先に検出した場合には無線タグ Tb, Ttが外部力もビル 2002内に入ったことを検 知することができ、また内側のリーダ 2007bが先に検出した場合には無線タグ Tb, T tがビル 2002内力も外部へ出たことを検知することができる。なお、ビル 2002への出 入りが入口側通路と出口側通路とに区別されている場合には、入口側通路にリーダ[0251] Of these, the two readers 2007a and 2007b installed in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003 are installed in an arrangement spaced at an appropriate interval, and when the wireless tags Tb and Tt pass through the entrance door 2003, they 2 There is a time difference in the detection timing of the identification information of the RFID tags Tb and Tt by the two readers 2007a and 2007b, so that if the outer reader 2007a detects it first, the RFID tags Tb and Tt are externally detected. It is possible to detect that the force has entered the building 2002, and when the inner reader 2007b detects first, the RFID tags Tb, T t can detect that the force in the building 2002 has also gone outside. it can. In addition, going to Building 2002 When entry is distinguished between an entrance-side passage and an exit-side passage,
2007aを設け、出口側通路にリーダ 2007bを設けるだけで足りる。以下適宜、出入 検出用の上記リーダ 2007a, 2007b及び各部屋のリーダ 2007をすベて総称して単 に「リーダ 2007」と称する。 It is only necessary to provide a 2007a and a leader 2007b in the exit passage. Hereinafter, all the readers 2007a and 2007b for detecting access and the reader 2007 for each room will be collectively referred to as “reader 2007” as appropriate.
[0252] また、管理サーバ 2009は、各無線タグ Tb, Ttの存在位置情報を記憶して 、るとと もに、各リーダ 2007に各無線タグ Tb, Ttの識別情報の検出によるそれらの存在位 置の監視を所定時間ごとに行わせ、その監視結果と記憶して!/、る存在位置情報とを 比較した結果に応じて各種の動作モード(=動作態様因子)の設定を行い、それに 従った処理を実行するものである(詳しくは後述)。  In addition, the management server 2009 stores the existence position information of each wireless tag Tb, Tt, and also presents each reader 2007 by detecting the identification information of each wireless tag Tb, Tt. Monitor the position every predetermined time and memorize the monitoring results! /, Various operation modes (= operation mode factors) are set according to the result of comparison with the existing location information, and processing according to that is executed (details will be described later).
[0253] 図 20は、本実施形態の無線タグ管理システム ST2の概略を表すシステム構成図で ある。なお、図示の煩雑を回避するためにリーダ 2007は単一の構成とし、またタグラ ベル作成装置 2010のシステム構成のみ後述の図 21に別途示す。  FIG. 20 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of the radio tag management system ST2 of the present embodiment. In order to avoid the complexity of the illustration, the reader 2007 has a single configuration, and only the system configuration of the tag label creation device 2010 is separately shown in FIG.
[0254] この図 20において、この無線タグ管理システム ST2は、上述したように各無線タグ Tb, Ttとの無線通信によりそれぞれの識別情報の検出を行う上記リーダ 2007と、こ れらリーダ 2007に適宜の通信ネットワーク NWでそれぞれ接続された上記端末 200 8、管理サーバ 2009、及びタグラベル作成装置 2010とから構成されている。監視室 2004に常駐する管理者 (操作者)が端末 2008を操作することにより、端末 2008は 通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サーバ 2009と指示信号や管理情報の送受を行 い、また入力された指示信号に応じて管理サーバ 2009から通信ネットワーク NWを 介し各リーダ 2007へ制御信号が出力され、リーダ 2007からの検出結果の信号が管 理サーバ 2009へと出力される。  In FIG. 20, the RFID tag management system ST2 detects the identification information by wireless communication with the RFID tags Tb and Tt as described above, and the reader 2007 The terminal includes a terminal 2008, a management server 2009, and a tag label producing device 2010, which are connected to each other by an appropriate communication network NW. When an administrator (operator) resident in the monitoring room 2004 operates the terminal 2008, the terminal 2008 sends and receives instruction signals and management information to and from the management server 2009 via the communication network NW. In response to the signal, a control signal is output from the management server 2009 to each reader 2007 via the communication network NW, and a detection result signal from the reader 2007 is output to the management server 2009.
[0255] また、リーダ 2007からの検出結果が所定の条件を満たした際には、管理サーバ 20 09から通信ネットワーク NWを介してタグラベル作成装置 2010へ制御信号が出力さ れ、タグラベル作成装置 2010が新たに無線タグラベルとしての物品用無線タグ Tb 又は人物用無線タグ Ttを作成する。  [0255] When the detection result from the reader 2007 satisfies a predetermined condition, a control signal is output from the management server 20 09 to the tag label producing device 2010 via the communication network NW, and the tag label producing device 2010 A new article RFID tag Tb or a person RFID tag Tt is newly created as an RFID label.
[0256] リーダ 2007は、制御部 2011と、リーダアンテナ 2012から構成されている。制御部 2011は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 2013と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サ ーバ 2009との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御部 2 014と、例えば RAMや ROM等からなるメモリ 2015と、リーダアンテナ 2012を介し無 線タグ Tb, Ttとの無線通信の制御を行う RF通信制御部 2016とを備えている(無線 タグ Tb, Ttについては後に詳述)。 The reader 2007 includes a control unit 2011 and a reader antenna 2012. The control unit 2011 is a network communication control unit 2 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals between the CPU (central processing unit) 2013 and the management server 2009 via the communication network NW. 014, for example, a memory 2015 composed of RAM, ROM, and the like, and an RF communication control unit 2016 that controls wireless communication with the wireless tags Tb and Tt via the reader antenna 2012 (about wireless tags Tb and Tt) Will be detailed later).
[0257] CPU2013は、 RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログ ラムに従って信号処理を行 、、それによつて管理サーバ 2009からの検出処理の実 行命令の入力を受け付け、リーダアンテナ 2012を介した無線通信により無線タグ Tb , Ttの検出処理を行い、その検出結果を上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サ ーバ 2009へ出力するようになって!/、る。  [0257] The CPU 2013 performs signal processing according to the program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby accepting the input of the detection processing execution command from the management server 2009, and the reader The wireless tags Tb and Tt are detected by wireless communication via the antenna 2012, and the detection results are output to the management server 2009 via the communication network NW.
[0258] 管理サーバ 2009は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 2021と、上記と同様のメモリ 2022と、 ハードディスク装置などの大容量記憶装置からなり各無線タグ Tb, Ttや各リーダ 20 [0258] The management server 2009 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 2021, a memory 2022 similar to the above, and a large-capacity storage device such as a hard disk device, and each wireless tag Tb, Tt and each reader 20
07などに関する各種情報を記憶するデータベース 2023と、上記通信ネットワーク NDatabase 2023 for storing various information related to 07, etc. and the above communication network N
Wを介してリーダ 2007との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク 通信制御部 2024とを備えている。なお、データベース 2023は、管理サーバ 2009内 に設けるのに限らず、何らかの通信回線を介して情報を送受可能に接続した外部の データベースを利用してもよい。 And a network communication control unit 2024 that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the reader 2007 via W. The database 2023 is not limited to being provided in the management server 2009, and an external database connected so as to be able to send and receive information via some kind of communication line may be used.
[0259] 端末 2008は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 2031と、上記と同様のメモリ 2032と、管理者 からの指示や情報が入力される操作部 2033と、各種情報やメッセージを表示する表 示部 2034と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サーバ 2009との制御信号及 び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御部 2035と、管理対象の物品 2 005の保安状態の異常が検知された際に管理者に音声報知するブザー 2036とを 備えている。 [0259] The terminal 2008 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 2031, a memory 2032 similar to the above, an operation unit 2033 for inputting instructions and information from the administrator, and a display unit for displaying various information and messages. 2034, a network communication control unit 2035 that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 2009 via the communication network NW, and when an abnormality in the security state of the article 2 005 to be managed is detected. And a buzzer 2036 for voice notification to the administrator.
[0260] なお、本実施形態では、通信ネットワーク NWにケーブル等を使用した有線ネットヮ ークを想定している力 これに限らず、無線ネットワークを用いてもよぐまたこの際、 例えば上記 RF通信制御部 2016と周波数帯及び送受信方式の異なるようにしてもよ い。  [0260] In the present embodiment, the power assumed to be a wired network using a cable or the like for the communication network NW is not limited to this, and a wireless network may be used. The frequency band and transmission / reception method may be different from those of the control unit 2016.
[0261] 図 21は、タグラベル作成装置 2010の概略構成を表す概念的説明図であり、上記 第 1実施形態の図 9と同等の図である。この図 21において、このタグラベル作成装置 2010は、第 1実施形態のタグラベル作成装置 1300と同様、カートリッジホルダ 1310 (上記第 1実施形態のタグテープロールホルダ部に相当)と、タグテープ 1303 (又は 被印字媒体)の所定領域に所定の印字を行う印字ヘッド 1305と、アンテナ 1306及 び高周波回路 1301と、上記印字及び情報書き込みが終了したタグテープ 1303を 所定の長さに切断して上記無線タグ Tb, Ttとするカツタ 1307と、搬送装置 1309とを 有する。 FIG. 21 is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of the tag label producing apparatus 2010, and is equivalent to FIG. 9 of the first embodiment. In FIG. 21, this tag label producing apparatus 2010 is similar to the tag label producing apparatus 1300 of the first embodiment in the cartridge holder 1310. (Corresponding to the tag tape roll holder portion of the first embodiment), a print head 1305 that performs predetermined printing on a predetermined area of the tag tape 1303 (or a medium to be printed), an antenna 1306, a high-frequency circuit 1301, and the above The tag tape 1303 that has finished printing and information writing is cut to a predetermined length to form the wireless tags Tb and Tt, and a cutter 1307 and a transport device 1309 are provided.
[0262] カートリッジホルダ 1310には、無線タグ回路素子 Toを所定間隔で備えたタグテー プ 1303をタグテープロール 1304に卷回してこのタグテープ 1303を連続的に供給 するカートリッジ 1308が着脱可能となっている。また、制御回路 1302は、入出力イン タフエース 1302Aを介して上記通信ネットワーク NWに接続されている。  [0262] A cartridge 1308 for continuously supplying the tag tape 1303 by winding a tag tape 1303 having RFID circuit elements To at predetermined intervals around the tag tape roll 1304 is detachable from the cartridge holder 1310. Yes. The control circuit 1302 is connected to the communication network NW via the input / output interface 1302A.
[0263] タグラベル作成装置 2010が備える高周波回路 1301及び制御回路 1302は、詳細 な説明を省略するが、後述する上記リーダ 2007の RF通信制御部 2016及び CPU2 013とほぼ同等の機能を備えるものであり、無線タグ回路素子 (物品用無線タグ Tbに 備えられる物品用の無線タグ回路素子又は人物用無線タグ Ttに備えられる人物用 の無線タグ回路素子) Toの IC回路部 150へのアクセス情報 (識別情報であるタグ ID を含む)を生成し、装置側アンテナ 1306を介して無線タグ回路素子 Toへ送信し、無 線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に対して情報書き込み又は情報読み取りを行う  [0263] The high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 included in the tag label producing apparatus 2010 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the RF communication control unit 2016 and CPU2013 of the reader 2007 described later. , RFID circuit element (RF tag circuit element for articles provided in RFID tag Tb for articles or RFID tag circuit element for persons provided in RFID tag Tt for person) Access information to IC circuit unit 150 of To (identification (Including a tag ID that is information) and is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306, and information is written to or read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To.
[0264] 図 22は、上記リーダ 2007の検出対象である管理対象の物品 2005 ·管理対象の 人物 2006等に添付 '所持される無線タグ Tb, Ttに共通して備えられた上記無線タ グ回路素子 Toの機能的構成の一例を表すブロック図であり、上記第 1の実施形態の 図 3等に相当する図である。 [0264] FIG. 22 shows the above-described wireless tag circuit provided in common with the wireless tags Tb and Tt that are attached to the articles to be managed 2005 to be detected by the reader 2007, the person to be managed 2006, etc. FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of an element To, and corresponds to FIG. 3 and the like of the first embodiment.
[0265] 図 22に示すように、本実施形態の無線タグ回路素子 Toは、リーダ 2007のリーダァ ンテナ 2012と例えば UHF帯やマイクロ波等の高周波を用いて非接触で信号の送 受信を行うアンテナ 151と、このアンテナ 151に接続された IC回路部 150とを有して いる。  [0265] As shown in FIG. 22, the RFID circuit element To of the present embodiment is an antenna that transmits and receives signals without contact using a reader antenna 2012 of a reader 2007 and a high frequency such as a UHF band or a microwave. 151 and an IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151.
[0266] IC回路部 150は、上記図 3等と同様、整流部 152と、電源部 153と、クロック抽出部 154と、メモリ部 155と、変復調部 156と、制御部 157とを備えている。なお、上記第 1 の実施形態の図 3に示した乱数発生器は省略されて ヽる。またメモリ部 155には上記 第 1の実施形態のような設定値は備えられていない。 The IC circuit unit 150 includes a rectification unit 152, a power supply unit 153, a clock extraction unit 154, a memory unit 155, a modulation / demodulation unit 156, and a control unit 157, as in FIG. . Note that the random number generator shown in FIG. 3 of the first embodiment may be omitted. The memory unit 155 has the above No set value is provided as in the first embodiment.
[0267] なお、図 22において、例えばメモリ部 155に記憶されている情報信号のうちの無線 タグ Tb, Ttを個別に識別するためのタグ識別情報 (タグ ID)については、管理対象 の物品 2005に添付する物品用無線タグ Tbと管理対象の人物 2006に所持させる人 物用無線タグ Ttとの間で区別できる情報となっている。またリーダ 2007はこれに対 応して、物品用無線タグ Tbと人物用無線タグ Ttとを区別して検出できるようになって いる (詳しくは後述する)。  In FIG. 22, for example, tag identification information (tag ID) for individually identifying the radio tags Tb and Tt in the information signal stored in the memory unit 155 is the article to be managed 2005 This is information that can be distinguished between the RFID tag Tb for goods attached to the tag and the RFID tag Tt for humans possessed by the person to be managed 2006. In response to this, the reader 2007 can distinguish and detect the article RFID tag Tb and the person RFID tag Tt (details will be described later).
[0268] 図 23は、上記リーダ 2007における CPU2013、 RF通信制御部 2016、及びリーダ アンテナ 2012の詳細構成を表す機能ブロック図であり、上記第 1の実施形態の図 5 に相当する図である。  FIG. 23 is a functional block diagram showing detailed configurations of the CPU 2013, the RF communication control unit 2016, and the reader antenna 2012 in the reader 2007, and corresponds to FIG. 5 of the first embodiment.
[0269] 図 23において、リーダ 2007の RF通信制御部 2016は上記リーダアンテナ 2012を 介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の情報 (タグ IDを含む無線タグ情報) へアクセスするものであり、またリーダ 2007の CPU13は無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC 回路部 150から読み出された信号を処理して情報を読み出すとともに無線タグ回路 素子 Toの IC回路部 150へアクセスするためのアクセス情報を生成する機能を含み、 リーダ 2007全体の動作を制御するものである。  In FIG. 23, the RF communication control unit 2016 of the reader 2007 accesses the information (RFID tag information including the tag ID) of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the reader antenna 2012. In addition, the CPU 13 of the reader 2007 processes the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To reads information and generates access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. This function controls the overall operation of Reader 2007.
[0270] RF通信制御部 2016は、リーダアンテナ 2012を介し無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し て信号を送信する送信部 2212と、リーダアンテナ 2012により受信された無線タグ回 路素子 To力ゝらの反射波を入力する受信部 2213と、送受分離器 2214とから構成さ れる。  [0270] The RF communication control unit 2016 includes a transmission unit 2212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To through the reader antenna 2012, and a reflection of the RFID circuit element To force received by the reader antenna 2012. The receiving unit 2213 for inputting a wave and a transmission / reception separator 2214 are included.
[0271] 送信部 2212は、図 5に示した上記送信部 1212とほぼ同等の構成であり、前述の 水晶振動子 1215、 PLL1230、 VC01231、送信乗算回路 1216、及び可変送信ァ ンプ 1217と同等の機能である、水晶振動子 2215A、 PLL2215B, VC02215C, 送信乗算回路 2216、及び可変送信アンプ 2217を備えている。  The transmission unit 2212 has substantially the same configuration as the transmission unit 1212 shown in FIG. 5, and is equivalent to the above-described crystal resonator 1215, PLL1230, VC01231, transmission multiplication circuit 1216, and variable transmission amplifier 1217. A crystal oscillator 2215A, PLL2215B, VC02215C, transmission multiplication circuit 2216, and variable transmission amplifier 2217, which are functions, are provided.
[0272] 受信部 2213は、図 5に示した上記受信部 1213とほぼ同等の構成であり、リーダァ ンテナ 2012で受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波と上記発生させられた 搬送波とを乗算して復調する (上記受信第 1乗算回路 1218に相当する)受信第 1乗 算回路 2218を備えている。また、前述の第 1バンドパスフィルタ 1219、受信第 1アン プ 1221、第 1リミッタ 1220、移相器 1227、受信第 2乗算回路 1222、第 2バンドパス フィルタ 1223、受信第 2アンプ 1225、及び第 2リミッタ 1224と同等の機能である、第 1ノ ンドソ スフイノレ夕 2219、受f lアンプ 2221、 1リミッタ 2220、 ¾^2227, 受信第 2乗算回路 2222、第 2バンドパスフィルタ 2223、受信第 2アンプ 2225、及び 第 2リミッタ 2224を備えている。そして、上記第 1リミッタ 2220から出力される信号「R XS— I」及び第 2リミッタ 2224から出力される信号「RXS— Q」は、上記 CPU2013に 入力されて処理される。 [0272] The receiving unit 2213 has substantially the same configuration as the above-described receiving unit 1213 shown in Fig. 5, and reflects the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the reader antenna 2012 and the generated carrier wave. A reception first multiplication circuit 2218 (corresponding to the reception first multiplication circuit 1218) is provided for multiplication and demodulation. In addition, the first bandpass filter 1219 described above, the reception first amplifier The first limiter 1220, the first limiter 1220, the phase shifter 1227, the second reception multiplier circuit 1222, the second bandpass filter 1223, the second reception amplifier 1225, and the second limiter 1224 have the same functions. Evening 2219, receiving fl amplifier 2221, 1 limiter 2220, ¾ ^ 2227, receiving second multiplier circuit 2222, second band pass filter 2223, receiving second amplifier 2225, and second limiter 2224 are provided. The signal “R XS—I” output from the first limiter 2220 and the signal “RXS—Q” output from the second limiter 2224 are input to the CPU 2013 and processed.
[0273] また、受信第 1アンプ 2221及び受信第 2アンプ 2225の出力は、強度検出手段とし ての RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)回路 2226にも入力され、それらの 信号の強度を示す信号「RSSI」が CPU2013に入力されるようになっている。このよ うにして、本実施形態のリーダ 2007においても、上記第 1の実施形態と同様、 I-Q 直交復調によって無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波の復調が行われる。  [0273] The outputs of the reception first amplifier 2221 and the reception second amplifier 2225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 2226 as strength detection means, and a signal "RSSI" indicating the strength of these signals is input. "Is entered into CPU2013. In this way, also in the reader 2007 of this embodiment, the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To is demodulated by I-Q orthogonal demodulation as in the first embodiment.
[0274] 以上において、本実施形態の最も大きな特徴は、管理サーバ 2009のデータべ一 ス 2023に格納保持されて ヽる各無線タグ Tb, Ttの存在位置情報の保持状態に基 づき、各種動作モードに沿って各無線タグ Tb, Ttに対応した管理対象の物品 2005 又は管理対象の人物 2006の位置管理'移動管理等を自動的に行うようにしたことで ある。以下、その詳細を順を追って説明する。  [0274] In the above, the most significant feature of the present embodiment is that various operations are performed based on the holding status information of the wireless tags Tb and Tt stored and held in the database 2023 of the management server 2009. According to the mode, location management, movement management, etc. of the management target article 2005 or the management target person 2006 corresponding to each of the wireless tags Tb and Tt are automatically performed. Hereinafter, the details will be described in order.
[0275] まず、本実施形態の例にお 、てデータベース 2023に格納保持される各テーブル について説明する。  First, in the example of this embodiment, each table stored and held in the database 2023 will be described.
[0276] 図 24は、各管理対象区域の名前と場所コードとの対応を管理する場所テーブルを 概念的に表す図である。この場所テーブルは、上記データベース 2023に格納保持 される情報であり(以下、図 25、図 27、図 28に示すテーブルも同様)、この例ではァ ルファベットと数字の組合せからなる場所コードと、場所名とが、予めそれぞれ対応づ けられた相関情報の形で格納されている。場所コードは、この例では、ビル 2002の 中と外とを区別するための 1文字のアルファベット(Pはビル 2002の中、 Gはビル 200 2の外を表す)と、各管理対象区域を特定する 3桁の識別番号との組合せからなって いる。  [0276] Fig. 24 is a diagram conceptually showing a place table for managing the correspondence between the names of the respective management target areas and the place codes. This location table is information stored and held in the database 2023 (the same applies to the tables shown in FIG. 25, FIG. 27, and FIG. 28). In this example, the location code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the location The name is stored in the form of correlation information associated with each name beforehand. In this example, the location code is a one-letter alphabet (P stands for building 2002, G stands for building 200 2), and identifies each managed area. It consists of a combination with a three-digit identification number.
[0277] なお、この例では、ビル 2002内のあらゆる場所が細分化されて、リーダ 2007力設 置される管理対象区域以外の場所にっ 、ても登録されて 、るが、これらは必要に応 じて後にリーダ 2007を増設する場合に利用できる。 [0277] In this example, every place in Building 2002 is subdivided, and Leader 2007 Although they are registered in places other than the managed area where they are placed, they can be used later when additional readers 2007 are added if necessary.
[0278] 図 25は、主に各管理対象の物品 2005の物品コードと、名称と、存在位置と、タグ I[0278] Fig. 25 mainly shows the article code, name, location, tag I of each managed article 2005
Dとの対応を管理する物品テーブルを概念的に表す図である。この図 25に示すよう に、物品テーブルは、この例ではアルファベットと数字の組合せ力もなる物品コードとFIG. 3 is a diagram conceptually illustrating an article table for managing correspondence with D. As shown in FIG. 25, the article table includes an article code having an alphabet and number combination power in this example.
、管理対象の物品 2005の名称 (第 1識別情報)と、最新更新日時と、前述の場所コ ードで示される存在位置と、タグ ID (第 1タグ識別情報)とが、予めそれぞれ対応づけ られた相関情報の形で格納されて 、る。 The name (first identification information) of the article to be managed 2005, the latest update date, the location indicated by the location code, and the tag ID (first tag identification information) are associated in advance. Stored in the form of correlation information.
[0279] 物品コードは、管理対象の物品 2005を表す 1文字のアルファベット(この例では「B[0279] The article code is a one-letter alphabet representing the article to be managed 2005 (in this example, “B
」)と、管理対象の物品 2005を特定する 5桁の識別番号との組合せ力もなつている。 )) And a five-digit identification number that identifies the article 2005 to be managed.
[0280] 最新更新日時は、その物品コードに対応する存在位置の項目の内容が最も新しく 更新された日時が格納されている。 [0280] The latest update date and time stores the date and time when the content of the item at the location corresponding to the article code was updated most recently.
[0281] 存在位置は、その物品コードに対応するタグ IDの物品用無線タグ Tb (及びそれを 添付した管理対象の物品 2005)が最も新しく検出された管理対象区域の場所コード が格納されている。 [0281] The location is stored as the location code of the management target area where the RFID tag Tb for the product with the tag ID corresponding to the product code (and the managed product 2005 attached) is detected most recently. .
[0282] タグ IDは、その物品コードに対応する物品用無線タグ Tbの IC回路部 150に記憶さ れて 、る識別情報であり、図中では 16進数で表記されて 、る。  [0282] The tag ID is identification information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the article wireless tag Tb corresponding to the article code, and is represented in hexadecimal in the figure.
[0283] ここで、この例におけるタグ IDの構成について説明する。図 26は、タグ IDの構成を 説明する図であり、図 26 (a)はタグ IDのビット列内におけるコードの配置を示す図、 図 26 (b)は各コードの内容を示す図である。  [0283] Here, the configuration of the tag ID in this example will be described. FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the tag ID, FIG. 26 (a) is a diagram showing the arrangement of codes in the bit string of the tag ID, and FIG. 26 (b) is a diagram showing the contents of each code.
[0284] まず、図 26 (a)に示すように、この例のタグ IDは 64ビットのビット列からなる二値情 報列であり、先頭の 0ビット目力ら 1ビット目までの 2ビットが図 26 (b)に示すようにへッ ダコードとして機能する。そして次の 15ビットが製造者コードとして機能し、その次の 1 3ビットが種別コードとして機能し、最後の 34ビットがシリアルコードとして機能する。  [0284] First, as shown in Fig. 26 (a), the tag ID in this example is a binary information string consisting of a 64-bit bit string, and the two bits from the first 0 bit to the first bit are shown. 26 Functions as a header code as shown in (b). The next 15 bits function as a manufacturer code, the next 13 bits function as a type code, and the last 34 bits function as a serial code.
[0285] そして上記種別コードの内容によって、管理対象物に添付 (または同梱等)される 物品用無線タグ Tbと管理対象の人物 2006が所持する人物用無線タグ Ttとに区別 される。この例では、種別コードが 1である場合、つまり 16進表記のタグ IDにおいて 先頭から 8番目の文字力 である場合に、物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDとして認識され る。また、種別コードが 2である場合、つまり 16進表記のタグ IDにおいて先頭力も 8番 目の文字が 8である場合 (後述の図 9参照)に、人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDとして認 識される(以上、シリアルコードの先頭 2ビットが 0であることが前提)。このようにして、 この例のタグ IDは無線タグ Tb, Ttを一意に特定できるとともに、物品用無線タグ Tb と人物用無線タグ Ttの識別が可能となっている。 [0285] Then, depending on the contents of the above type code, the RFID tag Tb for articles attached to (or bundled with) the management target is distinguished from the RFID tag Tt for the person held by the person 2006 to be managed. In this example, when the type code is 1, that is, when the character power is the eighth character from the beginning in the tag ID in hexadecimal notation, it is recognized as the tag ID of the wireless tag for goods Tb. The Also, when the type code is 2, that is, when the first character of the tag ID in hexadecimal notation is 8 (see Fig. 9 described later), it is recognized as the tag ID of the personal radio tag Tt. (Assuming that the first 2 bits of the serial code are 0) In this way, the tag ID of this example can uniquely identify the wireless tags Tb and Tt, and can identify the product wireless tag Tb and the person wireless tag Tt.
[0286] 次に、図 27は、各管理対象の人物 2006の人物コードと氏名と存在位置とタグ IDと の対応を管理する人物テーブルを概念的に表す図である。この図 27に示すように、 人物テーブルは、この例ではアルファベットと数字の組合せからなる人物コードと、管 理対象の人物 2006の氏名(第 2識別情報)と、上記場所コードで示される存在位置 と、タグ ID (第 2タグ識別情報)とが、予めそれぞれ対応づけられた相関情報の形で 格納されている。 Next, FIG. 27 is a diagram conceptually showing a person table for managing the correspondence between the person code, name, location, and tag ID of each person to be managed 2006. As shown in FIG. 27, in this example, the person table includes a person code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the name (second identification information) of the person to be managed 2006 (second identification information), and the location indicated by the location code. And tag ID (second tag identification information) are stored in the form of correlation information associated with each other in advance.
[0287] 人物コードは、社員と来客とを区別するための 1文字のアルファベット(この例では「 [0287] The person code is a one-letter alphabet (in this example, “
S」は社員、「C」は来客を表す)と、各管理対象の人物 2006を特定する 5桁の識別番 号との組合せ力 なって 、る。 “S” represents an employee, “C” represents a visitor), and a combination of a 5-digit identification number that identifies each person to be managed 2006.
[0288] 存在位置としては、その人物コードに対応するタグ IDの人物用無線タグ Tt (及びそ れを所持した管理対象の人物 2006)が最も新しく検出された管理対象区域の場所 コードが格納されている。 [0288] As the location, the location code of the management target area in which the RFID tag Tt for the person with the tag ID corresponding to the person code (and the management target person in possession of 2006) is detected is stored. ing.
[0289] タグ IDは、その人物コードに対応する上記無線タグ Ttの IC回路部 150に記憶され て 、る識別情報であり、図中では 16進数で表記されて 、る。 [0289] The tag ID is identification information stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag Tt corresponding to the person code, and is expressed in hexadecimal in the figure.
[0290] 図 28は、各リーダ 2007の名称と IPアドレスと設置場所との対応を管理するリーダテ 一ブルを概念的に表す図である。この図 28に示すように、リーダテーブルは、この例 ではアルファベットと数字の組合せからなる人物コードと、管理対象の人物 2006の 氏名と、上記場所コードで示される存在位置と、タグ IDとが、予めそれぞれ対応づけ られた相関情報の形で格納されて 、る。 FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually showing a reader table that manages the correspondence between the name, IP address, and installation location of each reader 2007. As shown in FIG. 28, in this example, the reader table includes a person code consisting of a combination of alphabets and numbers, the name of the person to be managed 2006, the location indicated by the location code, and the tag ID. It is stored in the form of correlation information associated with each in advance.
[0291] リーダコードは、リーダ 2007を表す 1文字のアルファベット(この例では「R」)と、リー ダ 2007を特定する 2桁の識別番号との組合せ力もなつている。 [0291] The reader code also has a combination of a one-letter alphabet representing reader 2007 ("R" in this example) and a two-digit identification number that identifies reader 2007.
[0292] IPアドレスは、この例では上記通信ネットワーク NWがインターネットプロトコル(IP) の方式に準拠するものであり、各リーダ 2007に割り当てられたプライベートアドレスが 格納されている。 [0292] In this example, the IP address of the communication network NW conforms to the Internet Protocol (IP) system in this example, and the private address assigned to each reader 2007 is Stored.
[0293] 設置場所は、そのリーダコードに対応するリーダ 2007が設置されている管理対象 区域の場所コードが格納されて 、る。  [0293] The installation location stores the location code of the management target area where the reader 2007 corresponding to the reader code is installed.
[0294] 以上、図 24、図 25、図 27、図 28に示した各テーブル力 データベース 2023に格 納保持され、管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006の存在位置情報及 びそれに関連する情報として利用される。 [0294] As described above, each table force database 2023 shown in Fig. 24, Fig. 25, Fig. 27, Fig. 28 is stored and stored, and the location information of the article to be managed 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 is related to it. Used as information.
[0295] 図 29は、前述したような各管理対象区域の監視を行うために、管理サーバ 2009の[0295] Figure 29 shows the management server 2009 in order to monitor each management target area as described above.
CPU2021が行う無線タグ Tb, Ttの監視動作に係わる制御手順を表すフローチヤ ートである。 It is a flow chart showing a control procedure related to the wireless tag Tb, Tt monitoring operation performed by the CPU2021.
[0296] 図 29において、例えば端末 2008の操作部 2033において監視開始の指示入力( 例えばキー操作)されると、このフローが開始される。  In FIG. 29, for example, when a monitoring start instruction is input (for example, key operation) in the operation unit 2033 of the terminal 2008, this flow is started.
[0297] まずステップ S2005において、監視処理ループ回数 Lと棚卸しモードフラグ Ftの設 定を行う。これは、この監視処理が管理対象の物品 2005の監視と管理対象の人物 2 006の監視を個別に切り換えて行うものであり、監視処理を行う際の時間的条件など に応じてそれぞれの監視を繰り返し行う頻度割合を設定する手順である。  First, in step S2005, the monitoring processing loop count L and the inventory mode flag Ft are set. This is because this monitoring process switches the monitoring of the management object 2005 and the monitoring of the person 2 006 individually, depending on the time conditions at the time of the monitoring process. This is a procedure for setting the frequency ratio to be repeated.
[0298] ここで、このステップ S2005の設定手順について説明する前に、このフローチャート による監視処理の全体の流れについて説明する。この監視処理は、複数の管理対象 の物品 2005を順次一通り監視する物品監視ループ(図中ステップ S2030, S2200 , S2035, S2040, S2045 ;第 1手順)と、複数の管理対象の人物 2006を順次一通 り監視する人物監視ループ(図中ステップ S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S20 65, S2070 ;第 2手順)のいずれか一方を切り換えて行い、それら監視ループを合わ せて監視処理ループ回数 Lの回数だけ繰り返し行う単位ループ(図中ステップ S 210 0〜ステップ S2080)を一つの処理単位とする。そして、さらにその単位ループを端 末 2008で終了操作が行われたと判定されるまで (後述のステップ S2085)繰り返す ようになっている。  [0298] Here, before describing the setting procedure of step S2005, the overall flow of the monitoring process according to this flowchart will be described. This monitoring process consists of an article monitoring loop (steps S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2045; first step in the figure) that sequentially monitors a plurality of managed articles 2005 and a plurality of managed persons 2006 sequentially. Switch one of the person monitoring loops (steps S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S20 65, S2070; 2nd procedure in the figure) to be monitored at once. A unit loop (step S2100 to step S2080 in the figure) that is repeated as many times as one processing is taken as one processing unit. Further, the unit loop is repeated until it is determined that an end operation has been performed at terminal 2008 (step S2085 described later).
[0299] そして、その一回の単位ループで L回繰り返し行われる監視ループのうち、最初の 1回目だけ人物監視ループを行い、その他の回の監視ループを物品監視ループと する。このような条件で、監視処理ループ回数 Lの数値、すなわち一つの単位ループ 中で行われる監視ループの回数を大きくするほど、一つの単位ループ中で物品監視 ループを繰り返し行う頻度割合が増えることになる。 [0299] Among the monitoring loops that are repeatedly performed L times in one unit loop, the person monitoring loop is performed only the first time, and the other monitoring loops are set as the article monitoring loop. Under these conditions, the number L of monitoring processing loops, that is, one unit loop The greater the number of monitoring loops that are performed, the more frequently the frequency of repeated article monitoring loops in one unit loop.
[0300] また、棚卸しモードフラグ Ftについては、その内容を 1に設定しておくことで物品監 視ループと人物監視ループの分岐判定(図中ステップ S2020)を行うことなく強制的 に物品監視ループを行う。すなわち、棚卸しモードフラグ Ftを 1に設定している間は、 人物監視ループは行わずに物品監視ループだけを繰り返し行うことになる。  [0300] In addition, the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1 to force the article monitoring loop without performing branch judgment between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop (step S2020 in the figure). I do. That is, while the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1, only the article monitoring loop is repeated without performing the person monitoring loop.
[0301] そして、ステップ S2005の設定手順においては、ビル 2002内に社員等の管理対 象の人物 2006が比較的少ない早朝や夜などの業務時間の前後の時間帯で監視処 理ループ回数 Lを大きく(例えば 6回)設定することで、単位ループ中において人物 監視ループを行う頻度割合を低くし、その分物品監視ループを繰り返し行う頻度割 合を高くすることができる (L = 6の場合、物品監視ループは人物監視ループの 5倍 の繰り返し頻度割合で行われることになる)。また、管理対象の人物 2006が多くビル 2002内に存在する昼の業務時間中で監視処理ループ回数 Lを小さく(例えば 4回) 設定することで、人物監視ループを繰り返し行う頻度割合を比較的高くすることがで きる(L=4の場合、物品監視ループは人物監視ループの 3倍の繰り返し頻度で行わ れることになる)。  [0301] Then, in the setting procedure at Step S2005, the number of monitoring processing loops L is set in the time zone before and after the business hours such as early morning and night, in which there are relatively few persons to be managed such as employees in Building 2002. By setting a large value (for example, 6 times), the frequency ratio of performing the person monitoring loop in the unit loop can be reduced, and the frequency ratio of repeating the article monitoring loop can be increased accordingly (when L = 6, The article monitoring loop is performed at a repetition frequency rate five times that of the person monitoring loop). In addition, by setting the monitoring processing loop count L to a small value (for example, 4 times) during the daytime business hours when there are many people to be managed 2006 and in the building 2002, the frequency ratio of repeating the person monitoring loop is relatively high. (If L = 4, the article monitoring loop will be repeated three times as often as the person monitoring loop).
[0302] また、管理対象の人物 2006が多くビル 2002内に存在しない深夜の時間帯や、決 算期等の特定の時期に管理対象の物品 2005の棚卸しを行う際に、棚卸しモードフ ラグ Ftを 1に設定することで、人物監視ループを全く行わずに管理対象の物品 2005 だけを監視し続けるようにする( =「棚卸しモード」の実行に相当)ことができる。  [0302] In addition, the inventory mode flag Ft is used when inventory of managed articles 2005 is performed at a specific time, such as a late-night time when there are many people to be managed 2006 and the building 2002 does not exist in the building 2002. By setting it to 1, it is possible to keep monitoring only the management object 2005 without performing a person monitoring loop (= corresponding to execution of “inventory mode”).
[0303] そして、このステップ S2005の設定手順の後にステップ S2010へ移り、単位ループ のカウンタ変数 Cを 1に初期設定する。  [0303] Then, after the setting procedure of step S2005, the process proceeds to step S2010, where the counter variable C of the unit loop is initialized to 1.
[0304] 次に、ステップ S2100へ移り、管理対象の物品 2005が 1階出入口を通じてビル 20 02から外部へ持ち出された力を監視する持ち出し監視処理を行う(後述の図 30参照 [0304] Next, the process moves to step S2100, and a take-out monitoring process is performed to monitor the force that the article to be managed 2005 is taken out of the building 2002 through the first floor entrance (see Fig. 30 described later)
) o ) o
[0305] 次に、ステップ S 2015へ移り、棚卸しモードフラグ Ftが 1に設定されているか否力、 すなわち棚卸しモードとなって人物監視ループを行わず強制的に物品監視ループ だけを行うよう設定されて 、る力否かを判定する。棚卸しモードフラグ Ftが 1に設定さ れている場合は、判定が満たされ、そのまま物品監視ループの準備手順であるステ ップ S 2025へ移る。一方、棚卸しモードフラグ Ftが 0に設定されている場合は、判定 が満たされず、物品監視ループと人物監視ループの分岐判定を行う次のステップ S2 020へ移る。 [0305] Next, the process moves to step S2015, where it is set whether or not the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1, that is, the inventory mode is entered and the article monitoring loop is forcibly performed without performing the person monitoring loop. Judgment whether or not the power is. Inventory mode flag Ft is set to 1. If yes, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes directly to Step S 2025 which is the preparation procedure for the article monitoring loop. On the other hand, if the inventory mode flag Ft is set to 0, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S2020 where the branch determination between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop is performed.
[0306] ステップ S2020では、単位ループのカウンタ変数 Cが 1であるか否か、すなわち単 位ループ中における最初の監視ループであって人物監視ループを行うか否かを判 定する。カウンタ変数 C力 以外である場合、判定が満たされず、物品監視ループの 準備手順であるステップ S 2025へ移る。  In step S2020, it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, that is, whether or not the person monitoring loop is performed as the first monitoring loop in the unit loop. If it is other than the counter variable C force, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S 2025 which is the preparation procedure for the article monitoring loop.
[0307] ステップ S2025では、物品監視ループのカウンタ変数 Mを 1に初期設定し、次のス テツプ S2030へ移ってそれ以降の物品監視ループを行う。なお、このカウンタ変数 Mは、管理サーバ 2009のデータベース 2023に格納保持されている物品テーブル( 図 25参照)において先頭力も順次配列されている複数の管理対象の物品 2005の 物品情報のうちの一つを特定する(=テーブルのうち M番目に記載されているものを 特定する)ための番号である(これは、後述する人物監視ループでの人物テーブル における情報の特定にっ 、ても同様)。  [0307] In step S2025, the counter variable M of the article monitoring loop is initialized to 1, and the process proceeds to the next step S2030 to perform the subsequent article monitoring loop. Note that this counter variable M is one of the article information of a plurality of articles to be managed 2005 whose head force is also sequentially arranged in the article table (see FIG. 25) stored and held in the database 2023 of the management server 2009. (= Identify the M-th listed in the table) (This is also true for specifying the information in the person table in the person monitoring loop described later).
[0308] そして、ステップ S2030では、物品テーブルにおいて先頭から M番目の管理対象 の物品 2005に対応する存在位置 (場所コード)の情報を取得し、その存在位置情報 が空欄 (未登録)である(例えば M番目の物品 2005に添付されている物品用無線タ グ Tbが新規に作成されたば力りでまだデータベース 2023の物品テーブルにその存 在位置が登録されて!ヽな 、等)か否かを判定する。存在位置情報がすでに登録され ている場合、判定が満たされず、次のステップ S2200へ移る。  [0308] Then, in step S2030, information on the existing position (location code) corresponding to the M-th managed article 2005 from the top in the article table is acquired, and the existing position information is blank (unregistered) ( (For example, if the wireless tag for goods Tb attached to the Mth article 2005 is newly created, its location is still registered in the article table of the database 2023!) Determine whether. If the location information has already been registered, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S2200.
[0309] ステップ S2200では、物品テーブルに登録されている M番目の物品 2005の存在 位置(=前回までの物品監視ループで M番目の物品 2005が検出された存在位置) に設置されているリーダ 2007により、同じ M番目の物品 2005がまだ存在するか否 かを検出する前回存在位置検出処理を行う(詳細は後述の図 31参照)。  [0309] In step S2200, the reader installed in the presence position of the Mth article 2005 registered in the article table (= the position where the Mth article 2005 was detected in the previous article monitoring loop) 2007 Thus, the previous presence position detection process is performed to detect whether or not the same Mth article 2005 still exists (see FIG. 31 described later for details).
[0310] 次にステップ S2035へ移り、上記ステップ S2200でのリーダ 2007による検出結果 に基づいて、 M番目の物品 2005のタグ IDが前回の存在位置と同じ位置で検出され たカゝ否かを判定する。 M番目の物品 2005が前回の存在位置に存在している場合、 判定が満たされ、すなわち M番目の物品 2005の移動がないものとみなされて次のス テツプ S 2040へ移る。 [0310] Next, the process proceeds to step S2035, and based on the detection result by the reader 2007 in step S2200, it is determined whether the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 is detected at the same position as the previous position. To do. If the Mth item 2005 is in the previous location, The decision is satisfied, that is, it is considered that there is no movement of the Mth article 2005, and the process moves to the next step S 2040.
[0311] また一方、上記ステップ S 2030の判定において、 M番目の物品 2005の存在位置 情報が登録されておらず空欄となっている場合、判定が満たされ (例えば M番目の 物品 2005に添付されて ヽる物品用無線タグ Tbが新規に作成されたばかりでまだそ の存在位置が登録されていないとみなされ)、ステップ S2300の登録モード処理 (登 録モード;詳細は後述の図 32参照)で M番目の物品 2005の存在位置を探索すると ともにその存在位置情報をデータベース 2023へ書き込んで登録し、その後ステップ S 2040へ移る。  [0311] On the other hand, in the determination of step S 2030, if the location information of the Mth article 2005 is not registered and is blank, the determination is satisfied (for example, attached to the Mth article 2005). The new wireless tag Tb for goods that has just been created has not been registered yet), and the registration mode processing (registration mode; see Figure 32 below for details) in step S2300 When searching for the location of the Mth article 2005, the location information is written and registered in the database 2023, and then the process proceeds to step S2040.
[0312] また一方、上記ステップ S 2035の判定において、上記ステップ S2200におけるリー ダ 2007の検出結果に基づき、 M番目の物品 2005のタグ IDが同じ位置で検出され な力つた場合、判定が満たされず (すなわち M番目の物品 2005が前回の存在位置 力も移動されたものとみなされて)、ステップ S 2400の探索モード処理 (探索モード; 詳細は後述の図 33参照)で M番目の物品 2005の新たな存在位置を探索し、その後 ステップ S 2040へ移る。  [0312] On the other hand, in the determination in step S 2035, if the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 is not detected at the same position based on the detection result of reader 2007 in step S2200, the determination is not satisfied. (That is, the M-th article 2005 is also considered to have moved the previous presence position force), and the search mode processing in step S 2400 (search mode; see FIG. 33 to be described later in detail) adds a new M-th article 2005. Search for a new location, and then move to step S2040.
[0313] そしてステップ S2040では、物品テーブルにおいて登録されている全ての管理対 象の物品 2005に対して上記の監視処理を行った力否力、つまりカウンタ変数 Mが最 大値になって!/ヽるカゝ否かを判定する。まだ管理対象の物品 2005を全て監視して ヽ ない (カウンタ変数 Mが最大値となっていない)場合、判定が満たされず、すなわちそ の回の物品監視ループを継続するものとしてステップ S2045でカウンタ変数 Mに 1を 加算してからステップ S2030に戻り同様の物品監視ループの手順を繰り返す。一方 、全ての管理対象の物品 2005を一通り監視した場合、判定が満たされ、すなわちそ の回の物品監視ループが終了したとみなされて次のステップ S2075へ移る。  [0313] Then, in step S2040, the force / force resulting from the above monitoring process performed on all the managed articles 2005 registered in the article table, that is, the counter variable M becomes the maximum value! / Judge whether or not to speak. If all the articles to be managed 2005 have not been monitored yet (counter variable M is not at the maximum value), the judgment is not satisfied, i.e., the counter variable is determined in step S2045 as continuing the article monitoring loop. After adding 1 to M, return to step S2030 and repeat the same article monitoring loop procedure. On the other hand, when all the articles to be managed 2005 are monitored, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the article monitoring loop for that time is finished, and the process proceeds to the next step S2075.
[0314] また一方、上記ステップ S 2020の判定において、単位ループのカウンタ変数 Cが 1 である場合、判定が満たされ、すなわちその回の監視ループが単位ループ中におい て最初に行われる人物監視ループであるとみなされてステップ S2050へ移る。  [0314] On the other hand, in the determination of step S2020, if the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, the determination is satisfied, that is, the person monitoring loop in which the current monitoring loop is first performed in the unit loop. And the process moves to step S2050.
[0315] ステップ S2050では、人物監視ループのカウンタ変数 Mを 1に初期設定した後、次 のステップ S2055へ移ってそれ以降の人物監視ループを行う。このステップ S2055 からステップ S2070までの手順で行われる人物監視ループは、上記物品監視ルー プと概略的な手順の流れが同じであり、そのうちステップ S2055において人物テープ ル(図 27参照)の M番目の管理対象の人物 2006に対応する存在位置の情報を取 得してその空欄の判定を行うことと、ステップ S 2060において人物テーブルの M番目 の管理対象の人物 2006に対応するタグ IDが前回の存在位置で検出されたカゝ否か の判定を行うこととが、上記物品監視ループの手順と異なって 、る。 [0315] In step S2050, after the counter variable M of the person monitoring loop is initially set to 1, the process proceeds to the next step S2055 to perform the subsequent person monitoring loop. This step S2055 The person monitoring loop performed in the procedure from step S2070 to step S2070 has the same general procedure flow as the article monitoring loop, and in step S2055, the person management loop of the person table (see Fig. 27) The information of the location corresponding to the person 2006 is obtained and the blank is determined, and the tag ID corresponding to the Mth person to be managed 2006 in the person table is detected at the previous location in step S 2060. It is different from the procedure of the article monitoring loop in that it is determined whether or not it is done.
[0316] そしてステップ S2065の判定で、カウンタ変数 Mが最大値となっている場合、判定 が満たされ、すなわちその回の人物監視ループが終了したとみなされて次のステツ プ S2075へ移る。 [0316] If the counter variable M is at the maximum value in the determination in step S2065, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the person monitoring loop for that time has ended, and the flow proceeds to the next step S2075.
[0317] そして上記物品監視ループ又は上記人物監視ループを終えた後に移るステップ S 2075においては、単位ループのカウンタ変数 Cが監視処理ループ回数 Lと同じ値に なった力どうかを判定する。カウンタ変数 Cが監視処理ループ回数 Lと異なる値であ る場合、判定が満たされず、すなわちその回の単位ループを継続するものとしてステ ップ S 2080でカウンタ変数 Cに 1を加算した後、ステップ S 2100に戻り同様の単位ル ープの手順を繰り返す。一方、カウンタ変数 Cが監視処理ループ回数 Lと同じ値にな つた場合、判定が満たされ、すなわちその回の単位ループが終了したとみなされて 次のステップ S2085へ移る。  [0317] Then, in step S2075 which moves after finishing the article monitoring loop or the person monitoring loop, it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop has the same value as the number L of monitoring processing loops. If the counter variable C has a value different from the monitoring processing loop count L, the determination is not satisfied, i.e., 1 is added to the counter variable C in step S2080, assuming that the unit loop of that count is continued, and then the step Return to S2100 and repeat the same unit loop procedure. On the other hand, when the counter variable C reaches the same value as the monitoring processing loop count L, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the unit loop of that time has ended, and the process proceeds to the next step S2085.
[0318] ステップ S2085では、端末 2008の操作部 2033においてこのフローを終了させる 操作がなされたか否かを判定する。終了操作がなされていない場合、判定が満たさ れず、ステップ S2005に戻りこのフローを最初力も繰り返す。一方、終了操作がなさ れていた場合、判定が満たされ、このフローを終了する。  [0318] In step S2085, it is determined whether or not an operation for ending this flow has been performed in operation unit 2033 of terminal 2008. If the end operation has not been performed, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow returns to step S2005 to repeat this flow for the first time. On the other hand, if the end operation has been performed, the determination is satisfied, and the flow ends.
[0319] 図 30は、管理サーバ 2009の CPU2021が上記ステップ S2100において実行する 持ち出し監視処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 30において、ま ずステップ S2103において、データベース 2023 (図中では DBと略記、以下同様)の リーダテープノレ(図 28参照)力ら 1階出人口の 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007b (Rl l, R 12)にそれぞれ対応する IPアドレスを取得する。  FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of take-out monitoring processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2100. In FIG. 30, first, in step S2103, two leaders of the first-floor population 2007a, 2007b (Rl l, Obtain the IP address corresponding to each of R 12).
[0320] そして次のステップ S2105へ移り、上記取得した 2つの IPアドレスによって通信ネッ トワーク NWを介し 1階出入口の 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007bを操作してそれぞれ「Pi ng」信号を送信させ、次のステップ S2110へ移る。 [0320] Then, the process proceeds to the next step S2105, where the two readers 2007a and 2007b at the first floor entrance / exit are operated via the communication network NW by using the two acquired IP addresses. ng "signal is transmitted and the process proceeds to the next step S2110.
[0321] ステップ S2110では、 1階出入口の 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007bにより上記「Ping」 信号に対応して受信したリプライ信号により(必要に応じてさらに「Scroll ID」信号等 を階層的に用いてそのリプライ信号により)タグ IDを特定し、当該特定したタグ IDをさ らに管理サーバ 2009が通信ネットワーク NWを介し取得する。  [0321] In step S2110, based on the reply signals received corresponding to the above "Ping" signals by the two readers 2007a and 2007b at the first floor entrance / exit (if necessary, further using the "Scroll ID" signal or the like hierarchically) The tag ID is specified (by the reply signal), and the management server 2009 obtains the specified tag ID via the communication network NW.
[0322] 次のステップ S2115では、上記ステップ S2110の検出結果に基づいて 1階出入口 内側(P102)のリーダ 2007b (R12)から 1階出入口外側(P101)のリーダ 2007a (R 11)の順で同一のタグ ID信号を検出した力 すなわちビル 2002の内側力も外側に 向かって出入口ドア 2003を通過した同一のタグ IDがーつでも存在したか否かを判 定する。なお、条件を満たすタグ IDは同時に複数存在することもありうる。そして外側 に向力う方向で通過したタグ IDがーつでも検出された場合、判定が満たされ、次のス テツプ S 2120へ移る。  [0322] In the next step S2115, based on the detection result of step S2110 above, the reader 2007b (R12) inside the first floor entrance (P102) to the leader 2007a (R11) outside the first floor entrance (P101) are the same in this order. It is determined whether or not there is any single tag ID that has passed through the entrance door 2003 toward the outside as well as the force at which the tag ID signal was detected. Note that there may be a plurality of tag IDs that satisfy the condition at the same time. If any tag ID that passes in the outward direction is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S 2120.
[0323] ステップ S2120では、上記ステップ S2115で通過が検出されたタグ IDに人物用無 線タグ Ttのタグ IDが含まれている力否かを判定する。通過が検出されたタグ IDに人 物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDがーつでも含まれている場合、判定が満たされ、すなわち 管理対象の人物 2006の少なくとも一人がビル 2002の外部へ出たとみなされ次のス テツプ S2125へ移る。  [0323] In step S2120, it is determined whether or not the tag ID detected in step S2115 includes the tag ID of the personal radio tag Tt. If at least one tag ID of the RFID tag for human use Tt is included in the detected tag ID, the judgment is satisfied, that is, at least one person to be managed 2006 is considered to have left the building 2002. Then go to the next step S2125.
[0324] ステップ S2125では、通過が検出された人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDに対応する管 理対象の人物 2006をデータベース 2023の人物テーブルで検索し、その管理対象 の人物 2006に対応する存在位置の項目を社外 (G001)に更新する。  [0324] In step S2125, the person to be managed 2006 corresponding to the tag ID of the person RFID tag Tt whose passage is detected is searched in the person table of the database 2023, and the existence position corresponding to the person 2006 to be managed is searched. Update the item to Outside (G001).
[0325] そして次のステップ S2130では、上記ステップ S2115で通過が検出されたタグ ID に物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDも含まれている力否かを判定する。通過が検出された タグ IDに物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDも含まれている場合、判定が満たされ、すなわ ち上記外出した管理対象の人物 2006により正当に管理対象の物品 2005がビル 20 02の外部へ持ち出されたとみなされて次のステップ S2135へ移る。  [0325] Then, in the next step S2130, it is determined whether or not the tag ID detected in step S2115 includes the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb. If the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is included in the detected tag ID, the judgment is satisfied, that is, the article 2005 to be properly managed by the person to be managed 2006 who has gone out is building 20 It is considered that it was taken out of 02 and moves to the next step S2135.
[0326] ステップ S2135では、通過が検出された物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDに対応する管 理対象の物品 2005をデータベース 2023の物品テーブルで検索し、その管理対象 の物品 2005に対応する存在位置の項目を社外 (G001)に更新した後、このフロー を終了する。 [0326] In step S2135, the management target article 2005 corresponding to the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb whose passage has been detected is searched in the article table of the database 2023, and the location corresponding to the management target article 2005 is searched. After updating the item to External (G001), this flow Exit.
[0327] 一方、上記ステップ S2130の判定において、通過が検出されたタグ IDに物品用無 線タグ Tbのタグ IDがーつも含まれていない場合、判定が満たされず、すなわち管理 対象の人物 2006のみが出入口ドア 2003を通過して外出したとみなされ、そのままこ のフローを終了する。  [0327] On the other hand, in the determination in step S2130, if the tag ID of the detected passage tag does not include all the tag IDs of the article radio tag Tb, the determination is not satisfied, that is, only the management target person 2006 Is considered to have gone out through the entrance door 2003, and this flow is finished as it is.
[0328] また一方で、上記ステップ S2120の判定において、通過が検出されたタグ IDに人 物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDがーつも含まれていない場合、判定が満たされず、ステツ プ S2140へ移る。  [0328] On the other hand, if, in the determination in step S2120, the tag ID of the wireless tag for human use Tt is not included in the detected tag ID, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow proceeds to step S2140. .
[0329] 次のステップ S2140では、上記ステップ S2115で通過が検出されたタグ IDに物品 用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDが含まれているか否かを判定する。ここで、通過が検出され たタグ IDに物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDが含まれている場合、判定が満たされ、ステ ップ S 2150へ移る。これはすなわち、上記ステップ S 2120の判定と合わせて、通過 が検出されたタグ IDが人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDを伴わずに物品用無線タグ Tbの タグ IDだけで通過したことになり、つまり管理対象の人物 2006以外の不審者により 管理対象の物品 2005がビル 2002の外部へ不当に持ち出されたとみなされる。  In the next step S2140, it is determined whether or not the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is included in the tag ID detected in step S2115. Here, when the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is included in the detected tag ID, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2150. In other words, in conjunction with the determination in step S 2120 above, the tag ID from which the passage was detected passed only by the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb without the tag ID of the person wireless tag Tt. In other words, it is considered that the article 2005 to be managed was illegally taken outside the building 2002 by a suspicious person other than the person to be managed 2006.
[0330] このため、ステップ S2150では、端末 2008に制御信号を出力してブザー 2036を 鳴動させるとともに表示部 2034に適宜の報知表示を行わせ、管理者に対し管理対 象の物品 2005の保安状態の異常を報知する。なおこの際に、検出したタグ IDに対 応する管理対象の物品 2005の名称をデータベース 2023の物品テーブル力も検索 し、不当に持ち出された管理対象の物品 2005の名称として端末 2008の表示部 20 34に表示させてもよい。そしてこのステップ S2150の報知手順の後にこのフローを終 了する。  [0330] For this reason, in step S2150, the control signal is output to the terminal 2008 to cause the buzzer 2036 to ring and the display unit 2034 to appropriately display the notification, so that the administrator can secure the article 2005 to be managed. Announce the abnormality. At this time, the name of the management target article 2005 corresponding to the detected tag ID is also searched for the article table power in the database 2023, and the name of the management target article 2005 taken out illegally is displayed as the name of the management target article 2005. May be displayed. Then, after the notification procedure of step S2150, this flow is finished.
[0331] また一方、上記ステップ S2140の判定において、通過が検出されたタグ IDに物品 用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDも含まれていない場合、判定が満たされず、すなわち上記ス テツプ S2115でタグ IDの通過が検出されたもののそれらには人物用無線タグ Tbの タグ IDと物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDのどちらも含まれていないことになり、次のステ ップ 2145で端末 2008の表示部 2034に適宜の検出エラーの表示を行わせてこのフ ローを終了する。 [0332] また一方、上記ステップ S2115の判定で、ビル 2002の内側から外側に向かって出 入口ドア 2003を通過した同一のタグ IDがーつでも検出されなかった場合、判定が 満たされず、そのままこのフローを終了する。これは、 1階出入口付近で内側と外側 のどちらにもタグ IDが検出されな力つた場合と併せ、逆にビル 2002の外側から内側 に向力つて出入口ドア 2003を通過した(ビル 2002内に入った)同一のタグ IDが検 出された場合も含むものである。なお、このようにビル 2002内に入ったタグ IDについ ては、前述した監視ループにおける前回存在位置検出処理でその存在位置が検出 されること〖こなる。 [0331] On the other hand, in the determination in step S2140, if the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is not included in the detected tag ID, the determination is not satisfied, that is, in step S2115, the tag ID Although the passage was detected, the tag ID of the person RFID tag Tb and the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb are not included, and in the next step 2145, the display unit 2034 of the terminal 2008 is displayed. Let this display the appropriate detection error and end this flow. [0332] On the other hand, if even the same tag ID that has passed through the entrance door 2003 from the inside to the outside of the building 2002 is not detected in step S2115, the determination is not satisfied and this End the flow. This was combined with the case where the tag ID was not detected on either the inside or outside near the 1st floor entrance / exit, and conversely, it passed through the entrance / exit door 2003 from the outside to the inside of building 2002 (inside building 2002). This also includes cases where the same tag ID was detected. Note that the tag ID that has entered the building 2002 as described above is detected by the previous position detection process in the monitoring loop described above.
[0333] 以上のフローにより、ビル 2002の内部から外部へ管理対象の人物 2006又は管理 対象の物品 2005が出て行く際に、適切な存在位置情報の管理と不当な持ち出しに 対する検出'報知を自動的に行うことができる。  [0333] With the above flow, when the person to be managed 2006 or the article to be managed 2005 goes out of the building 2002 from the inside to the outside, appropriate management of location information and detection 'notification for unauthorized take-out' are notified. It can be done automatically.
[0334] 図 31は、管理サーバ 2009の CPU21が上記ステップ S200において実行する前回 存在位置検出処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。なお、この図 31に示す フローチャートは、図 29中の物品監視ループと人物監視ループのそれぞれにおいて 実行される前回存在位置検出処理の両方に共通して適用されるものである。  FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the previous location detection process executed by CPU 21 of management server 2009 in step S200. Note that the flowchart shown in FIG. 31 is commonly applied to both the previous location detection process executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
[0335] この図 31において、まずステップ S2205〖こおいて、単位ループのカウンタ変数じが 1であるか否か、すなわちその時点で行われて!/ヽる監視ループが物品監視ループと 人物監視ループのいずれかであるかを判定する。カウンタ変数 C力 ^以外である場合 、判定が満たされず、ステップ S2210へ移る。  In FIG. 31, first, in step S2205, whether or not the counter variable of the unit loop is 1, that is, the monitoring loop that is performed at that time is the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring. Determine if it is one of the loops. If it is not the counter variable C force ^, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2210.
[0336] ステップ S2210では、データベース 2023の物品テーブルにおいて先頭から M番 目の物品 2005 (この処理における検出対象の管理対象の物品 2005)に対応する存 在位置情報と物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDを取得し、次のステップ S2220へ移る。  [0336] In step S2210, the location information corresponding to the M-th article 2005 from the top in the article table of the database 2023 (the article to be managed 2005 detected in this process) and the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb And moves to the next step S2220.
[0337] 一方、上記ステップ S2205の判定で、カウンタ変数 Cが 1である場合、判定が満た され、ステップ S2215へ移る。そしてステップ S2215では、データベース 2023の人 物テーブルにおいて先頭から M番目の人物 2006 (この処理における検出対象の管 理対象の人物 2006)に対応する存在位置情報と人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDとを取 得し、次のステップ S2220へ移る。  [0337] On the other hand, if the counter variable C is 1 in the determination in Step S2205, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2215. In step S2215, the presence position information corresponding to the Mth person 2006 from the top in the person table of the database 2023 (the person to be managed 2006 to be detected in this process) and the tag ID of the person wireless tag Tt are obtained. Acquire and proceed to the next step S2220.
[0338] そして、ステップ S2220では、取得した存在位置情報 (設置場所)に対応するリー ダ 2007をデータベース 2023のリーダテープノレ力ら検索し、そのリーダ 2007に対応 する IPアドレスを取得する。 [0338] Then, in step S2220, the Lee corresponding to the acquired location information (installation location) is displayed. Search the database 2023 for the leader tape, and obtain the IP address corresponding to the reader 2007.
[0339] 次にステップ S2225で、上記取得した IPアドレスに対応するリーダ 2007 (つまり、 検出対象の物品 2005又は人物 2006が前回の監視ループで検出された存在位置 に設置されているリーダ 2007)に対し、通信ネットワーク NWを介して制御信号を出 力し、上記取得したタグ IDを用いた「Scroll ID」信号を無線通信により送信させる。  [0339] Next, in step S2225, the reader 2007 corresponding to the acquired IP address (that is, the reader 2007 installed at the location where the article 2005 or person 2006 to be detected was detected in the previous monitoring loop) is sent to the reader 2007. In contrast, a control signal is output via the communication network NW, and a “Scroll ID” signal using the acquired tag ID is transmitted by wireless communication.
[0340] そして、次のステップ S2230で、上記リーダ 2007において、上記「Scroll ID」信号 に対応したリプライ信号力も検出されたタグ IDを、通信ネットワーク NWを介し取得す る。そしてこのフローを終了する。  [0340] In the next step S2230, the reader 2007 obtains the tag ID from which the reply signal power corresponding to the "Scroll ID" signal is also detected via the communication network NW. Then, this flow ends.
[0341] なお、以上のようにこの前回存在位置検出処理を物品監視ループと人物監視ルー プで共通に行わせるため、各監視ループのカウンタ変数 Mはメモリ内の同じ記憶領 域で記憶させる(共通化させる)必要がある。また、これに限られずに、各監視ループ にそれぞれ専用に存在位置検出処理のプログラムを設けてもょ ヽ。これらのことは、 後述する登録モード処理及び探索モード処理にぉ 、ても同様である。  [0341] As described above, since the previous location detection process is commonly performed in the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop, the counter variable M of each monitoring loop is stored in the same storage area in the memory ( Need to be shared). Not limited to this, a dedicated location detection processing program may be provided for each monitoring loop. The same applies to registration mode processing and search mode processing described later.
[0342] 図 32は、管理サーバ 2009の CPU2021が上記ステップ S2300において実行する 登録モード処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。なお、この図 32に示すフロ 一チャートは、図 29中の物品監視ループと人物監視ループのそれぞれにおいて実 行される登録モード処理の両方に共通して適用されるものである。  FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of registration mode processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2300. The flowchart shown in FIG. 32 is commonly applied to both the registration mode processing executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
[0343] この図 32において、まずステップ S2305〖こおいて、単位ループのカウンタ変数じが 1であるか否か、すなわちその時点で行われて!/ヽる監視ループが物品監視ループと 人物監視ループのいずれかであるかを判定する。カウンタ変数 C力 ^以外である場合 、判定が満たされず、ステップ S2310へ移る。  [0343] In FIG. 32, first, in step S2305, whether or not the counter variable of the unit loop is 1, that is, the monitoring loop performed at that time is the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring. Determine if it is one of the loops. If it is other than the counter variable C force ^, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S2310.
[0344] ステップ S2310では、データベース 2023の物品テーブルにおいて先頭から M番 目の物品 2005 (この処理における登録対象の管理対象の物品 2005)に対応する物 品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDを取得し、次のステップ S2320へ移る。  [0344] In step S2310, the tag ID of the product wireless tag Tb corresponding to the M-th product 2005 from the top in the product table of the database 2023 (the managed product 2005 to be registered in this process) is acquired, Move to next step S2320.
[0345] 一方、上記ステップ S2305の判定で、カウンタ変数 Cが 1である場合、判定が満た され、ステップ S2315へ移る。そしてステップ S2315では、データベース 2023の人 物テーブルにおいて先頭から M番目の人物 2006 (この処理における登録対象の管 理対象の人物 2006)に対応する人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDを取得し、次のステップ S2320へ移る。 [0345] On the other hand, if the counter variable C is 1 in the determination in step S2305, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to step S2315. In step S2315, the Mth person from the top in the human table in the database 2023 2006 (registration target in this process) The tag ID of the person RFID tag Tt corresponding to the person to be managed (2006) is acquired, and the process moves to the next Step S2320.
[0346] ステップ S2320では、次のステップ S2325からステップ S2350までに行われる探 索ループのカウンタ変数 Nを 1に初期設定して力もステップ S2325へ移る。なお、こ のカウンタ変数 Nは、データベース 2023のリーダテーブル(図 28参照)において先 頭力も順次配列されている複数のリーダ 2007の情報のうちの一つを特定する(=リ ーダテーブルのうち N番目に記載されているものを特定する)ための番号である(これ は、後述の図 33の探索モード処理においても同様)。  In step S2320, the counter variable N of the search loop performed from the next step S2325 to step S2350 is initialized to 1, and the force also moves to step S2325. This counter variable N specifies one of the information of a plurality of readers 2007 whose leading forces are also sequentially arranged in the reader table of the database 2023 (see FIG. 28) (= the Nth in the reader table). (This also applies to the search mode processing of FIG. 33 described later).
[0347] ステップ S2325では、リーダテーブルにおいて先頭から N番目のリーダ 2007〖こ対 応する IPアドレスを取得してステップ S2330へ移る。  In step S2325, the IP address corresponding to the Nth reader 2007 from the top in the reader table is acquired, and the flow proceeds to step S2330.
[0348] ステップ S2330では、上記取得した IPアドレスに対応するリーダ 2007 (つまり、リー ダテーブルにおける N番目のリーダ 2007)に対し、通信ネットワーク NWを介して制 御信号を出力し、上記取得したタグ IDを用いた「Scroll ID」信号を無線通信により送 信させる。  In step S2330, a control signal is output to the reader 2007 corresponding to the acquired IP address (that is, the Nth reader 2007 in the reader table) via the communication network NW, and the acquired tag Send the “Scroll ID” signal using ID by wireless communication.
[0349] そして、次のステップ S2335で、上記リーダ 2007において、上記「Scroll ID」信号 に対応したリプライ信号力も検出されたタグ IDを、通信ネットワーク NWを介し取得す る。  [0349] In the next step S2335, the reader 2007 acquires the tag ID from which the reply signal power corresponding to the "Scroll ID" signal is also detected via the communication network NW.
[0350] 次にステップ S 2340へ移り、上記ステップ S2335での N番目のリーダ 2007による 検出結果に基づいて、 M番目の物品 2005又は人物 2006の無線タグ Tb, Ttのタグ IDが検出されたか否かを判定する。 M番目の物品 2005又は人物 2006が N番目の リーダ 2007に対応する存在位置(リーダ 2007の検出範囲)に存在していない場合、 判定が満たされず、次のステップ S2345へ移る。  [0350] Next, the process moves to step S 2340, and whether or not the tag IDs of the wireless tags Tb and Tt of the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 are detected based on the detection result by the Nth reader 2007 in the above step S2335. Determine whether. If the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 is not present at the position corresponding to the Nth leader 2007 (the detection range of the leader 2007), the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S2345.
[0351] ステップ S2345では、リーダテーブルにおいて登録されている全てのリーダ 2007 により上記の探索処理を行った力否力、つまりカウンタ変数 Nが最大値になっている か否かを判定する。まだ全てのリーダ 2007により探索処理を行っていない (カウンタ 変数 Nが最大値となっていない)場合、判定が満たされず、すなわち探索ループを継 続するものとしてステップ S2350でカウンタ変数 Nに 1をカ卩算してからステップ S2325 に戻り、同様の探索ループの手順を繰り返す。一方、全てのリーダ 2007による探索 処理を一通り行った場合は判定が満たされ、すなわち物品テーブル又は人物テープ ルに管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006が登録されているものの、そ れに対応する無線タグ Tb, Ttが実際にはどこにも見つ力 ない (紛失又は故障した 、あるいは、まだ作成されていない)ものとみなして、次のステップ S2355へ移り、端 末 2008の表示部 2034に無線タグの未作成エラーを表示させる。 [0351] In step S2345, it is determined whether or not the force / force force, that is, the counter variable N that has been subjected to the above search processing by all the readers 2007 registered in the reader table is the maximum value. If the search processing has not been performed by all the readers 2007 (counter variable N is not at the maximum value), the determination is not satisfied, that is, the counter variable N is set to 1 in step S2350 as the search loop is continued. After calculating, return to Step S2325 and repeat the same search loop procedure. On the other hand, search by all leaders 2007 When the process is completed, the judgment is satisfied, that is, the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2006 is registered in the article table or person table, but the corresponding wireless tags Tb, Tt are not registered. Assuming that there is actually no power to find anywhere (lost or broken, or has not been created yet), move to the next step S2355, and display a radio tag not created error on display 2034 of terminal 2008 Display.
[0352] そして次のステップ S2360で、タグラベル作成装置 2010に制御信号を出力し、上 記ステップ S 2310又は上記ステップ S 2315で取得したタグ IDで無線タグ Tb , Ttを 作成させ、このフローを終了する。  [0352] Then, in the next step S2360, a control signal is output to the tag label producing device 2010, and the wireless tags Tb and Tt are created with the tag ID obtained in the above step S2310 or step S2315, and this flow is terminated. To do.
[0353] また一方で、上記ステップ S2340の判定において、 M番目の物品 2005又は人物 2006力 番目のリーダ 2007と同じ存在位置に存在していた場合、判定が満たされ 、すなわち新規に作成された後、 M番目の物品 2005又は人物 2006に添付、所持さ れている無線タグ Tb, Ttは N番目のリーダ 2007の設置場所に配置されたものとみ なしてステップ S2365へ移る。  [0353] On the other hand, in the determination in step S2340, if the M-th article 2005 or the person 2006 is present at the same position as the power leader 2007, the determination is satisfied, that is, after a new creation. The wireless tags Tb and Tt attached to and possessed by the Mth article 2005 or the person 2006 are assumed to be placed at the installation location of the Nth reader 2007, and the process proceeds to step S2365.
[0354] ステップ S2365では、データベース 2023のリーダテーブルにお!/、て N番目のリー ダ 2007に対応する設置場所情報 (場所コード)を取得し、次のステップ S2370へ移 る。  [0354] In step S2365, the installation location information (location code) corresponding to the Nth reader 2007 is acquired from the reader table of the database 2023, and the process proceeds to the next step S2370.
[0355] ステップ S2370では、単位ループのカウンタ変数 Cが 1であるか否か、すなわちそ の時点で行われて 、る監視ループが物品監視ループと人物監視ループの 、ずれか であるかを判定する。カウンタ変数 C力 以外である場合、判定が満たされず、ステツ プ S2375へ移り、データベース 2023の物品テーブルで M番目の物品 2005に対応 する存在位置 (それまで空欄状態)に上記ステップ S2365で取得したリーダ 2007の 設置場所情報を登録し、このフローを終了する。  [0355] In step S2370, it is determined whether or not the counter variable C of the unit loop is 1, that is, whether or not the monitoring loop performed at that time is a deviation between the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop. To do. If it is other than the counter variable C force, the judgment is not satisfied, and the process moves to step S2375, where the leader acquired in step S2365 above at the position corresponding to the Mth article 2005 in the article table of the database 2023 (the blank state until then). Register the location information of 2007 and finish this flow.
[0356] 一方、カウンタ変数 Cが 1である場合、判定が満たされ、ステップ S2375へ移り、デ ータベース 2023の人物テーブルで M番目の人物 2006に対応する存在位置(それ まで空欄状態)に上記ステップ S2365で取得したリーダ 2007の設置場所情報を登 録し、このフローを終了する。  [0356] On the other hand, if the counter variable C is 1, the determination is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S2375, and the above-described step is performed at the position corresponding to the Mth person 2006 in the person table of the database 2023 (the blank state until then). Registers the installation location information of Reader 2007 acquired in S2365 and ends this flow.
[0357] 以上のフローにより、新規に作成した無線タグ Tb, Ttについて管理者が手動でそ の存在位置を登録せずとも自動的にその存在位置を探索してデータベース 2023に 登録することができる。 [0357] With the above flow, the administrator automatically searches for the existence position of the newly created RFID tags Tb and Tt without registering the existence position in the database 2023. You can register.
[0358] 図 33は、管理サーバ 2009の CPU2021が上記ステップ S2400において実行する 探索モード処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。なお、この図 33に示すフロ 一チャートは、図 29中の物品監視ループと人物監視ループのそれぞれにおいて実 行される探索モード処理の両方に共通して適用されるものである。  FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of search mode processing executed by CPU 2021 of management server 2009 in step S2400. The flowchart shown in FIG. 33 is commonly applied to both search mode processing executed in each of the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop in FIG.
[0359] そして、この探索モード処理と図 32に示した登録モード処理とは、登録対象の物品 2005 (又は人物 2006)を探索対象として扱うという差異がある以外、ほとんど同じ処 理手順で実行できるものであり、探索ループで全てのリーダ 2007により探索処理を 行ってもタグ IDが検出できな力つた場合の手順のみ相違するものである。つまり、図 中のステップ S2445において、リーダテーブルに登録されている全てのリーダ 2007 により探索処理を行った力否かを判定し、全てのリーダ 2007による探索処理をすで に一通り行って判定が満たされた場合に、すなわち M番目の物品 2005又は人物 20 06がどこにも見つからなかったとみなされて次のステップ S2455へ移る。  [0359] Then, the search mode process and the registration mode process shown in Fig. 32 can be executed in almost the same processing procedure except that the article 2005 (or person 2006) to be registered is handled as a search target. However, the procedure is different only when the tag ID cannot be detected even if search processing is performed by all readers 2007 in the search loop. That is, in step S2445 in the figure, it is determined whether or not the search processing has been performed by all the readers 2007 registered in the reader table, and the search processing by all the readers 2007 has already been performed and the determination has been completed. If it is satisfied, that is, it is considered that the Mth article 2005 or the person 20 06 was not found anywhere, and the process proceeds to the next step S2455.
[0360] ステップ S2455では、端末 2008の表示部 2034に無線タグの紛失エラーを表示さ せて管理者に対し無線タグ Tb, Ttの管理状態の異常を報知する。なおこの際に、検 出できなかった M番目の物品 2005 (又は人物 2006)のタグ IDに対応する物品 200 5の名称(又は人物 2006)の氏名を、データベース 2023の物品テーブル(又は人物 テーブル)力も検索し、端末 2008の表示部 2034に表示させてもょ 、。  [0360] In step S2455, a wireless tag loss error is displayed on display unit 2034 of terminal 2008 to notify the administrator of an abnormality in the management state of wireless tags Tb and Tt. At this time, the name of the article 2005 (or person 2006) corresponding to the tag ID of the Mth article 2005 (or person 2006) that could not be detected is stored in the article table (or person table) of the database 2023. Search for power and display it on the display 2034 of the terminal 2008.
[0361] そして次のステップ S2460で、タグラベル作成装置 2010に制御信号を出力し、上 記ステップ S 2410又は上記ステップ S 2415で取得したタグ IDで無線タグ Tb , Ttを 作成させ、このフローを終了する。  [0361] Then, in the next step S2460, a control signal is output to the tag label producing apparatus 2010 to create the radio tags Tb and Tt with the tag ID obtained in the above step S2410 or step S2415, and this flow is ended. To do.
[0362] また、図 32の上記登録モード処理におけるステップ S2375とステップ S2380では 、空欄だった存在位置の項目に新たに登録を行っていたが、探索モード処理でのそ れぞれに相当するステップ S2475及びステップ S2480においては、前回検出された 存在位置の項目を書き換えるよう更新することになる。  [0362] Further, in steps S2375 and S2380 in the registration mode process in FIG. 32, new registration is performed for the item of the existence position that was blank, but steps corresponding to each in the search mode process. In S2475 and step S2480, updating is performed so as to rewrite the item of the existing position detected last time.
[0363] 以上のフローにより、存在位置が変動(物品 2005又は人物 2006が移動)した無線 タグ Tb, Ttについて自動的にその存在位置を探索してデータベース 2023に更新す ることがでさる。 [0364] 以上において、図 29に示す管理サーバ 2009の CPU2021が実行する制御手順、 すなわち、ステップ S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400力 データ ベース 2023にアクセスし、そのアクセス結果に基づき、複数の動作モードを設定可 能なモード設定手段として機能するとともに、第 1設定手段としても機能する。 [0363] With the above flow, the existence positions of the RFID tags Tb and Tt whose existence positions have changed (the article 2005 or the person 2006 has moved) can be automatically searched and updated in the database 2023. [0364] In the above, the control procedure executed by the CPU 2021 of the management server 2009 shown in Fig. 29, that is, steps S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400 force database 2023, and based on the access result, a plurality of It functions as a mode setting means that can set the operation mode, and also as the first setting means.
[0365] また、 ジーダ 2007 旦しリーダ 2007a, 2007bを除く)力 するリーダアンテナ 20 12が、図 29に示すフローチャートの制御手順で設定された動作モードに応じて、無 線タグ回路素子 Toと無線通信により情報の送受信を行い、無線タグ回路素子 Toの タグ IDを取得するための少なくとも 1つの第 1無線通信手段を構成する。  [0365] Also, the reader antenna 2012 12 (excluding the Jida 2007 reader 2007a and 2007b) is connected to the wireless tag circuit element To and the radio depending on the operation mode set in the control procedure of the flowchart shown in FIG. At least one first wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information by communication and obtaining the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is configured.
[0366] また、図 29におけるステップ S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055 , S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200力 データベース 2023に管理対象の存在位置 情報が保持された状態において、当該存在位置情報に対応するリーダ 2007により 情報の送受信を行 、、その無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDを取得するための通常モ ードとして機能する。  [0366] Step S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200 force in FIG. 29 In the state where the management target location information is stored in the database 2023, It functions as a normal mode for sending and receiving information by the corresponding reader 2007 and acquiring the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To.
[0367] また、 1階出人口の 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007b (R11,: R 12)力 S有するリーダアン テナ 2012力 各リーダ 2007の設置されたビノレ 2002の 1階出人口ドア 2003近傍に 配置され、物品用無線タグ回路素子及び人物用無線タグ回路素子とそれぞれ無線 通信により情報の送受信を行 、、物品用無線タグ Tb及び人物用無線タグ Ttのそれ ぞれのタグ IDを取得するための第 2無線通信手段を構成する。  [0367] In addition, two leaders of the first-floor population 2007a, 2007b (R11 ,: R12) force S leader antenna 2012 force Each leader 2007 is placed near the first-floor population door 2003 of Vinole 2002 The wireless tag circuit element for goods and the wireless tag circuit element for persons transmit and receive information by wireless communication, respectively, and acquire the respective tag IDs of the wireless tag Tb for goods and the wireless tag Tt for persons Tt. 2 Configure the wireless communication means.
[0368] また、図 30におけるステップ S2150力 1階出入口の 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007b  [0368] Step S2150 force in Fig. 30 Two leaders at the first floor entrance 2007a, 2007b
(Rl l, R12)が有する RF通信制御部 2016及びリーダアンテナ 2012が物品用無線 タグ Tbのタグ IDを取得した際、対応する人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDを取得できなか つた場合に、管理者に対し対応する報知処理を行うための報知制御手段として機能 する。  Management when the RF communication control unit 2016 and reader antenna 2012 of (Rl l, R12) acquire the tag ID of the wireless tag Tb for goods and the tag ID of the corresponding wireless tag Tt for person cannot be acquired. Functions as notification control means for performing notification processing corresponding to a person.
[0369] また、図 33に示すステップ S2460が、タグ IDを用いて新たに無線タグラベルを作 成するよう、タグラベル作成装置 2010を制御するラベル作成制御手段として機能す る。  [0369] Step S2460 shown in Fig. 33 functions as a label creation control means for controlling the tag label creation device 2010 so that a new RFID label is created using the tag ID.
[0370] 以上のように構成した第 2実施形態においては、管理対象の物品 2005又は管理 対象の人物 2006の存在位置情報と対応する無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDとをデ ータベース 2023に格納保持しておき、複数の動作モードを設定可能な制御手順が データベース 2023へのアクセス結果に基づき各種の動作モードを設定し、その設定 された動作モードに応じてビル 2002内の複数箇所に設置された各リーダ 2007が無 線タグ回路素子 Toと無線通信により情報の送受信を行い、タグ IDを取得する。この ように、データベース 2023の状態に応じて各リーダ 2007の動作モードが設定されタ グ IDを取得する構成とすることにより、管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2 006に対しビル 2002内のリーダ 2007が設置された複数の箇所における存在位置 やその変動の管理を自動的に行うことができる。この結果、管理のために手動操作に よるデータ読み取り Z書き込み指示等が必要な従来技術と異なり、完全自動化した 管理を実施することができ、効率ィ匕を図ることができる。すなわち円滑な情報取得を 介して管理対象 2005, 2006への管理性を向上することができる。 [0370] In the second embodiment configured as described above, the location information of the article to be managed 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 and the tag ID of the corresponding RFID circuit element To are de-identified. A control procedure that can be stored and stored in the database 2023 and set multiple operation modes sets various operation modes based on the access result to the database 2023, and multiple control modes in the building 2002 are set according to the set operation mode. Each reader 2007 installed at the location transmits and receives information by wireless communication with the wireless tag circuit element To, and acquires the tag ID. In this way, the operation mode of each reader 2007 is set according to the state of the database 2023 and the tag ID is acquired, so that the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2 006 It is possible to automatically manage the locations and variations at multiple locations where Reader 2007 is installed. As a result, unlike the conventional technology that requires a manual data read / write instruction for management, etc., fully automated management can be performed, and efficiency can be improved. In other words, manageability to management targets 2005 and 2006 can be improved through smooth information acquisition.
[0371] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、図 29において物品監視ループと人物監視ルー プでそれぞれ行うステップ S2200の前回存在位置検出処理と、ステップ S2035及び ステップ S2060の手順力 無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する管理対象の物品 2005 又は管理対象の人物 2006の存在位置情報に基づき、その存在位置情報に対応す るリーダ 2007が情報の送受信を行い、その無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDを取得す る。これにより、管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006に対し自動的にそ の存在位置の確認を行うことができる。また、タグ IDの取得ができなかった場合には 、そのことによって存在位置が変動したことを確認することができ、対応する処理を行 うことが可能となる。 [0371] In the second embodiment, in particular, in FIG. 29, in the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop, the previous location detection process in step S2200 and the procedural force in steps S2035 and S2060 are performed. Based on the location information of the management target article 2005 or the management target person 2006 corresponding to, the reader 2007 corresponding to the location information sends and receives information and acquires the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To The As a result, it is possible to automatically confirm the location of the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2006. In addition, if the tag ID cannot be obtained, it can be confirmed that the location has changed, and corresponding processing can be performed.
[0372] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、上記監視処理ループ回数 Lを適宜の値に設定 することにより、物品監視ループと人物監視ループとを、それぞれ所定の繰り返し頻 度割合で実行可能であるので、人物 2006と物品 2005の両方を管理対象として管 理することができるとともに、それらの管理の度合い(どちらをどの程度の重み付けで 頻繁に管理するか)を適宜設定することも可能となる。このとき、第 2実施形態では特 に、物品監視ループが人物監視ループの 3倍以上 5倍以下の頻度割合で実行する よう設定することにより、主として物品 2005を頻繁に管理することが可能となる。  [0372] In the second embodiment, in particular, by setting the monitoring processing loop count L to an appropriate value, the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop can each be executed at a predetermined repetition rate. As a result, it is possible to manage both the person 2006 and the article 2005 as management targets, and it is also possible to appropriately set the degree of management (which is frequently managed with what weight). . At this time, in the second embodiment, in particular, the article 2005 can be frequently managed mainly by setting the article monitoring loop to be executed at a frequency ratio of 3 to 5 times that of the person monitoring loop. .
[0373] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、所定の時間的条件に応じ、物品監視ループと人 物監視ループのそれぞれの繰り返し頻度割合を上記の繰り返し頻度割合 (物品監視 ループが人物監視ループの 3倍以上 5倍以下)よりも物品監視ループの繰り返し頻 度割合を増大させるように変化させて実行する棚卸しモードを備えて 、る。すなわち 、会社オフィス、倉庫等においては、日中は人の出入りがあるが、夜間は無人となる か人の出入りが皆無となる場合が多い。物品 2005についても同様である。第 2実施 形態では、これを利用して、物品用無線タグ Tbのタグ IDを読み取る物品監視ループ の割合をさらに高めた棚卸しモードを設定していることにより、物品 2005の出入りの ない状態において、確実に棚卸しによる数量管理を自動的に実行することができる。 [0373] Further, in the second embodiment, in particular, the article monitoring loop and the person according to a predetermined time condition. Execute by changing the repetition frequency ratio of each object monitoring loop to increase the repetition frequency ratio of the article monitoring loop more than the above repetition frequency ratio (the article monitoring loop is 3 to 5 times the person monitoring loop) Equipped with an inventory mode. In other words, in offices, warehouses, etc., there are many people going in and out during the day, but there are often no people or no people going in and out at night. The same applies to Article 2005. In the second embodiment, this is used to set the inventory mode in which the ratio of the article monitoring loop that reads the tag ID of the article wireless tag Tb is further increased. It is possible to automatically execute quantity management by inventory.
[0374] なお、上記棚卸しモードは、例えば、一日における特定の時間帯 (深夜時間帯等) 、若しくは、一年における所定の繁忙期 (期末等)となった際に棚卸しモードに設定 するようにすれば、管理者のニーズに応じ、例えば深夜時間帯等の特定の時間帯や 、決算期等の特定の時期に、棚卸しを自動的に実行することができる。  [0374] Note that the above inventory mode is set to the inventory mode when, for example, a specific time period in the day (such as late-night time period) or a predetermined busy period in the year (such as the end of the year) is reached. In this way, according to the needs of the manager, for example, inventory can be automatically executed at a specific time zone such as late-night time zone, or at a specific time such as a settlement period.
[0375] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、ビル 2002の出入口ドア 2003近傍に配置された 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007b (Rl l, R12)が、物品用無線タグ Tb及び人物用無線タ グ Ttとそれぞれ無線通信により情報の送受信を行 ヽ、それぞれのタグ IDを取得する ことにより、管理対象の物品 2005の持ち出し管理及び管理対象の人物 2006の外出 管理を自動的に行うことができる。このとき特に、ビル 2002の出入口ドア 2003近傍 に配置された 2つのリーダ 2007a, 2007b (Rl l, R12)が、物品用無線タグ Tbのタ グ IDを読み取ったときに人物用無線タグ Ttのタグ IDを読み取れな力つた場合には、 認識不可能な人物、すなわち部外者や不法侵入者により当該物品 2005が持ち出さ れた可能性が高いとして図 30のステップ S2150で自動的に報知処理を実行すること で、管理担当の操作者にその旨を報知することができる。  [0375] In the second embodiment, in particular, the two readers 2007a, 2007b (Rll, R12) arranged in the vicinity of the entrance door 2003 of the building 2002 are connected to the article wireless tag Tb and the person wireless tag Tt. By sending and receiving information via wireless communication, and acquiring the respective tag IDs, it is possible to automatically manage take-out of managed articles 2005 and out-of-house management of managed persons 2006. At this time, in particular, when the two readers 2007a, 2007b (Rl, R12) arranged near the entrance door 2003 of the building 2002 read the tag ID of the article RFID tag Tb, the tag of the person RFID tag Tt If the ID cannot be read, the notification process is automatically executed in step S2150 in FIG. 30 on the assumption that the article 2005 is likely to be taken out by an unrecognizable person, that is, an outsider or a trespasser. By doing so, the operator in charge of management can be notified of this.
[0376] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、図 29において物品監視ループと人物監視ルー プでそれぞれ行うステップ S2200の前回存在位置検出処理と、ステップ S2035及び ステップ S2060の手順力 特定の存在位置情報に対応するリーダ 2007により無線 タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDを取得できな力つた場合に探索モード処理を行 、、他のリ ーダ 2007 (又は同一のリーダ 2007)〖こより、その無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDの取 得が試行される。これにより、管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006が他 のリーダ 2007の通信範囲に移動したこと (又は上記特定の存在位置情報に対応す るリーダ 2007の検出ミス等であり管理対象の物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006 は移動して 、な 、こと)を自動的に確認することができる。 [0376] In the second embodiment, in particular, in FIG. 29, the previous presence position detection process in step S2200 and the procedural force specific presence position information in steps S2035 and S2060 respectively performed in the article monitoring loop and the person monitoring loop. If the RFID tag circuit element To tag ID cannot be obtained by the reader 2007 corresponding to, the search mode processing is performed. From another reader 2007 (or the same reader 2007), the RFID circuit element An attempt is made to obtain the tag ID of To. As a result, managed goods 2005 or managed people 2006 Moved to the communication range of the reader 2007 (or the detection object of the reader 2007 corresponding to the above specific location information, etc., and the managed item 2005 or the managed person 2006 moved) Can be confirmed automatically.
[0377] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、図 29においてステップ S2200、ステップ S2035 及びステップ S2060の手順と探索モード処理ですベてのリーダ 2007で試行してもタ グ IDが取得できなかった場合、対応する無線タグ回路素子 Toが故障したかある 、は 紛失された可能性が高ぐこのような場合には図 33のステップ S2460でタグラベル作 成装置 2010に新たに無線タグラベルを作成(=再発行)させる。これにより、故障や 紛失等のアクシデントによる管理不能状態を最小限にとどめて自動的にもとの状態 に復帰でき、万全な管理を実現することができる。 [0377] In the second embodiment, in particular, in step S2200, step S2035, and step S2060 in Fig. 29, the search mode processing is performed. In this case, the corresponding RFID circuit element To may have failed or lost. In such a case, a new RFID label is created in the tag label producing device 2010 in step S2460 in FIG. Issue). As a result, the unmanageable state due to accidents such as failure or loss can be minimized and automatically returned to the original state, and thorough management can be realized.
[0378] また、この第 2実施形態では特に、データベース 2023へアクセスして、存在位置情 報と対応づけられないタグ IDがみつ力つた場合、登録モード処理を行うことにより、 各リーダ 2007によりその無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDが取得され、そのリーダ 200 [0378] In the second embodiment, in particular, when a tag ID that is not associated with the presence position information is found when accessing the database 2023, each reader 2007 performs the registration mode process. The tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is acquired and its reader 200
7に対応した存在位置情報がそのタグ IDと関連付けられデータベース 2023に格納 される。これにより、この後は、その無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する管理対象の物品The location information corresponding to 7 is stored in the database 2023 in association with the tag ID. As a result, after this, the article to be managed corresponding to the RFID circuit element To
2005又は管理対象の人物 2006の存在位置確認処理を (探索モード処理を備えて いる場合には移動検知処理も)自動的に行うことができる。なお、上記のように存在位 置情報と対応づけられないタグ IDがみつ力つた場合に限られず、新規情報登録があ つた場合にはすべて上記登録モード処理を行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、新規情 報登録があって実際には存在位置情報とタグ IDが正しく対応付けられた場合でも、 その新規情報登録直後に、当該正しい対応付けを念のために確認する意味で、登 録モード処理を実行するようにしてもょ 、 (後述の変形例も参照)。 The process of confirming the location of the person 2005 or the person to be managed 2006 can be automatically performed (and the movement detection process if a search mode process is provided). Note that the registration mode process may be performed for all new information registrations, not limited to the case where a tag ID that is not associated with presence position information is found. In other words, even if there is new information registration and the location information and tag ID are actually associated correctly, the registration is performed in order to confirm the correct association just in case immediately after the new information registration. You can also perform mode processing (see also variants below).
[0379] なお、上記第 2の実施形態は、上記の態様に限られるものではなぐその趣旨及び 技術思想を逸脱しない範囲で種々の変形が可能である。以下、そのような変形例を 説明する。  [0379] The second embodiment is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the second embodiment. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described.
[0380] すなわち、上記第 2の実施形態では、新たに無線タグ Tb, Ttを作成してもデータべ ース 2023の物品テーブル又は人物テーブルにその新規の無線タグ Tb, Ttに対応 する存在位置情報を登録しないままビル 2002内に配置し、そのような無管理状態の 無線タグ Tb、Ttを見つけて力も登録モード処理によりその新規の無線タグの存在位 置を探索してデータベース 2023に登録していた力 本発明はこれに限られない。す なわち、例えば新規に無線タグ Tb, Ttを作成した際に物品テーブル又は人物テー ブルにそのような新規作成状態であることを示す情報を登録しておくとともに、管理者 があらかじめその新規の無線タグ Tb, Ttの仮の存在位置情報をデータベース 2023 に登録しておき、それを登録モード処理により正しい存在位置情報に更新するように してちよい。 That is, in the second embodiment, even if a new RFID tag Tb, Tt is newly created, the location corresponding to the new RFID tag Tb, Tt in the article table or person table of the database 2023 Placed in the building 2002 without registering information, such an unmanaged state The power obtained by finding the wireless tags Tb and Tt and searching for the position of the new wireless tag by the registration mode processing and registering it in the database 2023 is not limited to this. In other words, for example, when a new RFID tag Tb, Tt is newly created, information indicating that such a newly created state is registered in the article table or person table, and the administrator creates the new tag in advance. The temporary location information of the wireless tags Tb and Tt may be registered in the database 2023 and updated to the correct location information by the registration mode process.
[0381] 本変形例のハードウ ア構成は、上記実施形態のものと全く同一であり、データべ ース 2023の物品テーブル及び人物テーブルと、管理サーノ 2009の CPU2021力 S 実行する制御手順が少し異なるだけである。  [0381] The hardware configuration of this modification is exactly the same as that of the above embodiment, and the control procedure to be executed is slightly different from the article table and person table of the database 2023 and the CPU 2021 force S of the management sano 2009. Only.
[0382] 図 34は、本変形例で使用する物品テーブルを概念的に表す図であり、上記実施 形態における図 25に相当する図である。この図 34において、物品テーブルは、物品 コード、名称、最新更新日時、存在位置、及びタグ IDとともに経歴が予めそれぞれ対 応づけられた相関情報の形で格納されて 、る。  FIG. 34 is a diagram conceptually showing an article table used in this modification, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 25 in the above embodiment. In FIG. 34, the article table is stored in the form of correlation information in which the history is associated with the article code, name, latest update date / time, location, and tag ID in advance.
[0383] そして新たに物品用無線タグ Tbが作成された際には、特に図示しない新規登録手 順により管理者がその新規の物品用無線タグ Tbに対応づけて物品コード、名称、最 新更新日時、及びタグ IDの相関情報を登録し(図中の例では最下段に登録)、さら に経歴の項目には新規作成状態でまだリーダ 2007による存在位置の検出力 ^度も なされて!/、な 、ことを示す「1」を登録し (すでにリーダ 2007により検出ずみである他 の無線タグの場合は「0」となっている)、また存在位置の項目にはその物品用無線タ グ Tbを添付する管理対象の物品 2005の配置予定の場所コード(図の例では P201 )を管理者が仮の存在位置として予め登録しておく。なお、人物用無線タグラベルを 新規作成した場合でも、特に図示しないが、上記第 2実施形態の図 27の人物テープ ルに経歴の項目を追加した人物テーブルを用い、同様に新規の人物用無線タグ Tt に対応付けて経歴の項目に「1」を登録し、仮の存在位置情報を予め登録しておけば よい。  [0383] When a new article wireless tag Tb is created, the administrator associates the new article wireless tag Tb with the new article wireless tag Tb by a new registration procedure (not shown) and updates the article code, name, and latest update. The date / time and tag ID correlation information is registered (registered at the bottom in the example in the figure), and the history item is still in the newly created state and still has the power of detecting the presence position by Reader 2007! / “1” indicating that this is registered (in the case of other wireless tags already detected by the reader 2007, it is “0”). The manager registers in advance the location code (P201 in the example of the figure) scheduled to be placed for the managed article 2005 to which Tb is attached as a temporary location. Even when a new RFID tag label is created for a person, although not particularly shown, a new RFID tag for a person is similarly used using a person table in which the items of history are added to the person table in FIG. 27 of the second embodiment. It is only necessary to register “1” in the history item in association with Tt, and to register temporary location information in advance.
[0384] そして本変形例において管理サーバ 2009の CPU2021が実行する制御手順とし ては、上記第 2実施形態の図 29に示す制御手順とほぼ同じであり、そのうちステップ S2030とステップ S2055の判定でそれぞれ物品テーブル又は人物テーブルの経歴 の項目が 1であるか否かを判定し、経歴の項目が 1である場合に判定を満たしてそれ ぞれステップ S2300の登録モード処理を行えばよい。 [0384] The control procedure executed by the CPU 2021 of the management server 2009 in the present modification is almost the same as the control procedure shown in Fig. 29 of the second embodiment, of which step It is determined in step S2030 and step S2055 whether the item in the history of the article table or the person table is 1, respectively. If the item in the history is 1, the determination is satisfied and the registration mode processing in step S2300 is performed. Can be done.
[0385] また、本変形例において実行する登録モード処理としては、上記第 2実施形態の図 32に示す制御手順とほぼ同じであり、そのうちステップ S2375とステップ S2380の登 録手順にぉ 、て各テーブルの対応する経歴の項目を 0に更新する手順を行えばよ い。なお、この際に仮登録されていた存在位置と実際に存在した存在位置との比較 結果を端末 2008の表示部 2034に表示させて管理者に確認させてもよい。  [0385] Further, the registration mode process executed in the present modification is almost the same as the control procedure shown in Fig. 32 of the second embodiment, and each of the registration procedures is performed according to the registration procedure of step S2375 and step S2380. You can follow the procedure to update the corresponding history item in the table to 0. At this time, the comparison result between the temporarily registered location and the actually existing location may be displayed on the display unit 2034 of the terminal 2008 and checked by the administrator.
[0386] 以上のように構成した本変形例においては、データベース 2023へアクセスして、新 規に登録されたタグ識別情報がみつ力つた場合、登録モード処理を行うことにより、 各リーダ 2007によりその無線タグ回路素子 Toのタグ IDが取得され、そのリーダ 200 7に対応した存在位置情報とタグ IDとが関連付けられて予め仮登録されている存在 位置情報とを比較する。これにより、予め管理者により仮登録されている存在位置情 報の正否が確認できるとともに、異なっている場合には取得した正しい存在位置情報 に更新することができ、この後は、その無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する管理対象の 物品 2005又は管理対象の人物 2006の存在位置確認処理を (探索モードを備えて いる場合には移動検知処理も)自動的に行うことができる。  [0386] In this variation configured as described above, when the newly registered tag identification information is found when the database 2023 is accessed, each reader 2007 performs the registration mode process. The tag ID of the RFID circuit element To is acquired, and the presence position information corresponding to the reader 2007 is compared with the presence position information that is temporarily registered in association with the tag ID. As a result, it is possible to confirm whether the location information temporarily registered by the administrator in advance is correct or not, and when it is different, it can be updated to the acquired correct location information. Thereafter, the RFID circuit The process of confirming the location of the managed article 2005 or the managed person 2006 corresponding to the element To can be automatically performed (when the search mode is provided, the movement detection process is also performed).
[0387] 以下、本発明の第 3実施形態を図 35〜図 45により説明する。本実施形態は、本発 明を図書館における書籍の貸し出し管理システムに適用した場合の実施形態である  [0387] Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. This embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a book lending management system in a library.
[0388] 図 35において、本実施形態の情報読み取り装置を備えた図書館においては、利 用者 M (第 2情報取得対象、情報取得対象)は図書館に入室する際に利用者固有の ID (第 2識別情報)が書き込まれた無線タグ回路素子 To (詳細は後述)を有するタグ ラベル Tを身に着ける。また図書館内の各書籍 B (第 1情報取得対象、情報取得対 象)には、当該書籍固有の ID (第 1識別情報)が書き込まれた無線タグ回路素子 To を有するタグラベル Tが設けられている。そして、利用者が書籍を借りる際には、図 In FIG. 35, in the library equipped with the information reading apparatus of the present embodiment, user M (second information acquisition target, information acquisition target) has a user-specific ID (first ID) when entering the library. (2) Wear the tag label T having the RFID circuit element To (identification information) written (details will be described later). Each book B in the library (first information acquisition target, information acquisition target) is provided with a tag label T having a RFID circuit element To in which an ID (first identification information) unique to the book is written. Yes. And when a user borrows a book,
B  B
書館に備え付けられるハンディスキャナ 3200 (情報読み取り装置)を携帯した上で借 りたい書籍 Bの前に行く。 [0389] 図 35は、上記図書館において、利用者 Mが書籍 Bを借りるときの様子を示す図で ある。この図 35に示すように、利用者 Mが書籍 Bを借りるときには、例えば図書館の 受付で借りたノヽンディスキャナ 3200を書籍 Bに近づけ、タグラベル Tに備えられる無 Carry the handy scanner 3200 (information reader) provided in the library and go to the book B you want to borrow. [0389] FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a situation when user M borrows book B in the above library. As shown in FIG. 35, when the user M borrows the book B, for example, the non-day scanner 3200 borrowed at the reception of the library is brought close to the book B, and the tag label T is provided with
B  B
線タグ回路素子 To— B (図 36参照)の情報の読み取りを行う。このとき、ハンディスキ ャナ 3200により、利用者 Mが身に着けたタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素 子 To— M (図 36参照)の情報の読み取りも行われる(詳細は後述)。このハンデイス キヤナ 3200で読み込まれた情報は、無線 LAN、基地局 3205及び通信回線 3206 を経て、サーバ 3207のデータベース DBに送られる。  Reads the information of line tag circuit element To—B (see Fig. 36). At this time, the handy scanner 3200 also reads information on the RFID circuit element To-M (see FIG. 36) provided in the tag label T worn by the user M (details will be described later). The information read by the handy scanner 3200 is sent to the database DB of the server 3207 via the wireless LAN, the base station 3205, and the communication line 3206.
[0390] 図 36は、図書館内に設けられ、本実施形態の情報読み取り装置 (ハンディスキャナ 3200)を有する無線タグ情報通信システムの全体構成を表すシステム構成図である FIG. 36 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the RFID tag information communication system provided in the library and having the information reading device (handy scanner 3200) of the present embodiment.
[0391] 図 36において、無線タグ情報通信システム ST3は、タグラベル Τ , Tに備えられ [0391] In FIG. 36, the RFID tag information communication system ST3 is provided in the tag labels, and T.
B  B
た無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mの情報にアクセスする(この例では読み取りを 行う)ハンディスキャナ 3200 (情報読み取り装置)と、このハンディスキャナ 3200と無 線 LAN (Local Area Network)を介し無線通信可能な基地局 3204と、この基地局 3204と無線 (ある 、は有線でもよ 、)による通信回線 3206を介し接続されデータべ ース DBを備えたサーバ 3207とを有して 、る。  The handy scanner 3200 (information reading device) that accesses the information of the RFID circuit elements To—B and To—M (which reads in this example), and the handy scanner 3200 and the wireless LAN (Local Area Network) A base station 3204 capable of wireless communication, and a server 3207 having a database DB connected to the base station 3204 via a wireless communication line 3206 (which may be wired) are provided.
[0392] ハンディスキャナ 3200は、タグラベル T及びタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回 [0392] The handy scanner 3200 is connected to the tag label T and the tag label T.
B M  B M
路素子 To— B, To— Mの上記アンテナ 151— M、 151—Bとの間で無線通信により 信号の授受を行うアンテナ 3010M、 3010Bと、このアンテナ 3010Bを介し上記無線 タグ回路素子 To— B (第 1情報保持部、情報保持部、第 1無線タグ回路素子)の IC回 路部 150— Bへ短波 (HF)を用いた無線通信(=第 1取得態様、動作態様因子)によ りアクセスする(ここでは読み取りを行う)とともに、その無線タグ回路素子 To— Bから 読み出された信号を処理する高周波回路 3201Bと、上記アンテナ 3010Mを介し上 記無線タグ回路素子 To— M (第 2情報保持部、情報保持部、第 2無線タグ回路素子 )の IC回路部 150— Mへ極超短波(UHF)を用 、た(ある!/、はマイクロ波を用 、た) 無線通信(=第 2取得態様、動作態様因子)によりアクセスし、かつその無線タグ回 路素子 To— Mから読み出された信号を処理する高周波回路 3201Mと、基地局 320 4のアンテナ 3205を介し無線 LANによる通信を行うための無線 LAN通信部 3203と 、高周波回路 3201M, 3201B及び無線 LAN通信部 3203と接続されそれらの制御 を行う制御回路 3202とを有する。 The antennas 3010M and 3010B that transmit and receive signals to and from the antennas 151—M and 151-B of the road elements To—B, To—M, and the RFID circuit elements To—B via the antenna 3010B According to wireless communication (= first acquisition mode, operation mode factor) using short wave (HF) to the IC circuit unit 150-B of the (first information holding unit, information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) The RFID circuit element To-M (second circuit) is accessed via the antenna 3010M and the high-frequency circuit 3201B that processes (reads here) and processes the signal read from the RFID circuit element To-B. Information holding unit, information holding unit, IC circuit unit 150-M of the second RFID tag circuit element) Ultra-high frequency (UHF) is used (Yes! / Is using microwave) Wireless communication (= No. (2) Acquisition mode, operation mode factor) and read from the RFID circuit element To-M A high frequency circuit 3201M for processing signals, the base station 320 A wireless LAN communication unit 3203 for performing communication by wireless LAN through the four antennas 3205, and a control circuit 3202 connected to the high frequency circuits 3201M and 3201B and the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 to control them.
[0393] タグラベル T及びタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mは [0393] Tag label T and RFID tag circuit elements provided on tag label T are To-B and To-M.
B  B
、それぞれ情報を記憶する IC回路部 150— B, 150— Mとこの IC回路部 150— B, 1 50— Mにそれぞれ接続されたアンテナ 151— B, 151— Mとを備えている。アンテナ 151 Mは周知のダイポールアンテナであり、またアンテナ 151— Bは図 36に示す ようにループコイル形状に構成されており、短波帯での通信に適した構造となって!/ヽ る。上記 IC回路部 150— M, 150— B (メモリ部 155)は、対応する(情報取得)対象 物 (ここでは書類 B、または利用者 M)を特定可能な固有の(但し書き換え可能でもよ い)識別情報としてのタグ IDを記憶保持しており、制御回路 3202がこのタグ IDによ つて上記サーバ 3207に問い合わせを行うことで、サーバ 3207のデータベース DB に格納保持された、当該対象物に関する種々の情報 (ここでは書籍名、人物名等)を 上記サーバ 3207から読み込めるようになつている。なお、上記メモリ部 155に、タグ I Dでなく書籍情報や人物情報を直接記憶させるようにしてもょ ヽ。  IC circuit units 150-B, 150-M for storing information, respectively, and antennas 151-B, 151-M connected to the IC circuit units 150-B, 150-M, respectively. The antenna 151 M is a well-known dipole antenna, and the antenna 151-B is configured in a loop coil shape as shown in FIG. 36, and has a structure suitable for communication in the short wave band! The above-mentioned IC circuit unit 150-M, 150-B (memory unit 155) is a unique (however, rewritable) that can identify the corresponding (information acquisition) object (here, document B or user M). ) The tag ID as identification information is stored and held, and when the control circuit 3202 makes an inquiry to the server 3207 using this tag ID, various items related to the target object stored and held in the database DB of the server 3207 are stored. Information (here, book name, person name, etc.) can be read from the server 3207. The memory unit 155 may store book information and personal information directly instead of the tag ID.
[0394] なお、各書籍 Bのデータにっ 、ては、予め適宜の端末等を用いて入力され、サー ノ 3207のデータベース DBに格納保持されている。また各利用者 Mの人物情報に ついては、例えば図書館に入室する際に図示しない無線タグ情報書き込み装置の 端末等で情報の入力を行い、その情報が書き込まれた無線タグ回路素子 To— Mを 有するタグラベル Tが利用者 Mに渡されるようになっており、この際に入力された人 物情報が上記サーバ 3207のデータベース DBに格納されるようになって 、る。 Note that the data of each book B is input in advance using an appropriate terminal or the like and stored and held in the database DB of the servo 3207. For the personal information of each user M, for example, when entering a library, the information is input at a terminal of a wireless tag information writing device (not shown), and the wireless tag circuit element To-M in which the information is written is provided. The tag label T is passed to the user M, and the human information input at this time is stored in the database DB of the server 3207.
[0395] 図 37は、本実施形態のハンディスキャナ 3200の全体概略構造を表す正面図であ る。図 37にお!/ヽて、このノヽンディスキャナ 3200は、筐体 3004と、この筐体 3004の上 部(図 37中手前側)の大部分を占めるように配設され、読み込んだ情報の内容等の 表示を行う表示部 3005と、筐体 3004の側面に配設され、情報の読み込みを行う際 に利用者 Mが操作を行う操作部 3006 (例えばボタン、スィッチ等)と、情報の読み取 りがうまくいかな力つた場合に報知を行う例えばスピーカ等の音声報知手段 3007と を備えている。 [0396] 上記筐体 3004には、上記無線タグ回路素子 Toへの信号を送信及び受信する上 記アンテナ 3010M, 3010Bが備えられている。なお、このアンテナ 3010M, 3010 Bから送信される信号は公知の指向性制御により指向性を持って送信されるようにな つており、アンテナ 3010Bを介して書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bに対し送信さ れる信号はハンディスキャナ 3200の前方側(図 37中上側)に、アンテナ 3010Mを 介して利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mに対し送信される信号はハンデイスキヤ ナ 3200の後方側(図 37中下側)に送信される。また、無線 LANによる通信を行う上 記無線 LAN通信部 3203のアンテナ 3203aが備えられている。 FIG. 37 is a front view showing the overall schematic structure of the handy scanner 3200 of the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 37, this non-scanner 3200 is arranged so as to occupy most of the housing 3004 and the upper part (front side in FIG. 37) of the housing 3004. A display unit 3005 for displaying contents and the like, an operation unit 3006 (for example, a button, a switch, etc.) disposed on the side surface of the housing 3004 and operated by the user M when reading information, For example, a voice notification means 3007 such as a speaker is provided. [0396] The housing 3004 includes the antennas 3010M and 3010B that transmit and receive signals to the RFID circuit element To. Signals transmitted from the antennas 3010M and 3010B are transmitted with directivity by known directivity control, and are sent to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B via the antenna 3010B. The signal transmitted to the handy scanner 3200 is on the front side (upper side in Fig. 37), and the signal transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of user M via the antenna 3010M is the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 ( Sent to the lower side in Fig. 37. In addition, an antenna 3203a of the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 for performing communication by wireless LAN is provided.
[0397] 図 38は、上記ハンディスキャナ 3200の読み取り対象である書籍 B及び利用者 Mに 設けられるタグラベル Τ , Tに備えられた上記無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mの  [0397] FIG. 38 shows the RFID tag circuit elements To-B, To-M provided in the tag labels, and T provided to the book B and the user M to be read by the handy scanner 3200.
B M  B M
機能的構成の一例を表すブロック図であり、上記第 2実施形態の図 22等に相当する 図である。  FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration, and corresponds to FIG. 22 and the like of the second embodiment.
[0398] 図 38において、無線タグ回路素子 To— Bは、ハンディスキャナ 3200のアンテナ 30 10Bと短波帯の電波 (本実施形態では 13. 56MHz0但し他の周波数を用いてもよ い)を用 ヽて非接触で信号の送受信を行うアンテナ 151— Bと、このアンテナ 151— Bに接続された IC回路部 150— Bとを有して 、る。 [0398] In FIG. 38, the RFID circuit element To- B may use the radio wave antenna 30 10B and shortwave bands of the handy scanner 3200 (in the present embodiment but it may also be used 13. 56 MHz 0 although other frequencies) The antenna 151-B that transmits and receives signals without contact and the IC circuit unit 150-B connected to the antenna 151-B are provided.
[0399] 一方、無線タグ回路素子 To— Mは、ハンディスキャナ 3200側のアンテナ 3010M と極超短波 (本実施形態では 2. 45GHz。但し他の周波数を用いてもよい)を用いて 非接触で信号の送受信を行うアンテナ 151— Mと、このアンテナ 151— Mに接続さ れた IC回路部 150— Mとを有して!/、る。  [0399] On the other hand, the RFID circuit element To-M is a non-contact signal using the antenna 3010M on the handy scanner 3200 side and ultra-high frequency (2.45 GHz in this embodiment, but other frequencies may be used). It has an antenna 151-M that transmits / receives and an IC circuit unit 150-M connected to the antenna 151-M.
[0400] IC回路部 150— B (または 150— M。以下、対応関係同じ)は、上記図 4Bに示す I C回路部 150と同様の構成となっている。すなわち、 IC回路部 150— B (または 150 — M)は、アンテナ 151— B (または 151— M)により受信された搬送波を整流する整 流部 152— B (または 152— M)と、この整流部 152— B (または 152— M)により整流 された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積し IC回路部 150— B (または 150— M)の駆動電源と するための電源部 153— B (または 153 M)と、上記アンテナ 151—B (または 151 M)により受信された搬送波からクロック信号を抽出して後述する制御部 157— B ( または 157— M)に供給するクロック抽出部 154— B (または 154— M)と、所定の情 報信号を記憶し得る情報記憶部として機能するメモリ部 155— B (または 155— M)と 、上記アンテナ 151— B (または 151— M)に接続された変復調部 156— B (または 1 56 -M)と、上記整流部 152— B (または 152— M)、クロック抽出部 154— B (または 154— M)、及び変復調部 156— B (または 156— M)等を介して上記無線タグ回路 素子 Toの作動を制御するための制御部 157— B (または 157— M)とを備えて!/、る。 [0400] The IC circuit section 150-B (or 150-M, hereinafter the same correspondence) has the same configuration as the IC circuit section 150 shown in FIG. 4B. That is, the IC circuit unit 150-B (or 150-M) includes a rectifier unit 152-B (or 152-M) that rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151-B (or 151-M), and this rectification. A power supply unit 153-B (or 153 M) for storing the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the unit 152-B (or 152-M) and driving the IC circuit unit 150-B (or 150-M) The clock extractor 154—B (or 154—M) extracts the clock signal from the carrier wave received by the antenna 151-B (or 151 M) and supplies it to the controller 157—B (or 157—M) described later. ) And the prescribed information A memory unit 155—B (or 155—M) that functions as an information storage unit that can store an information signal, and a modem unit 156—B (or 1 56 −) connected to the antenna 151—B (or 151—M). M) and the rectifier 152-B (or 152-M), the clock extractor 154-B (or 154-M), the modem 156-B (or 156-M), etc. A control unit 157—B (or 157—M) for controlling the operation of the element To is provided.
[0401] 上記構成により、タグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Bとタグラベル [0401] With the above configuration, RFID tag circuit element To-B and tag label provided in tag label T
B  B
T〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Mとで、互いに受信感度の周波数特性が異 なるようになつている。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子 To— Bでは 13. 56MHzの搬送 波(短波)に対する受信感度が最も大きくなつており、無線タグ回路素子 To— Mでは 2. 45GHzの搬送波 (極超短波)に対する受信感度が最も大きくなつている。  The frequency characteristics of the reception sensitivity are different from each other for the RFID tag circuit element To-M provided. In other words, RFID tag circuit element To-B has the highest reception sensitivity for 13.56MHz carrier wave (short wave), and RFID tag circuit element To-M has the reception sensitivity for 2.45GHz carrier wave (ultra-short wave). It's getting bigger.
[0402] 図 39は、上記ハンディスキャナ 3200の制御系の構成を表す機能ブロック図である FIG. 39 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the handy scanner 3200.
[0403] 図 39において、上記アンテナ 3010Bを介し上記無線タグ回路素子 To— Bの IC回 路部 150— B情報へアクセスする(ここでは読み取りを行う)ための上記高周波回路 3 201Bと、上記アンテナ 3010Mを介し上記無線タグ回路素子 To— Mの IC回路部 15 0— Mの情報へアクセスする(ここでは読み取りを行う)ための上記高周波回路 3201 Mと、無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mの IC回路部 150— B, 150— Mから読み出 された信号を処理して情報を読み出すとともに無線タグ回路素子 To -B, To- Mの I C回路部 150— B, 150— Mへアクセスするためのアクセス情報を生成する機能を含 み、ハンディスキャナ 3200全体の動作を制御するための上記制御回路 3202とを有 する。 [0403] In FIG. 39, the high-frequency circuit 3 201B for accessing (reading here) the IC circuit section 150-B information of the RFID circuit element To-B via the antenna 3010B, and the antenna The RF circuit 3201 M for accessing (reading here) the information of the IC circuit portion 15 0—M of the RFID circuit element To—M via the 3010M and the RFID circuit element To—B, To— M IC circuit section 150—B, 150— Processes signals read from M and reads information, and accesses RFID circuit elements To-B, To-M IC circuit sections 150—B, 150—M And the above-described control circuit 3202 for controlling the operation of the entire handy scanner 3200.
[0404] 高周波回路 3201B, 3201Mは詳細な説明を省略する力 周知の短波帯,極超短 波帯の電波の送受信により無線タグ回路素子 To -B, To Mとそれぞれ通信を行う 機能を有しているものであり、上記第 2実施形態の図 23に示した高周波回路 2016と 同様の機能的構成を備えている。すなわち、これら高周波回路 3201B, 3201Mは、 アンテナ 3010B, 3010Mを介し無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mに対して信号を 送信する送信咅 3212B, 3212Mと、アンテナ 3010B, 3010Mにより受信された無 線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mからの反射波を入カする受信部3213B, 3213Mと 、送受分離器 3214B, 3214Mとから構成される。 [0404] The high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M have the ability to communicate with RFID circuit elements To-B and ToM by transmitting and receiving radio waves in the well-known short- and ultra-high-frequency bands. It has a functional configuration similar to that of the high-frequency circuit 2016 shown in FIG. 23 of the second embodiment. That is, these high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M are connected to the RFID tag circuit elements To-B and To-M via the antennas 3010B and 3010M, and the transmitters 3212B and 3212M, and the antennas 3010B and 3010M, Receiving units 3213B and 3213M that receive reflected waves from line tag circuit elements To—B and To—M The transmission / reception separators 3214B and 3214M.
[0405] なお、以下、説明を簡易とするために高周波回路 3201Bの機能構成について説 明するが、高周波回路 3201Mについても特に力つこ書きで示した部分以外につい ては同様の構成である。  [0405] In the following, the functional configuration of the high-frequency circuit 3201B will be described for the sake of simplicity, but the high-frequency circuit 3201M has the same configuration except for the portion indicated in particular by force drawing.
[0406] 送信部 3212Bは、無線タグ回路素子 To— Bの IC回路部 150— Bの無線タグ情報 にアクセスする (ここでは読み取りを行う)ための搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 3230 B、PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 323 IB、及び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator ) 3232Bと、上記制御回路 3202から供給される信号に基づいて上記発生させられ た搬送波を変調 (この例では制御回路 3202からの「TX— ASK」信号に基づく振幅 変調)する送信乗算回路 3216B (但し「TX_ASK信号」の場合は増幅率可変アン プ等を用いてもよい)と、その送信乗算回路 3216Bにより変調された変調波を増幅( この例では制御回路 3202からの「TX—PWR」信号によって増幅率を決定される増 幅)する可変送信アンプ 3217Bとを備えている。そして、上記発生される搬送波は H F帯(高周波回路 3201Mでは UHF帯)の周波数を用いており、上記送信アンプ 32 17Bの出力は、送受分離器 3214Bを介し送信アンテナ 3010Bに伝達されて、無線 タグ回路素子 To - Bの IC回路部 150— Bに供給される。  [0406] The transmission unit 3212B generates a carrier wave for accessing (in this case, reading) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-B of the RFID circuit element To-B. Phase Locked Loop) 323 IB and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3232B and the generated carrier wave is modulated based on the signal supplied from the control circuit 3202 (in this example, the “TX-ASK” from the control circuit 3202 Transmitter multiplier 3216B (amplitude modulation based on the signal) (in the case of the “TX_ASK signal”, a variable gain amplifier may be used) and the modulated wave modulated by the transmitter multiplier 3216B is amplified (this In the example, a variable transmission amplifier 3217B that amplifies the amplification factor by the “TX-PWR” signal from the control circuit 3202 is provided. The generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the HF band (in the high-frequency circuit 3201M, the UHF band), and the output of the transmission amplifier 32 17B is transmitted to the transmission antenna 3010B via the transmission / reception separator 3214B, so that the wireless tag Supplied to IC circuit section 150-B of circuit element To-B.
[0407] このとき、水晶振動子 3230B、 PLL3231B、及び VC03232Bで発生された 13. 5 6MHzの搬送波(短波)については、変調'増幅されて、ハンディスキャナ 3200の前 方側(図 37中上側)に向けて送信され、上記書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bの IC 回路部 150— Bに供給されるようになっている(高周波回路 3201Mでは、水晶振動 子 3230M、 PLL3231M、及び VC03232Mで発生された 2. 45GHzの搬送波(極 超短波)は、変調'増幅されて、ハンディスキャナ 3200の後方側(図 37中下側)に向 けて送信され、上記利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mの IC回路部 150— Mに供 給されるようになっている)。なお、無線タグ情報は上記のように変調した信号に限ら れず、単なる搬送波のみの場合もある。  [0407] At this time, the 13.56 6 MHz carrier wave (short wave) generated by the crystal oscillator 3230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B is modulated and amplified, and the front side of the handy scanner 3200 (upper side in FIG. 37) And is supplied to the IC circuit section 150-B of the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the above book B (in the high-frequency circuit 3201M, it is generated by the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M) 2. The 45 GHz carrier wave (ultra-short wave) is modulated and amplified, and transmitted to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 (the lower side in FIG. 37). The RFID tag circuit element To— IC circuit part 150—M is supplied to M). Note that the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be just a carrier wave.
[0408] 受信部 3213Bは、アンテナ 3010Bで受信された無線タグ回路素子 To— Bからの 反射波と上記発生させられた搬送波とを乗算して復調する受信第 1乗算回路 3218B と、その受信第 1乗算回路 3218Bの出力から必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すため の第 1バンドパスフィルタ 3219Bと、この第 1バンドパスフィルタ 3219Bの出力を増幅 する受信第 1アンプ 3221Bと、この受信第 1アンプ 3221Bの出力をさらに増幅してデ ジタル信号に変換する第 1リミッタ 3220Bと、上記アンテナ 3010Bで受信された無線 タグ回路素子 To— B力もの反射波と上記発生された後に移相器 3227Bにより位相 を 90° 遅らせた搬送波とを乗算する受信第 2乗算回路 3222Bと、その受信第 2乗算 回路 3222Bの出力力も必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すための第 2バンドパスフィ ルタ 3223Bと、この第 2バンドパスフィルタ 3223Bの出力を増幅する受信第 2アンプ 3225Bと、この受信第 2アンプ 3225Bの出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号に変換 する第 2リミッタ 3224Bとを備えている。そして、上記第 1リミッタ 3220Bから出力され る信号「RXS— I」及び第 2リミッタ 3224Bから出力される信号「RXS— Q」は、上記制 御回路 3202に入力されて処理される。 [0408] The receiving unit 3213B includes a reception first multiplication circuit 3218B that multiplies and demodulates the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To-B received by the antenna 3010B and the generated carrier wave, and the reception first multiplication circuit 3218B. 1 To extract only the signal of the required band from the output of the multiplier circuit 3218B First bandpass filter 3219B, first reception amplifier 3221B that amplifies the output of the first bandpass filter 3219B, and first limiter that further amplifies the output of the reception first amplifier 3221B and converts it to a digital signal. A second receiving circuit 3222B for multiplying 3220B by the reflected wave of the RFID tag circuit element To-B received by the antenna 3010B and the carrier wave generated by the phase shifter 3227B and delayed by 90 ° by the phase shifter 3227B The second band-pass filter 3223B for extracting only a signal in the necessary band for the output power of the reception second multiplication circuit 3222B, the reception second amplifier 3225B for amplifying the output of the second band-pass filter 3223B, and this A second limiter 3224B for further amplifying the output of the reception second amplifier 3225B and converting it into a digital signal. The signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 3220B and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 3224B are input to the control circuit 3202 and processed.
[0409] また、受信第 1アンプ 3221B及び受信第 2アンプ 3225Bの出力は、強度検出手段 としての RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)回路 3226Bにも入力され、そ れらの信号の強度を示す信号「RSSI」が制御回路 202に入力されるようになってい る。このようにして、本実施形態のハンディスキャナ 3200では、 I— Q直交復調によつ て無線タグ回路素子 To力 の反射波の復調が行われる。  [0409] The outputs of the reception first amplifier 3221B and the reception second amplifier 3225B are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 3226B as intensity detection means, and a signal “ RSSI ”is input to the control circuit 202. In this manner, in the handy scanner 3200 of the present embodiment, the reflected wave of the RFID tag circuit element To force is demodulated by IQ orthogonal demodulation.
[0410] 無線 LAN通信部 3203は、入出力インターフェイス(図示せず)を介し制御回路 32 02に接続されている。  [0410] The wireless LAN communication unit 3203 is connected to the control circuit 3202 via an input / output interface (not shown).
[0411] なお、制御回路 3202は、上記無線 LAN通信部 3203側の無線通信と干渉せず互 いにそれぞれ排他的に無線通信を行えるように、無線タグ回路素子 Toとの通信用と 基地局 3204のアンテナ 3205との通信用で異なる通信態様とする(例えばプロトコル や周波数等を異ならせる)ようになつている。プロトコルを異ならせる場合は、当該プ ロトコルに対応した上記高周波回路送信部 3212B, 3212Mへの増幅制御信号及 び変調制御信号を出力するとともに、上記高周波回路受信部 3213B, 3213Mから の受信信号を入力した後上記プロトコルに基づいて無線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mから読み出された信号を処理するための所定の演算処理を行う。また制御回路 32 02は、操作部 3006等の操作手段力ゝらの操作信号を入力するとともに、表示部 3005 への表示制御信号、音声報知手段 3007への報知信号等を出力する。 [0412] 図 40は、上記制御回路 3202の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。 [0411] Note that the control circuit 3202 is used for communication with the RFID circuit element To and the base station so that the wireless communication can be performed exclusively without mutual interference with the wireless communication on the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 side. Different communication modes are used for communication with the antenna 3205 of the 3204 (for example, different protocols, frequencies, etc.). When different protocols are used, the amplification control signal and the modulation control signal are output to the high frequency circuit transmission units 3212B and 3212M corresponding to the protocol, and the reception signal from the high frequency circuit reception units 3213B and 3213M is input. After that, based on the above protocol, predetermined arithmetic processing for processing signals read from the RFID circuit elements To-B, To-M is performed. Further, the control circuit 3202 inputs an operation signal from the operation means such as the operation unit 3006, and outputs a display control signal to the display unit 3005, a notification signal to the voice notification unit 3007, and the like. FIG. 40 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 3202.
[0413] 図 40において、制御回路 3202は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、中央演算 処理装置である CPU3202A、 ROM3202B, RAM3202C,高周波回路 3201B, 3201Mとの信号送受を行う回路制御部 3202D等から構成され、 RAM3202Cの一 時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROM3202Bに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処 理を行うようになっている。またこの制御回路 3202は、無線 LAN通信部 3203とアン テナ 3205との無線 LAN通信及び基地局 3204を介し通信回線 3206 (前述の図 35 参照)に接続されており、この通信回線 3206に接続された前述のサーバ 3207や、さ らに他の端末、コンピュータ、及びサーバ等との間で情報のやりとりが可能となってい る。また、不揮発性メモリ(Flash ROM) 3202Eを備えていても良い。なお、前述の サーバ 3207についても CPU、 ROM,及び RAM等から構成されている。  In FIG. 40, a control circuit 3202 is a so-called microcomputer, and includes a central processing unit CPU3202A, ROM3202B, RAM3202C, a circuit control unit 3202D that transmits and receives signals to and from the high-frequency circuits 3201B, 3201M, and the like. The signal processing is performed according to the program stored in advance in the ROM 3202B while using the temporary storage function of the RAM 3202C. The control circuit 3202 is connected to a communication line 3206 (see FIG. 35 described above) via the wireless LAN communication between the wireless LAN communication unit 3203 and the antenna 3205 and the base station 3204, and is connected to the communication line 3206. Information can be exchanged with the aforementioned server 3207 and other terminals, computers, servers and the like. Further, a nonvolatile memory (Flash ROM) 3202E may be provided. Note that the server 3207 is also composed of a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like.
[0414] 以上において、この第 3の実施形態の特徴は、書籍 Bに備えられる無線タグ回路素 子 To— Bと利用者 Mに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Mとに異なる周波数帯の 無線タグ回路素子を用い、利用者 Mが書籍 Bを借り出す際に、ハンディスキャナ 320 0で上記無線タグ回路素子 To -B, To- Mのそれぞれに対し異なる周波数を用 ヽ て無線通信を行い、一度に情報を読み取るようにしたことにある。以下、その詳細手 順を、図 41を用いて順を追って説明する。  [0414] In the above, the feature of the third embodiment is that the RFID circuit element To-B provided in the book B and the RFID circuit element To-M provided in the user M have different frequency bands. When the user M borrows the book B using the tag circuit element, the handy scanner 3200 performs wireless communication using different frequencies for the RFID circuit elements To-B and To-M, The information is read at a time. The detailed procedure is described below in order using FIG.
[0415] 図 41は、上記制御回路 3202が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。例 えばハンディスキャナ 3200の電源が投入されることによって、このフローが開始され る。  FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 3202. For example, this flow is started when the handy scanner 3200 is turned on.
[0416] まずステップ S3010では、利用者 Mにより上記操作部 3006が操作され、その操作 に対応する操作信号が制御回路 3202の CPU3202Aに入力されたカゝどうかを判定 する。すなわち、利用者 Mがハンディスキャナ 3200を携帯して借り出そうとする書籍 Bの前まで行き、ハンディスキャナ 3200を書籍 Bに近接させて操作部 3006を操作し た場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S3015に移る。上記操作がなされてい ない場合には、操作入力があるまで操作待ち状態となる。  [0416] First, in step S3010, it is determined whether or not the operation unit 3006 is operated by the user M and an operation signal corresponding to the operation is input to the CPU 3202A of the control circuit 3202. That is, if the user M goes to the front of the book B to be borrowed with the handy scanner 3200 and moves the handy scanner 3200 close to the book B and operates the operation unit 3006, the determination is satisfied. Then go to the next step S3015. If the above operation is not performed, the operation waits until there is an operation input.
[0417] ステップ S3015では、上記高周波回路 3201Bの送信部 3212Bに制御信号を送信 し、水晶振動子 3230B、 PLL3231B、及び VC03232B力も発生される搬送波の周 波数を 13. 56MHzに設定する。 [0417] In step S3015, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212B of the high-frequency circuit 3201B, and the frequency of the carrier wave in which the crystal oscillator 3230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B force are also generated is transmitted. Set the wave number to 13.56MHz.
[0418] 次のステップ S3020では、上記送信部 3212Bに制御信号を送信し、水晶振動子 3 230B、 PLL3231B,及び VC03232B力ら上記 13. 56MHzに設定した搬送波( 短波)を発生させ、制御信号に基づいて発生した搬送波を変調 ·増幅させ、送受分 離器 3214B及び送信アンテナ 3010Bを介し、利用者 Mが借り出そうとする書籍 Bの タグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To - Bの IC回路部 150— Bに対して読 [0418] In the next step S3020, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212B to generate a carrier wave (short wave) set to 13.56 MHz from the crystal oscillator 3 230B, PLL3231B, and VC03232B force, The RFID circuit element To-B IC circuit provided on the tag label T of the book B that the user M is going to borrow from the transmitter / receiver separator 3214B and the transmitting antenna 3010B. Part 150—Read for B
B  B
み取り信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を送信させる。なお、この読み取り信号はアンテ ナ 3010からハンディスキャナ 3200の前方方向に向かって送信される。  Send a sampling signal (for example, search signal Ping). This read signal is transmitted from the antenna 3010 toward the front of the handy scanner 3200.
[0419] 次のステップ S3030では、上記読み取り信号を送信した無線タグ回路素子 To— B の IC回路部 150— Bから、上記読み取り信号に対応した応答信号が受信されたかど うかを判定する。応答信号を受信していない場合には、判定が満たされずに上記ス テツプ S3015〖こ戻る。一方、応答信号を受信した場合には判定が満たされて、次の ステップ S3035に移る。  [0419] In the next step S3030, it is determined whether a response signal corresponding to the read signal is received from the IC circuit unit 150-B of the RFID circuit element To-B that has transmitted the read signal. If a response signal has not been received, the determination is not satisfied and the process returns to step S3015. On the other hand, if a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3035.
[0420] ステップ S3035では、上記高周波回路 3201Mの送信部 3212Mに制御信号を送 信し、水晶振動子 3230M、 PLL3231M、及び VC03232Mから発生される搬送波 の周波数を 2. 45GHzに設定する。  [0420] In step S3035, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M of the high-frequency circuit 3201M, and the frequency of the carrier wave generated from the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M is set to 2.45 GHz.
[0421] 次のステップ S3040では、上記送信部 3212Mに制御信号を送信し、水晶振動子 3230M、 PLL3231M,及び VC03232M力ら上記 2. 45GHzに設定した搬送波( 極超短波)を発生させ、制御信号に基づいて発生した搬送波を変調 ·増幅させ、送 受分離器 3214M及び送信アンテナ 3010Mを介し、利用者 Mが身に着けるタグラベ ル T 〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Mの IC回路部 150— Mに対して読み取り 信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を送信させる。なお、この読み取り信号はアンテナ 30 10力 ハンディスキャナ 3200の後方方向に向かって送信される。  [0421] In the next step S3040, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M, and a carrier wave (ultra-high frequency) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the quartz crystal 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M force. A tag label that can be worn by user M via transmission / reception separator 3214M and transmission antenna 3010M is modulated / amplified based on the carrier wave generated based on RFID tag circuit element To- M IC circuit section 150— Send a reading signal (eg search signal Ping) to M. This read signal is transmitted toward the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 with the antenna 30 10 force.
[0422] 次のステップ S 3050では、上記読み取り信号を送信した無線タグ回路素子 To— M の IC回路部 150— Mから、上記読み取り信号に対応した応答信号が受信されたかど うかを判定する。応答信号を受信した場合には判定が満たされて、次のステップ S30 60に移る。 In the next step S 3050, it is determined whether a response signal corresponding to the read signal is received from the IC circuit unit 150 -M of the RFID circuit element To-M that has transmitted the read signal. If a response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3060.
[0423] ステップ S3060では、上記ステップ S3020, 3030で読み取った書籍 Bに関する情 報と、上記ステップ S3040, 3050で読み取った利用者 Mに関する情報とを関連付 け、この関連付け情報を無線 LANを介し無線通信により基地局 3204に送信し、この 基地局 3204と通信回線 3206を介して接続されたサーバ 3207のデータベース DB に登録させる。そして、先のステップ S3010に戻る。 [0423] In step S3060, information on book B read in steps S3020 and 3030 above. And the information related to the user M read in steps S3040 and 3050 above are associated with each other, and the association information is transmitted to the base station 3204 by wireless communication via the wireless LAN, and the base station 3204 and the communication line 3206 are transmitted. To be registered in the database DB of the server 3207 connected. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
[0424] なお、上記ステップ S3050にお 、て、応答信号を受信して ヽな 、場合には、判定 が満たされずにステップ S3070に移る。  [0424] In step S3050, if a response signal is received, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes to step S3070.
[0425] ステップ S3070では、上記ステップ S3040で最初に利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mに対し読み取り信号を送信した後、所定の時間が経過した力どうかを判定す る。所定の時間が経過していない場合には、判定が満たされずにステップ S3035に 戻る。一方、応答信号が受信されないまま所定の時間が経過してしまった場合には、 判定が満たされて次のステップ S3080に移る。  [0425] In step S3070, after transmitting a read signal to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M for the first time in step S3040, it is determined whether or not the force has passed a predetermined time. If the predetermined time has not elapsed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to step S3035. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has passed without receiving the response signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3080.
[0426] ステップ S3080では、音声報知手段 3007に対し報知信号を出力し、当該音声報 知手段 3007により利用者タグの読み取りがうまくいかな力つた旨を報知させる。なお 、表示部 3005に対し表示信号を出力し、当該表示部 3005に利用者タグの読み取り 力 Sうまくいかなかった旨を表示させてもよい。そして、先のステップ S3010に戻る。  [0426] In step S3080, a notification signal is output to the voice notification unit 3007, and the voice notification unit 3007 notifies the user that the user tag has been successfully read. Note that a display signal may be output to the display unit 3005 so that the display unit 3005 indicates that the user tag reading power S has not been successful. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
[0427] なお、以上では利用者 Mが書籍 Bの 1冊を借り出す場合を例にとって説明したが、 例えば利用者 Mが複数の書籍 B (例えば B1〜B3)を借り出す場合には、利用者 M がそれぞれの書籍 Bに対しノヽンディスキャナ 3200を近接させて同様の操作を行うこ とにより、上記フローに示す手順が繰り返し行われる。  [0427] In the above, the case where user M borrows one book B has been described as an example. However, for example, when user M borrows a plurality of books B (for example, B1 to B3), it is used. When the user M makes a similar operation by bringing the non-scanner 3200 close to each book B, the procedure shown in the above flow is repeated.
[0428] 図 42は、上記のようにしてサーバ 3207のデータベース DBに登録された関連付け 情報の一例を模式的に表す概念図である。  FIG. 42 is a conceptual diagram schematically showing an example of association information registered in the database DB of the server 3207 as described above.
[0429] この図 42に示すように、サーバ 3207のデータベース DBには、利用者、書籍、貸 出日、返却日力もなる貸し出しテーブルが登録されている。利用者、書籍に関する情 報は、上述したようにハンディスキャナ 3200から無線 LAN、基地局 3204及び通信 回線 3206を介して受信される関連付け情報 (ここでは利用者、書籍の Iひ f青報)とデ ータベース DB上の人物、書籍情報とを照らし合わせることにより、利用者名と書籍名 が貸し出しテーブル上に登録される(なお、 ID自体を登録するようにしてもよい)。ま た、貸出日及び返却日は、例えばサーバ 3207により自動的に付記登録されるように なっている。この図 42の例では、利用者 Mlが同日に書籍 B1〜B3の 3冊を借り出し (まだ返却されていない)、利用者 M2が借り出した書籍 B9については既に返却され て 、ることを示している。 As shown in FIG. 42, in the database DB of the server 3207, a lending table including users, books, lending date, and return date power is registered. As described above, the information on the user and the book is the association information (here, the user and the book's I blueprint) received from the handy scanner 3200 via the wireless LAN, the base station 3204, and the communication line 3206. By comparing the person and book information in the database DB, the user name and book name are registered on the lending table (the ID itself may be registered). Also, the loan date and return date are automatically added and registered by the server 3207, for example. It has become. In the example of Fig. 42, user Ml borrows three books B1 to B3 on the same day (not yet returned), and book B9 borrowed by user M2 has already been returned. Yes.
[0430] なお、この貸し出しテーブル情報を、利用者 Mが適宜の操作を行うことにより、ハン ディスキャナ 3200の表示咅 3005で表示するようにしてもよ!ヽ。  [0430] Note that this lending table information may be displayed on display 咅 3005 of handy scanner 3200 by user M performing an appropriate operation!
[0431] 以上において、制御回路 3202の実行する図 41のフロー中、ステップ S3015及び ステップ S3035が、情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設定 補助因子(=この例では対象物の属性情報)に基づき、動作態様因子 (この例では 無線周波数)を設定する第 2設定手段を構成する。また、ステップ S3020が、第 1識 別情報を、第 2設定手段で設定された動作態様因子としての第 1取得態様を用いて 実質的に非接触で読み取って取得する第 1取得手段を構成し、ステップ S 3040が、 第 2識別情報を、第 2設定手段で第 1の取得態様とは異なるように設定された動作態 様因子としての第 2取得態様を用いて実質的に非接触で読み取って取得する第 2取 得手段を構成する。また、ステップ S3060は、各請求項記載の関連付けを表す情報 を生成する第 1関連情報生成手段を構成する。さらに、ステップ S3080は、報知信号 を生成する報知信号生成手段をも構成する。  [0431] In the flow shown in FIG. 41 executed by the control circuit 3202, the step S3015 and the step S3035 are the setting auxiliary factors (= object attributes in this example) for setting the operation mode factor during the information acquisition operation. Based on the information), the second setting means for setting the operation mode factor (radio frequency in this example) is configured. Further, step S3020 constitutes a first acquisition unit that reads and acquires the first identification information substantially non-contact using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set by the second setting unit. Step S 3040 reads the second identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as an operation mode factor set different from the first acquisition mode by the second setting means. Constitutes the second acquisition means. Step S3060 constitutes first related information generating means for generating information representing the association described in each claim. Further, step S3080 also constitutes notification signal generating means for generating a notification signal.
[0432] 以上説明したように、上記第 3の実施形態においては、図書館において利用者 M が書籍 Bを借り出したい場合には、ハンディスキャナ 3200を携帯した上で書籍 Bの 前に行き、ハンディスキャナ 3200を書籍 Bに近接させて操作部 3006の操作を行い、 情報の読み取りを行わせる。このとき、送信アンテナ 3010Bを介し、書籍 Bのタグラベ ル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Bの IC回路部 150— Bに対して 13. 56M [0432] As described above, in the third embodiment, when the user M wants to borrow the book B in the library, he goes with the handy scanner 3200 in front of the book B, Move the 3200 close to Book B and operate the operation unit 3006 to read the information. At this time, 13.56M is applied to the RFID circuit element To-B IC circuit section 150-B provided in the tag label T of the book B via the transmitting antenna 3010B.
B B
Hzの周波数で読み取り信号が送信され、書籍 Bの書籍情報が読み出されるとともに 、送信アンテナ 3010Mを介し、利用者 Mが身に着けるタグラベル Tに備えられる無 線タグ回路素子 To— Mの IC回路部 150— Mに対して 2. 45GHzの周波数で読み 取り信号が送信され、利用者 Mの人物情報が読み出される。そして、これら読み出さ れた書籍情報と利用者情報とが、無線 LAN通信部 3203、基地局 3205、通信回線 3206を介しサーバ 3207へ送信され、適宜の情報(日付情報等)を付記されてデー タベース DBに登録される。 [0433] このように、第 3実施形態においては、ノヽンディスキャナ 3200により、まず 13. 56M Hzの短波 (HF)を用 ヽて書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To - Bに保持された書籍情報 の取得を完了した後に、 2. 45GHzの極超短波(UHF)を用いて利用者 Mの無線タ グ回路素子 To— Mに保持された利用者情報を取得する。このように、書籍 Bと利用 者 Mとで異なる取得態様 (本実施形態では異なる周波数による無線通信)を用いるこ とにより、一律の取得態様 (ここでは一律の周波数)で情報取得を行う場合に比べ、 情報取得時の互 、の干渉 ·悪影響 (ここでは混信等の通信上の干渉 ·悪影響)を防 止することができる。これにより、円滑な情報取得動作が実現され、管理対象である 書籍 Bや利用者 Mへの管理性を向上することができる。 A reading signal is transmitted at a frequency of Hz, the book information of book B is read, and the tag circuit T to be worn on the tag label T worn by the user M via the transmitting antenna 3010M IC circuit part of the To-M A read signal is sent to 150—M at a frequency of 2.45 GHz, and the personal information of user M is read. The read book information and user information are transmitted to the server 3207 via the wireless LAN communication unit 3203, the base station 3205, and the communication line 3206, and appropriate information (date information, etc.) is added to the database. Registered in DB. As described above, in the third embodiment, the book information held in the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B using the 13.56 MHz shortwave (HF) by the non-scanner 3200. After completing the acquisition, 2. User information held in the radio tag circuit element To-M of user M is acquired using 45GHz ultra high frequency (UHF). In this way, when information acquisition is performed in a uniform acquisition mode (here, a uniform frequency) by using different acquisition modes (in this embodiment, wireless communication using different frequencies) for book B and user M. In comparison, mutual interference and adverse effects (in this case, interference and adverse effects on communications such as interference) during information acquisition can be prevented. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability to the book B and the user M, which are management targets, can be improved.
[0434] さらに、容易な操作 (本実施形態ではハンディスキャナ 3200を書籍 Bに近づけて操 作部 3006を操作)をするのみで複数の情報取得対象 (書籍 Bと利用者 M)から情報 を読み取ることができるので、複数の情報取得対象から少な 、手順で手軽かつ容易 に情報を取得することができる。  [0434] Furthermore, information can be read from a plurality of information acquisition targets (book B and user M) by simply performing an easy operation (in this embodiment, operating the operation unit 3006 with the handy scanner 3200 brought close to the book B). Therefore, it is possible to easily and easily acquire information from a plurality of information acquisition targets with a few steps.
[0435] また、この第 3実施形態では特に、書籍 Bに設けられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Bの 情報を読み取る際に 13. 56MHzの短波 (HF)を用いて通信を行い、利用者 Mが身 に着ける無線タグ回路素子 To— Mの情報を読み取る際に 2. 45GHzの極超短波( UHF)を用いて通信を行う。  [0435] In the third embodiment, in particular, when reading the information of the RFID circuit element To-B provided in the book B, 13.56MHz short wave (HF) is used for communication, and the user M When reading information on the RFID tag circuit element To-M that can be worn 2. Communication is performed using 45 GHz ultra-high frequency (UHF).
[0436] ここで、一般に、短波(13. 56MHz等)を用いて無線通信を行う場合、通信距離は 短いが通信安定性は高いという特徴がある。一方、極超短波(2. 45GHz等)を用い て無線通信を行う場合には、通信距離は長いが、読み取り対象の周辺にある対象に ついても情報が読み込まれる可能性があるという特徴がある。したがって、本実施形 態では上述のような周波数の使い分けをすることにより、書棚に並べて配置されること 力 近い距離で隣接する書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bからの情報の読み取りに ついては、通信距離が短い短波(13. 56MHz等)を用いて読み取り対象の書籍 Bの 無線タグ回路素子 To— Bに対して確実に通信を行えるようにすることができる。一方 、利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mからの情報の読み取りについては、人物同 士はそんなに近 、距離に存在しな 、ことから、通信距離が比較的長 、極超短波(2. 45GHz等)を用いることで対象である利用者 Mの情報を読み取ることができる。この ように、本実施形態では、読み取り対象に応じた周波数の使い分けをする(使用する 順序は逆でもよい)ことにより、情報取得時の互いの混信等の通信上の影響を防止し つつ、読み取り対象の情報を確実に読み取ることができる。 [0436] Here, in general, when performing wireless communication using short waves (13. 56 MHz, etc.), there is a feature that communication stability is short but communication stability is high. On the other hand, when performing wireless communication using ultra high frequency waves (2.45 GHz, etc.), the communication distance is long, but there is a feature that information may be read even for objects in the vicinity of the reading target. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the frequency is used as described above, so that they are arranged side by side on the bookshelf. For reading information from the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the adjacent book B at a close distance, It is possible to reliably communicate with the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B to be read using a short wave (such as 13.56 MHz) having a short communication distance. On the other hand, when reading information from the RFID tag circuit element To-M of user M, the persons do not exist so close and close to each other, so the communication distance is relatively long and the ultra high frequency (2.45 GHz). Etc.) can be used to read the target user M's information. this As described above, in this embodiment, the frequency to be read according to the reading target is used (the order of use may be reversed), thereby preventing the influence on communication such as mutual interference at the time of information acquisition, and the reading target. Can be read reliably.
[0437] また、この第 3実施形態では特に、ハンディスキャナ 3200からアンテナ 3010Bを介 して書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bに対し送信される信号は、ハンディスキャナ 3 200の前方側(図 37中上側)に、ハンディスキャナ 3200からアンテナ 3010Mを介し て利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mに対し送信される信号は、ハンディスキャナ 3200の後方側(図 37中下側)に送信する。これにより、利用者 Mがハンディスキャナ 3200を携帯するその携帯姿勢に合致させて無線電波を送信することができ、ハンデ ィスキャナ 3200を用いた情報読み取り操作の操作性を向上することができる。  [0437] In the third embodiment, in particular, the signal transmitted from the handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B via the antenna 3010B is the front side of the handy scanner 3200 (see FIG. 37), the signal transmitted from the handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M via the antenna 3010M is transmitted to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200 (lower side in FIG. 37). . Thereby, the user M can transmit radio waves in accordance with the carrying posture of the handy scanner 3200, and the operability of the information reading operation using the handy scanner 3200 can be improved.
[0438] また、この第 3実施形態では特に、ハンディスキャナ 3200で読み取った書籍 Bに関 する情報と利用者 Mに関する情報とを関連付け、この関連付け情報をサーバ 3207 のデータベース DBに登録させる。これにより、書籍の貸し出し管理を効率的に行うこ とができる。また、当該データベース DBに登録した関連付け情報を用いて、例えば 今までに自分が借りた本の一覧 (人テーブル)や、借りた 、と思う本の今までの貸し出 し履歴一覧 (書籍テーブル)等を作成すると ヽつたことが可能となり、利便性を向上す ることがでさる。  In the third embodiment, in particular, the information on the book B read by the handy scanner 3200 is associated with the information on the user M, and this association information is registered in the database DB of the server 3207. This makes it possible to efficiently manage the rental of books. In addition, using the association information registered in the database DB, for example, a list of books that you have borrowed so far (person table) and a list of books you have borrowed so far (book table) Etc., it is possible to solve the problem and improve convenience.
[0439] また、この第 3実施形態では特に、書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bから情報の読 み取りを終えた後、利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— M力 情報の読み取りがうま くいかな力つた場合に、音声報知手段 3007により報知を行う。これにより、利用者 M に関する人物情報の取得に失敗したことを利用者 Mに確実に認識させることができ る。その結果、利用者 Mに再度読み取り操作を行うことを促すことができる。  [0439] Also, particularly in the third embodiment, after reading information from the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B, the RFID tag circuit element To-M force information of the user M is read. When the power is good, the voice notification means 3007 notifies the user. As a result, the user M can be surely recognized that the acquisition of the personal information related to the user M has failed. As a result, the user M can be prompted to perform the reading operation again.
[0440] なお、上記第 3の実施形態は、上記の態様に限られず、その趣旨と技術思想の範 囲を逸脱しない範囲で更に種々の変形が可能である。以下その変形例を説明する。  Note that the third embodiment is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the gist and the technical idea. The modifications will be described below.
[0441] (3— 1)定置型のスキャナを用いる場合  [0441] (3-1) Using a stationary scanner
上記実施形態においては、利用者が携帯できるハンディスキャナ 3200を用いて書 籍 B及び利用者 Mの情報を読み取るようにした力 これに限られず、定置型のスキヤ ナを用いるようにしてもよい。 [0442] 図 43は、本変形例における利用者 Mが書籍 Bを借りるときの様子を示す図である。 この図 43に示すように、本変形例においては、例えば図書館の受付に定置型のスキ ャナ 3300 (情報読み取り装置)が設置されている。この定置型スキャナ 3300は、前 述のハンディスキャナ 3200が書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— Bに対し送信する信 号をハンディスキャナ 3200の前方側に、利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mに対 し送信する信号はハンディスキャナ 3200の後方側に送信したのに対し、どちらの無 線タグ回路素子 To— B, To— Mに対してもスキャナ 3300の前方側(図 43中右側)に 信号を送信するようになっている。その他については、前述のハンディスキャナ 3200 とほぼ同等の機能を備えて 、る。 In the above-described embodiment, the force of reading the information of the book B and the user M using the handy scanner 3200 that can be carried by the user is not limited to this, and a stationary scanner may be used. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a situation when user M borrows book B in the present modification. As shown in FIG. 43, in this modification, for example, a stationary scanner 3300 (information reading device) is installed at the reception of a library. In this stationary scanner 3300, the signal transmitted from the above-mentioned handy scanner 3200 to the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B is sent to the front side of the handy scanner 3200 and the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M The signal to be sent to is sent to the rear side of the handy scanner 3200, while either radio tag circuit element To-B, To-M is on the front side of the scanner 3300 (right side in Fig. 43). A signal is transmitted. Other functions are almost the same as the Handy Scanner 3200.
[0443] 上記構成の本変形例では、利用者 Mは図書館に入室する際に利用者固有の IDが 書き込まれた無線タグ回路素子 To— Mを有するタグラベル Tを身に着け、借りたい 書籍 Bを書棚から取り出して受付まで持って行き、その書籍 Bを受付でスキャナ 3300 に近接させる。これにより、スキャナ 3300は、書籍 Bに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Bと 13. 56MHzの短波(HF)を用いて無線通信を行うとともに、利用者 Mに備 えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— Mと 2. 45GHzの極超短波(UHF)を用いて無線通 信を行い、書籍 B及び利用者 Mの双方から情報の読み取りを行う。そして、このスキ ャナ 3300で読み込まれた情報は、無線 LAN、基地局 3204及び通信回線 3206を 経て、サーバ 3207のデータベース DBに関連付け情報として登録される。  [0443] In this variation of the above configuration, when user M enters the library, he wants to wear tag label T with RFID circuit element To—M in which the user's unique ID is written Book B Is taken out of the bookshelf and taken to the reception desk, and the book B is brought close to the scanner 3300 at the reception desk. As a result, the scanner 3300 performs wireless communication using the RFID tag circuit element To-B provided in the book B and 13.56 MHz short wave (HF), and at the same time, the RFID tag circuit element To— provided for the user M. Wireless communication is performed using M and 2.45 GHz ultra-high frequency (UHF), and information is read from both Book B and User M. The information read by the scanner 3300 is registered as association information in the database DB of the server 3207 via the wireless LAN, the base station 3204, and the communication line 3206.
[0444] なお、本変形例においては、スキャナ 3300に情報の読み取りを行わせる際、利用 者 Mがスキャナ 3300の適宜の操作部(図示せず)を操作することにより図 41に示す フローと同手順で行わせるようにしてもよいが、これに限られず、スキャナ 3300の高 周波回路及びアンテナから常時読み取り信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を送信して おき、利用者 Mが書籍 Bを近づけると自動的に読み取りを行うようにしてもよい。この 場合、スキャナ 3300において利用者 Mが書籍 Bを近づけることにより書籍タグ To— Mから応答信号が受信されると、弓 Iき続 、て利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— M 力 情報の読み取りが行われる。  [0444] In this modified example, when the scanner 3300 reads information, the user M operates the appropriate operation unit (not shown) of the scanner 3300, and thus the flow shown in Fig. 41 is the same. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a reading signal (e.g., search signal Ping) is constantly transmitted from the high-frequency circuit and antenna of the scanner 3300. You may make it read automatically. In this case, when a response signal is received from the book tag To-M by the user M approaching the book B in the scanner 3300, the bow I continues and the RFID tag circuit element To-M force information of the user M is transmitted. Reading is done.
[0445] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。  [0445] The present modification having the above-described configuration can provide the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment.
[0446] (3- 2)場所タグを設ける場合 上記実施形態では特に設置しなかったが、書籍の位置情報を記憶させた無線タグ 回路素子 Toを適宜の位置に設けておき、ハンディスキャナ 320( で書籍情報ととも にその位置情報を読み取るようにしてもよ!、。 [0446] (3- 2) Place tag Although not particularly installed in the above embodiment, the RFID tag circuit element To storing the position information of the book is provided at an appropriate position, and the position information is read with the handy scanner 320 (with the book information. Anyway!
[0447] 図 44は、本変形例における図書館の係員 が書籍 Bを書棚 C (第 3情報取得対 象)に戻すときの様子を示す図である。本変形例の図書館においては、各書棚じの 前方の床面 (または床下でもよ!ヽ)にその書棚 Cの識別情報 (ID)が書き込まれた無 線タグ回路素子 To— C (第 3情報保持部)が設置されて ヽる (無線タグ回路素子 To —Cを有するタグラベルを設けてもよい)。この図 44において、書籍 Bが収納される書 棚 Cの前方の床面にこの書棚 Cの識別情報 (第 3識別情報)が書き込まれた無線タグ 回路素子 To— Cが設置されている。そして、ハンディスキャナ 320( は、書籍の返 却時に、書籍 Bに設けられた無線タグ回路素子 To— Bと上記床面に設けられた無線 タグ回路素子 To— Cとに対し、異なる周波数で無線通信を行う制御回路 3202' (図 示せず)を有している。その他の構成については上記第 3の実施形態と同様であるの で説明を省略する。 [0447] FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a state in which the library staff in this variation returns book B to bookshelf C (the third information acquisition target). In the library of this modification, the radio tag circuit element To-C (third information) in which the identification information (ID) of the bookcase C is written on the floor in front of each bookcase (or even under the floor!) (Holding unit) is installed (a tag label having the RFID circuit element To-C may be provided). In FIG. 44, the RFID circuit element To-C in which the identification information (third identification information) of the bookcase C is written is installed on the floor surface in front of the bookcase C in which the book B is stored. When the handy scanner 320 (returns the book, the RFID circuit element To-B provided on the book B and the RFID circuit element To-C provided on the floor are wirelessly connected at different frequencies. A control circuit 3202 ′ (not shown) that performs communication is included, and the other configuration is the same as that of the third embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
[0448] 本変形例では、利用者 Mが書籍を借りる際は、上記実施形態と同様の手順を行う。  [0448] In this modification, when the user M borrows a book, the same procedure as in the above embodiment is performed.
すなわち、利用者 Mは図書館に入室する際に利用者固有の IDが書き込まれた無線 タグ回路素子 To— Mを有するタグラベル Tを身に着けた上で、ハンディスキャナ 32 That is, when the user M enters the library, the user M wears the tag label T having the RFID circuit element To—M in which the user-specific ID is written, and then the handy scanner 32.
00' を借りたい書籍 Bに近接させて、書籍 Bの無線タグ回路素子 To— B及び利用者 Mの無線タグ回路素子 To— Mの情報の読み取りを行わせる。これにより、利用者情 報と書籍情報とを含む関連付け情報がサーバ 3207のデータベース DBに登録され る。そして、返却の際は、利用者 Mは書籍 Bを例えば受付に返却する。この返却され た書籍 Bを、図書館の係員 M' がハンディスキャナ 3200' を携帯して書棚 Cに持つ て行き、元の場所に収納する。収納後、ハンディスキャナ 320( を書籍 Bに近接さ せて、情報の読み取りを行わせる。なお、以上では、係員 M' が書籍 Bを元の場所 に戻すようにしたが、書籍 Bを借りた利用者 M本人が戻すようにしてもょ ヽ。 The information is read from the RFID tag circuit element To-B of the book B and the RFID tag circuit element To-M of the user M in the vicinity of the book B to which 00 'is borrowed. As a result, the association information including the user information and the book information is registered in the database DB of the server 3207. Then, when returning, user M returns book B to the reception, for example. The returned book B is taken by the library clerk M ', carrying the handy scanner 3200' to the bookshelf C and storing it in the original location. After storage, the handy scanner 320 (is brought close to book B to read the information. In the above, staff M 'tried to return book B to its original location, but borrowed book B. The user M may return it.
[0449] 図 45は、上記返却時に制御回路 3202' が実行する制御手順を表すフローチヤ一 トである。例えばハンディスキャナ 320( の電源が投入されることによって、このフロ 一が開始される。 [0450] ステップ S3010〜ステップ S3030は、前述の図 41に示すフローと同様であり、係 員 M' によりハンディスキャナ 320( の上記操作部 3006が操作されると、設定周 波数 13. 56MHzの短波を用いて書籍 Bのタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路 FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the control procedure executed by the control circuit 3202 ′ when returning. For example, the flow starts when the handy scanner 320 (is turned on. [0450] Steps S3010 to S3030 are the same as the flow shown in Fig. 41 described above. When the operation unit 3006 of the handy scanner 320 (is operated by the operator M ', a short wave with a set frequency of 13.56MHz. RFID tag circuit provided for tag label T of book B
B  B
素子 To— Bと無線通信を行い、書籍情報の読み取りを行う。無線タグ回路素子 To— Bから応答信号が受信されると、ステップ S3030の判定が満たされ、次のステップ S3 035に移る。  Wireless communication with element To—B is performed to read book information. When the response signal is received from the RFID circuit element To-B, the determination at Step S3030 is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3 035.
[0451] ステップ S3035では、上記高周波回路 3201Mの送信部 3212Mに制御信号を送 信し、水晶振動子 3230M、 PLL3231M、及び VC03232Mから発生される搬送波 の周波数を 2. 45GHzに設定する。  [0451] In step S3035, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M of the high-frequency circuit 3201M, and the frequency of the carrier wave generated from the crystal resonator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M is set to 2.45 GHz.
[0452] 次のステップ S3040Aでは、上記送信部 3212Mに制御信号を送信し、水晶振動 子 3230M、 PLL3231M,及び VC03232M力ら上記 2. 45GHzに設定した搬送 波 (極超短波)を発生させ、制御信号に基づ!ヽて発生した搬送波を変調 ·増幅させ、 送受分離器 3214M及び送信アンテナ 3010Mを介し、書棚 Cの前方の床面に設け られた上記無線タグ回路素子 To— Cの IC回路部 150— C (図示せず)に対して読み 取り信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を送信させる。このときの無線通信は、例えば 2. 4 5GHzの極超短波(UHF)を用いて行われる。  [0452] In the next step S3040A, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3212M, and a carrier wave (ultra-short wave) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the crystal oscillator 3230M, PLL3231M, and VC03232M force. Based on the above, the generated carrier wave is modulated and amplified, and the RFID circuit element To-C IC circuit section 150 provided on the floor surface in front of the bookshelf C via the transmission / reception separator 3214M and the transmission antenna 3010M 150 — Send a reading signal (eg search signal Ping) to C (not shown). Wireless communication at this time is performed using, for example, 2.45 GHz ultra high frequency (UHF).
[0453] 次のステップ S3050Aでは、上記読み取り信号を送信した無線タグ回路素子 To— Cの IC回路部 150—じから、上記読み取り信号に対応した応答信号が受信されたか どうかを判定する。応答信号を受信した場合には判定が満たされて、次のステップ S 3090に移る。  In the next step S3050A, it is determined whether or not a response signal corresponding to the read signal has been received from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To-C that has transmitted the read signal. If the response signal is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S 3090.
[0454] ステップ S3090では、サーバ 3207のデータベース DBに予め登録された書籍 Bと 書棚 Cとの関連付け情報を通信回線 3206、基地局 3204及び無線 LANを介して読 出し、上記ステップ S3020, S3030で読み取った書籍 Bに関する情報及び上記ステ ップ S3040A, 3050Aで読み取った書籍 Bの位置に関する情報(すなわち書棚じの 識別情報)と比較し、書籍 Bが正 、位置 (正 、書棚)に戻されたかどうかを判定す る。正しい位置に戻されている場合には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S3060Aに 移る。  [0454] In step S3090, association information between book B and book shelf C registered in the database DB of server 3207 is read via communication line 3206, base station 3204, and wireless LAN, and read in steps S3020 and S3030 above. Compared with the information related to the book B and the information related to the position of the book B read in steps S3040A and 3050A (that is, the identification information of the bookcase), whether or not the book B is returned to the correct position (correctly, the bookcase) Is determined. If it is returned to the correct position, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3060A.
[0455] ステップ S3060Aでは、上記ステップ S3020で読み取った書籍 Bに関する情報と、 上記ステップ S3040で読み取った利用者 Mに関する情報と、上記ステップ S3040A , 3050Aで読み取った書籍 Bの位置に関する情報 (すなわち書棚 Cの識別情報)と を関連付け、この関連付け情報を無線 LAN、基地局 3204及び通信回線 3206を介 してサーバ 3207のデータベース DBに送信し、書籍 Bが正し 、位置に返却されたこ とを登録させる。そして、先のステップ S3010に戻る。 [0455] In step S3060A, information on book B read in step S3020 above, The information related to the user M read in step S3040 is associated with the information related to the position of book B read in steps S3040A and 3050A (that is, the identification information of bookshelf C), and this association information is associated with the wireless LAN, base station 3204, and It is sent to the database DB of the server 3207 via the communication line 3206 to register that the book B is correct and returned to the position. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
[0456] ステップ S3070, S3080については前述の図 41に示すフローと同様であり、無線 タグ回路素子 To— Cの情報の読み取りがうまくいかな力つた場合には、音声報知手 段 3007に対し報知信号を出力し、音声報知手段 3007によりその旨を報知させる。 また、上記ステップ S3090において、書籍 Bが正しい位置に戻されなかった場合にも 、ステップ S3080に移り、音声報知手段 3007により返却位置が正しくない旨を報知 させる。なお、表示部 3005に対し表示信号を出力し、表示部 3005に表示させてもよ い。そして、先のステップ S3010に戻る。  [0456] Steps S3070 and S3080 are the same as the flow shown in Fig. 41 described above, and if the information of the RFID circuit element To-C is read successfully, the voice notification means 3007 is notified. A signal is output and the voice notification means 3007 notifies the fact. If the book B is not returned to the correct position in step S3090, the process moves to step S3080, and the voice notification means 3007 notifies that the return position is incorrect. Note that a display signal may be output to the display portion 3005 and displayed on the display portion 3005. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3010.
[0457] 上記構成の本変形例によっても、上記第 3の実施形態と同様の効果を得ることがで きる。  [0457] The present modification having the above-described configuration can also achieve the same effects as those of the third embodiment.
[0458] なお、上記変形例では、書籍 Bが収納される書棚 Cの前方の床面に無線タグ回路 素子 To— Cを設置するようにしたが、設置箇所はこれに限られず、例えば書棚じ自 体や、床以外の構造物等、書籍 Bの返却位置を特定でき、且つハンディスキャナ 32 00' で読み取れる範囲にあるものであればよい。  [0458] In the above modification, the RFID circuit element To-C is installed on the floor in front of the bookcase C in which the book B is stored. However, the installation location is not limited to this. It is sufficient that the return position of the book B, such as itself or a structure other than the floor, can be specified and can be read by the handy scanner 3200 '.
[0459] また、上記変形例では、貸し出し時に書籍情報と人物情報、返却時に書籍情報と 位置情報を読み取るようにした力 これに限られず、例えば貸し出し時及び返却時の 双方にお!、て書籍情報、人物情報及び位置情報の全情報を読み取るようにしてもよ い。これにより、例えば書籍がどの位置から取り出された力、誰が返却したか等が把 握できるようになり、さらに詳細な書籍の貸し出し管理を行うことができる。なお、この 場合、ステップ S304C が第 3取得手段を構成し、ステップ S3060Aが、第 2関連情 報生成手段を構成する。  [0459] Further, in the above modification, the book information and person information at the time of lending, and the power to read the book information and position information at the time of return are not limited to this. For example, both at the time of lending and at the time of return! Then, all information of book information, person information and position information may be read. As a result, for example, it is possible to grasp the position from which a book is taken out, who has returned it, and the like, and it is possible to perform more detailed book rental management. In this case, step S304C constitutes third acquisition means, and step S3060A constitutes second related information generation means.
[0460] 次に、本発明の第 4実施の形態を図 46〜図 49により説明する。本実施形態は、本 発明を倉庫における物品管理システムに適用した例である。  [0460] Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. The present embodiment is an example in which the present invention is applied to an article management system in a warehouse.
[0461] 本実施形態の情報読み取り装置を備えた物品管理システムにおいては、各荷物 L には荷物固有の ID (第 2識別情報)が書き込まれた無線タグ回路素子 To— L (詳細 は後述)を有するタグラベル Tが設けられている。一方、上記荷物 Lを搬送するフォ In the article management system provided with the information reading device of the present embodiment, each package L Is provided with a tag label T having a RFID circuit element To-L (details will be described later) in which a package-specific ID (second identification information) is written. On the other hand, the fo
 Shi
一クリフト FOには、その底部に当該車両固有の ID (第 1識別情報)が書き込まれた無 線タグ回路素子 To— Fを有するタグラベル Tが設けられている。そして、倉庫へ荷物  One clift FO is provided with a tag label T having a radio tag circuit element To-F in which an ID (first identification information) unique to the vehicle is written at the bottom. And luggage to the warehouse
F  F
Lを搬入する際には、上記フォークリフト FOで荷物 Lを搬送して倉庫の出入口 3030 を通過する。  When loading L, the forklift FO transports the cargo L and passes through the warehouse entrance 3030.
[0462] 図 46は、倉庫に設けられ、本実施形態の情報読み取り装置を有する無線タグ情報 通信システムの全体構成を表すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 46 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the RFID tag information communication system provided in the warehouse and having the information reading device of the present embodiment.
[0463] この図 46において、無線タグ情報通信システム ST3' は、倉庫への搬入'搬出作 業を行うフォークリフト FOの底部に設けられたタグラベル T (ラベルでなくともよい)に [0463] In FIG. 46, the RFID tag information communication system ST3 'is attached to a tag label T (not necessarily a label) provided at the bottom of the forklift FO that carries in and out the warehouse.
F  F
備えられた無線タグ回路素子 To— FO及び上記フォークリフト FO (第 1情報取得対 象、情報取得対象、物品搬送手段)により搬送される荷物 Lに設けられたタグラベル Tに備えられた無線タグ回路素子 To— Lとアクセス (ここでは情報の読み取り)を行う し  RFID tag circuit element provided for tag label T provided on package L carried by To-FO and forklift FO (first information acquisition target, information acquisition target, article conveying means) provided above To—L and access (reading information here)
スキャナ 3400 (情報読み取り装置)と、このスキャナ 3400と通信回線 3406を介し接 続されデータベース DBを備えたサーノ 3407とを有している。  A scanner 3400 (information reading device) and a Sano 3407 connected to the scanner 3400 via a communication line 3406 and having a database DB are included.
[0464] スキャナ 3400は、上記タグラベル T〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— FO (第 1 [0464] The scanner 3400 is provided with the RFID tag circuit element To—FO (first
F  F
情報保持部、情報保持部、第 1無線タグ回路素子)との間で無線通信により信号の 授受を行うアンテナ 3010Aと、上記タグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To  The antenna 3010A for transmitting / receiving signals to / from the information holding unit, the information holding unit, and the first RFID tag circuit element) and the RFID tag circuit element To included in the tag label T
 Shi
L (第 2情報保持部、情報保持部、第 2無線タグ回路素子)との間で無線通信により 信号の授受を行うアンテナ 3010Bと、上記アンテナ 3010Aを介し上記無線タグ回路 素子 To— FOへ短波 (HF)を用いた無線通信(=第 1取得態様、動作態様因子))に よりアクセス (ここでは情報の読み取り)を行うとともに、その無線タグ回路素子 To— F O力も読み出された信号を処理する高周波回路 3401Aと、上記アンテナ 3010Bを 介し上記無線タグ回路素子 To— Lへ極超短波 (UHF)を用 V、た無線通信( =第 2取 得態様、動作態様因子)によりアクセス (ここでは情報の読み取り)を行うとともに、そ の無線タグ回路素子 To— Lから読み出された信号を処理する高周波回路 3401Bと 、通信回線 3406を介しサーノ 3407のデータベース DBと通信を行うための通信制 御部 3403と、高周波回路 3401A, 3401B及び通信制御部 3403と接続されそれら の制御を行う制御回路 3402とを有する。上記アンテナ 3010Aは、フォークリフト FO の底部に設けられた上記タグラベル Tの無線タグ回路素子 To— FOとの間で良好に L (second information holding unit, information holding unit, second RFID tag circuit element) An antenna 3010B that transmits and receives signals by wireless communication, and a short wave to the RFID tag circuit element To-FO via the antenna 3010A (HF is used for wireless communication (= 1st acquisition mode, operation mode factor)) and access (here, reading of information) is performed, and the RFID circuit element To-FO force is also processed. The high-frequency circuit 3401A and the RFID tag circuit element To— L via the antenna 3010B are accessed by radio communication (= second acquisition mode, operating mode factor) using the ultra high frequency (UHF) (here, information) Communication control unit for communicating with the high frequency circuit 3401B for processing the signal read from the RFID circuit element To-L and the database DB of the Sano 3407 via the communication line 3406 3403, high frequency 3401A, is connected to the 3401B and the communication control section 3403 thereof And a control circuit 3402 for controlling the above. The antenna 3010A is excellently connected to the RFID tag circuit element To-FO of the tag label T provided at the bottom of the forklift FO.
F  F
通信が行えるように、倉庫の出入口 3030の下部(例えば路面)に配設されており、上 記アンテナ 3010Bは、フォークリフト FOによって搬送される各荷物 L (第 2情報取得 対象、情報取得対象、物品)に設けられたタグラベル Tの無線タグ回路素子 To— L し  The antenna 3010B is arranged at the lower part of the warehouse entrance 3030 (for example, the road surface) so that communication can be performed. The antenna 3010B is connected to each piece of luggage L (second information acquisition target, information acquisition target, goods) ) RFID tag circuit element To— L
との間で良好に通信が行えるように、上記出入口 3030の側面(又は上面でもよい) に配設されている。  Is arranged on the side surface (or may be the upper surface) of the entrance / exit 3030 so that communication can be performed with the port 3030.
[0465] 上記タグラベル T及びタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— FO, To  [0465] RFID tag circuit element provided for tag label T and tag label T To— FO, To
F し  F
— Lは、特に図示はしないが、それぞれ情報を記憶する IC回路部 150とこの IC回路 部 150に接続されたアンテナ 151とを備えている。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子 To —FOは、スキャナ 3400側の上記アンテナ 3010Aと短波(本実施形態では 13. 56 MHzo但し他の周波数を用いてもょ 、)を用いて非接触で信号の送受信を行うアン テナ 151— Fと、このアンテナ 151— Fに接続された IC回路部 150— Fとを有している 。一方、無線タグ回路素子 To— Lは、スキャナ 3400側の上記アンテナ 3010Bと極超 短波 (本実施形態では 2. 45GHz。但し他の周波数を用いてもよい)を用いて非接触 で信号の送受信を行うアンテナ 151— Lと、このアンテナ 151— Lに接続された IC回 路部 150— Lとを有している。  —L is provided with an IC circuit unit 150 for storing information and an antenna 151 connected to the IC circuit unit 150, although not specifically illustrated. That is, the RFID circuit element To-FO uses the antenna 3010A on the scanner 3400 side and a short wave (in this embodiment, 13.56 MHz, but other frequencies may be used) to transmit and receive signals without contact. The antenna 151-F to be performed and the IC circuit unit 150-F connected to the antenna 151-F are provided. On the other hand, the RFID circuit element To-L transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using the antenna 3010B on the scanner 3400 side and ultra-high frequency (2.45 GHz in this embodiment, but other frequencies may be used). Antenna 151-L for performing the operation, and IC circuit section 150-L connected to the antenna 151-L.
[0466] 上記 IC回路部 150 (メモリ部 155)は、対応する対象物(ここではフォークリフト FO、 または荷物 L)を特定可能な固有の(但し書き換え可能でもよ 、)識別情報としてのタ グ IDを記憶保持しており、制御回路 3402がこのタグ IDによって上記サーバ 3407に 問い合わせを行うことで、サーバ 3407のデータベース DBに予め格納保持された当 該対象物に関する種々の情報 (例えばフォークリフトの車号又は運転者名、荷物名 等)を上記サーバ 3407から読み込めるようになつている。なお、上記メモリ部 155に、 タグ IDでなく上記情報を直接記憶させるようにしてもょ 、。  [0466] The IC circuit unit 150 (memory unit 155) has a tag ID as unique identification information (which may be rewritable) that can identify the corresponding object (here, forklift FO or luggage L). When the control circuit 3402 makes an inquiry to the server 3407 using the tag ID, various information relating to the object stored in advance in the database DB of the server 3407 (for example, the vehicle number of a forklift) (Or driver name, luggage name, etc.) can be read from the server 3407. Note that the memory unit 155 may store the above information directly instead of the tag ID.
[0467] 図 47は、上記スキャナ 3400の制御系の構成を表す機能ブロック図であり、前述し た第 3実施形態の図 39に対応する図である。この図 47において、前述の図 39と同 様の部分は説明を省略する。  FIG. 47 is a functional block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the scanner 3400, and corresponds to FIG. 39 of the third embodiment described above. In FIG. 47, the description of the same parts as those in FIG. 39 is omitted.
[0468] 図 47にお!/、て、スキャナ 3400は、上記アンテナ 3010Aを介し上記無線タグ回路 素子 To— FOの情報を読み取るための上記高周波回路 3401Aと、上記アンテナ 30 10Bを介し上記無線タグ回路素子 To— Lの情報を読み取るための上記高周波回路 3401Bと、無線タグ回路素子 To— FO, To— Lカゝら読み出された信号を処理して情 報を読み出すとともに無線タグ回路素子 To— FO, To— Lへアクセスするためのァク セス情報を生成する機能を含み、スキャナ 3400全体の動作を制御するための上記 制御回路 3402とを有する。 [0468] In FIG. 47! /, The scanner 3400 is connected to the RFID circuit via the antenna 3010A. The high-frequency circuit 3401A for reading information on the element To—FO, the high-frequency circuit 3401B for reading information on the RFID circuit element To—L via the antenna 30 10B, and the RFID circuit element To—FO, The entire scanner 3400 includes a function that reads the information by processing the signals read from the To—L card and generates access information for accessing the RFID circuit elements To—FO, To—L. And the control circuit 3402 for controlling the operation.
[0469] 高周波回路 3401A, 3401Bの構成は、前述の高周波回路 3201B, 3201Mと同 様である。すなわち、高周波回路 3401Aの送信部 3412Aは、無線タグ回路素子 To —FOの IC回路部 150— Fの無線タグ情報にアクセスする (ここでは読み取りを行う)た めの搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 3430A、 PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 3431 A 、及び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3432Aを備えており、上記発生される 搬送波は HF帯の周波数を用いている。また、高周波回路 3401Bの送信部 3412B は、無線タグ回路素子 To— Lの IC回路部 150— Lの無線タグ情報にアクセスする (こ こでは読み取りを行う)ための搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 3430B、 PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 343 IB、及び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3432Bを備え ており、上記発生される搬送波は UHF帯の周波数を用いている。そして、高周波回 路 3401Aの水晶振動子 3430A、 PLL3431A、及び VC03432Aで発生された 13 . 56MHzの搬送波(短波)については、変調'増幅されて、アンテナ 3010Aを介して 送信され、上記フォークリフト FOの無線タグ回路素子 To— FOの IC回路部 150— F に供給されるようになっている。一方、高周波回路 3401Bの水晶振動子 3430B、 PL L3431B、及び VC03432Bで発生された 2. 45GHzの搬送波(極超短波)は、変調 '増幅されて、アンテナ 3010Bを介して送信され、上記荷物 Lの無線タグ回路素子 T o—Lの IC回路部 150— Lに供給されるようになっている。なお、無線タグ情報は上記 のように変調した信号に限られず、単なる搬送波のみの場合もある。  [0469] The configuration of the high-frequency circuits 3401A and 3401B is the same as that of the above-described high-frequency circuits 3201B and 3201M. That is, the transmitter 3412A of the high-frequency circuit 3401A generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading here) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-F of the RFID circuit element To-FO. , PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 3431 A, and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3432A, and the generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the HF band. Further, the transmitter 3412B of the high-frequency circuit 3401B generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading here) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150-L of the RFID circuit element To-L. PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 343 IB and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 3432B, and the generated carrier wave uses a frequency in the UHF band. The 13.56 MHz carrier wave (short wave) generated by the quartz crystal resonator 3430A, the PLL3431A, and the VC03432A of the high frequency circuit 3401A is modulated and amplified, transmitted through the antenna 3010A, and wirelessly transmitted from the forklift FO. It is supplied to the IC circuit section 150-F of the tag circuit element To—FO. On the other hand, the 2.45 GHz carrier wave (ultra-short wave) generated by the crystal oscillator 3430B, PL L3431B, and VC03432B of the high-frequency circuit 3401B is modulated and amplified and transmitted via the antenna 3010B. It is supplied to the IC circuit section 150-L of the tag circuit element To-L. Note that the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be only a carrier wave.
[0470] 通信制御部 3403は、入出力インターフェイス(図示せず)を介し制御回路 3402に 接続されている。また制御回路 3402は、操作部 3416 (図示せず)等の操作手段か らの操作信号を入力するとともに、表示部 3415 (図示せず)への表示制御信号、音 声報知手段 3417 (図示せず)への報知信号等を出力する。 [0471] 図 48は、上記制御回路 3402が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。例 えばスキャナ 3400の電源が投入されることによって、このフローが開始される。 [0470] The communication control unit 3403 is connected to the control circuit 3402 via an input / output interface (not shown). The control circuit 3402 inputs an operation signal from an operation unit such as an operation unit 3416 (not shown), and also displays a display control signal to the display unit 3415 (not shown) and an audio notification unit 3417 (not shown). A notification signal etc. is output. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 3402. For example, this flow is started when the power of the scanner 3400 is turned on.
[0472] まず、ステップ S3105では、上記高周波回路 3401Aの送信部 3412Aに制御信号 を送信し、水晶振動子 3430A、 PLL3431A、及び VC03432A力も発生される搬 送波の周波数を 13. 56MHzに設定する。  [0472] First, in step S3105, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412A of the high-frequency circuit 3401A, and the frequency of the carrier wave that generates the forces of the crystal resonator 3430A, the PLL3431A, and the VC03432A is set to 13.56 MHz.
[0473] 次のステップ S3110では、上記送信部 3412Aに制御信号を送信し、水晶振動子 3 430A、 PLL3431A、及び VC03432Aから上記 13. 56MHzに設定された搬送波 (短波)を発生させ、制御信号に基づいて発生した搬送波を変調 ·増幅させ、送受分 離器 3414A及びアンテナ 301 OAを介し、読み取り信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を 送信させる。なお、この読み取り信号の送信は常時行われている。  [0473] In the next step S3110, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412A, and a carrier wave (short wave) set to 13.56 MHz is generated from the crystal unit 3 430A, PLL3431A, and VC03432A, and the control signal is generated. The generated carrier wave is modulated and amplified, and a read signal (for example, search signal Ping) is transmitted via the transceiver 3414A and the antenna 301OA. The reading signal is always transmitted.
[0474] 次のステップ S3120では、フォークリフト FOの無線タグ回路素子 To— FOの IC回 路部 150— Fから、送信した読み取り信号に対応した応答信号が受信されたかどうか を判定する。すなわち、例えばフォークリフト FOが倉庫の出入口 3030を通過し、上 記ステップ S3110でアンテナ 3010Aを介して常時送信される読み取り信号がフォー クリフト FOの底部に設けられたタグラベル Tの無線タグ回路素子 To— FOによって  [0474] In the next step S3120, it is determined whether or not a response signal corresponding to the transmitted read signal has been received from the RFID circuit element To-FO IC circuit unit 150-F of the forklift FO. That is, for example, the forklift FO passes through the warehouse entrance 3030, and the read signal that is constantly transmitted via the antenna 3010A in step S3110 is the RFID circuit element To-FO of the tag label T provided at the bottom of the forklift FO. By
F  F
受信され、当該無線タグ回路素子 To— FO力 対応した応答信号が受信された場合 には、判定が満たされて次のステップ S3125に移る。一方、応答信号が受信されな い間は、ステップ S3105に戻って読み取り信号の送信状態を継続する。  If a response signal corresponding to the RFID circuit element To—FO force is received, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3125. On the other hand, while the response signal is not received, the process returns to step S3105 to continue the reading signal transmission state.
[0475] ステップ S3125では、上記高周波回路 3401Bの送信部 3412Bに制御信号を送信 し、水晶振動子 3430B、 PLL3431B、及び VC03432B力も発生される搬送波の周 波数を 2. 45GHzに設定する。  [0475] In step S3125, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412B of the high-frequency circuit 3401B, and the frequency of the carrier wave that also generates the quartz crystal 3430B, PLL3431B, and VC03432B forces is set to 2.45 GHz.
[0476] 次のステップ S3130では、上記送信部 3412Bに制御信号を送信し、水晶振動子 3 430B、 PLL3431B、及び VC03432Bから上記 2. 45GHzに設定された搬送波( 極超短波)を発生させ、制御信号に基づいて発生した搬送波を変調 ·増幅させ、送 受分離器 3414B及びアンテナ 3010Bを介し、フォークリフト FOで搬送される複数の 荷物 Lに設けられるタグラベル Tの無線タグ回路素子 To— Lの IC回路部 150—しに し  [0476] In the next step S3130, a control signal is transmitted to the transmission unit 3412B, and the carrier wave (ultra high frequency) set to 2.45 GHz is generated from the crystal unit 3 430B, PLL3431B, and VC03432B, and the control signal is generated. IC circuit part of RFID tag circuit element To-L of tag label T provided on a plurality of packages L which are modulated / amplified based on the carrier wave and modulated by forklift FO via transmission / reception separator 3414B and antenna 3010B 150—Shinishi
対して読み取り信号 (例えば探索信号 Ping等)を送信させる。このときの無線通信は、 2. 45GHzの極超短波(UHF)を用いて行われる。 [0477] 次のステップ S3140では、フォークリフト FOで搬送される全ての荷物 Lに係る無線 タグ回路素子 To— から、上記読み取り信号に対応した応答信号が受信されたかど うかを判定する。全荷物タグ To— Lから応答信号を受信した場合には判定が満たさ れて、次のステップ S3150に移る。 A reading signal (for example, a search signal Ping) is transmitted to the terminal. Wireless communication at this time is performed using 2.45 GHz ultra-high frequency (UHF). [0477] In the next step S3140, it is determined whether or not a response signal corresponding to the read signal has been received from the RFID circuit elements To- associated with all the loads L transported by the forklift FO. If a response signal is received from all package tags To-L, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S3150.
[0478] ステップ S3150では、上記ステップ S3110, 3120で読み取ったフォークリフト FO に関する情報と、上記ステップ S3130, 3140で読み取った荷物 Lに関する情報とを 関連付け、この関連付け情報を通信回線 3406を介しサーバ 3407のデータベース D Bに登録させる。そして、先のステップ S3110〖こ戻る。  [0478] In step S3150, the information on forklift FO read in steps S3110 and 3120 is associated with the information on luggage L read in steps S3130 and 3140, and this association information is stored in the database of server 3407 via communication line 3406. Register in the DB. Then, go back to the previous step S3110.
[0479] なお、上記ステップ S3140において、全荷物タグ To— L力も応答信号を受信して いない場合には、判定が満たされずに次のステップ S3160に移る。  [0479] Note that in the above step S3140, if all the package tag To-L forces have not received the response signal, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S3160.
[0480] ステップ S3160では、上記ステップ S3130で最初に荷物 Lの無線タグ回路素子 To —Lに対し読み取り信号を送信した後、所定の時間が経過した力どうかを判定する。 所定の時間が経過していない場合には、判定が満たされずにステップ S3125に戻る 。一方、応答信号が受信されないまま所定の時間が経過してしまった場合には、判 定が満たされて次のステップ S3170に移る。  [0480] In step S3160, after a read signal is first transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To-L of the package L in step S3130, it is determined whether or not the force has passed a predetermined time. If the predetermined time has not elapsed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine returns to Step S3125. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has passed without receiving the response signal, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S3170.
[0481] ステップ S3170では、音声報知手段 3417に対し報知信号を出力し、当該音声報 知手段 3417により荷物タグの読み取りがうまくいかな力つた旨を報知させる。なお、 表示部 3415に対し表示信号を出力し、当該表示部 3415に荷物タグの読み取りがう まくいかなかった旨を表示させてもよい。そして、先のステップ S3105に戻る。  [0481] In step S3170, a notification signal is output to the voice notification means 3417, and the voice notification means 3417 notifies the user that the package tag has been successfully read. Note that a display signal may be output to the display unit 3415 so that the display unit 3415 displays that the package tag has not been read successfully. Then, the process returns to the previous step S3105.
[0482] 図 49は、上記のようにしてサーバ 3407のデータベース DBに登録された関連付け 情報の一例を模式的に表す概念図である。  FIG. 49 is a conceptual diagram schematically showing an example of the association information registered in the database DB of the server 3407 as described above.
[0483] この図 49に示すように、サーバ 3407のデータベース DBには、フォークリフト、荷物 、搬入日力もなるテーブルが登録されている。フォークリフト、荷物に関する情報は、 上述したようにスキャナ 3400から通信回線 3406を介して受信される関連付け情報( ここではフォークリフト、荷物の ID情報)とデータベース DB上のフォークリフト、荷物 情報とを照らし合わせることにより、フォークリフトの号数 (運転者名でもよい)と荷物名 (荷物の中身)がテーブル上に登録される(なお、 ID自体を登録するようにしてもよ!ヽ )。また、搬入日は、例えばサーバ 3407により自動的に付記登録されるようになって いる。この図 49の例では、 10/17にフォークリフト FOlにより荷物 L10〜L17が倉 庫に搬入され、 10/18にはフォークリフト F02により荷物 L5〜L7が搬入され、フォ 一クリフト FOlにより荷物 L1〜L4が搬入されたことを示している。 [0483] As shown in Fig. 49, the database DB of the server 3407 registers a table that also includes forklifts, luggage, and carry-in power. As described above, the forklift and luggage information are obtained by comparing the association information (forklift and luggage ID information here) received from the scanner 3400 via the communication line 3406 with the forklift and luggage information in the database DB. The number of the forklift (may be the driver's name) and the name of the luggage (the contents of the luggage) are registered on the table (note that the ID itself may be registered! 自 体). In addition, the delivery date is automatically added and registered by the server 3407, for example. Yes. In the example of FIG. 49, the loads L10 to L17 are loaded into the warehouse on 10/17 by the forklift FOl, the loads L5 to L7 are loaded on the 10/18 by the forklift F02, and the loads L1 to L4 are loaded by the forklift FOl. Indicates that it has been imported.
[0484] なお、このテーブル情報を、適宜の操作を行うことにより、スキャナ 3400の表示部 3 415で表示するようにしてもよ!、。  Note that this table information may be displayed on the display unit 3 415 of the scanner 3400 by performing an appropriate operation!
[0485] 以上において、図 48のフロー中のステップ S3105及びステップ S3125力 情報取 得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子(=この例では対 象物の属性情報)に基づき、動作態様因子 (この例では無線周波数)を設定する第 2 設定手段を構成する。また、ステップ S3130が、第 1識別情報を、第 2設定手段で設 定された動作態様因子としての第 1取得態様を用いて実質的に非接触で読み取って 取得する第 1取得手段を構成し、ステップ S3040が、第 2識別情報を、第 2設定手段 で第 1の取得態様とは異なるように設定された動作態様因子としての第 2取得態様を 用いて実質的に非接触で読み取って取得する第 2取得手段を構成する。また、ステ ップ S3150が、関連付けを表す情報を生成する第 1関連情報生成手段を構成する。 また、ステップ S3170は、対応する報知信号を生成する報知信号生成手段を構成す る。  [0485] Based on the setting auxiliary factor (= attribute information of the object in this example) for setting the operation mode factor during the step S3105 and step S3125 force information acquisition operations in the flow of FIG. The second setting means for setting the operation mode factor (radio frequency in this example) is configured. Step S3130 constitutes first acquisition means for reading and acquiring the first identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set by the second setting unit. Step S3040 reads and acquires the second identification information in a substantially non-contact manner using the second acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set differently from the first acquisition mode by the second setting means. The second acquisition means is configured. Also, step S3150 constitutes first related information generating means for generating information representing the association. Step S3170 constitutes notification signal generation means for generating a corresponding notification signal.
[0486] 以上説明したように、上記第 4実施形態においては、フォークリフト FOが倉庫の出 入口 3030を通過する際に、当該フォークリフト FO及び搬送する荷物 Lに係る情報の 読み取りが行われる。このとき、送信アンテナ 3010Aを介し、フォークリフト FOのタグ ラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To— FOの IC回路部 150— Fに対して 13.  [0486] As described above, in the fourth embodiment, when the forklift FO passes through the entrance 3030 of the warehouse, information related to the forklift FO and the load L to be transported is read. At this time, the RFID circuit element To—FO IC circuit section 150—F provided in the tag label T of the forklift FO is connected to the IC circuit portion 150—F of the forklift FO via the transmitting antenna 3010A.
F  F
56MHzの周波数で読み取り信号が送信され、フォークリフト FOの情報が読み出さ れるとともに、送信アンテナ 3010Bを介し、フォークリフト FOにより搬送される荷物 L に設けられるタグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To - Lの IC回路部 150— し  A read signal is transmitted at a frequency of 56 MHz, information on the forklift FO is read, and an IC of the RFID circuit element To-L provided on the tag label T provided on the luggage L carried by the forklift FO via the transmission antenna 3010B Circuit part 150
Lに対して 2. 45GHzの周波数で読み取り信号が送信され、荷物 Lの情報が読み出 される。そして、これら読み出された車両情報と荷物情報とが、通信回線 3406を介し サーバ 3407へ入力され、適宜の情報(日付情報等)を付記されてデータベース DB に登録される。  A reading signal is sent to L at a frequency of 2.45 GHz, and the information on package L is read. The read vehicle information and package information are input to the server 3407 via the communication line 3406, and appropriate information (date information, etc.) is added and registered in the database DB.
[0487] このように、本実施形態においては、スキャナ 3400により、まず 13. 56MHzの短 波 (HF)を用いてフォークリフト FOの無線タグ回路素子 To— FOに保持された車両 情報の取得を完了した後に、 2. 45GHzの極超短波(UHF)を用いて荷物 Lの無線 タグ回路素子 To— Lに保持された荷物情報を取得する。このように、フォークリフト F Oと荷物 Lとで異なる取得態様 (本実施形態では異なる周波数の無線通信)を用いる ことにより、一律の取得態様 (ここでは一律の周波数)で情報取得を行う場合に比べ、 情報取得時の互 、の干渉 ·悪影響 (ここでは混信等の通信上の干渉 ·悪影響)を防 止することができる。これにより、円滑な情報取得動作が実現され、管理対象であるフ オークリフト FOや荷物 Lへの管理性を向上することができる。 [0487] Thus, in this embodiment, the scanner 3400 first performs a short-circuit of 13.56 MHz. Tag circuit element of forklift FO using wave (HF) To— After completing the acquisition of vehicle information held in FO, 2. tag circuit element of luggage L using ultra-high frequency (UHF) of 45GHz — Get the package information held in L. In this way, by using different acquisition modes (for wireless communication of different frequencies in this embodiment) for forklift FO and baggage L, compared to the case of acquiring information in a uniform acquisition mode (here, a uniform frequency), Mutual interference and adverse effects (in this case, interference and adverse effects on communications such as interference) during information acquisition can be prevented. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability of the forklift FO and the luggage L that are the management targets can be improved.
[0488] さらに、容易な操作をするのみ (本実施形態ではフォークリフト FOで出入口 3030を 通過するのみ)で複数の情報取得対象 (フォークリフト FOと荷物 L)から情報を読み 取ることができるので、複数の情報取得対象力 少な 、手順で手軽かつ容易に情報 を取得することができる。その他、前述の第 3実施形態と同様の効果についても得る ことができる。 [0488] Furthermore, since it is possible to read information from multiple information acquisition targets (forklift FO and luggage L) only by an easy operation (in this embodiment, only forklift FO passes through doorway 3030), multiple information can be read. It is possible to acquire information easily and easily with a small number of procedures. In addition, the same effects as those of the third embodiment described above can be obtained.
[0489] なお、上記第 4の実施形態にお 、ては、荷物を搬送する物品搬送手段としてフォー クリフトを例にとって説明したが、これに限られず、その他の搬送手段、例えばトラック やトレーラ、または (手押しの)台車等を用いて荷物の搬送を行う場合に本発明を適 用してもよい。さらに、そのような搬送手段に無線タグ回路素子 (第 1情報保持部、第 1無線タグ回路素子)を設けるのにも限られず、その搬送手段を操作する操作者が身 につけるもの(前述のタグラベル T と同様)に対し設けるようにしてもよ!、。  [0489] In the fourth embodiment, the forklift is described as an example of the article transporting means for transporting the load. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and other transporting means such as a truck or a trailer, or The present invention may be applied to the case of carrying a package using a (hand-held) cart or the like. Furthermore, the RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) is not limited to such a transport means, but is worn by an operator who operates the transport means (described above). It may be provided for the tag label T)!
M  M
[0490] また、以上の本発明の第 3実施形態、第 4実施形態においては、複数の情報取得 対象力 情報を取得するに際し、複数の取得態様として通信周波数を異ならせる場 合を例にとって説明したが、これに限られず、例えば通信プロトコルを異ならせたり、 読み取り信号の送信出力を異ならせたりすることで、取得態様を異ならせるようにして もよい。この場合にも、上記と同様の効果を得ることができる。  [0490] Further, in the third embodiment and the fourth embodiment of the present invention described above, when acquiring a plurality of information acquisition target power information, a case where communication frequencies are different as a plurality of acquisition modes will be described as an example. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the acquisition mode may be changed by changing the communication protocol or changing the transmission output of the read signal. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
[0491] また、以上の本発明の第 3実施形態、第 4実施形態においては、近距離での情報 の取得 (第 3実施形態では書籍情報の取得、第 4実施形態ではフォークリフト情報の 取得)を行う取得手段として、通信距離の短 、短波 (HF)を用いた無線通信を行う場 合を例にとって説明したが、これに限られない。すなわち、情報保持手段として例え ばバーコード等を用い (すなわち第 3実施形態ではバーコードを書籍に、第 4実施形 態ではバーコードをフォークリフトに設けておき)、バーコードリーダ等の光学的情報 取得手段により情報を得るようにしてもよい。これによつても、上記実施形態と同様の 効果を得ることができる。またこの場合、既存のバーコードによる物品管理システムを 活用又は連携してシステムを形成することができるという利点もある。 [0491] In the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention described above, acquisition of information at a short distance (acquisition of book information in the third embodiment, acquisition of forklift information in the fourth embodiment) As an example of the acquisition means for performing wireless communication, a case where wireless communication using a short communication distance and short wave (HF) is performed has been described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. That is, as an information holding means For example, a bar code or the like is used (that is, the bar code is provided on the book in the third embodiment, and the bar code is provided on the forklift in the fourth embodiment), and information is obtained by an optical information acquisition means such as a bar code reader. It may be. According to this, the same effect as the above embodiment can be obtained. In this case, there is also an advantage that a system can be formed by utilizing or linking existing article management systems using barcodes.
[0492] 以下、本発明の第 5実施形態を図 50〜図 61により説明する。本実施形態は、本発 明を会社内におけるファイル管理システムに適用した場合の実施形態である。  [0492] Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. This embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a file management system in a company.
[0493] 図 50は、本実施形態による情報読み取り装置 (無線タグ情報読み取り装置)を有す るファイル管理システム ST4の全体構成を示すシステム構成図である。この図 50に 示すように、キャビネット Cは上段と下段の 2段構成となっており、上段には複数のファ ィル F (対象物、情報取得対象)が、下段には複数のファイル F (対象物、情報取得 FIG. 50 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system ST4 having the information reading device (wireless tag information reading device) according to the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 50, the cabinet C has a two-stage configuration of an upper stage and a lower stage. A plurality of files F (objects and information acquisition targets) are in the upper stage, and a plurality of files F ( Object and information acquisition
H L H L
対象)が収容されている。本実施形態では、上段に収容されたファイル Fの方が下  Subject) is housed. In this embodiment, file F stored in the upper row is lower.
H  H
段のファイル Fよりも比較的最近に作成されたファイルであり、社員 Mによる持ち出し し  This file was created more recently than file F in the column and was taken out by employee M
頻度が高いものとする。なお、ここでは理解を容易とするために上段にファイル F 、  It is assumed that the frequency is high. For ease of understanding, file F,
H  H
下段にファイル Fを収容するようにしたが、上段又は下段にファイル F , Fを混在さ  File F is stored in the lower row, but files F and F are mixed in the upper or lower row.
L H L  L H L
せて収容してもよい。  May be accommodated.
[0494] 上記各ファイル F , Fには当該ファイルに関する情報を記憶する無線タグ回路素  [0494] Each of the files F 1 and F 2 has a RFID circuit element that stores information about the file.
H L  H L
子 Toを有する無線タグラベル Τ , T がそれぞれ設けられている。ファイル管理シス  RFID labels Τ and T each having a child To are provided. File management system
FH FL  FH FL
テム ST4は、上記各ファイル F , Fの無線タグラベル T , T に備えられる複数の無  The system ST4 has a plurality of files included in the RFID labels T and T of the files F and F.
H L FH FL  H L FH FL
線タグ回路素子 Toの情報に(上記第 1実施形態と同等の)アンテナ 1210を介してァ クセスする(この例では読み取りを行う)リーダ 4200 (情報読み取り装置)と、このリー ダ 4200と通信回線 4206を介して接続されデータベース DBを備えたサーノ 4207 ( 記憶装置)とを有している。  Reader 4200 (information reading device) that accesses (in this example reads) the information of the line tag circuit element To via the antenna 1210 (equivalent to the first embodiment described above), and the reader 4200 and the communication line And a Sano 4207 (storage device) connected via 4206 and having a database DB.
[0495] 上記無線タグラベル T 及び無線タグラベル T 〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To [0495] RFID tag T and RFID tag circuit element To be provided with RFID label T
FH FL  FH FL
には、対応する対象物 (情報取得対象。ここではファイル F , F )を特定可能な固有  Is a unique object that can identify the corresponding object (information acquisition target, here files F and F)
H L  H L
の(但し書き換え可能でもよい)識別情報としてのタグ IDが記憶保持されている。そし て、リーダ 4200がこのタグ IDを読み取り上記サーバ 4207に問い合わせを行うことで 、当該ファイルを特定可能なようになつている。このように、ファイル管理システム ST4 は、周期的にリーダ 4200からキャビネット C内に収容された複数のファイル F力も情 報の読み取りを行うことにより、どのファイル Fがキャビネット C力 持ち出され、どのフ アイル Fがキャビネット Cに収容されて 、るかを検出できるようになって!/、る。 The tag ID as identification information (which may be rewritable) is stored and held. The reader 4200 reads the tag ID and makes an inquiry to the server 4207 so that the file can be specified. In this way, file management system ST4 By periodically reading information from multiple readers 4200 accommodated in the cabinet C from the reader 4200, which file F is brought out from the cabinet C and which file F is accommodated in the cabinet C. It ’s now possible to detect!
[0496] 図 51は、上記無線タグラベル Τ , T のうち T の全体概略構造の一例を表す図 [0496] FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an example of an overall schematic structure of T among the RFID labels Τ and T described above.
FH Fし FH  FH F then FH
であり、図 51 (a)は無線タグラベル T の上面図、図 51 (b)は下面図である。これら図  51 (a) is a top view of the RFID label T, and FIG. 51 (b) is a bottom view. These figures
FH  FH
51 (a)及び図 51 (b)にお 、て、無線タグラベル T は、例えば略シート形状の基材 4  In FIG. 51 (a) and FIG. 51 (b), the RFID label T is, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped substrate 4.
FH  FH
002と、この基材 4002に配置された無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えて 、る。  002 and a RFID circuit element To disposed on the base material 4002.
[0497] 図 51 (a)に示すように、無線タグラベル T の基材 4002の表側(上面)には、対応 [0497] As shown in Figure 51 (a), the front side (upper surface) of the base material 4002 of the RFID label T is supported.
FH  FH
する印字情報 (この例では「ファイル 1」)を表記した領域 Sを備えている。なお、これら 領域 Sは、文字でなく図形や符号、あるいは単なる色塗りや模様等であってもよい。  It has an area S that shows the print information to be printed (in this example, “File 1”). Note that these regions S may not be characters but may be figures or symbols, or simple color paintings or patterns.
[0498] また、無線タグ回路素子 Toは、上記第 2実施形態の図 22等において説明したもの と同様である。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子 Toは、上記リーダ 4200のアンテナ 121 0 (装置側アンテナ)と短波帯 (例えば 13.56MHz)、 UHF帯、マイクロ波帯等の電磁波 を用 ヽて非接触で信号の送受信を行う上記アンテナ 151と、このアンテナ 151に接 続された上記 IC回路部 150とを有して 、る。  [0498] Further, the RFID circuit element To is the same as that described in Fig. 22 and the like of the second embodiment. That is, the RFID circuit element To transmits and receives signals in a contactless manner using the antenna 1210 (device-side antenna) of the reader 4200 and electromagnetic waves such as a short wave band (eg, 13.56 MHz), UHF band, and microwave band. The antenna 151 to be performed and the IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151 are provided.
[0499] 図 52は、上記リーダ 4200の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図であり、上記第 1実施 形態の図 4にほぼ相当する図である。図 4と同等の部分には同一の符号を付し、適宜 説明を省略又は簡略化する。  FIG. 52 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader 4200, and is a diagram substantially corresponding to FIG. 4 of the first embodiment. Parts equivalent to those in FIG. 4 are given the same reference numerals, and explanations thereof will be omitted or simplified as appropriate.
[0500] 図 52において、リーダ 4200は、上記無線タグラベル Τ , T に備えられる複数の  [0500] In FIG. 52, the reader 4200 includes a plurality of RFID tags,
FH FL  FH FL
無線タグ回路素子 Toの上記アンテナ 151との間で無線通信により信号の授受を行う 上記アンテナ 1210と、このアンテナ 1210を介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路 部 150へアクセスする(この例では読み取りを行う)とともに、無線タグ回路素子 Toか ら読み出された信号を処理する高周波回路 1201と、高周波回路 1201を介し無線タ グ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150から読み出された信号を処理して情報を読み出すと ともに無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へアクセスするためのアクセス情報を生 成する機能を含み、リーダ 4200全体の動作を制御する制御回路 4202と、操作者が 操作可能な適宜のボタン、キー等を備えた操作部 4203と、通信回線 4206を介しサ ーバ 4207と通信を行うためのネットワーク通信部 4204と、比較的短い周期 T1 (後述 )をカウントする第 1タイマ 4208と、比較的長!、周期 T2 (後述)をカウントする第 2タイ マ 4209とを有する。 The antenna 1210 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication with the antenna 151 of the RFID circuit element To accesses the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 1210 (in this example, reading) In addition, the high-frequency circuit 1201 that processes the signal read from the RFID circuit element To and the signal that is read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To via the high-frequency circuit 1201 are processed. And a control circuit 4202 that controls the operation of the entire reader 4200, including a function for generating access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To An operation unit 4203 having appropriate buttons, keys, etc., a network communication unit 4204 for communicating with the server 4207 via the communication line 4206, and a relatively short cycle T1 (described later) ) And a second timer 4209 that counts a relatively long period and a period T2 (described later).
[0501] 無線タグラベル T 及び無線タグラベル T 〖こ備えられる無線タグ回路素子 Toは、  [0501] The RFID label T and the RFID tag circuit element To are provided with the RFID label T are:
FH FL  FH FL
上述したようにそれぞれ情報を記憶する IC回路部 150とこの IC回路部 150に接続さ れたアンテナ 151とを備えている。上記 IC回路部 150 (詳細にはメモリ部 155)は、対 応する対象物 (情報取得対象。ここではファイル F , F )を特定可能な固有の(但し  As described above, the IC circuit unit 150 for storing information and the antenna 151 connected to the IC circuit unit 150 are provided. The IC circuit unit 150 (specifically, the memory unit 155) is a unique (however, the files F and F) that can identify the corresponding target (information acquisition target, here files F and F).
H L  H L
書き換え可能でもよい)識別情報としてのタグ IDを記憶保持しており、制御回路 420 2がこのタグ IDによって上記サーバ 4207に問い合わせを行うことで、サーバ 4207の データベース DBに格納保持された、当該対象物に関する種々の情報 (ファイル名等 )を上記サーノ 207から読み込み、当該ファイルを特定可能なようになつている。な お、 IC回路部 150に備えられる上記メモリ部 155 (図 22参照)に、タグ IDでなくフアイ ル名情報等を直接記憶させるようにしてもよ ヽ。  (It may be rewritable) The tag ID as identification information is stored and held, and when the control circuit 4202 makes an inquiry to the server 4207 with this tag ID, the target stored and held in the database DB of the server 4207 Various information (file names, etc.) on the object is read from the Sano 207 so that the file can be specified. The memory unit 155 (see FIG. 22) provided in the IC circuit unit 150 may store the file name information directly instead of the tag ID.
[0502] なお、各ファイル Fのデータについては、予め適宜の端末等を用いて入力され、サ ーバ 4207のデータベース DBに格納保持されて!ヽる。  [0502] The data of each file F is input in advance using an appropriate terminal or the like and stored in the database DB of the server 4207.
[0503] 高周波回路 1201は、上記第 1実施形態において図 5に示したものと同様の構成で あるので、詳細な説明は省略する。この高周波回路 1201の構成により、リーダ 4200 では、例えば I Q直交復調によって各無線タグ回路素子 To力 の反射波の復調が 行われる。  [0503] The high-frequency circuit 1201 has the same configuration as that shown in Fig. 5 in the first embodiment, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted. With the configuration of the high-frequency circuit 1201, the reader 4200 demodulates the reflected wave of each RFID circuit element To force by, for example, IQ orthogonal demodulation.
[0504] 図 53は、制御回路 4202の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 53 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit 4202.
[0505] 図 53において、制御回路 4202は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、中央演算 処理装置である CPU4202Aゝ ROM4202Bゝ RAM4202C,高周波回路 1201との 信号送受を行う回路制御部 4202D等カゝら構成され、 RAM4202Cの一時記憶機能 を利用しつつ ROM4202Bに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行うよう になっている。 In FIG. 53, a control circuit 4202 is a so-called microcomputer, and is composed of a CPU 4202A, a ROM 4202B, a RAM 4202C, which are central processing units, a circuit control unit 4202D that performs signal transmission / reception with a high-frequency circuit 1201, and the like. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance in ROM4202B while using the temporary storage function of RAM4202C.
[0506] 上記構成である制御回路 4202は、前述したネットワーク通信部 4204、第 1、第 2タ イマ 4208, 4209、及び高周波回路 1201 (アンテナ 1210)と接続されている。  The control circuit 4202 having the above configuration is connected to the network communication unit 4204, the first and second timers 4208 and 4209, and the high-frequency circuit 1201 (antenna 1210) described above.
[0507] 以上の構成において、本実施形態の特徴は、情報読み取り対象である複数のファ ィルをその使用頻度に応じてグループ分けし、各グループごとに情報の読み取り頻 度を変えたことにある。 [0507] In the above configuration, the feature of the present embodiment is that a plurality of files to be read are grouped according to the frequency of use, and information is frequently read for each group. It is in changing the degree.
[0508] 図 54は、上記制御回路 4202の実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 4202.
[0509] まずステップ S4010において、第 1タイマ 4208に起動信号を出力し、第 1タイマ 42 08を起動させる。 First, in step S 4010, a start signal is output to first timer 4208 to start first timer 4208.
[0510] ステップ S4020では、第 2タイマ 4209に起動信号を出力し、第 2タイマ 4209を起 動させる。  [0510] In step S4020, a start signal is output to second timer 4209 to start second timer 4209.
[0511] ステップ S4030では、上記ステップ S4010で起動した第 1タイマ 4208のカウント値 力 Sしきい値 T1より大きいかどうかを判定する。このしきい値 T1は、比較的使用頻度の 高いファイル Fに設けられた無線タグ回路素子 To (タグリスト 1の無線タグ回路素子 T  [0511] In step S4030, it is determined whether the count value of the first timer 4208 started in step S4010 is greater than the threshold value T1. This threshold value T1 is the value of the RFID circuit element To (the RFID tag circuit element T in the tag list 1) provided in the relatively frequently used file F.
H  H
0)から情報を読み取る頻度を設定するために、後述するしき!、値 T2よりも小さ 、値 に設定された値であり、例えば制御回路 4202の上記 RAM4202Cに予め記憶され ている。第 1タイマ 4208のカウント値がしきい値 T1よりも大きい場合には、判定が満 たされて次のステップ S4040に移る。  In order to set the frequency of reading information from (0), the threshold value, which will be described later, is set to a value smaller than the value T2, and is stored in advance in the RAM 4202C of the control circuit 4202, for example. If the count value of first timer 4208 is greater than threshold value T1, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S4040.
[0512] ステップ S4040では、ネットワーク通信部 4204及び通信回線 4206を介してサー ノ 207のデータベース DBからタグリスト 1 (後述の図 56参照)を取得する。このタグ リスト 1は、タグラベル作成装置 (後述)により各ファイル Fに設けられる無線タグラベル Tを作成するときに当該タグラベル作成装置で生成されサーノ 207のデータべ一[0512] In step S4040, the tag list 1 (see FIG. 56 described later) is acquired from the database DB of the servo 207 via the network communication unit 4204 and the communication line 4206. This tag list 1 is generated by the tag label producing device when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device (described later).
F F
ス DBに登録された各無線タグラベル T (無線タグ回路素子 To)の作成時期情報 (作  Creation time information of each RFID label T (RFID circuit element To) registered in the database
F  F
成履歴情報、属性情報、設定補助因子)から、所定の条件で抽出されたリストである 。本実施形態では、タグリスト 1は、上記各ファイル Fに設けられる全無線タグラベル T に備えられる無線タグ回路素子 Toのリスト中、作成日時が所定の日時以降である比 List extracted under predetermined conditions from the generation history information, attribute information, and setting auxiliary factors). In the present embodiment, the tag list 1 is a ratio in which the creation date / time is a predetermined date / time or later in the list of RFID circuit elements To included in all the RFID labels T provided in the files F.
F F
較的新しい無線タグ回路素子 Toがタグリスト 1に抽出されている。すなわち、前述し たように比較的最近作成されたファイル Fに設けられる無線タグラベル T の無線タ  A relatively new RFID tag circuit element To is extracted in the tag list 1. That is, as described above, the wireless tag of the RFID label T provided in the file F created relatively recently is used.
H FH  H FH
グ回路素子 Toがタグリスト 1として抽出されている。なお、この抽出手順は例えばサー ノ 4207が有する図示しない CPUによって行われる。  The circuit element To is extracted as tag list 1. This extraction procedure is performed by a CPU (not shown) included in the servo 4207, for example.
[0513] ステップ S4050では、上記ステップ S4040で取得したタグリスト 1に記載されて!、る 全無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toから情報を読み取る読み取り処理を行 [0513] In step S4050, read processing is performed to read information from the RFID circuit element To of all RFID label T that is described in the tag list 1 acquired in step S4040 above.
FH  FH
5o [0514] 次のステップ S4060では、第 1タイマ 4208に制御信号を出力し、第 1タイマ 4208 のカウント値をリセットさせる。その後、先のステップ S4030に戻る。 5o [0514] In the next step S4060, a control signal is output to the first timer 4208 to reset the count value of the first timer 4208. Thereafter, the process returns to the previous step S4030.
[0515] なお、先のステップ S4030において、第 1タイマ 4208のカウント値がしきい値 T1以 下である場合には、判定が満たされずに次のステップ S4070に移る。  [0515] If the count value of the first timer 4208 is less than or equal to the threshold value T1 in the previous step S4030, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes to the next step S4070.
[0516] ステップ S4070では、上記ステップ S4020で起動した第 2タイマ 4209のカウント値 力 Sしきい値 T2より大きいかどうかを判定する。このしきい値 T2は、比較的使用頻度の 低!、ファイル Fに設けられた無線タグ回路素子 To (タグリスト 2の無線タグ回路素子 T  [0516] In step S4070, it is determined whether or not the count value of the second timer 4209 started in step S4020 is greater than the threshold value T2. This threshold value T2 is relatively infrequently used! RFID circuit element To provided in file F (RF tag circuit element T in tag list 2
L  L
0)から情報を読み取る頻度を設定するために、上記しき!、値 T1よりも大き 、値に設 定された値であり、例えば制御回路 4202の上記 RAM4202Cに予め記憶されてい る。第 2タイマ 4209のカウント値がしきい値 T2よりも大きい場合には、判定が満たさ れて次のステップ S4080に移る。  In order to set the frequency at which information is read from (0), the threshold value is larger than the threshold value T1, and the value is set in the value, and is stored in advance in the RAM 4202C of the control circuit 4202, for example. If the count value of second timer 4209 is greater than threshold value T2, the determination is satisfied and the routine goes to the next Step S4080.
[0517] ステップ S4080では、ネットワーク通信部 4204及び通信回線 4206を介してサー ノ 207のデータベース DBからタグリスト 2 (後述の図 56参照)を取得する。このタグ リスト 2は、上記タグリスト 1と同様に、タグラベル作成装置 (後述)により各ファイル Fに 設けられる無線タグラベル Tを作成するときに当該タグラベル作成装置で生成され In step S4080, tag list 2 (see FIG. 56 described later) is acquired from the database DB of the servo 207 via the network communication unit 4204 and the communication line 4206. This tag list 2 is generated by the tag label producing device when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device (described later) in the same manner as the tag list 1 described above.
F  F
サーノ 207のデータベース DBに登録された各無線タグラベル T (無線タグ回路素  Each RFID label T (RFID circuit element) registered in the database DB of Sano 207
F  F
子 To)の作成履歴のリストから、所定の条件で抽出されたリストである。本実施形態で は、タグリスト 2は、上記各ファイル Fに設けられる全無線タグラベル T〖こ備えられる無  This is a list extracted under a predetermined condition from a list of creation history of (child To). In the present embodiment, the tag list 2 includes all RFID tag labels T provided in each file F described above.
F  F
線タグ回路素子 Toのリスト中、作成日時が所定の日時より前である比較的古い無線 タグ回路素子 Toがタグリスト 2に抽出されている。すなわち、前述したように比較的前 に作成されたファイル Fに設けられる無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toがタ  In the list of line tag circuit elements To, a relatively old RFID circuit element To whose creation date is earlier than a predetermined date is extracted in the tag list 2. That is, as described above, the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T provided in the file F created relatively earlier is the tag.
L FL  L FL
グリスト 2として抽出されている。なお、この抽出手順は例えばサーノ 207が有する 図示しな!、CPUによって行われる。  Extracted as Glist 2. Note that this extraction procedure is performed by the CPU, not shown in FIG.
[0518] ステップ S4090では、上記ステップ S4080で取得したタグリスト 2に記載されて!、る 全無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toから情報を読み取る読み取り処理を行 [0518] In step S4090, read processing is performed to read information from the RFID circuit elements To of all RFID labels T described in the tag list 2 acquired in step S4080 above.
FL  FL
[0519] 次のステップ S4100では、第 2タイマ 4209に制御信号を出力し、第 2タイマ 4209 のカウント値をリセットさせる。その後、先のステップ S4030に戻る。 [0520] 図 55は、上記ステップ S4050 (またはステップ S4090。以下、対応関係同じ)の詳 細手順を表すフローチャートである。 [0519] In the next step S4100, a control signal is output to the second timer 4209 to reset the count value of the second timer 4209. Thereafter, the process returns to the previous step S4030. [0520] FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of step S4050 (or step S4090, hereinafter the same correspondence).
[0521] まずステップ S4210では、上記ステップ S4040 (またはステップ S4080)で取得し たタグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)の先頭の IDを選択する。  [0521] First, in step S4210, the top ID of tag list 1 (or tag list 2) acquired in step S4040 (or step S4080) is selected.
[0522] 次のステップ S4220では、上記ステップ S4210で選択した IDの無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し、 IDを指定して情報の読み取りを行う。具体的には、特定のタグを指定して その関連情報 (対応するファイル情報)を取得するための問いかけ信号 (例えば特定 検索信号 Scroll ID)を生成して高周波回路 1201を介して通信範囲内に存在する無 線タグ回路素子 To (この例ではキャビネット C内の全ファイル Fのタグラベル Tに備え  [0522] In the next step S4220, information is read by designating an ID for the RFID circuit element To having the ID selected in step S4210. Specifically, an inquiry signal (e.g., a specific search signal Scroll ID) for acquiring a related information (corresponding file information) by specifying a specific tag is generated and placed within the communication range via the high-frequency circuit 1201. Existing radio tag circuit element To (in this example, it is prepared for tag label T of all files F in cabinet C.
F  F
られる無線タグ回路素子 To)に送信し、返信を促す。  To the RFID tag circuit element To), and prompts for a reply.
[0523] 次のステップ S4230では、取得したタグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)における最後の I Dの無線タグ回路素子 Toについて情報の読み取りが終了したかどうか、言い換えれ ばタグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)中の全無線タグ回路素子 Toについて情報の読み取 りが終了したかどうかを判定する。タグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)中の最後の IDに係 る無線タグ回路素子 Toまで情報の読み取りが終了していない場合には、判定が満た されずに次のステップ S4240に移り、タグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)中の次の IDを選 択する。そして、上記ステップ S4220に戻る。一方、タグリスト 1 (またはタグリスト 2)中 の全ての無線タグ回路素子 Toについて情報の読み取りが終了している場合には、 判定が満たされて本フローを終了する。  [0523] In the next step S4230, whether or not reading of information is completed for the RFID circuit element To with the last ID in the acquired tag list 1 (or tag list 2), in other words, tag list 1 (or tag list 2). ) It is determined whether or not reading of information is completed for all RFID tag circuit elements To. If the reading of information up to the RFID tag circuit element To related to the last ID in the tag list 1 (or tag list 2) has not been completed, the determination is not satisfied and the process moves to the next step S4240, where the tag list 1 Select the next ID in (or tag list 2). Then, the process returns to step S4220. On the other hand, when the reading of information is completed for all the RFID circuit elements To in the tag list 1 (or tag list 2), the determination is satisfied and this flow is finished.
[0524] 以上の図 54及び図 55に示すフローが行われることにより、タグリスト 1に記載された 無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toにつ ヽては短 ヽ周期 T1で (すなわち高!ヽ  [0524] By performing the flow shown in FIG. 54 and FIG. 55 described above, the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 has a short period T1 (ie, high!
FH  FH
頻度で)情報の読み取りが行われ、タグリスト 2に記載された無線タグラベル T の無  Information) is read and the RFID label T
FL  FL
線タグ回路素子 Toにつ 、ては比較的長 、周期 T2で (すなわち低 、頻度で)情報の 読み取りが行われる。  For the line tag circuit element To, information is read with a relatively long period T2 (that is, at a low frequency).
[0525] なお、以上ではサーバ 4207のデータベース DBに予めタグリスト 1, 2が決定されて いる場合を例にとって説明した力 これに限られず、例えばリーダ 4200の制御回路 4 202でタグリストを選択する(図 54中ステップ S4040,ステップ S4080)際に、毎回タ グリストを更新するようにしてもよい。例えば、作成日から 1ヶ月以内のファイルのタグ をタグリスト 1に、作成日力 1ヶ月を経過したファイルのタグをタグリスト 2にグループ 分けする場合、毎日タグリストを更新する必要がある。このような場合、上記図 54中ス テツプ S4040,ステップ S4080【こお!ヽてタグリストを選択する前【こ、一度サーノ 420 7からデータベース DBに登録されているタグリストを読み込み、作成日時情報に基づ V、てタグリストを更新してデータベース DB上のリストを書き換え、その上でタグリストを 選択するようにすれば足りる。このようにすれば、常に最新の属性情報 (タグリスト)を 用いて通信頻度を決定することができる。 [0525] Note that, in the above, the force described by taking as an example the case where the tag lists 1 and 2 are determined in advance in the database DB of the server 4207 is not limited to this. For example, the tag list is selected by the control circuit 4 202 of the reader 4200 The tag list may be updated every time (step S4040, step S4080 in FIG. 54). For example, tags for files within one month from the creation date If you want to tag the tag list 1 and the tag of the file whose creation date has passed 1 month into the tag list 2, you need to update the tag list every day. In such a case, in step S4040 in Fig. 54 above, step S4080 [Before! Select the tag list before reading the tag list registered in the database DB from Sano 420 7 and create date / time information. Based on V, it is sufficient to update the tag list and rewrite the list in the database DB, and then select the tag list. In this way, the communication frequency can always be determined using the latest attribute information (tag list).
[0526] また、以上では、各無線タグ回路素子 To力も情報を読み取る際に、一律に特定の タグを指定して情報を取得するための問 、かけ信号 (特定検索信号 Scroll ID)を送 信するようにした力 これに限られず、対象物の属性に応じて問いかけ信号のコマン ドを決定するようにしてもよい。例えば、上記ステップ S4050でタグリスト 1の無線タグ 回路素子 Toに対しては特定検索信号 Scroll IDを送信し、上記ステップ S4090でタ グリスト 2の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては不特定検索信号 Pingを送信して、情報の 読み取りを行うようにしてもよい。これにより、移動頻度が比較的高いファイル 1の無線 タグ回路素子 Toに対しては Scroll ID信号を送信して個別に読み取りを行うようにし、 移動頻度が比較的低いファイル 2の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては Ping信号を送信 して複数個分を一度に読み取ることができ、読み取り効率をさらに向上することがで きる。 [0526] Also, in the above, each RFID circuit element To force, when reading information, sends a query signal (specific search signal Scroll ID) to specify a specific tag and acquire information. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the inquiry signal command may be determined according to the attribute of the object. For example, the specific search signal Scroll ID is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To in the tag list 1 in step S4050, and the unspecified search signal Ping to the RFID circuit element To in the tag list 2 in step S4090. May be sent to read the information. As a result, the RFID tag circuit element To of the file 1 with a relatively high movement frequency is sent to the RFID tag circuit element To of the file 2 with a relatively low movement frequency by transmitting a Scroll ID signal individually. In response to this, a Ping signal can be sent to read multiple data at a time, further improving reading efficiency.
[0527] 図 56は、サーバ 4207のデータベース DBに登録された、各無線タグ回路素子 To の作成履歴のリスト、タグリスト 1、及びタグリスト 2の一例を表す概念図である。  [0527] FIG. 56 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the creation history list, tag list 1, and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207.
[0528] サーバ 4207のデータベース DBには、例えばネットワークを介してタグラベル作成 装置 (後述)が接続されており、当該タグラベル作成装置により各ファイル Fに設けら れる無線タグラベル Tを作成するときに生成された各無線タグラベル T (無線タグ回  [0528] A tag label producing device (described later) is connected to the database DB of the server 4207 via a network, for example, and is generated when the RFID label T provided in each file F is produced by the tag label producing device. Each RFID label T (RF tag times
F F  F F
路素子 To)の作成履歴情報が、リストとして登録される。この図 56では、作成履歴情 報は各無線タグ回路素子 Toにっき ID、対象物に関する情報 (ここではファイル名)、 作成日時からなっており、ファイル Fに設けられる 3つの無線タグ回路素子 To及びフ  The creation history information of the road element To) is registered as a list. In FIG. 56, the creation history information consists of each RFID circuit element To ID, information on the object (file name in this case), creation date and time, and the three RFID circuit elements To and F
H  H
アイル Fに設けられる 4つの無線タグ回路素子 Toについて、上記項目の作成履歴情 し  For the four RFID circuit elements To provided in Isle F, the creation history information of the above items
報がそれぞれリストとして登録されて!、る。 [0529] そして、例えばサーノ 207の図示しない CPUにより、上記登録されたリストが所定 の条件をもってグループ分けされている。本実施形態では、図に示すように、作成日 時が新しいもの(2005年 10月 1日以降に作成されたもの)を抽出してタグリスト 1とし 、作成日時が古いもの(2005年 9月 30日以前に作成されたもの)を抽出してタグリス 卜 2として!/ヽる。 Each news is registered as a list! RU [0529] Then, for example, by the CPU (not shown) of the Sano 207, the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition. In this embodiment, as shown in the figure, the tag with the latest creation date (created after October 1, 2005) is extracted as tag list 1, and the creation date is old (September 2005). Extracted (created 30 days ago) as Tagris 卜 2!
[0530] なお、上記第 5実施形態では上述したように作成履歴情報として作成日時を用いて 通信頻度を決定するようにしたが、これに限られず、例えば各無線タグラベル T (無  [0530] In the fifth embodiment, as described above, the communication frequency is determined using the creation date and time as the creation history information. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, each RFID label T (none
F  F
線タグ回路素子 To)をどの作成装置で作った力 どのカートリッジで作ったか、作成さ れたタグラベルの色、形、印字された情報、または誰が作ったか等を作成履歴情報 に含めるようにしてもょ 、。このような作成履歴情報に応じて通信頻度を決定すること により、対象物の属性に応じてよりきめ細かに通信頻度を決定することができる。  The power of making the line tag circuit element (To) with which creation device It may be included in the creation history information such as which cartridge was made, the color, shape, printed information of the created tag label, or who made it. Oh ,. By determining the communication frequency according to such creation history information, the communication frequency can be determined more finely according to the attribute of the object.
[0531] なお、上記のように構成され使用される無線タグラベル Τ , T であるが、これら無 [0531] The RFID labels Τ and T configured and used as described above are used.
FH FL  FH FL
線タグラベル T , T を製造する装置としては、例えば上記第 1の実施形態において  As an apparatus for producing the line tag labels T, T, for example, in the first embodiment described above,
FH FL  FH FL
図 9に示したラベル作成装置 1300 (タグラベル作成装置)を用いれば足りる。このと き、高周波回路 1301及び制御回路 1302は、詳細な説明を省略するが、上記リーダ 4200の高周波回路 1201及び制御回路 4202とほぼ同等の機能を備えるものであり 、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へのアクセス情報を生成し、装置側アンテナ 1306 (第 4無線通信手段)を介して無線タグ回路素子 Toへ送信し、無線タグ回路素 子 Toの IC回路部 150へ情報書き込みを行う。また制御回路 1302は有線又は無線 の上記通信回線(ネットワーク) 4206を介して上記サーノ 4207や、他のコンピュータ 、端末等と接続されており、それらと情報の送受が可能となっている。これにより、無 線タグラベル T(=上記 Τ , Τ 等)の作成履歴情報をサーノ 207のデータベース  It is sufficient to use the label production apparatus 1300 (tag label production apparatus) shown in FIG. At this time, although the detailed description of the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 1302 is omitted, the high-frequency circuit 1301 and the control circuit 4202 have substantially the same functions as the high-frequency circuit 1201 and the control circuit 4202 of the reader 4200. Generates access information to the circuit unit 150, transmits it to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 1306 (fourth wireless communication means), and writes information to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To . The control circuit 1302 is connected to the Sano 4207, other computers, terminals, and the like via the wired or wireless communication line (network) 4206, and information can be transmitted / received to / from them. As a result, the creation history information of the radio tag label T (= 上 記, Τ, etc.) is stored in the Sano 207 database.
FH FL FH FL
DBへ送信し、登録できるようになつている。 It can be sent to DB and registered.
[0532] 図 57は、無線タグラベル Τの作成時に上記制御回路 4302によって実行される制 御手順を表すフローチャートである。 [0532] FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 4302 when the RFID label label Τ is created.
[0533] 図 57において、まずステップ S4710において、(上記通信回線 4206を介し制御回 路 4302に接続された)操作端末等により別途入力された、印字ヘッド 4305で上記 無線タグラベル Τの前述の領域 Sに印字したい印字情報及び無線タグ回路素子 To への書き込み情報が上記通信回線 4206を介し取得される。なお、上記操作端末等 に代えて、タグラベル作成装置 1300の図示しない操作部カゝら入力するようにしても よい。 In FIG. 57, first, in step S4710, the above-mentioned area S of the RFID label Τ is input by the print head 4305 separately input by an operation terminal (connected to the control circuit 4302 via the communication line 4206). Print information to be printed on the RFID tag circuit element To Information to be written to is acquired via the communication line 4206. In place of the operation terminal or the like, an input from an operation unit (not shown) of the tag label producing apparatus 1300 may be used.
[0534] その後、ステップ S4720に移り、無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して印字を行った後、ス テツプ S4725に移り,タグ書込み位置まで搬送して情報の書込み (例えばタグ IDと 記憶させたいファイル情報)を行う。その後、上記ステップ S4730でテープ切断を行 つて 1つの無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えた無線タグラベル T(=上記 Τ , Τ 等)を作  [0534] Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4720, and after printing is performed on the RFID circuit element To, the process proceeds to step S4725, where the information is conveyed to the tag writing position and written (for example, the tag ID and the file information to be stored). )I do. After that, the tape is cut in the above step S4730 to produce the RFID label T (= 上 記, Τ, etc.) having one RFID circuit element To.
FH FL  FH FL
成する。  To do.
[0535] その後、次のステップ S4740で、上記作成したタグラベル Τに備えられる無線タグ 回路素子 Toのタグ ID、書き込んだファイル情報 (ファイル名)、及び作成日時からな る作成履歴情報を、上記通信回線 4206を介しサーバ 4207に送信し (作成履歴情 報生成手段、装置側設定手段;情報出力手段)、データベース DBに登録する。そし て、このフローを終了する。  [0535] After that, in the next step S4740, the tag ID of the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag label 上 記 created above, the written file information (file name), and the creation history information consisting of the creation date and time are communicated. It is transmitted to the server 4207 via the line 4206 (creation history information generation means, device side setting means; information output means), and is registered in the database DB. Then, this flow is finished.
[0536] 以上において、高周波回路 1201が、各請求項記載の複数種類の問いかけ信号か ら 1つを選択して生成する信号生成手段を構成し、アンテナ 1210が、無線タグ回路 素子 Toと無線通信により情報の送受信を行う第 3無線通信手段を構成する。また、 制御回路 4202の実行する図 54のフロー中ステップ S4030、ステップ S4070力 通 信手段における通信態様を決定する決定手段を構成するとともに第 2設定手段を構 成し、ステップ S4040、ステップ S4080が、属性情報に対応する無線タグ回路素子 のタグ識別情報を取得する識別情報取得手段を構成する。  [0536] In the above, the high-frequency circuit 1201 constitutes signal generation means for selecting and generating one of a plurality of types of inquiry signals described in each claim, and the antenna 1210 is configured to perform wireless communication with the RFID tag circuit element To. This constitutes the third wireless communication means for transmitting and receiving information. Further, in the flow of FIG. 54 executed by the control circuit 4202, step S4030, step S4070 constitute a determining means for deciding the communication mode in the force communication means and also constitute a second setting means, and steps S4040, S4080 are An identification information acquisition means for acquiring tag identification information of the RFID circuit element corresponding to the attribute information is configured.
[0537] 以上のように構成した上記第 5実施形態においては、リーダ 4200から所定の時間 ごとに通信範囲内に存在する無線タグ回路素子 To (この例ではキャビネット Cに収容 されたファイル F , Fのタグラベル Τ , T に備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To)に対  In the fifth embodiment configured as described above, the RFID circuit element To existing within the communication range from the reader 4200 every predetermined time (in this example, the files F and F accommodated in the cabinet C). Tag label Τ, T
H L FH FL  H L FH FL
して問いかけ信号が送信され、返信を促す。このとき、サーバ 4207のデータベース には予め読み取り対象の属性情報 (本実施形態ではファイル F , Fに設けられる無  An inquiry signal is sent to prompt a reply. At this time, the database of the server 4207 stores in advance the attribute information to be read (in this embodiment, the information provided in the files F and F).
H L  H L
線タグ回路素子 Toの作成日時情報)が登録されており、リーダ 4200の制御回路 42 02はこの属性情報に基づき問いかけ信号を送信する頻度を決定する。すなわち、本 実施形態においては、タグリスト 1に記載された無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素 子 Toにつ 、ては短 、周期 T1で (すなわち高!、頻度で)情報の読み取りを行 、、タグ リスト 2に記載された無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toについては比較的長 The creation date / time information of the line tag circuit element To) is registered, and the control circuit 4202 of the reader 4200 determines the frequency of transmitting the inquiry signal based on this attribute information. That is, in this embodiment, the RFID circuit element of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 is used. For the child To, the information is read with a period T1 (that is, high !, frequently), and the RFID circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 2 is relatively long.
Fし  F
V、周期 T2で (すなわち低!、頻度で)情報の読み取りを行う。  Read information at V, period T2 (ie low !, frequency).
[0538] これにより、比較的最近作成され使用頻度の高いファイル Fのように、高い頻度で [0538] This makes it more frequent, such as file F, which was created relatively recently and is used frequently.
H  H
情報の読み取りが必要である対象物の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては通信頻度を 高くすることができ、比較的前に作成され使用頻度の低いファイル Fのように、低い し  Communication frequency can be increased for the RFID tag circuit element To, which requires reading of information.
頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる対象物の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては通 信頻度を低くすることができる。このように、対象物の属性情報 (本実施形態では作成 日時)に応じて無線タグ回路素子 Toへの通信態様 (本実施形態では通信頻度)を決 定することにより、その対象物の性質、特性に相応な通信態様で情報の読み取りを 行うことができる。したがって、全ての対象物に係る無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し一律 の通信態様 (ここでは一律の通信頻度)で情報の読み取りを行う場合に比べ、低頻度 で足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取 り動作を防止することができるので、効率よく迅速に、またファイル管理システム ST4 の操作者にとって効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができる。この結果、円滑な情 報取得動作が実現され、管理対象物への管理性を向上することができる。  The frequency of communication can be lowered for the RFID circuit element To, which is an object that is sufficient if information is read at a frequency. In this way, by determining the communication mode (communication frequency in this embodiment) to the RFID circuit element To according to the attribute information of the target object (creation date and time in this embodiment), the nature of the target object, Information can be read in a communication mode appropriate to the characteristics. Therefore, compared to the case where information is read in a uniform communication mode (here, uniform communication frequency) for the RFID circuit elements To related to all objects, the frequency of the objects that need to be infrequent is uniformly high. Since useless reading operations such as reading information can be prevented, information can be read efficiently and quickly and effectively for the operator of the file management system ST4. As a result, a smooth information acquisition operation is realized, and the manageability to the management target can be improved.
[0539] なお、上記第 5実施形態は、上記の態様に限られず、その趣旨と技術思想の範囲 を逸脱しない範囲で更に種々の変形が可能である。以下その変形例を説明する。  [0539] The fifth embodiment is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the technical idea. The modifications will be described below.
[0540] (5- 1)対象物の品種でグループ分けする場合  [0540] (5-1) When grouping by target product type
上記第 5の実施形態では、対象物の属性情報として当該対象物に設けるタグの作 成日時を用いてグループ分けし、そのグループに応じて通信頻度を変更するようにし たが、これに限られず、例えば対象物の品種 (種類情報、属性情報、設定補助因子) に応じてグループ分けするようにしてもょ 、。  In the fifth embodiment, the attribute information of the object is grouped using the creation date and time of the tag provided on the object, and the communication frequency is changed according to the group. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, you may group them according to the product type (type information, attribute information, setting auxiliary factors).
[0541] 図 58は本変形例における情報読み取り装置を有するファイル管理システム ST4' の全体構成を示すシステム構成図である。この図 58に示すように、社員 Mの机 Dの 机上には、社員 Mの私物である複数のファイル Fpr (対象物、情報取得対象)が載置 されている。一方、キャビネット Cにはその他の複数の社員 Mが共用するファイル Fpu (対象物、情報取得対象)が収容されている。したがって、本変形例では、社員 Mの 机上のファイル Fprについては私物であるため机 Dより持ち出される頻度が少なぐキ ャビネット Cに収容されたファイル Fpuにつ!/ヽては共用であるため、キャビネットじより 持ち出される頻度が高 、ものとする。 [0541] Fig. 58 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system ST4 'having an information reading device in the present modification. As shown in FIG. 58, a plurality of files Fpr (objects, information acquisition targets), which are personal items of employee M, are placed on desks of employee M's desk D. On the other hand, the cabinet C contains a file Fpu (object, information acquisition target) shared by other employees M. Therefore, in this variation, employee M Since the file Fpr on the desk is a personal item, the file Fpu contained in the cabinet C, which is taken out less frequently than the desk D! / Because it is shared, it is often taken out more than the cabinet. And
[0542] 上記各ファイル Fpr, Fpuには対象ファイルに関する情報を記憶する無線タグ回路 素子 Toを有する無線タグラベル Τ , T がそれぞれ設けられている。これらの無線 Each of the above-mentioned files Fpr and Fpu is provided with RFID labels Τ and T each having a RFID circuit element To storing information related to the target file. These radio
FPR FPU  FPR FPU
タグラベル Τ , T (無線タグ回路素子 To)がタグラベル作成装置によって作成さ  Tag labels, and T (RF tag circuit element To) are created by the tag label creation device.
FPR FPU  FPR FPU
れる際には、上記実施形態と同様に作成履歴情報が作成され、上記通信回線 4206 を介しサーバ 4207のデータベース DBにリストとして登録される。この際、ファイル Fp uに設けられる無線タグ回路素子 Toがタグリスト 1として抽出され、ファイル Fprに設け られる無線タグ回路素子 Toがタグリスト 2として抽出される。ファイル管理システム ST 4' のその他の構成については、前述のファイル管理システム ST4と同様であるので 、説明を省略する。  In this case, creation history information is created in the same manner as in the above embodiment, and is registered as a list in the database DB of the server 4207 via the communication line 4206. At this time, the RFID circuit element To provided in the file Fpu is extracted as the tag list 1, and the RFID circuit element To provided in the file Fpr is extracted as the tag list 2. The other configuration of the file management system ST 4 ′ is the same as that of the above-described file management system ST4, and thus description thereof is omitted.
[0543] 以上のような構成である本変形例にぉ 、ては、タグリスト 1に記載された無線タグラ ベル T の無線タグ回路素子 Toにつ ヽては短 ヽ周期 T1で (すなわち高!ヽ頻度で) [0543] In this variation having the above-described configuration, the RFID tag circuit element To of the RFID label T described in the tag list 1 has a short cycle T1 (that is, high! By frequency)
FPU FPU
情報の読み取りが行われ、タグリスト 2に記載された無線タグラベル T の無線タグ回  The information is read and the RFID tag of the RFID label T listed in tag list 2 is
FPR  FPR
路素子 Toにつ 、ては比較的長 、周期 T2で (すなわち低 、頻度で)情報の読み取り が行われる。  For the path element To, information is read with a relatively long period T2 (that is, at a low frequency).
[0544] これにより、共有物として使用され使用頻度の高いファイル Fpuのように、高い頻度 で情報の読み取りが必要である対象物の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては通信頻度 を高くすることができ、私物として使用され使用頻度の低いファイル Fprのように、低い 頻度で情報の読み取りを行えば足りる対象物の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対しては通 信頻度を低くすることができる。したがって、上記実施形態と同様に、効率よく迅速に 、またファイル管理システム ST4' の操作者にとって効果的な情報の読み取りを行う ことができる。  [0544] This makes it possible to increase the communication frequency for the RFID circuit element To of an object that needs to be read frequently, such as a file Fpu that is used as a shared object and is frequently used. It is possible to reduce the communication frequency for the RFID circuit element To, which is an object that only needs to be read at a low frequency, such as the file Fpr, which is used as a private item and is not frequently used. Therefore, as in the above-described embodiment, information can be read efficiently and quickly and effectively for the operator of the file management system ST4 ′.
[0545] なお、本変形例では対象物の品種の一例として私物と共有物である場合を例にと つて説明したが、これに限られず、例えば消耗品とそうでない物や、対象物が薬品で ある場合における取り扱い注意の劇薬か通常の薬品か等、様々な品種の違いを有 する対象物に対して適用可能である。 [0546] (5- 2)属性情報をタグに書き込む場合 [0545] In this modification, the case where the object is a private item and a common item is described as an example of the type of the object. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. In this case, it can be applied to objects that have different varieties such as powerful drugs that are handled with care or normal drugs. [0546] (5-2) Writing attribute information to a tag
上記第 5の実施形態では、対象物の属性情報としての作成日時をサーバ 4207の データベース DBに登録するようにした力 これに限られず、例えばタグラベル作成装 置で無線タグラベル Tを作成する際に各無線タグ回路素子 Toに書き込むタグ IDに お!、て、その IDの一部(例えば先頭部何桁力 )で対象物の属性を表すようにしてもよ い。  In the fifth embodiment, the force to register the creation date and time as the attribute information of the object in the database DB of the server 4207 is not limited to this. For example, each time a RFID label T is created by the tag label creation device, The tag ID to be written to the RFID circuit element To! May be represented by a part of the ID (for example, the number of digits of the leading part) to indicate the attribute of the object.
[0547] 本変形例の場合、例えば IDの最初の 4ビットが 1111であればタグリスト 1に属する タグ、 IDの最初の 4ビットが 1110であればタグリスト 2に属するタグであるとし、上記タ グラベル作成装置 1300で無線タグラベル Tを作成する際に作成日に応じて上記 4ビ ットから始まる IDを書き込む。そして、リーダ 4200で情報の読み取りを行う際に、 T1 周期で行う読み取りにつ 、ては、 IDの最初の 4ビットが 1111でそれ以降のビットは任 意である不特定のタグを指定した問!、かけ信号 (例えば特定検索信号 Scroll ID)を 通信範囲内の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信するようにする。一方、 T2周期で行う読み 取りにつ 、ては、 IDの最初の 4ビットが 1110でそれ以降のビットは任意である不特定 のタグを指定した問 、かけ信号 (例えば特定検索信号 Scroll ID)を通信範囲内の無 線タグ回路素子 Toに送信するようにすれば足りる。  [0547] In the case of this modification, for example, if the first 4 bits of the ID are 1111, the tag belongs to the tag list 1, and if the first 4 bits of the ID is 1110, the tag belongs to the tag list 2. When the RFID label T is created by the tag label creation device 1300, the ID starting from the above 4 bits is written according to the creation date. When reading information with the reader 4200, for the reading performed in the T1 cycle, the first 4 bits of the ID are 1111, and the subsequent bits are arbitrary and specify an unspecified tag. !, A call signal (for example, a specific search signal Scroll ID) is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To in the communication range. On the other hand, for reading in the T2 cycle, a query signal (for example, specific search signal Scroll ID) that specifies an unspecified tag in which the first 4 bits of the ID is 1110 and the subsequent bits are optional. Is transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To within the communication range.
[0548] 本変形例のように、対象物の属性情報が当該無線タグ回路素子 Toに書き込まれる 情報に組み込まれている場合には、タグ IDが属性情報を表すことになるので、上 記実施形態のように属性情報としての作成履歴情報をサーバ 4207のデータベース DBに登録しておく必要がない。したがって、データベース DBが不要となる。  [0548] When the attribute information of the object is incorporated in the information written in the RFID circuit element To as in this modification, the tag ID represents the attribute information. It is not necessary to register the creation history information as attribute information in the database DB of the server 4207 as in the form. Therefore, the database DB becomes unnecessary.
[0549] なお、上記では IDの最初の 4ビットを指定してそれ以降のビットは任意である不特 定のタグを指定した問いかけ信号 (例えば特定検索信号 Scroll ID)により情報の読 み取りを行うようにした力 これに限られず、 IDを全く指定しない不特定のタグに対す る問 、かけ信号 (例えば不特定検索信号 Ping)により通信範囲内の全無線タグ回路 素子 Toに問いかけを行い、読み取った IDの一部から属性情報を取得して自動的に 通信態様を決定するようにしてもょ ヽ。  [0549] In the above, the first 4 bits of the ID are specified, and the subsequent bits are optional. The information is read by an inquiry signal that specifies an unspecified tag (for example, the specific search signal Scroll ID). Not limited to this, it is not limited to this, but it asks all RFID tag elements To in the communication range by a query signal (for example, unspecified search signal Ping) for an unspecified tag that does not specify an ID at all. It is also possible to acquire attribute information from a part of the read ID and automatically determine the communication mode.
[0550] (5- 3)属性条件を指定する場合  [0550] (5-3) When specifying attribute conditions
上記実施形態では、サーノ 207のデータベース DBに予め登録されたタグリスト 1 , 2を用いて通信頻度を決定するようにした力 これに限られず、例えば管理システム の操作者が属性を指定 (この場合、タグリストの指定入力)できるようにしてもょ 、。 In the above embodiment, the tag list registered in advance in the database DB of Sano 207 1 , 2 The power to determine the communication frequency is not limited to this. For example, the management system operator can specify the attribute (in this case, specify the tag list).
[0551] 本変形例においては、操作者がリーダ 4200の上記操作部 4203を用いてタグリスト の指定入力を行うと、制御回路 4202がその指定入力信号 (属性情報特定信号)に 基づき、ネットワーク通信部 4204及び通信回線 4206を介してサーバ 4207のデータ ベース DB上のタグリストを書き換えるようになって!/、る。  [0551] In this modification, when an operator inputs a tag list using the operation unit 4203 of the reader 4200, the control circuit 4202 performs network communication based on the specified input signal (attribute information specifying signal). The tag list on the database DB of the server 4207 is rewritten via the unit 4204 and the communication line 4206! /.
[0552] これにより、例えば上記実施形態において、作成時期が古いためファイル Fに分類 されているが、その内容が重要であり使用頻度が高いファイルがあった場合等に、そ のファイル Fに設けられる無線タグ回路素子 Toの IDをタグリスト 1に書き換えることが できる。その結果、当該ファイル Fについては、ファイル Fとともに短い周期 T1で高  [0552] Thus, for example, in the above embodiment, the file is classified as file F because its creation time is old. However, if there is a file whose contents are important and frequently used, the file F is provided. The ID of RFID tag circuit element To can be rewritten to tag list 1. As a result, the file F is high along with the file F in a short cycle T1.
L H  L H
頻度で情報の読み取りが行われる。このように、本変形例によれば、対象物の属性を その状況等に応じてよりきめ細かに設定することができるので、さらに効率よく迅速に 、また効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができる。  Information is read at a frequency. As described above, according to the present modification, the attributes of the object can be set more finely according to the situation and the like, so that information can be read more efficiently and effectively. .
[0553] なお、以上では対象物の属性の指定入力をリーダ 4200の操作部 4203を用いて 行うようにした力 これに限られず、例えば通信回線 4206に接続された他の適宜の 端末等力も入力を行ってサ 4207のデータベース DB上のリストを書き換えできる ようにしてもよい。  [0553] Note that, in the above, it is possible to input the attribute of the object by using the operation unit 4203 of the reader 4200. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, another appropriate terminal equal force connected to the communication line 4206 is also input. The list on the database 4207 of the server 4207 may be rewritten.
[0554] (5— 4)その他の属性情報のバリエーション  [0554] (5— 4) Other attribute information variations
(i)対象物の移動回数を属性情報として用いる場合  (i) When the number of movements of the object is used as attribute information
上記実施形態では、対象物の属性情報として対象物に設ける無線タグラベル丁の 作成履歴情報を用いるようにした力 これに限られず、例えば対象物ののべ移動回 数 (読み取り履歴情報、属性情報、設定補助因子)に応じて通信頻度を決定するよう にしてもよい。  In the above-described embodiment, the force used to create the RFID label label creation history information provided on the object as the attribute information of the object is not limited to this. For example, the total number of movements of the object (read history information, attribute information, The communication frequency may be determined according to a setting auxiliary factor.
[0555] 図 59は、本変形例におけるファイル管理システム ST4 の全体構成を示すシステ ム構成図である。この図 59に示すように、キャビネット CI, C2, C3には、無線タグ回 路素子 Toを備える無線タグラベル Τがそれぞれ設けられた複数のファイル F (対象  FIG. 59 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of the file management system ST4 in the present modification. As shown in FIG. 59, the cabinets CI, C2, and C3 have a plurality of files F (targets) each provided with a RFID label Τ having a RFID circuit element To.
F  F
物、情報取得対象)が収容されている。  Objects, information acquisition targets) are housed.
[0556] ファイル管理システム ST4 は、上記キャビネット CI, C2, C3にそれぞれ収容され る各ファイル Fの無線タグラベル Tに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 Toの情報に(上記 [0556] The file management system ST4 is accommodated in the cabinets CI, C2, and C3, respectively. The information on the RFID circuit element To included in the RFID label T of each file F (see above)
F  F
アンテナ 1200と同等の構成の)アンテナ 1210A, 1210B, 1210C (第 3無線通信 手段)を介してアクセスする(この例では読み取りを行う)リーダ 4200A, 4200B, 42 00C (†青報読み取り装置)と、このリーダ、4200A, 4200B, 4200Cと通信回線 4206 を介して接続されデータベース DBを備えたサーノ 4207' とを有して 、る。  Readers 4200A, 4200B, 4200C († blueprint reader) accessed via antennas 1210A, 1210B, 1210C (third wireless communication means) (which reads in this example) with the same configuration as antenna 1200; This reader has 4200A, 4200B, 4200C and a Sano 4207 ′ having a database DB connected via a communication line 4206.
[0557] 上記構成のファイル管理システム ST4グでは、周期的にリーダ 4200A, 4200B, 4 200Cによりキャビネット CI, C2, C3内に収容された各ファイル F力 情報の読み取 りをそれぞれ行うことにより、どのファイル Fがどのキャビネット C力も持ち出され、どの キャビネット Cに収容されたかを管理できるようになつている。  [0557] In the file management system ST4 group configured as described above, each file F force information stored in the cabinets CI, C2, and C3 is periodically read by the readers 4200A, 4200B, and 4 200C. File F is brought out of any cabinet C force and can be managed in which cabinet C.
[0558] 本変形例では、サーバ 4207' の図示しない CPUにより、各リーダ 4200A, 4200 B, 4200C力も入力される情報に基づき、各無線タグ回路素子 Toの読み取り履歴情 報 (本変形例ではのベ移動回数)が作成され、リスト化されてデータベース DBに登録 されるようになつている。この移動回数とは、異なったリーダで読み取りが行われた場 合に 1回としてカウントされるものであり、例えばキャビネット C1において(すなわちリ ーダ 4200Aにより)読み取りが行われたファイル Fが次にキャビネット C2または C3に おいて(すなわちリーダ 4200Bまたは 4200Cにより)読み取りが行われた場合には 1 回としてカウントされる力 キャビネット C1において読み取りが行われたファイル Fが 次も同じキャビネット C1にお 、て読み取りが行われた場合には、カウントされな!/、よう になっている。  [0558] In this modification, based on the information that each reader 4200A, 4200B, and 4200C force is input by the CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 ', the reading history information of each RFID circuit element To (in this modification, The number of movements) is created, listed, and registered in the database DB. The number of movements is counted as one when reading is performed by a different reader. For example, the file F that has been read in the cabinet C1 (ie, by the reader 4200A) is the next. If the reading is done in cabinet C2 or C3 (ie by reader 4200B or 4200C), the force counted as one time File F that was read in cabinet C1 will continue to be in the same cabinet C1 When reading is done, it is not counted! /.
[0559] 図 60は、本変形例において、サーバ 4207' のデータベース DBに登録された、各 無線タグ回路素子 Toの読み取り履歴のリスト、タグリスト 1、及びタグリスト 2の一例を 表す概念図である。  FIG. 60 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the read history list, tag list 1 and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207 ′ in this modification. is there.
[0560] この図 60に示すように、読み取り履歴情報は各無線タグ回路素子 Toにっき ID、対 象物に関する情報 (ここではファイル名)、移動回数力 なっており、各無線タグ回路 素子 Toにつ ヽて上記項目の読み取り履歴情報がそれぞれリストとして登録されて!ヽ る。そして、例えばサーバ 4207' の図示しない CPUにより、上記登録されたリストが 所定の条件をもってグループ分けされている。本実施形態では、図に示すように、移 動回数が比較的多いもの(ここでは例えば 5回以上のもの)を抽出してタグリスト 1とし 、移動回数が比較的少ないもの(ここでは例えば 4回以下のもの)を抽出してタグリス 卜 2として!/ヽる。 [0560] As shown in FIG. 60, the reading history information includes ID for each RFID circuit element To, information on the object (file name in this case), and the number of times of movement. The reading history information of the above items is registered as a list. For example, the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition by a CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 ′. In this embodiment, as shown in the figure, a tag list 1 is extracted by extracting a relatively large number of movements (here, for example, 5 or more). Extract the one with relatively few movements (here, for example, less than 4) and use it as taglist 卜 2!
[0561] 各リーダ 4200A, 4200B, 4200Cによって行われる各無線タグ回路素子 Toから の情報の読み取り処理の手順については、前述の図 54及び図 55と同様であるので 説明を省略する。  [0561] The procedure for reading information from each RFID circuit element To performed by each reader 4200A, 4200B, 4200C is the same as that in Figs.
[0562] 以上説明した本変形例によれば、のべ読み取り回数に基づくファイル Fの移動回数 が多 、ものにつ 、ては今後も比較的よく移動する可能性が高 、とみなして通信頻度 を高くし、きめ細かに情報を読み取り、一方、のべ読み取り回数に基づくファイル Fの 移動回数が少な!/、ものにっ 、ては対象物があまり移動しな 、とみなして通信頻度を 低くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすることができる。この結果、低頻度で足りる 対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取り動作を 防止することができるので、上記実施形態と同様に、効率よく迅速に、また操作者に とって効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができるという同様の効果を得る。  [0562] According to this variation described above, the frequency of file F movement based on the total number of readings is large, and it is considered that there is a high possibility that it will move relatively well in the future. The frequency of file F based on the total number of readings is low, and the frequency of communication is reduced by assuming that the object does not move too much. The information can be read roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent a useless reading operation such as reading information with respect to an object that is sufficient infrequently at a uniform high frequency. The same effect is obtained that the information can be read effectively.
[0563] (ii)対象物の移動距離を属性情報として用いる場合  [0563] (ii) When the moving distance of the object is used as attribute information
上記実施形態では、対象物の属性情報として対象物に設ける無線タグラベル丁の 作成履歴情報を用いるようにしたが、これに限られず、例えば対象物の移動距離 (読 み取り履歴情報、属性情報、設定補助因子)に応じて通信頻度を決定するようにして ちょい。  In the above embodiment, the creation history information of the RFID label label provided on the object is used as the attribute information of the object. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the movement distance of the object (read history information, attribute information, Determine the communication frequency according to the setting auxiliary factor.
[0564] 本変形例におけるファイル管理システムでは、サーバ 4207' の図示しない CPU により、各リーダ 4200A, 4200B, 4200C力も入力される情報に基づき、各無線タグ 回路素子 Toの読み取り履歴情報 (本変形例では移動距離)が作成され、リスト化され てデータベース DBに登録されるようになっている。この移動距離とは、各リーダで各 無線タグ回路素子 To力 情報の読み取りが行われた場合に、当該無線タグ回路素 子 Toがその前に読み取りが行われた位置と比較して移動距離を検出し、その移動 距離を積算したもの(のべ移動距離)である。なお、各キャビネット CI, C2, C3のそ れぞれの間の距離は、予めデータベース DBに登録されている。したがって、例えば キャビネット C1において(すなわちリーダ 4200Aにより)読み取りが行われたファイル Fが次にキャビネット C2または C3において(すなわちリーダ 4200Bまたは 4200Cに より)読み取りが行われた場合には、それぞれ該当する移動距離が積算されるが、キ ャビネット C1にお 、て読み取りが行われたファイル Fが次も同じキャビネット C1にお V、て読み取りが行われた場合には、移動距離は 0として積算されるようになって 、る。 その他の機能'構成については、上記図 59に示すファイル管理システム ST4 と同 様であるので説明を省略する。 [0564] In the file management system in this variation, the read history information of each RFID circuit element To based on the information that each reader 4200A, 4200B, 4200C force is also input by the CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 '(this variation) (Travel distance) is created, listed, and registered in the database DB. This moving distance is the distance when the RFID circuit element To force information is read by each reader compared to the position where the RFID circuit element To was read before. This is the total of the movement distances detected (total movement distance). The distance between each cabinet CI, C2, C3 is registered in the database DB in advance. Thus, for example, file F that was read in cabinet C1 (ie, by reader 4200A) is then transferred to cabinet C2 or C3 (ie, to reader 4200B or 4200C). When reading is performed, the corresponding travel distance is accumulated, but the file F that has been read in the cabinet C1 will continue to be read in the same cabinet C1 as V. If it is, the movement distance will be accumulated as 0. Other functions' configuration is the same as that of the file management system ST4 shown in FIG.
[0565] 図 61は、本変形例において、サーバ 4207' のデータベース DBに登録された、各 無線タグ回路素子 Toの読み取り履歴のリスト、タグリスト 1、及びタグリスト 2の一例を 表す概念図である。 FIG. 61 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of the read history list, tag list 1 and tag list 2 of each RFID circuit element To registered in the database DB of the server 4207 ′ in this modification. is there.
[0566] この図 61に示すように、読み取り履歴情報は各無線タグ回路素子 Toにっき ID、対 象物に関する情報 (ここではファイル名)、移動距離力 なっており、各無線タグ回路 素子 Toにつ ヽて上記項目の読み取り履歴情報がそれぞれリストとして登録されて!ヽ る。そして、例えばサーバ 4207' の図示しない CPUにより、上記登録されたリストが 所定の条件をもってグループ分けされている。本実施形態では、図に示すように、移 動距離が比較的多いもの(ここでは例えば 25m以上のもの)を抽出してタグリスト 1と し、移動回数が比較的少ないもの(ここでは例えば 20m以下のもの)を抽出してタグリ ス卜 2として!/ヽる。  [0566] As shown in Fig. 61, the reading history information includes the ID information for each RFID circuit element To, the information about the object (file name in this case), and the moving distance force. The reading history information of the above items is registered as a list. For example, the registered list is grouped under a predetermined condition by a CPU (not shown) of the server 4207 ′. In the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, the tag list 1 is extracted by extracting a relatively long moving distance (in this case, for example, 25 m or more), and the moving number is relatively small (in this case, for example, 20 m). Extract the following) and use it as taglist 2!
[0567] 以上説明した本変形例によれば、移動距離が大きいファイル Fについては今後も 比較的よく移動する可能性が高いとみなして通信頻度を高くし、きめ細かに情報を読 み取り、一方、移動距離が小さいファイル Fについては今後も対象物があまり移動し な 、とみなして通信頻度を低くし、大雑把に情報を読み取るようにすることができる。 この結果、低頻度で足りる対象物に対し一律に高頻度で情報の読み取りを行うといつ た無駄な読み取り動作を防止することができるので、上記実施形態と同様に、効率よ く迅速に、また操作者にとって効果的な情報の読み取りを行うことができるという同様 の効果を得る。  [0567] According to this variation described above, file F, which has a long moving distance, is considered to be likely to move relatively well in the future, and the communication frequency is increased and information is read in detail. For file F with a short movement distance, it can be assumed that the object will not move much in the future, and the communication frequency can be lowered and information can be read roughly. As a result, it is possible to prevent unnecessary reading operations when information is read uniformly and frequently with respect to an object that is sufficient infrequently, and therefore, as in the above-described embodiment, it can be performed efficiently and quickly. The same effect is obtained that the information can be read effectively for the operator.
[0568] (5— 5)通信態様のバリエーション  [0568] (5-5) Variation of communication mode
上記第 5の実施形態では、対象物の属性に応じて動作態様因子としての通信頻度 を決定するようにした力 決定する通信態様はこれに限られるものではない。すなわ ち、例えば他の動作態様因子として、リーダ 4200 (高周波回路 1201)における無線 タグ回路素子 Toとの通信出力、又は通信失敗時の再試行 (リトライ)回数、若しくはリ ーダ 4200のアンテナ 1210が複数のアンテナ素子力もなる場合には当該アンテナの 指向性を決定するようにしてもょ 、。 In the fifth embodiment, the communication mode for determining the force that determines the communication frequency as the operation mode factor according to the attribute of the object is not limited to this. That is, for example, as another operational mode factor, the wireless communication in the reader 4200 (high frequency circuit 1201) The communication output with the tag circuit element To, the number of retries at the time of communication failure, or when the antenna 1210 of the reader 4200 has multiple antenna element forces, determine the directivity of the antenna. Well ...
[0569] これにより、例えば通信距離が近い小出力で足りる対象物に対し一律に大出力で 情報の読み取りを行ったり、方向が決まっている対象物に対し指向性を広くして情報 の読み取りを行うといった無駄な読み取り動作を防止でき、また取り扱いが厳重で常 に存在位置を把握する必要がある対象物については再試行回数を多くして確実に 管理を行えるようにすることができる。  [0569] This makes it possible, for example, to read information with a uniformly large output for an object that requires a small output with a short communication distance, or to read information with a wide directivity for an object with a fixed direction. This can prevent useless reading operations such as reading, and it can be managed reliably by increasing the number of retries for objects that are handled rigorously and always need to know their location.
[0570] なお、以上の第 5実施形態においては、本発明を会社内におけるファイル情報を読 み取り管理するファイル管理システムに適用した例を説明したが、これに限られず、 例えば人物とその人物の所有物の情報を読み取るシステム等、情報の読み取りを行 う際に通信態様を変えるのが好ましい複数のグループ力 なる対象物力 情報を読 み取るシステムに対し適用することが可能である。  [0570] In the above fifth embodiment, the example in which the present invention is applied to a file management system that reads and manages file information in a company has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention can be applied to a system that reads object force information as a plurality of group powers that preferably change the communication mode when reading information, such as a system that reads information on the possessed property.
[0571] なお、以上で用いた「Scroll ID」信号、「Ping」信号、「Erase」信号、「Verify」信号、「 Program」信号等は、 EPC globalが策定した仕様に準拠しているものとする。 EPC globalは、流通コードの国際機関である国際 EAN協会と、米国の流通コード機関で ある Uniformed Code Council (UCC)が共同で設立した非営利法人である。な お、他の規格に準拠した信号でも、同様の機能を果たすものであればよい。  [0571] It should be noted that the "Scroll ID" signal, "Ping" signal, "Erase" signal, "Verify" signal, "Program" signal, etc. used above conform to the specifications established by EPC global. To do. EPC global is a non-profit corporation established jointly by the International EAN Association, an international organization for distribution codes, and the Uniformed Code Council (UCC), a US distribution code organization. Note that signals conforming to other standards may be used as long as they perform the same function.
[0572] また、以上既に述べた以外にも、上記実施形態や各変形例による手法を適宜組み 合わせて利用しても良い。  [0572] Further, in addition to those already described above, the methods according to the above-described embodiments and modifications may be used in appropriate combination.
[0573] その他、一々例示はしないが、本発明は、その趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内において、 種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。  [0573] Other than that, although not illustrated one by one, the present invention is implemented with various modifications without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0574] [図 1]本発明の第 1実施形態である無線タグ情報読み取りシステム全体を表す概念 的なシステム構成図である。  FIG. 1 is a conceptual system configuration diagram showing an entire RFID tag information reading system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]本発明の第 1実施形態である無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグラベルの全 体概略構造の一例を表す上面図及び下面図である。  FIG. 2 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a RFID label provided with the RFID circuit element according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
[図 3]無線タグラベルに備えられた無線タグ回路素子の機能的構成の一例を表すブ ロック図である。 FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the RFID tag circuit element provided in the RFID label. FIG.
圆 4]本発明の第 1実施形態によるリーダの詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。 圆 5]高周波回路の詳細機能構成を表す機能ブロック図である。 [4] FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader according to the first embodiment of the present invention. [5] It is a functional block diagram showing the detailed functional configuration of the high-frequency circuit.
圆 6]制御回路の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。 [6] It is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit.
[図 7]制御回路の実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
圆 8]無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表 すフローチャートである。 [8] This is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element.
圆 9]本発明の第 1実施形態によるタグラベル作成装置の構成を表す概念図である。 [9] FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing the configuration of the tag label producing apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
[図 10]無線タグラベルの作成時に制御回路によって実行される制御手順を表すフロ 一チャートである。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit when the RFID label is created.
圆 11]乱数発生器をリーダ側に設ける場合の変形例における、制御回路の詳細機能 を表す機能ブロック図である。 [11] FIG. 11 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit in a modification in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side.
圆 12]乱数発生器をリーダ側に設ける場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子の I C回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 [12] FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element in a modification in which a random number generator is provided on the reader side.
[図 13]タグ自身で設定値を更新する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子の IC 回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element in a modification in which the set value is updated by the tag itself.
圆 14]応答要求回数に応じて応答する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子 の機能的構成の一例を表すブロック図である。 [14] FIG. 14 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to the number of response requests.
圆 15]応答要求回数に応じて応答する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子 の IC回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 15] A flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to the number of response requests.
[図 16]応答要求の間隔時間に応じて応答する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回 路素子の IC回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャート である。 FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to a response request interval time.
圆 17]充電電圧に応じて応答する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子の機 能的構成の一例を表すブロック図である。 FIG. 17 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of a RFID circuit element in a modification in which a response is made according to a charging voltage.
[図 18]充電電圧に応じて応答する場合の変形例における、無線タグ回路素子の IC 回路部に備えられた制御部が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a control unit provided in the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element in a modified example in which a response is made according to a charging voltage.
[図 19]本発明の第 2実施形態による無線タグ管理システムの全体構成を概略的に示 す図である。 FIG. 19 schematically shows an overall configuration of a wireless tag management system according to a second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure.
[図 20]無線タグ管理システムの概略を表すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 20 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of a wireless tag management system.
圆 21]タグラベル作成装置の概略構成を表す概念的説明図である。 圆 21] It is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a tag label producing apparatus.
[図 22]無線タグに備えられた無線タグ回路素子の機能的構成の一例を表すブロック 図である。  FIG. 22 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of a wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag.
[図 23]リーダにおける RF通信制御部及びリーダアンテナの詳細構成を表す機能プロ ック図である。  FIG. 23 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed configuration of an RF communication control unit and a reader antenna in the reader.
圆 24]場所テーブルを概念的に表す図である。 [24] It is a diagram conceptually showing a place table.
[図 25]物品テーブルを概念的に表す図である。 FIG. 25 is a diagram conceptually showing an article table.
[図 26]タグ IDの構成を説明する図であり、タグ IDのビット列内におけるコードの配置 を示す図と、各コードの内容を示す図である。  FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the tag ID, showing the arrangement of codes in the bit string of the tag ID and the contents of each code.
[図 27]人物テーブルを概念的に表す図である。 FIG. 27 is a diagram conceptually showing a person table.
[図 28]リーダテーブルを概念的に表す図である。 FIG. 28 is a diagram conceptually showing a reader table.
[図 29]管理サーバの CPUが行う無線タグの監視動作に係わる制御手順を表すフロ 一チャートである。  FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a control procedure related to a wireless tag monitoring operation performed by the CPU of the management server.
[図 30]管理サーバの CPUがステップ S2100において実行する持ち出し監視処理の 詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of take-out monitoring processing executed by the management server CPU in step S2100.
[図 31]管理サーバの CPUがステップ S2200において実行する前回存在位置検出処 理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of a previous location detection process executed by the management server CPU in step S2200.
[図 32]管理サーバの CPUがステップ S2300において実行する登録モード処理の詳 細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of registration mode processing executed by the CPU of the management server in step S2300.
[図 33]管理サーバの CPUがステップ S2400において実行する探索モード処理の詳 細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of search mode processing executed in step S2400 by the CPU of the management server.
[図 34]新規の無線タグに対応する存在位置情報を仮登録する変形例で使用する物 品テーブルを概念的に表す図である。  FIG. 34 is a diagram conceptually showing a product table used in a modified example in which location information corresponding to a new wireless tag is provisionally registered.
圆 35]本発明の第 3実施形態の情報読み取り装置を備えた図書館において、利用者 が書籍を借りるときの様子を示す図である。 [35] FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a state where a user borrows a book in a library provided with the information reading device of the third embodiment of the present invention.
圆 36]情報読み取り装置を有する無線タグ情報通信システムの全体構成を表すシス テム構成図である。 [36] A system that represents the overall configuration of an RFID tag information communication system having an information reader. FIG.
圆 37]情報読み取り装置であるハンディスキャナの全体概略構造を表す正面図であ る。 [37] FIG. 37 is a front view showing an overall schematic structure of a handy scanner as an information reading device.
圆 38]検索対象である書籍及び利用者に設けられるタグラベルに備えられた無線タ グ回路素子の機能的構成の一例を表すブロック図である。 38] A block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of a wireless tag circuit element provided in a book to be searched and a tag label provided to a user.
[図 39]ハンディスキャナの制御系の構成を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 39 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration of a control system of the handy scanner.
圆 40]制御回路の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。 40] A functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit.
[図 41]制御回路が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
圆 42]サーバのデータベースに登録された関連付け情報の一例を模式的に表す概 念図である。 [42] It is a conceptual diagram schematically showing an example of association information registered in the server database.
圆 43]定置型のスキャナを用いる場合の変形例における利用者が書籍を借りるとき の様子を示す図である。 [43] FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a state in which a user borrows a book in a modification in the case of using a stationary scanner.
圆 44]場所タグを設ける場合の変形例における図書館の係員が書籍を書棚に戻すと きの様子を示す図である。 [44] FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a state in which a library clerk returns a book to the bookshelf in a modified example in which a place tag is provided.
圆 45]場所タグを設ける場合の変形例における返却時に制御回路が実行する制御 手順を表すフローチャートである。 圆 45] This is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit at the time of return in a modified example in the case of providing a place tag.
[図 46]本発明の第 4実施形態の情報読み取り装置を有する無線タグ情報通信システ ムの全体構成を表すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 46 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of an RFID tag information communication system having an information reading device of a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
[図 47]スキャナの制御系の構成を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 47 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration of a scanner control system.
[図 48]制御回路が実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit.
圆 49]サーバのデータベースに登録された関連付け情報の一例を模式的に表す概 念図である。 [49] This is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of association information registered in the server database.
圆 50]本発明の第 5の実施形態の情報読み取り装置 (リーダ)を有するファイル管理 システムの全体構成を示すシステム構成図である。 FIG. 50 is a system configuration diagram showing the overall configuration of a file management system having an information reading device (reader) of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
[図 51]無線タグラベルの全体概略構造の一例を表す上面図及び下面図である。  FIG. 51 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a wireless tag label.
[図 52]リーダの詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 52 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the reader.
圆 53]制御回路の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。 [53] FIG. 53 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the control circuit.
[図 54]制御回路の実行する制御手順を表すフローチャートである。 [図 55]図 54のフローに示すタグ読み取り処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートであ る。 FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of tag reading processing shown in the flow of FIG. 54.
[図 56]サーバのデータベースに登録された、各無線タグ回路素子の作成履歴のリス ト、タグリスト、及びタグリストの一例を表す概念図である。  FIG. 56 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a creation history list, tag list, and tag list of each RFID circuit element registered in the database of the server.
[図 57]無線タグラベルの作成時にタグラベル作成装置の制御回路によって実行され る制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit of the tag label producing device when producing the RFID label.
[図 58]対象物の品種でグループ分けする場合の変形例におけるファイル管理システ ムの全体構成を示すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 58 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system in a modified example in the case of grouping by object type.
圆 59]読み取り履歴情報を属性情報とする場合の変形例におけるファイル管理シス テムの全体構成を示すシステム構成図である。 [59] FIG. 59 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall configuration of a file management system in a modification in which reading history information is attribute information.
圆 60]対象物の移動回数を属性情報とする場合の変形例において、サーバのデー タベースに登録された、各無線タグ回路素子の読み取り履歴のリスト及びタグリストの 一例を表す概念図である。 60] A conceptual diagram showing an example of a read history list and a tag list of each RFID circuit element registered in the database of the server in a modification in which the number of movements of an object is attribute information.
圆 61]対象物の移動距離を属性情報とする場合の変形例において、サーバのデー タベースに登録された、各無線タグ回路素子の読み取り履歴のリスト及びタグリストの 一例を表す概念図である。 61] A conceptual diagram showing an example of a read history list and a tag list of each RFID circuit element registered in a database of a server in a modification in which the moving distance of an object is attribute information.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
150 IC回路部  150 IC circuit
151 アンテナ (タグ側アンテナ)  151 Antenna (Tag side antenna)
155 メモリ部(記憶手段)  155 Memory section (storage means)
158 乱数発生器  158 random number generator
1200 リーダ (質問器)  1200 reader (interrogator)
1201 高周波回路 (情報アクセス手段;信号生成手段)  1201 High-frequency circuit (information access means; signal generation means)
1202 制御回路 (情報アクセス手段)  1202 Control circuit (information access means)
1202E 乱数発生器 (装置側乱数発生手段)  1202E Random number generator (equipment side random number generator)
1210 アンテナ (第 3無線通信手段、装置側アンテナ)  1210 Antenna (3rd wireless communication means, device side antenna)
1210A アンテナ (第 3無線通信手段)  1210A antenna (third wireless communication means)
1210B アンテナ (第 3無線通信手段) 1210C アンテナ(第 3無線通信手段) 1210B antenna (third wireless communication means) 1210C antenna (third wireless communication means)
1300 タグラベル作成装置  1300 Tag label making device
1301 高周波回路  1301 High frequency circuit
1302 制御回路  1302 Control circuit
1303 タグテープ (タグ媒体)  1303 Tag tape (tag medium)
1304 タグテープロール(無線タグ回路素子収納体) 1305 印字ヘッド(印字手段)  1304 Tag tape roll (wireless tag circuit element housing) 1305 Print head (printing means)
1306 アンテナ (第 4無線通信手段、装置側アンテナ) 1306 Antenna (4th wireless communication means, device side antenna)
1310 タグテープロールホルダ部(収納体設置部)1310 Tag tape roll holder part (container installation part)
2002 オフィスビル(建造物) 2002 Office building
2003 出入口ドア(出口通路)  2003 Entrance door (exit passage)
2004 監視室  2004 Monitoring room
2005 物品(管理対象)  2005 Goods (managed)
2006 人物(管理対象)  2006 Person (managed)
2007 リーダ  2007 leader
2007a 外側リーダ  2007a outer reader
2007b 内側リーダ  2007b inner reader
2008 端末  2008 terminal
2009 管理サーバ  2009 management server
2010 タグラベル作成装置 (タグラベル作成手段) 2012 リーダアンテナ (第 1無線通信手段)  2010 Tag label production equipment (tag label production means) 2012 Reader antenna (first wireless communication means)
2016 RF通信制御部  2016 RF communication control unit
2021 CPU  2021 CPU
2023 データベース 2023 database
2033 操作部 2033 Operation unit
2034 表示部 2034 Display
2036 ブザー 2036 buzzer
3200 ハンディスキャナ (情報読み取り装置) 3200' ハンディスキャナ (情報読み取り装置) 3200 Handy scanner (information reader) 3200 'handy scanner (information reader)
3300 スキャナ (情報読み取り装置)  3300 scanner (information reader)
3400 スキャナ (情報読み取り装置)  3400 scanner (information reader)
4200 リーダ (情報読み取り装置)  4200 reader (information reader)
4200A リーダ (情報読み取り装置)  4200A reader (information reader)
4200B リーダ (情報読み取り装置)  4200B reader (information reader)
4200C リーダ (情報読み取り装置)  4200C reader (information reader)
4202 制御回路  4202 Control circuit
4207 サーバ(記憶装置)  4207 Server (storage device)
B 書籍 (第 1情報取得対象)  B Book (first information acquisition target)
C 書棚 (第 3情報取得対象)  C Bookcase (Third information acquisition target)
DB データベース  DB database
F ファイル (対象物、情報取得対象)  F file (object, information acquisition target)
FO フォークリフト (第 1情報取得対象、物品搬送手段)  FO forklift (first information acquisition target, goods transport means)
F , F  F, F
H L ファイル (対象物、情報取得対象)  H L file (object, information acquisition target)
Fpr, Fpu ファイル (対象物、情報取得対象)  Fpr, Fpu file (target object, information acquisition target)
L 荷物 (第 2情報取得対象、物品)  L Luggage (Second information acquisition target, goods)
M 利用者 (第 2情報取得対象)  M user (second information acquisition target)
NW 通信ネットワーク NW communication network
ST1 無線タグ情報読み取りシステム (情報管理システム)  ST1 RFID tag information reading system (information management system)
ST2 無線タグ管理システム (情報管理システム)  ST2 RFID tag management system (information management system)
Tb 物品用無線タグ (無線タグラベル)  Tb Radio tag for goods (Radio tag label)
TFH, TFL 無線タグラベル(無線タグ) TFH, TFL RFID label (RF tag)
To 無線タグ回路素子  To RFID circuit element
To-B 無線タグ回路素子 (第 1情報保持部、第 1無線タグ回路素子) To-C 無線タグ回路素子 (第 3情報保持部)  To-B RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) To-C RFID tag circuit element (third information holding unit)
To-FO 無線タグ回路素子 (第 1情報保持部、第 1無線タグ回路素子) To-L 無線タグ回路素子 (第 2情報保持部、第 2無線タグ回路素子) 無線タグ回路素子 (第 2情報保持部、第 2無線タグ回路素子) 人物用無線タグ (無線タグラベル) To-FO RFID tag circuit element (first information holding unit, first RFID tag circuit element) To-L RFID tag circuit element (second information holding unit, second RFID tag circuit element) Wireless tag circuit element (second information holding unit, second wireless tag circuit element) Person wireless tag (wireless tag label)

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 情報取得対象 (L, M; 2005, 2006)に対応して設けた情報保持部 (To)を有し、こ の情報保持部 (To)より取得した情報に基づき、情報管理を行う情報管理システム (S T1 ; ST2)であって、  [1] Has an information holding unit (To) provided for the information acquisition target (L, M; 2005, 2006), and manages information based on the information acquired from this information holding unit (To) An information management system (S T1; ST2),
前記情報保持部 (To)からの前記情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定 するための設定補助因子に基づき、前記動作態様因子を設定する第 1設定手段 (S 1650, S1660, S1660' , S1865, S1855, S1870, S1970, S1150, S1160 ; S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)を有する  First setting means (S 1650, S1660, S1660 ′, S1865) for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor at the time of the information acquisition operation from the information holding unit (To). , S1855, S1870, S1970, S1150, S1160; S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST1; ST2)。  Information management system (ST1; ST2).
[2] 請求項 1記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [2] In the information management system according to claim 1,
前記情報保持部は、  The information holding unit
情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)と、この IC回路部(150)に接続されるタグ側アン テナ( 151)とを有する無線タグ回路素子 (To)であり、  An RFID circuit element (To) having an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit unit (150);
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)との間で無線通信により情報の送受信を行う装置側ァ ンテナ(1210)と、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)への問合せ信号を含むアクセス情報 を生成し、前記装置側アンテナ(1210)を介して前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)へ送信 し、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の IC回路部(150)からの情報読み取りを行う情報ァ クセス手段( 1201 , 1202)とを有する質問器 ( 1200)を設け、  A device-side antenna (1210) for transmitting and receiving information to and from the RFID circuit element (To), and access information including an inquiry signal to the RFID circuit element (To), Information access means (1201, 1202) for transmitting information to the RFID circuit element (To) via the device-side antenna (1210) and reading information from the IC circuit section (150) of the RFID circuit element (To). ) And an interrogator (1200)
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)に、  In the RFID circuit element (To),
前記質問器 (1200)力 の問合せ信号の受信時に当該問合せ信号に対し応答信 号を出力する応答率を設定する前記第 1設定手段としてのタグ側応答率設定手段( S1650, S1660 ; S1660Z ; S1865, S1855, S1870 ; S1970 ; S1150, S1160) を設けたことを特徴とする情報管理システム (ST1)。  Tag side response rate setting means (S1650, S1660; S1660Z; S1865) as the first setting means for setting a response rate for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal when receiving the inquiry signal of the interrogator (1200) , S1855, S1870; S1970; S1150, S1160), an information management system (ST1).
[3] 請求項 2記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [3] In the information management system according to claim 2,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
乱数を発生させるタグ側乱数発生手段 (S1650)と、  Tag-side random number generator (S1650) that generates random numbers,
このタグ側乱数発生手段 (S 1650)で発生させた乱数と所定のしき!/、値とを比較す ることにより、前記質問器(1200)力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかど うかを決定する第 1応答決定手段 (S1660)とを有することを特徴とする情報管理シス テム(ST1)。 By comparing the random number generated by the tag-side random number generation means (S 1650) with a predetermined threshold! /, A value is used to output a response signal to the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal. And an information management system (ST1) characterized by comprising first response determining means (S1660) for determining whether or not.
[4] 請求項 2記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、  [4] In the information management system according to claim 2,
前記質問器(1200)は、乱数を発生させる装置側乱数発生手段(1202E)を有して おり、  The interrogator (1200) has device-side random number generation means (1202E) for generating random numbers,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
前記装置側乱数発生手段(1202E)で発生され前記質問器(1200)から送信され た乱数と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器( 1200)力 の問合せ 信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する第 2応答決定手段 (S1660' ) を有することを特徴とする情報管理システム (ST1)。  By comparing the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means (1202E) and transmitted from the interrogator (1200) with a predetermined threshold value, a response signal to the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal The information management system (ST1), characterized by having second response determining means (S1660 ') for determining whether or not to output.
[5] 請求項 2記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [5] In the information management system according to claim 2,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
前記質問器(1200)力も問合せ信号を受信した回数を数えるカウント手段 (S1865 )と、  Counting means (S1865) for counting the number of times the interrogator (1200) force has also received an inquiry signal;
このカウント手段(S 1865)でカウントした問合せ信号の受信回数と所定のしきい値 とを比較することにより、前記質問器(1200)力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出 力するかどうかを決定する第 3応答決定手段(S 1855, S1870)と  By comparing the number of times the inquiry signal received by the counting means (S 1865) is received with a predetermined threshold value, it is determined whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal. Third response determining means (S 1855, S1870)
を有することを特徴とする情報管理システム (ST1)。  An information management system (ST1) characterized by comprising:
[6] 請求項 3乃至請求項 5のいずれか 1項に記載の情報管理システムにおいて、 [6] In the information management system according to any one of claims 3 to 5,
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)は、  The RFID circuit element (To)
前記所定のしき!、値を記憶する不揮発性の記憶手段( 155)と、  Non-volatile storage means (155) for storing the predetermined threshold!
前記質問器(1200)から受信した書き換え信号に応じて前記記憶手段(155)に記 憶された前記しきい値を書き換えることにより、前記タグ側応答率設定手段 (S1855 , S1870, S1660 ; S1660Z ; S1865, S1855, S 1870)で設定した応答率を変更 する変更手段(S 1680)と  By rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means (155) in accordance with the rewrite signal received from the interrogator (1200), the tag side response rate setting means (S1855, S1870, S1660; S1660Z; Change means (S 1680) to change the response rate set in S1865, S1855, S 1870)
を有することを特徴とする情報管理システム (ST1)。  An information management system (ST1) characterized by comprising:
[7] 請求項 1記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [7] In the information management system according to claim 1,
前記情報保持部は、 情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)と、この IC回路部(150)に接続されるタグ側アン テナ( 151)とを有する無線タグ回路素子 (To)であり、 The information holding unit An RFID circuit element (To) having an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit unit (150);
この無線タグ回路素子 (To)のタグ識別情報とこれに対応する前記情報取得対象と しての管理対象 (2005, 2006)の存在位置情報とが格納保持されるデータベース( 2023)を設け、  A database (2023) is provided for storing and holding the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element (To) and the corresponding location information of the management target (2005, 2006) as the information acquisition target,
前記第 1設定手段は、  The first setting means includes
前記データベース(2023)にアクセスし、前記設定補助因子としての当該アクセス 結果に基づき、前記動作態様因子としての複数の動作モードを設定可能なモード設 定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)であり、  Mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2200, S2200, S2300, S2300, S2200, S2200, S2300, S2200, S2200, S2300, S2400),
このモード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)で設 定された前記動作モードに応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)と無線通信により情 報の送受信を行 、、当該無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ識別情報を取得するた めの少なくとも 1つの第 1無線通信手段(2012)を設けた  According to the operation mode set by the mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400), information is transmitted / received by wireless communication with the RFID circuit element (To), and At least one first wireless communication means (2012) for obtaining the tag identification information of the wireless tag circuit element (To) is provided.
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。  Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
[8] 請求項 7記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [8] In the information management system according to claim 7,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記動作モードとして、前記データベース(2023)に前記管理対象(2005, 2006 )の前記存在位置情報が保持された状態にぉ ヽて、当該存在位置情報に対応する 前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)により情報の送受信を行い、当該無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ識別情報を取得するための通常モード(S2030, S2035, S2040 , S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)を備える ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) is in a state where the existence position information of the management target (2005, 2006) is held in the database (2023) as the operation mode. Then, in the normal mode (S2030, S2035) for transmitting / receiving information by the first wireless communication means (2012) corresponding to the presence position information and acquiring the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element (To) , S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200), an information management system (ST2).
[9] 請求項 8記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、 [9] In the information management system according to claim 8,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)〖こ備 えられた前記通常モードは、  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)
前記管理対象としての物品(2005)の第 1識別情報とこれに対応する物品用無線 タグ回路素子 (To)の第 1タグ識別情報を取得する第 1手順 (S2030, S2200, S20 35, S2040, S2045)と、前記管理対象としての人物(2006)の第 2識別情報とこれ に対応する人物用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の第 2タグ識別情報を取得する第 2手順 ( S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S2065, S2070)とを、それぞれ所定の繰り返 し頻度割合で実行するためのモードである The first procedure for acquiring the first identification information of the article (2005) as the management target and the first tag identification information of the corresponding RFID circuit element (To) for the article (S2030, S2200, S20 35, S2040, S2045), the second identification information of the person (2006) as the management target, and this The second procedure (S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S2065, S2070) for acquiring the second tag identification information of the person RFID circuit element (To) corresponding to is executed at a predetermined repetition rate. It is a mode for
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。 Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
請求項 9記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、  In the information management system according to claim 9,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記通常モード【こお ヽて、前記第 1手川頁(S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2 045)力■己第 2手順(S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S2065, S2070)の 3倍 以上 5倍以下の繰り返し頻度割合で実行されるように設定する  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) is the same as that in the normal mode [the first Tagawa page (S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2 045)] Set to be executed at a repetition frequency ratio of 3 times to 5 times of 2 procedures (S2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S2065, S2070)
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。 Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
請求項 9又は 10記載の情報管理システムにおいて、  In the information management system according to claim 9 or 10,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記動作モードとして、所定の時間的条件に応じ、前記第 1手順 (S 2030, S2200 , S2035, S2040, S2045)と前記第 2手順 2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S 2065, S2070)とを前記通常モードに i:匕べ前記第 1手川頁(S2030, S2200, S2035 , S2040, S2045)の繰り返し頻度割合を増大させるように変化させて実行するため の棚卸しモード 2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S 2065, S2070, S2200)を備える  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) is the operation mode according to the first procedure (S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2045) and the above according to a predetermined time condition. The second procedure 2050, S2055, S2200, S2060, S 2065, S2070) is changed to the normal mode i: Increase the repetition frequency ratio of the first Tagawa page (S2030, S2200, S2035, S2040, S2045) Inventory mode 2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S 2065, S2070, S2200)
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。 Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
請求項 11記載の情報管理システムにお 、て、  In the information management system according to claim 11,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 一日における特定の時間帯、若しくは、一年における所定の繁忙期になると、前記 動作モードを前記棚卸しモード(S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S20 The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) sets the operation mode to the inventory mode (S2030, S2035) when a specific time zone in a day or a predetermined busy period in a year. , S2040, S2045, S2050, S20
55, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)〖こ設定する (55, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。 Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
請求項 9乃至 12のいずれか 1項記載の情報管理システムにおいて、  The information management system according to any one of claims 9 to 12,
前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)の設置された建造物(2002)の出口通路(2003) 近傍に配置され、前記物品用無線タグ回路素子 (To)及び前記人物用無線タグ回 路素子 (To)とそれぞれ無線通信により情報の送受信を行い、前記第 1及び第 2タグ 識別情報を取得するための第 2無線通信手段 (2012)を有することを特徴とする情 報管理システム(ST2)。 The RFID tag circuit element for goods (To) and the RFID tag circuit for person are arranged near the exit passage (2003) of the building (2002) where the first wireless communication means (2012) is installed. An information management system comprising second wireless communication means (2012) for transmitting and receiving information to and from the path element (To) by wireless communication and acquiring the first and second tag identification information (2012) ST2).
[14] 請求項 13記載の情報管理システムにおいて、 [14] In the information management system according to claim 13,
前記第 2無線通信手段(2012)が、前記物品用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記第 1 タグ識別情報を取得した際、対応する前記人物用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記第 2タグ識別情報を取得できなカゝつた場合に、操作者に対し対応する報知処理を行う ための報知制御手段(S2150)を有する  When the second wireless communication means (2012) acquires the first tag identification information of the article RFID circuit element (To), the second tag of the corresponding person RFID circuit element (To) In the event that identification information cannot be obtained, notification control means (S2150) for performing notification processing corresponding to the operator is provided.
ことを特徴とする情報グ管理システム(ST2)。  Information management system (ST2).
[15] 請求項 8乃至 14のいずれか 1項記載の情報管理システムにおいて、 [15] In the information management system according to any one of claims 8 to 14,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記動作モードとして、前記通常モード(S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S20 50, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)〖こお!/ヽて、特定の存在位置†青報 に対応する前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)により当該無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前 記タグ識別情報を取得できず、前記データベース(2023)に前記管理対象(2005, 2006)の存在位置情報が保持されなくなった場合、当該第 1無線通信手段 (2012) 又はそれ以外の前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)により、当該タグ識別情報の取得を 試行するための探索モード (S2400)を備えることを特徴とする情報管理システム(S T2)。  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) is the normal mode (S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S20 50, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200) as the operation mode. The above-mentioned tag identification information of the RFID circuit element (To) cannot be acquired by the first wireless communication means (2012) corresponding to a specific location † blueprint, and the database (2023 ) When the location information of the management target (2005, 2006) is no longer held, the first wireless communication means (2012) or other first wireless communication means (2012) An information management system (S T2) characterized by having a search mode (S2400) for attempting acquisition.
[16] 請求項 15記載の情報管理システムにおいて、  [16] In the information management system according to claim 15,
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)を含む無線タグラベル (Tb, Tt)を作成するタグラベ ル作成手段(2010)と、  Tag label creating means (2010) for creating a RFID label (Tb, Tt) including the RFID circuit element (To);
前記通常モード 2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)及び前記探索モード(S2400)【こお!/、てすベての前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)により前記タグ識別情報の取得を試行しても取得できず、前 記データベース(2023)に前記管理対象 (2005, 2006)の前記存在位置情報が保 持されない状態において、当該タグ識別情報を用いて新たに無線タグラベル (Tb, T t)を作成するように前記タグラベル作成手段(2010)を制御するラベル作成制御手 段(S2460) The normal mode 2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200) and the search mode (S2400) [koo! /, All the first wireless communication means (2012) The tag identification information cannot be acquired even if an attempt is made by using the tag identification information in a state where the location information of the management target (2005, 2006) is not retained in the database (2023). A label production control unit for controlling the tag label production means (2010) to newly produce the RFID label (Tb, T t). Step (S2460)
を有することを特徴とする情報管理システム (ST2)。  An information management system (ST2) characterized by comprising:
[17] 請求項 8乃至 16のいずれか 1項記載の情報管理システムにおいて、 [17] In the information management system according to any one of claims 8 to 16,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記動作モードとして、前記データベース(2023)に新規情報が登録された場合に 、前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)により対応する無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ 識別情報を取得し、取得した前記第 1無線通信手段 (2012)に対応した存在位置情 報を当該タグ識別情報と関連づけて前記データベース(2023)に格納する登録モー ド(S2300)を備える  The mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) corresponds to the first wireless communication means (2012) when new information is registered in the database (2023) as the operation mode. The tag identification information of the RFID circuit element (To) to be acquired is acquired, and the acquired location information corresponding to the first wireless communication means (2012) is stored in the database (2023) in association with the tag identification information Registration mode (S2300)
ことを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。  Information management system (ST2) characterized by this.
[18] 請求項 15乃至 17のいずれか 1項記載の情報管理システムにおいて、  [18] In the information management system according to any one of claims 15 to 17,
前記モード設定手段(S2005〜S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400)は、 前記動作モードを前記探索モード (S2400)又は前記登録モード(S2300)に設定し て対応する処理が終了したら、前記動作モードを前記通常モード (S2030, S2035 , S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200)〖こ設定 することを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。  When the mode setting means (S2005 to S2085, S2100, S2200, S2300, S2400) sets the operation mode to the search mode (S2400) or the registration mode (S2300) and the corresponding processing is completed, the operation mode Is set in the normal mode (S2030, S2035, S2040, S2045, S2050, S2055, S2060, S2065, S2070, S2200), and the information management system (ST2).
[19] 請求項 7乃至 18のいずれか 1項記載の情報管理システムにおいて、  [19] In the information management system according to any one of claims 7 to 18,
前記第 1無線通信手段(2012)は、少なくとも 1つの建造物(2002)の複数の箇所 にそれぞれ設置されて 、ることを特徴とする情報管理システム(ST2)。  The information management system (ST2), wherein the first wireless communication means (2012) is installed in a plurality of locations of at least one building (2002).
[20] 情報取得対象 (B, FO, L, M ;F1, F2, F3, F4, F)に対応して設けた情報保持 部 (To- B, To- FO, To-L, To- M ;To)から、当該保持された情報を取得する情報 読み取り装置 200, 3200' , 3300, 3400 ;4200, 4200A, 4200B, 4200C) であって、  [20] Information holding section (To-B, To-FO, To-L, To-M) provided for information acquisition targets (B, FO, L, M; F1, F2, F3, F4, F) Information reading device 200, 3200 ′, 3300, 3400; 4200, 4200A, 4200B, 4200C)
前記情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子に基 づき、前記動作態様因子を設定する第 2設定手段(S3015, S3035, S3105, S31 25 ; S4030, S4070)を有する  Second setting means (S3015, S3035, S3105, S31 25; S4030, S4070) for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor during the information acquisition operation
ことを特徴とする情報読み取り装置。  An information reading apparatus.
[21] 請求項 20記載の情報読み取り装置において、 第 1情報取得対象 (B, FO)に対応して設けた第 1情報保持部 (To— B ;To— FO) に保持された第 1識別情報を、前記第 2設定手段 (S3015 ; S3105)で設定された前 記動作態様因子としての第 1取得態様を用いて実質的に非接触で読み取って取得 する第 1取得手段(S3020; S3110)と、 [21] The information reading device according to claim 20, First identification information held in a first information holding unit (To-B; To-FO) provided corresponding to a first information acquisition target (B, FO) is stored in the second setting means (S3015; S3105). First acquisition means (S3020; S3110) for reading and acquiring in a substantially non-contact manner using the first acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set in
この第 1取得手段(S3020 ; S3110)による取得結果に応じ、第 2情報取得対象 (L , M)に対応して設けた第 2情報保持部 (To— L ;To— M)に保持された第 2識別情 報を、前記第 2設定手段(S3035; S3125)で前記第 1の取得態様とは異なるように 設定された前記動作態様因子としての第 2取得態様を用いて、実質的に非接触で読 み取って取得する第 2取得手段(S3040 ; S3130)と  According to the acquisition result by the first acquisition means (S3020; S3110), the second information storage unit (To-L; To-M) provided for the second information acquisition target (L, M) The second identification information is substantially non-determined using the second acquisition mode as the operation mode factor set to be different from the first acquisition mode by the second setting means (S3035; S3125). Second acquisition means (S3040; S3130) for reading and acquiring by contact;
を備えることを特徴とする情報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  An information reading device (3200, 3200 ′, 3300, 3400) characterized by comprising:
[22] 請求項 21記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [22] The information reading device according to claim 21,
前記第 1取得手段(S3020; S3110)及び第 2取得手段(S3040; S3130)は、 前記第 1情報保持部及び第 2情報保持部としての第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To— B ; To— FO)及び第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To— L ;To— M)に対し、前記第 1及び第 2 取得態様の一方として極超短波を用いた無線通信を行うとともに前記第 1及び第 2取 得態様の他方として短波を用いた無線通信を行う  The first acquisition means (S3020; S3110) and the second acquisition means (S3040; S3130) include a first RFID circuit element (To-B; To-FO) as the first information holding section and the second information holding section. ) And the second RFID circuit element (To-L; To-M) perform radio communication using ultra high frequency as one of the first and second acquisition modes, and the first and second acquisition modes. Wireless communication using shortwave as the other
ことを特徴とする†青報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  † Blueprint reading device (3200, 3200 ', 3300, 3400).
[23] 請求項 22記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [23] The information reading device according to claim 22,
前記第 1取得手段(S3020 ; S3110)は、  The first acquisition means (S3020; S3110)
前記第 1取得態様として短波を用いて無線通信を行い、  Wireless communication using short waves as the first acquisition mode,
前記第 2取得手段(S3040; S 3130)は、  The second acquisition means (S3040; S3130)
前記第 1取得手段(S 3020; S 3110)にお 、て前記第 1識別情報の取得が完了し た後に、前記第 2取得態様として極超短波を用いて無線通信を行い、前記第 2識別 情報の取得を行う  In the first acquisition means (S 3020; S 3110), after the acquisition of the first identification information is completed, radio communication is performed using ultra high frequency as the second acquisition mode, and the second identification information is acquired. To get
ことを特徴とする†青報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  † Blueprint reading device (3200, 3200 ', 3300, 3400).
[24] 請求項 23記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [24] The information reading device according to claim 23,
前記第 1取得手段(S3020)は、  The first acquisition means (S3020)
前記第 1情報取得対象としての物品(B)に関連づけられた前記第 1無線タグ回路 素子 (To— B)に対し、前記短波として 13. 56MHzの周波数を用いて無線通信を行 い、 The first RFID tag circuit associated with the article (B) as the first information acquisition target Wireless communication using the frequency of 13.56MHz as the short wave to the element (To-B),
前記第 2取得手段(S3040)は、  The second acquisition means (S3040)
前記第 2情報取得対象としての人物 (M)に関連づけられた前記第 2無線タグ回路 素子 (To— M)に対し、前記極超短波を用いて無線通信を行う  Wireless communication is performed using the ultrahigh frequency to the second RFID tag circuit element (To-M) associated with the person (M) as the second information acquisition target
ことを特徴とする†青報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  † Blueprint reading device (3200, 3200 ', 3300, 3400).
[25] 請求項 23又は 24記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [25] In the information reading device according to claim 23 or 24,
前記第 1取得手段(S3020)及び第 2取得手段(S3040)は、  The first acquisition means (S3020) and the second acquisition means (S3040)
前記第 1取得手段 (S3020)が前記情報読み取り装置(3200)から一方側に位置 する前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To— B)と無線通信可能であり、前記第 2取得手段 (S3040)が前記情報読み取り装置(3200)から他方側に位置する前記第 2無線タ グ回路素子 (To— M)と無線通信可能となるように、配置されている  The first acquisition means (S3020) can wirelessly communicate with the first RFID circuit element (To-B) located on one side from the information reading device (3200), and the second acquisition means (S3040) Arranged so as to enable wireless communication with the second wireless tag circuit element (To-M) located on the other side from the information reading device (3200).
ことを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (3200)。  An information reader (3200) characterized by that.
[26] 請求項 23記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [26] The information reading device according to claim 23,
前記第 1取得手段(S3110)は、  The first acquisition means (S3110)
前記第 1情報取得対象としての人物又は物品搬送手段 (FO)に関連づけられた前 記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To— FO)に対し、前記短波として 13. 5MHzの周波数を 用いて無線通信を行い、  The first radio tag circuit element (To-FO) associated with the person or the article conveying means (FO) as the first information acquisition target performs wireless communication using a frequency of 13.5 MHz as the short wave. Done
前記第 2取得手段(S3130)は、  The second acquisition means (S3130)
前記第 2情報取得対象としての物品 (L)に関連づけられた前記第 2無線タグ回路 素子 (To— L)に対し、前記極超短波を用いて無線通信を行う  Wireless communication is performed using the ultrahigh frequency to the second RFID tag circuit element (To-L) associated with the article (L) as the second information acquisition target.
ことを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (3400)。  An information reader (3400) characterized by this.
[27] 請求項 21記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [27] The information reading device according to claim 21,
前記第 1取得手段は、  The first acquisition means includes
前記第 1情報保持部としてのバーコード記録部に対し、前記第 1取得態様として光 を用いた光学的取得を行 、、  Optical acquisition using light as the first acquisition mode is performed on the barcode recording unit as the first information holding unit;
前記第 2取得手段(S3040; S 3130)は、  The second acquisition means (S3040; S3130)
前記第 1取得手段において前記第 1識別情報の取得が完了した後に、前記第 2情 報保持部としての第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To— L ;To— M)に対し、前記第 2取得態 様として極超短波を用いて無線通信を行!ヽ、前記第 2識別情報の取得を行う ことを特徴とする†青報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。 After the acquisition of the first identification information is completed in the first acquisition means, the second information is acquired. For the second RFID circuit element (To-L; To-M) as an information holding unit, wireless communication is performed using ultra high frequency as the second acquisition mode, and acquisition of the second identification information is performed. † Blueprint readers (3200, 3200 ', 3300, 3400) characterized by what they do.
[28] 請求項 21乃至 27のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [28] In the information reading device according to any one of claims 21 to 27,
前記第 1取得手段 (S3020; S3110)で取得した前記第 1識別情報と前記第 2取得 手段 (S3040 ; S3130)で取得した前記第 2識別情報とを関連づけ、その関連づけを 表す情報を生成する第 1関連情報生成手段 (S3060 ; S3150)を有することを特徴と する情報読み取り装置(3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  The first identification information acquired by the first acquisition means (S3020; S3110) and the second identification information acquired by the second acquisition means (S3040; S3130) are associated with each other, and information indicating the association is generated. 1. Information reading device (3200, 3200 ′, 3300, 3400) characterized by having related information generating means (S3060; S3150).
[29] 請求項 21乃至 27のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [29] In the information reading device according to any one of claims 21 to 27,
前記第 1取得手段(S3040)による取得結果に応じ、第 3情報取得対象 (C)に対応 して設けた第 3情報保持部 (To— C)に保持された第 3識別情報を、実質的に非接触 で読み取って取得する第 3取得手段(S3040A)と、  According to the acquisition result by the first acquisition means (S3040), the third identification information held in the third information holding unit (To-C) provided corresponding to the third information acquisition target (C) is substantially A third acquisition means (S3040A) for reading and acquiring in a non-contact manner,
前記第 1取得手段 (S3020)で取得した前記第 1識別情報、前記第 2取得手段 (S3 040)で取得した前記第 2識別情報、及び、前記第 3取得手段 (S3040A)で取得し た前記第 3識別情報を関連づけ、その関連づけを表す情報を生成する第 2関連情報 生成手段(3060A)と  The first identification information acquired by the first acquisition means (S3020), the second identification information acquired by the second acquisition means (S3 040), and the acquired by the third acquisition means (S3040A) A second related information generating means (3060A) that associates the third identification information and generates information representing the association;
を有することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (3200)。  An information reader (3200) characterized by comprising:
[30] 請求項 21乃至 29のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [30] The information reading device according to any one of claims 21 to 29,
前記第 1取得手段 (S3020; S3110)で前記第 1識別情報を取得した後、前記第 2 取得手段(S3040; S3130)又は前記第 3取得手段(S3040A)で前記第 2識別情 報又は前記第 3識別情報を取得できなかった場合に、対応する報知信号を生成する 報知信号生成手段 (S3080 ; S3170)を有することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置( 3200, 3200' , 3300, 3400)。  After the first identification information is acquired by the first acquisition means (S3020; S3110), the second identification information or the second information is acquired by the second acquisition means (S3040; S3130) or the third acquisition means (S3040A). (3) An information reading device (3200, 3200 ′, 3300, 3400) comprising notification signal generation means (S3080; S3170) for generating a corresponding notification signal when identification information cannot be acquired.
[31] 請求項 20記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [31] The information reading device according to claim 20,
前記情報取得対象としての対象物 (FH, FL ;Fpr, Fpu;F)に関連づけて取り扱わ れ、情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)及びこの IC回路部(150)に接続されたタグ側 アンテナ(151)を備えた前記情報保持部としての無線タグ回路素子 (To)と無線通 信により情報の送受信を行う第 3無線通信手段(1210 ; 1210A, 1210B, 1210C) を有し、 An IC circuit unit (150) that is handled in association with the object (FH, FL; Fpr, Fpu; F) as the information acquisition target and stores information, and a tag side antenna connected to the IC circuit unit (150) A third wireless communication means (1210; 1210A, 1210B, 1210C) for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication with the RFID circuit element (To) as the information holding unit comprising (151) Have
前記第 2設定手段は、  The second setting means includes
前記対象物 (FH, FL;Fpr, Fpu;F)又はこれに対応する前記無線タグ回路素子 (T 0)の属性情報に基づき、前記第 3無線通信手段(1210 ; 1210A, 1210B, 1210C )における通信態様を決定する決定手段(S4030, S4070)である  Based on the attribute information of the object (FH, FL; Fpr, Fpu; F) or the RFID circuit element (T 0) corresponding to the object (F10, 1210A, 1210B, 1210C) It is a decision means (S4030, S4070) that decides the communication mode
ことを特徴とする†青報読み取り装置(4200 ; 4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  † Blueprint reader (4200; 4200A, 4200B, 4200C).
[32] 請求項 31記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [32] The information reading device according to claim 31,
前記属性情報の種類を指定する属性情報特定信号に応じて、当該属性情報に対 応する前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)のタグ識別情報を取得する識別情報取得手段( S4040, S4080)を有し、  In accordance with an attribute information specifying signal that specifies the type of attribute information, there is provided identification information acquisition means (S4040, S4080) for acquiring tag identification information of the RFID circuit element (To) corresponding to the attribute information. ,
前記第 3無線通信手段 (1210 ; 1210A; 1210B ; 1210C)は、前記識別情報取得 手段(S4040, S4080)で前記タグ識別情報を取得した前記無線タグ回路素子 (To )に対し、前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)で決定した通信態様により前記情報の送 受信を行うことを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200 ; 4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  The third wireless communication means (1210; 1210A; 1210B; 1210C) provides the determination means with respect to the wireless tag circuit element (To) that has acquired the tag identification information by the identification information acquisition means (S4040, S4080). An information reading device (4200; 4200A, 4200B, 4200C), which transmits and receives the information according to the communication mode determined in S4030, S4070).
[33] 請求項 32記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [33] The information reader according to claim 32,
前記第 3無線通信手段 (1210 ; 1210A; 1210B ; 1210C)は、  The third wireless communication means (1210; 1210A; 1210B; 1210C)
前記属性情報特定信号に応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部( 150)にアクセスするための複数種類の問いかけ信号から 1つを選択して生成する信 号生成手段(1201)を備えることを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200 ;4200A, 4 200B, 4200C)。  Signal generation means (1201) that selects and generates one of a plurality of types of inquiry signals for accessing the IC circuit unit (150) of the RFID circuit element (To) according to the attribute information specifying signal. ) (4200; 4200A, 4 200B, 4200C).
[34] 請求項 33記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [34] The information reading device according to claim 33,
前記信号生成手段(1201)は、  The signal generating means (1201)
前記属性情報特定信号に応じて、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)のタグ識別情報の 一部を指定した前記問!、かけ信号を生成することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4 200 ;4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  In response to the attribute information specifying signal, an information reading device (4 200; 4200A, 4200A, 4200A, 4200B, 4200C).
[35] 請求項 31乃至 34のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [35] The information reading device according to any one of claims 31 to 34,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記属性情報として、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)を備えた無線タグ (TFH, TFL) の作成履歴情報に応じて、前記通信態様を決定することを特徴とする情報読み取り 装置(4200)。 Radio tag (TFH, TFL) provided with the RFID circuit element (To) as the attribute information The information reading device (4200), wherein the communication mode is determined according to the creation history information.
[36] 請求項 35記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [36] The information reading device according to claim 35,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記作成履歴情報としての前記無線タグ (TFH, TFL)の作成時期に応じて、前記 通信態様を決定することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200)。  The information reading device (4200), wherein the communication mode is determined according to the creation time of the wireless tag (TFH, TFL) as the creation history information.
[37] 請求項 31乃至 34のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [37] In the information reading device according to any one of claims 31 to 34,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記属性情報として、前記対象物 (Fpr, Fpu)の種類情報に応じて、前記通信態様 を決定することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200)。  The information reading device (4200), wherein the communication mode is determined according to the type information of the object (Fpr, Fpu) as the attribute information.
[38] 請求項 31乃至 34のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [38] In the information reading device according to any one of claims 31 to 34,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記属性情報として、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に記憶 された無線タグ情報に対する読み取り履歴情報に応じて、前記通信態様を決定する ことを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  The communication mode is determined according to read history information for the RFID tag information stored in the IC circuit unit (150) of the RFID circuit element (To) as the attribute information. (4200A, 4200B, 4200C).
[39] 請求項 38記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [39] The information reading device according to claim 38,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、前記読み取り履歴情報としての、前記無線タ グ情報に対する異なる情報読み取り装置 (4200A, 4200B, 4200C)によるのベ読 み取り回数により算出した前記対象物 (F)の移動回数に応じて、前記通信態様を決 定することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  The determination means (S4030, S4070) is configured to calculate the object (F) calculated based on the number of readings by different information reading devices (4200A, 4200B, 4200C) for the wireless tag information as the reading history information. The information reading device (4200A, 4200B, 4200C) is characterized in that the communication mode is determined according to the number of times of movement.
[40] 請求項 38記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [40] The information reading device according to claim 38,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記読み取り履歴情報としての、前記無線タグ情報に対して読み取りを行った情報 読み取り装置 (4200A, 4200B, 4200C)の位置情報により算出した前記対象物 (F )の移動距離に応じて、前記通信態様を決定することを特徴とする情報読み取り装置 (4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。  According to the movement distance of the object (F) calculated from the position information of the information reading device (4200A, 4200B, 4200C) that has read the RFID tag information as the reading history information, the communication mode Information reader (4200A, 4200B, 4200C) characterized by determining
[41] 請求項 31乃至 40のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [41] The information reading device according to any one of claims 31 to 40,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、 前記通信態様として、前記第 3無線通信手段 (1210 ; 1210A, 1210B, 1210C)に おける前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)との通信頻度を決定することを特徴とする情報読 み取り装置(4200 ;4200A, 4200B, 4200C)。 The determining means (S4030, S4070) As the communication mode, an information reading device (4200; characterized in that the communication frequency with the RFID circuit element (To) in the third wireless communication means (1210; 1210A, 1210B, 1210C) is determined. 4200A, 4200B, 4200C).
[42] 請求項 31乃至 40のいずれか 1項記載の情報読み取り装置において、 [42] The information reading device according to any one of claims 31 to 40,
前記決定手段(S4030, S4070)は、  The determining means (S4030, S4070)
前記通信態様として、前記第 3無線通信手段(1210)における前記無線タグ回路 素子 (To)との通信出力、又は通信失敗時の再試行回数、若しくは複数のアンテナ 素子力もなる装置側アンテナ(1210)の指向性を決定することを特徴とする情報読み 取り装置(4200)。  As the communication mode, the third wireless communication means (1210) communicates with the RFID circuit element (To), the number of retries when communication fails, or a device-side antenna (1210) that also has a plurality of antenna element forces Information reader (4200) characterized by determining the directivity of
[43] 情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)、及びこの IC回路部(150)に接続されたタグ側ァ ンテナ(151)を備えた無線タグ回路素子 (To)が配置され、連続的に供給可能に収 納されたタグ媒体(1303)を有する無線タグ回路素子収納体(1304)を着脱可能に 設置する収納体設置部(1310)と、  [43] An RFID circuit element (To) having an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit unit (150) is arranged continuously. A storage body installation section (1310) for removably installing a RFID circuit element storage body (1304) having a tag medium (1303) stored for supply;
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)との間で無線通信により情報 の送受信を行う第 3無線通信手段(1306)と、  Third wireless communication means (1306) for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication with the IC circuit part (150) of the wireless tag circuit element (To);
この第 3無線通信手段(1306)を介し前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)へアクセスし、当 該無線タグ回路素子 (To)における質問器(1200)による情報取得動作時における 動作態様因子を設定するための設定補助因子を設定する装置側設定手段 (S1710 ; S4740)と、  The RFID tag circuit element (To) is accessed through the third wireless communication means (1306), and an operation mode factor at the time of information acquisition operation by the interrogator (1200) in the RFID tag circuit element (To) is set. Device side setting means (S1710; S4740) for setting a setting auxiliary factor for
前記無線タグ回路素子収納体( 1304)から搬送される前記タグ媒体(1303)又はこ れに貼り合わせる被印字媒体に印字を行う印字手段(1305)と  A printing means (1305) for printing on the tag medium (1303) conveyed from the RFID circuit element housing (1304) or a print medium to be bonded to the tag medium (1303);
を有することを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置(1300)。  A tag label producing apparatus (1300) characterized by comprising:
[44] 請求項 43記載のタグラベル作成装置にぉ 、て、 [44] The tag label producing device according to claim 43,
前記装置側設定手段は、  The device side setting means includes
前記設定補助因子として、前記問合せ信号に対する応答信号を出力する前記動 作状態因子としての応答率設定用の情報を設定する装置側応答率設定手段 (S17 10)であることを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置。  Tag label generation, characterized in that it is a device-side response rate setting means (S17 10) for setting response rate setting information as the operation state factor that outputs a response signal to the inquiry signal as the setting auxiliary factor apparatus.
[45] 請求項 43記載のタグラベル作成装置にぉ 、て、 前記装置側設定手段は、 [45] The tag label producing apparatus according to claim 43, The device side setting means includes
前記第 3無線通信手段(1306)による無線通信、及び、前記印字手段(1305)によ る印字を実行して作成する、前記設定補助因子としての無線タグラベル (TFH ;TFL )の作成履歴情報を生成する作成履歴情報生成手段 (S4740)である  The creation history information of the RFID label (TFH; TFL) as the setting auxiliary factor created by executing the wireless communication by the third wireless communication means (1306) and the printing by the printing means (1305) It is a creation history information generation means (S4740) to generate
ことを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置( 1300)。  Tag label making device (1300) characterized by this.
[46] 請求項 45記載のタグラベル作成装置にぉ 、て、 [46] The tag label producing apparatus according to claim 45,
前記作成履歴情報生成手段 (S4740)で作成した前記作成履歴情報を、データべ ース (DB)を備えた記憶装置 (4207)へ出力する情報出力手段 (S4740)を有するこ とを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置( 1300)。  It has an information output means (S4740) for outputting the creation history information created by the creation history information generation means (S4740) to a storage device (4207) equipped with a database (DB). Tag label making device (1300).
[47] 請求項 45記載のタグラベル作成装置にぉ 、て、 [47] The tag label producing apparatus according to claim 45,
前記第 3無線通信手段(1306)は、  The third wireless communication means (1306)
前記作成履歴情報生成手段 (S4740)で作成した前記作成履歴情報を、無線通 信を介して前記 IC回路部(150)に書き込む  The creation history information created by the creation history information generation means (S4740) is written to the IC circuit unit (150) via wireless communication.
ことを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置( 1300)。  Tag label making device (1300) characterized by this.
[48] 請求項 45乃至 47のいずれ力 1項のタグラベル作成装置において、 [48] In the tag label producing apparatus according to any one of claims 45 to 47,
前記作成履歴情報生成手段 (S4740)は、  The creation history information generating means (S4740)
前記作成履歴情報として、前記無線タグラベル (TFH, TFL)の作成時期情報を作 成する  Creation time information of the RFID label (TFH, TFL) is created as the creation history information
ことを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置( 1300)。  Tag label making device (1300) characterized by this.
[49] 情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)と、 [49] IC circuit section (150) for storing information;
この IC回路部(150)に接続されるタグ側アンテナ(151)とを有する無線タグ回路 素子 (To)であって、  A wireless tag circuit element (To) having a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit part (150),
前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150)
質問器 (1200)による情報取得動作時における動作態様因子を設定するための設 定補助因子に基づき、前記動作態様因子を設定する第 1設定手段 (S1650, S166 0 S1660z ; S1865, S1855, S1870 ; S1970, S1150, S1160)  First setting means (S1650, S166 0 S1660z; S1865, S1855, S1870; first setting means for setting the operation mode factor based on a setting auxiliary factor for setting the operation mode factor during the information acquisition operation by the interrogator (1200) (S1970, S1150, S1160)
を備えることを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), comprising:
[50] 請求項 49記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 前記 IC回路部(150)は、 [50] The RFID circuit element according to claim 49, The IC circuit part (150)
質問器 (1200)力 の問合せ信号に対する応答信号を出力する前記動作態様因 子としての応答率を設定する、前記第 1設定手段としてのタグ側応答率設定手段 (S 1650, S1660 ; S1660Z ; S1865, S1855, S1870 ; S1970 ; S1150, S1160)を 有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  Interrogator (1200) Tag side response rate setting means (S 1650, S1660; S1660Z; S1865) as the first setting means for setting a response rate as the operation mode factor for outputting a response signal to the inquiry signal of force , S1855, S1870; S1970; S1150, S1160), and a RFID circuit element (To).
[51] 請求項 50記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [51] The RFID circuit element according to claim 50,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
乱数を発生させるタグ側乱数発生手段 (S1650)と、  Tag-side random number generator (S1650) that generates random numbers,
このタグ側乱数発生手段 (S 1650)で発生させた乱数と所定のしき!/、値とを比較す ることにより、前記質問器(1200)力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかど うかを決定する第 1応答決定手段 (S1660)と  Whether a response signal is output to the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal by comparing the random number generated by the tag-side random number generation means (S 1650) with a predetermined threshold! /, Value. First response determining means (S1660) for determining
を有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), comprising:
[52] 請求項 50記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [52] The RFID circuit element according to claim 50,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
前記質問器 ( 1200)の装置側乱数発生手段( 1202E)で発生され前記質問器 ( 12 00)力 送信された乱数と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記質問器(120 0)からの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する第 2応答決定手 段 (S 1660' )とを有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  By comparing the random number generated by the device-side random number generation means (1202E) of the interrogator (1200) and transmitted by the interrogator (12000), the interrogator (120 0) And a second response determining means (S 1660 ′) for determining whether or not to output a response signal in response to the inquiry signal from the RFID circuit element (To).
[53] 請求項 50記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [53] The RFID circuit element according to claim 50,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
前記質問器(1200)力も問合せ信号を受信した回数を数えるカウント手段 (S1865 )と、  Counting means (S1865) for counting the number of times the interrogator (1200) force has also received an inquiry signal;
このカウント手段(S 1865)でカウントした問合せ信号の受信回数と所定のしきい値 とを比較することにより、前記質問器(1200)力 の問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出 力するかどうかを決定する第 3応答決定手段(S 1855, S1870)と  By comparing the number of times the inquiry signal received by the counting means (S 1865) is received with a predetermined threshold value, it is determined whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal. Third response determining means (S 1855, S1870)
を有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), comprising:
[54] 請求項 50記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [54] The RFID circuit element according to claim 50,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、 前記質問器 (1200)力 問合せ信号を受信したときに前回の問合せ信号を受信し て力もの経過時間を算出する算出手段 (S1970)と、 The tag side response rate setting means includes: Calculation means (S1970) for receiving the previous inquiry signal and calculating the elapsed time of the force when the interrogator (1200) force inquiry signal is received;
この算出手段(S1970)で算出した経過時間と所定のしきい値とを比較することによ り、前記質問器 (1200)力もの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決 定する第 4応答決定手段 (S 1970)と  By comparing the elapsed time calculated by the calculating means (S1970) with a predetermined threshold value, the interrogator (1200) determines whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogation signal. 4 Response decision means (S 1970)
を有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), comprising:
[55] 請求項 50記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [55] The RFID circuit element according to claim 50,
前記タグ側応答率設定手段は、  The tag side response rate setting means includes:
前記質問器( 1200)力もの問合せ信号の受信時に充電を行う充電手段(S 1150) と、  Charging means (S 1150) for charging when receiving an interrogation signal of the interrogator (1200),
この充電手段(S1150)の充電電圧と所定のしきい値とを比較することにより、前記 質問器 (1200)力もの問合せ信号に対し応答信号を出力するかどうかを決定する第 5応答決定手段(S 1160)と  By comparing the charging voltage of the charging means (S1150) with a predetermined threshold value, a fifth response determining means for determining whether or not to output a response signal to the interrogator (1200) powerful inquiry signal ( S 1160) and
を有することを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), comprising:
[56] 請求項 51乃至請求項 55のいずれか 1項記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 前記所定のしき 、値を記憶する不揮発性の記憶手段を有して 、ることを特徴とする 無線タグ回路素子 (To)。 [56] The wireless tag circuit element according to any one of [51] to [55], wherein the wireless tag circuit element includes a nonvolatile storage means for storing the predetermined threshold value. Circuit element (To).
[57] 請求項 56記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [57] The RFID circuit element according to claim 56,
前記記憶手段に記憶された前記しき ヽ値を書き換えることにより、前記タグ側応答 率設定手段(S1650, S1660 ; S1660Z ; S1865, S1855, S1870 ; S1970 ; S11 50, S1160)で設定した応答率を変更する変更手段を有することを特徴とする無線 タグ回路素子 (To)。  The response rate set by the tag side response rate setting means (S1650, S1660; S1660Z; S1865, S1855, S1870; S1970; S1150, S1160) is changed by rewriting the threshold value stored in the storage means RFID tag circuit element (To), characterized in that it has a changing means.
[58] 請求項 57記載の無線タグ回路素子において、 [58] The RFID circuit element according to claim 57,
前記変更手段は、  The changing means is
前記質問器(1200)から受信した書き換え信号に応じて前記記憶手段に記憶され た前記しき 、値を書き換えることを特徴とする無線タグ回路素子 (To)。  A RFID circuit element (To), wherein the threshold value stored in the storage means is rewritten in response to a rewrite signal received from the interrogator (1200).
PCT/JP2006/321797 2005-10-31 2006-10-31 Information management system, information reading device, tag label creation device, and radio tag circuit element WO2007052679A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005315692A JP4239179B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2005-10-31 RFID circuit element, RFID tag information reading system, tag label producing apparatus
JP2005-315932 2005-10-31
JP2005315718A JP4640703B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2005-10-31 Wireless tag management system
JP2005-315692 2005-10-31
JP2005-315718 2005-10-31
JP2005315932A JP4636326B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2005-10-31 Information reader
JP2005-324418 2005-11-09
JP2005324418A JP4640704B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2005-11-09 Wireless tag information reading device, tag label making device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007052679A1 true WO2007052679A1 (en) 2007-05-10

Family

ID=38005832

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/321797 WO2007052679A1 (en) 2005-10-31 2006-10-31 Information management system, information reading device, tag label creation device, and radio tag circuit element

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007052679A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2020294A1 (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-02-04 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha RFID tag producing apparatus
TWI782007B (en) * 2017-04-21 2022-11-01 日商迪思科股份有限公司 Management method of processing tools

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001287809A (en) * 2000-04-04 2001-10-16 Leading Information Technology Institute Stock control system
JP2002211717A (en) * 2001-10-10 2002-07-31 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Library system
JP2004112415A (en) * 2002-09-19 2004-04-08 Brother Ind Ltd Communication system and transponder
JP2004245870A (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-09-02 Seiko Epson Corp Label creation system, label creation method, and continuous paper with rfid

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001287809A (en) * 2000-04-04 2001-10-16 Leading Information Technology Institute Stock control system
JP2002211717A (en) * 2001-10-10 2002-07-31 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Library system
JP2004112415A (en) * 2002-09-19 2004-04-08 Brother Ind Ltd Communication system and transponder
JP2004245870A (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-09-02 Seiko Epson Corp Label creation system, label creation method, and continuous paper with rfid

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2020294A1 (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-02-04 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha RFID tag producing apparatus
US7928848B2 (en) 2007-08-02 2011-04-19 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha RFID tag producing apparatus
CN101359375B (en) * 2007-08-02 2012-08-15 兄弟工业株式会社 Rfid tag producing apparatus
TWI782007B (en) * 2017-04-21 2022-11-01 日商迪思科股份有限公司 Management method of processing tools

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2636378C2 (en) Mobile retail peripheral platform for pocket devices
US10332117B2 (en) System and method for mobile device self-checkout for retail transactions with loss protection
EP2471021B1 (en) Rfid portal system with rfid tags having various read ranges
CN1926297B (en) System and method for authenticated detachment of product tags
US6747560B2 (en) System and method of detecting movement of an item
US8016194B2 (en) Mobile data storage device reader having both radiofrequency and barcode scanners
US7044373B1 (en) Radio frequency identification systems applications
CN100511299C (en) System and method for managing assets using a portable combined electronic article surveillance system and barcode scanner
EP1522949B1 (en) Article management apparatus and information processing methods
US20010024157A1 (en) Easy check-out with enhanced security
EP2259239A2 (en) Applications for radio frequency identification systems
US20050197973A1 (en) Article price management system
JP2005267180A (en) Store management system and method
JP5464011B2 (en) Terminal device and program
US20180096331A1 (en) Loss prevention in self-service retail checkout using smart alarms
WO2019168943A1 (en) Systems and methods for security tag detachment or deactivation
CN112384956A (en) Elongated flexible label
JP2003012155A (en) Commodity balance management system
WO2007052679A1 (en) Information management system, information reading device, tag label creation device, and radio tag circuit element
JP4707018B2 (en) Wireless tag, wireless tag information reading device, tag label producing device
JP2007124433A (en) Radio tag circuit element, radio tag information reading system, and tag label preparing apparatus
JP2020057349A (en) Rfid commodity selling system and method
JP4503342B2 (en) Goods management system
JP4837290B2 (en) Article explorer
JP2002104626A (en) Electronic tag for discrimination

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06822726

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1